Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 23, 2013.

Registration No. 333-           

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware   7311   20-5480343
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

53 West 23rd Street
New York, New York 10010
(646) 723-5300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



William Day
President and Chief Executive Officer
Tremor Video, Inc.
53 West 23rd Street
New York, New York 10010
(646) 723-5300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Eric Jensen
Nicole Brookshire
Peyton Worley
Cooley LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Tel: (212) 479-6000
  Adam Lichstein
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating
Officer and General Counsel
53 West 23rd Street
New York, New York 10010
Tel: (646) 723-5300
  Selim Day
Michael Nordtvedt
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Tel: (212) 999-5800



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Securities being Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $11,770

 

(1)
In accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the number of shares being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per share are not included in this table.

(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer o   Non-accelerated Filer ý   Smaller Reporting Company o

           The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 23, 2013

             Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



        We are selling             shares of common stock.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We will apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "TRMR."

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of                                        additiona l shares to cover over-allotments of shares.


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" on page 11.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Tremor
 
Per Share   $     $     $    
Total   $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                           ,              .

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



Credit Suisse       Jefferies

Canaccord Genuity

 

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.



   

The date of this prospectus is                           , 2013.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    11  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    38  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    40  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    40  

CAPITALIZATION

    41  

DILUTION

    43  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    46  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    49  

BUSINESS

    74  

MANAGEMENT

    95  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    102  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    119  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    126  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    129  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    135  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    138  

UNDERWRITING

    142  

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

    145  

LEGAL MATTERS

    147  

EXPERTS

    147  

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

    147  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    147  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  



         You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

         Until                        , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

         For investors outside the United States: We have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus, in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the sections titled "Risk Factors," "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Tremor Video," "company," "our," "us," and "we" in this prospectus to refer to Tremor Video, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.

Mission

        Our mission is to bring the certainty of science to the art of brand marketing.

Our Company

        We are a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies. Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust online video ecosystem that includes more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics. VideoHub also provides advertisers and agencies with advanced analytics and measurement tools enabling them to understand why, when and where viewers engage with their video ads.

        Online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States. According to eMarketer, while overall advertising spend is expected to grow by 3.5% on a compounded annual basis between 2012 and 2016, online video advertising spend is expected to grow by 28.9%. eMarketer estimated total U.S. advertising spend in 2012 to be $165.8 billion, of which online video advertising spend was $2.9 billion, or only 1.7%. As online audiences continue to spend more time watching videos, online video advertising spend is projected to reach $8.0 billion in 2016. Within online video advertising, mobile video advertising spend is expected to grow from $244 million to $2.1 billion, reflecting a 71.1% compounded annual growth rate from 2012 to 2016. Despite this tremendous growth, several factors including audience and device fragmentation, inadequate brand-centric measurement and optimization technology, and lack of performance and placement transparency have made it challenging to effectively deliver online video advertising. Our technology is designed to address these challenges.

        Our VideoHub technology is the backbone of the Tremor Video Network through which we offer advertisers access to engaged consumers at scale in brand safe environments across multiple devices. We specialize in delivering in-stream video advertisements, which are served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content when viewers are most engaged. This is in contrast to traditional in-banner video advertising, which is served on the periphery of publisher content where viewers may not be directing their attention. We further enhance advertisers' campaigns with innovative ad formats specifically developed to harness the creative aspects of online video, which often result in consumers choosing to extend their interaction with a brand's message significantly past the original ad experience. To align our solutions with the goals of brand advertisers, we offer a number of brand performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertising such as cost per engagement, or CPE, pricing where we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers' campaigns.

 

1


Table of Contents

As a result, we enable our clients to effectively purchase measurable brand results rather than just impressions or clicks. We also license VideoHub technology to advertisers and their agencies through an intuitive and customizable console, which we call VideoHub for Advertisers, or VHA.

        We have developed strong relationships with brand advertisers and their agencies, who we believe view us as a strategic and trusted partner with a deep understanding of their industry-specific needs. We have also developed strong relationships with publishers due to our ability to provide consistent yield and monetization for their video content. We continuously evaluate and refine our publisher network to ensure that our advertisers have access to premium video inventory in brand safe environments. We believe these relationships have created a network effect whereby advertisers increase their spend with us because of the results we deliver utilizing our proprietary technology and our publishers' premium inventory, which in turn allows us to attract additional high quality publishers and thereby additional advertising spend.

        From 2011 to 2012, our revenue increased from $90.3 million to $105.2 million. This included an increase in revenue derived from the delivery of in-stream video advertising from $75.5 million to $99.7 million, or 32.1%. Additionally, over this period, our gross margin improved from 35.2% to 41.7%, driven in part by the adoption of our performance-based pricing models, while our net loss has decreased from $21.0 million to $16.6 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of 2012, our revenue increased from $17.3 million to $24.8 million, or 43.4%, our gross margin improved from 31.9% to 44.1% and our net loss decreased from $9.1 million to $5.2 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, our revenue from the delivery of in-stream video advertising increased from $15.7 million to $24.0 million, or 52.9%. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing for 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was 7.9%, 22.7% and 36.1%, respectively.

Industry Background and Market Opportunity

        Advertisers often view the advertising market as a funnel that maps a potential consumer's purchase decision process from the moment he or she is introduced to a brand to the point of purchase. At the top of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on building brand awareness amongst the largest possible number of potential consumers and use reach as the primary metric to measure success. Traditionally, advertisers have preferred national television and outdoor media, such as a Super Bowl commercial or Times Square billboard, to achieve brand awareness. At the bottom of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on generating specific actions by a consumer in a short period of time. At this stage of the funnel, advertisers have generally relied on direct response marketing, such as newspaper inserts and coupons, as well as online search and display advertising, where conversions are used to measure campaign success.

        In the middle of the marketing funnel, advertisers seek to engage consumers and educate them about their brand in order to differentiate themselves from competitors and drive consumer preferences toward a particular branded product to influence future purchase decisions, which we refer to as brand lift. Historically, advertisers have sought to achieve middle of the funnel objectives through print, which can tell a deeper story about a product and its benefits, and allows the reader to linger as long as he or she likes, and to a lesser extent through local and cable television, which offers a more targeted audience for a product's message than national television. Traditional solutions for middle of the funnel marketing have significant limitations because they lack interactivity, the ability to measure and analyze the results of brand-centric ad campaigns in real-time and the ability to adjust campaigns in real-time to optimize for desired performance.

        We believe in-stream video is a highly effective channel for brand advertisers to meet their middle of the funnel objectives by combining the rich "sight, sound and motion" of television, the opt-in engagement of print and the real-time measurement and optimization capabilities of online.

 

2


Table of Contents

        Several factors, including the availability of high-speed broadband and mobile network infrastructure, growth of internet-connected devices capable of video consumption, an increase in online video content and a behavioral shift towards online video viewing, are driving robust growth in online video consumption and creating a significant opportunity for in-stream video advertising. As a result, online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States.

Tremor Video Technology and Solutions

        VideoHub powers our video advertising solutions to effectively address the challenges faced by brand advertisers to achieve their middle of the funnel objectives.

        Through VideoHub we deliver:

    Brand-centric key performance indicators.   We have developed a suite of brand-centric key performance indicators, or KPIs, such as engagement (i.e., the interaction of a viewer with a video ad), brand lift (i.e., a positive shift in preference towards a brand or branded product driven by exposure to a video ad and brand education), and time spent (i.e., the amount of time a viewer spends with a video ad), which are tailored to the needs of brand advertisers.

    Brand-centric optimization.   Using a proprietary algorithm, VideoHub builds a decision tree that predicts performance of the video ad campaign for the chosen KPI based on its analysis of a series of attributes, which we call signals. VideoHub optimizes the campaign for the selected KPI by analyzing the signals of each ad request, such as video player size, geography, publisher, content category, length of video, browser type and viewer data, and prioritizing the delivery of ads that are more likely to perform.

    In-stream video analysis and categorization.   VideoHub performs an analysis on every video stream and categorizes it among one of approximately 72 video content categories enabling us to further optimize a video ad campaign.

    Ad performance transparency.   VideoHub offers advertisers transparency into the workings of its decision tree so that they can understand what signals are driving the performance of their video ad campaigns.

    Ad placement transparency.   VideoHub tracks the number of impressions served to a specific publisher site and whether a video ad placement is fully, partially, or not visible to a viewer, which we refer to as viewability. With this functionality, advertisers know where an ad campaign is running and can validate that their video ads are viewable.

    Cross site and channel measurement.   Our proprietary metric, eQ score+, allows advertisers to compare video inventory quality across different publisher sites by measuring attributes such as viewability, the size of the video player and ad completion rate. In addition, VideoHub provides advertisers and agencies access to metrics that measure audience reach and frequency of viewing by a particular audience, similar to what is used in the television industry, enabling them to compare the brand performance of their online and offline video ad campaigns.

        The Tremor Video Network offers advertisers access to premium video inventory at scale across multiple internet-connected devices in brand safe environments.

        Through the Tremor Video Network we deliver:

    Scale and reach across multiple devices.   The Tremor Video Network delivers scale and reach across multiple internet-connected devices, including computers, smartphones, tablets, and connected TVs, enabling our clients to use our solutions to address their online video advertising needs across these devices. We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis.

 

3


Table of Contents

    Premium video content.   We continuously evaluate and refine our publisher network to ensure that our advertisers have access to high performing content in a brand safe environment.

    Brand safety.   Our technology prevents video ads from being served within content that is identified as objectionable for the brand advertiser, including content that contains accidents, distasteful or obscene language, substance abuse, violence, gambling, sex or crime.

    In-stream video focus.   We specialize in delivering in-stream video advertisements, which can be served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content when they are most engaged.

    Advanced ad formats.   Our proprietary ad formats give brand advertisers the ability to create a more engaging experience across multiple internet-connected devices, allowing viewers to explore content within the ad itself and learn more about the brand.

    Innovative pricing models.   We offer innovative brand performance-based pricing for in-stream video advertising, such as CPE and cost per video completion, or CPVC, pricing where we are compensated only if the video is completed.

        We also license VideoHub technology, packaged with an intuitive and customizable user interface, to advertisers and their agencies through our VHA solution.

Competitive Strengths

        Our key competitive strengths include:

    Differentiated and proprietary technology that analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system signals and leverages our large repository of stored data to effectively optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics, while reducing operational complexity and cost.

    Our focus on innovation, which has allowed us to develop advanced ad formats, brand-centric performance-based pricing models, in-stream video analysis and categorization, and advanced analytical tools.

    Our strong multi-channel capabilities, which allow brand advertisers to deliver their video ad campaigns across multiple internet-connected devices. This alleviates their need to pursue an ad hoc approach with multiple providers.

    Strategic relationships with brand advertisers and their agencies that we serve through our highly experienced sales force and creative teams. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world, including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies.

    A publisher network consisting of more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Under our exclusive arrangements, the publishers' video inventory is only available through our sales force and our exclusive publishers' sales forces.

    A large repository of data generated from over 20 billion in-stream video ad impressions delivered through the Tremor Video Network. We leverage this data asset and the insights we have gained from the billions of video impressions we have previously delivered to continuously refine our algorithms and improve our optimization capabilities.

 

4


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

        The key elements of our growth strategy are to:

    continue to develop innovative solutions that improve the transparency and enhance the effectiveness of online video advertising;

    attract new advertisers and agencies and increase our share of advertising budgets from existing advertisers and agencies, and encourage advertisers to adopt performance-based pricing models;

    increase our penetration in mobile, which includes smartphones and tablets, and connected TV;

    attract new premium publisher partners and enter into new exclusive relationships where appropriate across multiple devices;

    pursue high margin licensing opportunities;

    extend our technology to brand-focused, programmatic buying for online video advertising; and

    selectively expand our presence internationally.

Risks Related to Our Business

        Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section of this prospectus captioned "Risk Factors." These risks include, among others:

    The market in which we compete and our business model is continuing to develop, therefore our past operating results may not be indicative of future performance and our future operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

    Unfavorable conditions in the global economy or reductions in digital advertising spend could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

    If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology and changing client needs, our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

    The market in which we participate is intensely competitive and fragmented, and we may not be able to compete successfully with our current or future competitors.

    We may not be able to maintain our access to premium advertising inventory, and our growth could be impeded if we fail to acquire new advertising inventory.

    If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights or if it is alleged or determined that our solutions or another aspect of our business infringe the intellectual property rights of others, our business could be harmed.

Corporate Information

        Tremor Video, Inc. was originally organized as Tremor Media, LLC in November 2005 and converted into a corporation named "Tremor Media, Inc." under the laws of the State of Delaware in September 2006. We changed our name to Tremor Video, Inc. in June 2011.

        Our principal executive office is located at 53 West 23 rd  Street, New York, New York 10010. Our telephone number is (646) 723-5300. Our website address is www.tremorvideo.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

        The Tremor Video logo and names Tremor Video, Tremor Video Network, VideoHub, Video Hub for Advertisers, VHA, eQ score+ and other trademarks or service marks of Tremor Video, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Tremor Video, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners.

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

Common stock offered by Tremor Video

                  shares

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                  shares

Over-allotment option

                  shares

Use of proceeds

  The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we do not currently have any plans for any acquisitions. See the section of this prospectus titled "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

  See the section of this prospectus titled "Risk Factors" and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

New York Stock Exchange symbol

  "TRMR"

        The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013, and excludes:

    10,503,925 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.26 per share;

    387,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that were granted after March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.43 per share;

                    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2013 Plan, and our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2013 ESPP, which will each become effective prior to the completion of this offering and which will each contain provisions that automatically increase their share reserves each year; and

    213,802 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants that were outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.14 per share.

        Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

    a      -for-      reverse stock split of our common stock expected to be completed prior to the completion of this offering;

    the reclassification of 10,055,275 shares of our Series I common stock into 10,055,275 shares of our common stock expected to be completed prior to the completion of this offering;

    the reclassification of 8,603,580 outstanding options to acquire shares of Series I common stock into options to acquire an aggregate of 8,603,580 shares of our common stock expected to be completed prior to the completion of this offering;

    the reclassification of 213,802 shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding preferred stock warrants upon the closing of this offering into 213,802 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such warrants which reclassification is expected to be completed prior to the completion of this offering;

 

6


Table of Contents

    the reclassification of 1,900,345 outstanding options to acquire shares of Series II common stock into options to acquire an aggregate of 1,900,345 shares of our common stock, expected to be completed prior to the completion of this offering;

    the automatic conversion of 1,571,068 outstanding shares of Series II common stock into an aggregate of 1,571,068 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering;

    the automatic conversion of 48,844,874 outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 48,881,266 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering (assuming a conversion ratio equal to            common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

    the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our bylaws, each of which will occur upon the completion of this offering; and

    no exercise by the underwriters' of their over-allotment option.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock. The terms of our Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of such series automatically converts into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering will increase if the anticipated initial public offering price is below $            per share, which would result in additional shares of our common stock being issued upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based upon the anticipated initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of            shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For illustrative purposes only, the table below shows the number of shares of our common stock that would be issuable upon conversion of the Series F preferred stock at various initial public offering prices and the resulting total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as a result:

Assumed Public Offering Price ($)
  Series F Preferred
Stock Conversion Ratio
(#)
  Shares of Common
Stock Issuable upon
Conversion of Series F
Preferred Stock
(#)
  Total Common Stock
Outstanding After this
Offering
(#)
 

                   

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        In the following tables, we provide our summary consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for the full year. When you read this summary consolidated financial data, it is important that you read it together with the historical financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands, except per share and share data)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    58,502     61,317     11,769     13,841  
                   

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     5,503     10,924  

Operating expenses:

                         

Technology and development (1)

    5,900     8,144     1,651     2,697  

Sales and marketing (1)

    28,829     35,042     8,522     8,843  

General and administrative (1)

    10,880     10,824     2,795     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  
                   

Total operating expense

    51,697     60,002     14,446     15,962  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (16,129 )   (8,943 )   (5,038 )

Interest and other expense:

                         

Interest expense

    (321 )   (227 )   (75 )   (56 )

Other (expense) income

    (583 )   (8 )   (39 )   5  
                   

Total interest and other expense

    (904 )   (235 )   (114 )   (51 )
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (16,364 )   (9,057 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (280 )   (70 )   (70 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (2.02 ) $ (1.48 ) $ (0.83 ) $ (0.44 )
                   

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted (2)

        $           $    
                       

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    10,429,429     11,249,980     10,977,480     11,593,827  
                   

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (2)

                         
                       

Other Financial Data:

                         

In-stream advertising revenue (3)

    75,500     99,678   $ 15,745   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )

 

8


Table of Contents

 

 
   
  As of March 31, 2013  
 
  As of
December 31,
2012
  Actual   Pro forma
as
adjusted (4)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 32,533   $ 31,533   $    

Working capital

    39,892     37,334        

Total assets

    129,723     122,196        

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    162,466     162,561        

Total liabilities

    30,729     27,670        

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (63,472 )   (68,035 )      

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Technology and development

  $ 507   $ 422   $ 115   $ 115  

Sales and marketing

    670     1,020     292     279  

General and administrative

    1,706     1,477     393     345  
                   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 2,883   $ 2,919   $ 800   $ 739  
                   
(2)
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share represents net loss divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the first day of the relevant period (assuming a conversion ratio equal to                    common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). See the section of this prospectus titled "—Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

(3)
In-stream advertising revenue is the revenue we generate solely from the sale of in-stream video ads.

(4)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: (a) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash and capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; (b) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (c) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation; (d) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (e) other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

9


Table of Contents

    Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside our other GAAP-based financial performance measures, net loss and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments:

                         

Other expense (income), net

    583     8     39     (5 )

Interest expense

    321     227     75     56  

Income tax expense

    223     280     70     70  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,883     2,919     800     739  
                   

Total net adjustments

    10,098     9,426     2,462     2,362  
                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )
                   
(4)
Reflects on a pro forma basis the conversion described in footnote (2) above and, on an as adjusted basis, our sale of                    shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' deficit on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of                in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' deficit by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

10


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be harmed. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

         Because our business model is continuing to develop, our past operating results may not be indicative of future performance, and our future operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

        We were formed in November 2005 and have a limited operating history. In 2011, we made the strategic decision to focus our media business on in-stream video advertising and to move away from in-banner video advertising, which may not prove to be a successful strategy. As a result of our focus on delivering in-stream video advertising, we have experienced a significant reduction in our in-banner revenue. Substantially all of our revenue in 2012 was generated by the sales of in-stream video ads through the Tremor Video Network. Additionally, in 2012, we began licensing our VHA solution to brand advertisers and their agencies. Although we have experienced significant growth in revenue generation in recent periods, our relatively short operating history and developing business model make it difficult to assess our future prospects. The success of our business faces a number of challenges, including:

        Our ability to meet these challenges will help determine whether we can successfully leverage our business model to achieve profitability and growth in the future. We cannot assure our ability to achieve this goal, to generate consistent and improving operating results, or even to maintain the same

11


Table of Contents

level of success that we have had to date. If we fail to meet these challenges, our operating results may fluctuate materially and may increase your investment risk.

         We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

        We have incurred losses since we were formed and expect to incur losses in the future. We incurred net losses of $21.0 million, $16.6 million and $5.2 million in 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, and we had an accumulated deficit of $86.7 million as of March 31, 2013. We do not know if we will be able to achieve profitability or maintain profitability on a continued basis. Although our revenue has increased substantially in recent periods, we may not be able to maintain this rate of revenue growth. We anticipate that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we scale our business and expand our operations. In particular, we plan to continue to invest in our technology and development efforts and sales and marketing efforts and further increase the number of our licensing solution focused sales and marketing professionals. We also expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our preparation to become and operate as a public company. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability is based on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

         Unfavorable conditions in the global economy or the vertical markets we serve could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

        General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant instability in recent years. These conditions make it extremely difficult for brand advertisers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause our brand advertisers to reduce or delay their advertising spending. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in advertising spending. For example, our operating results for the second and third quarters of 2011 were adversely affected by a reduction in video advertising spending because of uncertainty and volatility caused by the U.S. budget and European financial crises. Additionally, our operating results for the first quarter of 2012 were adversely affected by the challenging global economic outlook. If macroeconomic conditions deteriorate, advertisers may curtail or freeze spending on advertising in general and for solutions such as ours specifically. Furthermore, we generally sell through insertion orders with ad agencies. These insertion orders generally do not include long-term obligations and are cancelable upon short notice and without penalty in accordance with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau. Any reduction in advertising spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

        In addition, our business may be materially and adversely affected by weak economic conditions in the specific vertical markets that we serve. In 2012, we derived the majority of our revenue from advertisers in the consumer packaged goods, entertainment and automotive industries.

        We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. In addition, even if the overall economy improves, we cannot assure you that the market for online video advertising solutions will experience growth or that we will experience growth.

         If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology and client needs, our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

        Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt and innovate. To attract new brand advertisers and increase spend by existing brand advertisers, we will need to expand and enhance our solutions to meet client needs, add functionality and address technological advancements. If we fail to develop new solutions that address brand advertiser needs, or enhance and improve our solutions in a timely manner or conform to industry standards, we may not be able to achieve or maintain adequate market acceptance of our solutions, and our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

12


Table of Contents

        Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver video advertising solutions at lower prices or more efficiently or effectively than our solutions, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete. For example, if we fail to achieve success with a programmatic media buying solution or if our mobile solution, which we launched in the first quarter of 2011, is not considered effective, our business and growth prospects could be harmed.

         The market in which we participate is intensely competitive and fragmented, and we may not be able to compete successfully with our current or future competitors.

        The online video advertising market is highly competitive. We compete with large online video publishers such as Hulu, LLC and YouTube, LLC, which is owned by Google Inc., as well as advertising networks and exchanges, such as BrightRoll, Inc. and YuMe, Inc. Our VHA solution competes with ad tech infrastructure companies, such as Adap.tv, Inc. and Videology, Inc. They, or other companies that offer competing advertising solutions, may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with brand advertisers, ad agencies, agency holding companies or publishers, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solutions and generate revenue. Competitive pressures could require us to reduce the prices we charge advertisers or increase the prices we pay to publishers. For example, the online video advertising industry has recently experienced and may continue to experience price erosion due to the influx of online video ad inventory as well as the automation of ad buying.

        In the traditional media space, our primary competitors for middle of the funnel advertising spend are mainly cable TV broadcasters, radio broadcasters and print media publishers. Across the digital media landscape, we compete for advertising spend with large entities such as Facebook, Inc., Microsoft Corporation and Yahoo! Inc. as well as Adobe Systems Incorporated and Google Inc. that offer video advertising services as part of a larger solution for digital media buying. Many of these competitors and potential competitors have significant client relationships, much larger financial resources and longer operating histories than we have and may be less severely affected by changes in consumer preferences, regulations or other developments that may impact the online video advertising industry as a whole.

        Our business may suffer to the extent that our advertisers and publishers purchase and sell online video advertising directly from each other or through other companies that are able to become intermediaries between advertisers and publishers. New technologies and methods of buying advertising present a dynamic competitive challenge, as market participants offer multiple new products and services, such as analytics, programmatic media buying and exchanges, aimed at capturing advertising spend. If the market shifts towards such new technologies and we are unable to either provide such solutions in a compelling manner or otherwise compete with such shift in ad spending, we may incur increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share.

        We believe we compete for brand advertiser spend primarily on the basis of proven technology and optimization capabilities, pricing, quality and scale of online video inventory, depth and breadth of relationships with brand advertisers and premium publishers, multi-channel capabilities, brand-centric measurement, ability to ensure brand safety and transparency into ad performance and placement. Our competitors or potential competitors may adopt certain aspects of our business model, which could reduce our ability to differentiate our solutions. As market dynamics change, or as new and existing competitors introduce more competitive pricing or new or disruptive technologies, we may be unable to maintain our brand advertisers' existing spend with us, renew our agreements with existing exclusive premium publishers, or attract new advertisers or publishers at the same price or based on the same pricing model as previously used. As a result, we may be required to change our pricing model and incur additional expenses in response to competitive pressures, which could harm our revenue, profitability and operating results. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

13


Table of Contents

         We operate in a new and rapidly evolving industry. If the online video advertising industry does not develop or develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

        Online video advertising is an emerging industry, and future demand and market acceptance for online video advertising is uncertain. Many brand advertisers have limited experience with online brand advertising, generally, and online video advertising specifically, and may continue to devote more significant portions of their advertising budgets to traditional, offline-based advertising, such as television and print, and may not devote significant portions of their advertising budgets to online video advertising. Additionally, we compete for online advertising spend with other products and technologies such as search, display and in-banner video as well as advertising networks and exchanges.

        We believe that the continued growth and acceptance of online video ad spending by brand advertisers generally will depend on the perceived effectiveness and the acceptance of our solutions, which are still emerging and evolving, and the continued growth in commercial use of online media, as well as other factors. Additionally, brand advertisers may find online video advertising to be less effective than traditional offline channels, such as television, newspapers, radio and billboards, or other online methods for promoting their products and services, and they may reduce their spending on online video advertising from current levels as a result. Accordingly, if the market for online video advertising deteriorates, or develops more slowly than we expect, our operating results and growth prospects could be harmed.

         We generate substantially all of our revenue from the Tremor Video Network.

        We generate substantially all of our revenue from the Tremor Video Network. Due to the concentration in our revenue, we are potentially subject to greater risks than more diversified companies. While we began licensing VHA in 2012, there can be no assurance that a market will develop for this solution or that licensing revenue will increase. Additionally, we may develop other solutions from time to time, such as a publisher-focused solution and a programmatic buying solution, but there can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these solutions or that a market will develop for them. As a result, we expect to be substantially dependent upon revenue generated from the Tremor Video Network for the foreseeable future. Due to our limited historical experience, we may not be able to accurately predict future usage trends.

         We may be unable to retain key advertisers, attract new advertisers or replace departing advertisers with advertisers that can provide comparable revenue to us.

        Our success requires us to maintain and expand our relationships with our existing brand advertisers, including the ad agencies that represent them, and to develop new relationships with other brand advertisers and ad agencies. Generally, we sell through insertion orders with ad agencies. These insertion orders generally do not include long-term obligations requiring them to purchase from us and are cancelable upon short notice and without penalty in accordance with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau. As a result, we have limited visibility as to our future advertising revenue streams from our advertisers.

        Our advertisers' usage may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

14


Table of Contents

        If a major advertiser decides to materially reduce its advertising spend through the Tremor Video Network, it could do so on short or no notice. We cannot assure that our advertisers will continue to use the Tremor Video Network or that we will be able to replace in a timely or effective manner departing advertisers with new advertisers from whom we generate comparable revenue.

         If an advertiser fails to pay for ad requests that we have fulfilled, we would still be required to pay the publisher for its ad inventory.

        We purchase video ad inventory from our publishers to connect our advertiser clients with engaged audiences through the Tremor Video Network. If advertisers fail to pay for ad requests we have filled, we would still be required to pay the publisher for its ad inventory. Any significant failure by advertisers to pay us could adversely affect our operating results.

         We are highly dependent on advertising agencies and their holding companies as intermediaries, and this may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain business.

        Our business focuses on brand advertisers that rely upon advertising agencies in planning and purchasing advertising. Although we maintain relationships with the owners of brands, we do not contract with them directly. Instead, we sell to advertising agencies that utilize our solutions on behalf of their clients. Each advertising agency allocates advertising spend from brand advertisers across numerous channels. We do not have exclusive relationships with advertising agencies and we depend on agencies to work with us as they embark on marketing campaigns for brands.

        If we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with an advertising agency, we risk losing business from the brand advertisers represented by that agency. If the advertising agency is owned by a holding company, this risk is magnified because we also risk losing business from the other agencies owned by such holding company and the brand advertisers those agencies represent. Because advertising agencies act as intermediaries for multiple brand advertisers, our client base is more concentrated than might be reflected by the number of brand advertisers that run campaigns through the Tremor Video Network.

        Further, our revenue could be adversely impacted by industry changes relating to the use of advertising agencies. For example, if brand advertisers seek to bring their marketing campaigns in-house rather than using an advertising agency, we would need to enter agreements with the brand advertisers directly, which we might not be able to do and which could increase our sales and marketing expense. Moreover, as a result of dealing primarily with advertising agencies, advertisers may attribute the value we provide to the advertising agency rather than to us, further limiting our ability to develop long term relationships directly with brand advertisers. Brand advertisers may move from one advertising agency to another, and, accordingly, even if we have a positive relationship with an advertising agency, we may lose the underlying business when an advertiser switches to a new agency. The presence of advertising agencies as intermediaries between us and the advertisers thus creates a challenge to building our own brand awareness and affinity with the advertisers that are the ultimate source of our revenue.

        In addition, advertising agencies that are our clients also offer or may offer some of the components of our solutions, including selling ad inventory through their own trading desks. As such, these advertising agencies are, or may become, our competitors. If they further develop their

15


Table of Contents

capabilities, they may be more likely to offer their own solutions to advertisers, and our ability to compete effectively could be compromised.

         If brand advertisers do not perceive meaningful benefits from performance-based advertising solutions, then our revenue and gross margins may be adversely affected.

        The Tremor Video Network enables brand advertisers to only pay for advertising that "performed," i.e., on a cost per engagement, or CPE, basis, or cost per video completion, or CPVC, basis. The market for performance-based advertising solutions is evolving and has not yet been widely adopted by brand advertisers. A significant and growing portion of our revenue is generated from ad campaigns that are priced on a performance basis. Under performance-based pricing models, advertisers only pay us if the applicable engagement metrics are satisfied. For example, under our CPE pricing model, we bill the advertiser only for instances in which the viewer actively engages with the video ad, such as by interacting with the elements of the video ad through clicks or screen touches or by rolling over certain elements of the video ad for at least three seconds. We believe performance-based pricing generally provides greater margins than CPM priced campaigns, because we are often able to serve our advertisers' engagement goals with a lower number of purchased impressions. Historically, a larger portion of brand advertisers' online advertising budgets have been based on the number of impressions served, such as cost per thousand impressions, or CPM, without regard to performance, and such advertisers may be reluctant or slow to adopt performance-based pricing solutions. We are subject to the risk that we may purchase ad inventory that we are unable to monetize if the purchased inventory does not perform for our advertisers. If brand advertisers do not perceive meaningful benefits from our performance-based advertising solutions, our revenue and gross margins may be adversely affected.

         If we fail to maintain or increase our access to premium advertising inventory, our operating results may be harmed.

        Our success requires us to maintain and expand our access to premium video advertising inventory. We do not own or control the video ad inventory upon which our business depends. We purchase this ad inventory from our publishers generally either in exclusive one year agreements or by spot purchases. These publishers are generally not required to provide us with a specified level of inventory, and we cannot assure you that our exclusive publishers will renew their agreements with us or continue to make their ad inventory available to us. In addition, we review our publishers and have removed, and may in the future remove, publishers from our network based on the quality of the inventory, viewer experience and our confidence in the integrity of their ad requests. As a result, we may have limited visibility as to our future access to inventory from publishers. If a publisher decides not to make video ad inventory available to us or if we decide to remove a publisher from our network, we may not be able to replace this ad inventory with comparable ad inventory quickly enough to fulfill our brand advertisers' requests.

        Publishers have a variety of channels in which to sell their video ad inventory, including direct sales forces and ad exchanges. Under our exclusive arrangements, a publisher's direct sales force may sell their own video ad inventory, and many of our exclusive publishers maintain significant direct sales forces. Furthermore, the scope of exclusivity with respect to the third party monetization of video ad inventory varies with publishers, with some publishers imposing geographical, device, or inventory type limitations. Any increase in a publisher's direct sales efforts may negatively impact our access to that publisher's inventory. Additionally, if publishers sell their non-exclusive inventory through ad exchanges, or if our competitors offer higher prices for their ad inventory, our ability to obtain ad inventory on a cost-effective basis may be affected.

        If we are unable to maintain or increase our access to premium video ad inventory, our operating results may be harmed.

16


Table of Contents

         We may not be able to adequately satisfy the supply from our exclusive publishers with demand from our advertisers.

        Substantially all of our exclusive publisher agreements obligate us to fill a specified percentage of the video ad inventory that they make available to us, which we refer to as an ad request. In some cases, there is no cap on our fill obligation. If we are unable to deliver ad campaigns to this inventory, we will bear the loss on those unfilled ad requests. This risk can be magnified during certain times of the year when we see increased ad requests from our exclusive publishers coupled with reduced purchase demand from our advertisers.

        Additionally, in order to satisfy our required fill obligations, we may have to serve less optimized inventory to our advertisers. This may negatively impact the performance of an ad campaign, which could particularly impact us with respect to our campaigns that are priced on a performance basis. As a result, our margins may be negatively impacted even if we are able to fully satisfy the fill obligation.

        Any significant failure to adequately match demand from our advertisers with supply from our publishers would harm our operating results.

         If we fail to detect fraud or other actions that impact video ad campaign performance, we could lose the confidence of advertisers or agencies, which would cause our business to suffer.

        Our business relies on effectively and efficiently delivering video ad campaigns for brand advertisers. We have in the past, and may in the future, be subject to fraudulent and malicious activities. An example of such activities would be the use of bots, non-human traffic delivered by machines that are designed to simulate human users and artificially inflate user traffic on websites. These activities could overstate the performance of any given video ad campaign and could harm our reputation. It may be difficult to detect fraudulent or malicious activity because we do not own content and rely in part on our publisher partners for controls with respect to such activity. While we assess the campaign performance on our publishers' websites, such assessments may not detect or prevent fraudulent or malicious activity. Further, we may need to improve over time our processes for assessing the quality of publisher ad requests. If fraudulent or other malicious activity is perpetrated by others, and we fail to detect or prevent it, the affected advertisers may experience or perceive a reduced return on their investment and our reputation may be harmed. High levels of fraudulent or malicious activity could lead to dissatisfaction with our solutions, refusals to pay, refund demands or withdrawal of future business. If we fail to detect fraud or other actions that impact the performance of our video ad campaigns, we could lose the confidence of our advertisers or agencies, which could cause our business to suffer.

         We only recently began licensing VHA and if a market for this solution fails to develop, our growth prospects could be adversely affected.

        We only recently began licensing VHA to advertisers and their agencies and are developing a licensed solution for publishers. Licensing these solutions is a key element of our growth strategy. Demand for these solutions by advertisers, agencies or publishers may not develop or may develop more slowly than we expect. Third parties from which we license certain data utilized by these solutions may terminate such licenses or be unwilling to renew such licenses on terms that are satisfactory to us. Additionally, our ability to measure campaigns running through publishers that do not provide inventory to the Tremor Video Network depends on such publishers accepting our tags on their sites. If a publisher does not accept our tags, VHA will not be able to track video ad campaign performance across these sites. This inability could potentially diminish the value of VHA for non-Tremor Video Network video ad campaigns. Additionally, our competitors may develop competitive solutions that gain greater market acceptance than our licensed solutions. If the market for these solutions fails to develop, our growth prospects could be adversely affected.

17


Table of Contents

         Our sales efforts with advertisers, agencies and publishers require significant time and expense.

        Attracting new brand advertisers, ad agencies and premium publishers requires significant time and expense, and we may not be successful in establishing new relationships or in maintaining or advancing our current relationships. For example, certain brand advertisers may have no or limited experience with online video advertising or may be unfamiliar with our solutions. In addition, brand advertisers' purchasing decisions typically are made and coordinated by their advertising agencies and require input from multiple constituencies. The process of selling our solutions to brand advertisers and ad agencies can therefore be time-consuming. With respect to our publishers, we often seek to establish exclusive long-term relationships to ensure access to premium content for our brand advertisers. As a result, we invest significant time in cultivating relationships with our publishers to ensure they understand the potential benefits of monetization of their inventory with us rather than with third-party media networks and exchanges. The relationship building process can take many months and may not result in us winning an opportunity with any given advertiser, agency or publisher.

        Our technology and online video brand advertising are relatively new and often require us to spend substantial time and effort educating potential advertisers and publishers about our solutions, including providing demonstrations and comparisons against other available services. This process can be costly and time-consuming. If we are not successful in streamlining our sales processes with advertisers and publishers, our ability to grow our business may be adversely affected.

         We experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors which make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

        Our operating results have historically fluctuated and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance. Given our relatively short operating history and the rapidly evolving online video advertising industry, our historical operating results may not be useful in predicting our future operating results.

        Factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:

        Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods. If this happens, even just temporarily, the market price of our common stock may fall.

18


Table of Contents

         Our revenue tends to be seasonal in nature.

        Our revenue tends to be seasonal in nature, with the third and fourth quarters of each calendar year historically representing the largest percentage of our total revenue for the year and the first quarter of each calendar year historically representing the lowest percentage of our total revenue for the year. Many of the brand advertisers in the verticals we serve spend significant portions of their advertising budgets during the third quarter, in connection with summer, back to school and entertainment events, and in the fourth quarter, in connection with the holiday season. During the first quarter, brand advertisers generally devote less of their budgets to ad spending, and as a result, our exclusive publishers generally make a larger proportion of their ad inventory available to us. This combination generally results in lower revenue and gross margins for us during the first quarter of each calendar year. Our operating cash flows could also fluctuate materially from period to period as a result of these seasonal fluctuations.

         We have made and may make additional acquisitions that could entail significant execution, integration and operational risks.

        As part of our business strategy, we have in the past acquired, and may in the future acquire, companies, technologies and solutions that we believe complement our business. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

        In addition, we may incur indebtedness to complete an acquisition, which may impose operational limitations, or issue equity securities, which would dilute our stockholders' ownership. We may also unknowingly inherit liabilities from acquired businesses or assets that arise after the acquisition and are not adequately covered by indemnities. Additionally, acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairments in the future that could harm our financial results.

        Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address the risks described above could materially harm our business and financial results.

19


Table of Contents

         We have limited international operations and any future international expansion may expose us to several risks, such as difficulty adapting our solutions for international markets.

        We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our solutions abroad. During 2011 and 2012, more than 95% of our revenue was generated in the United States. While we have offices outside of North America in Singapore and the United Kingdom, substantially all of our operations are located in the United States.

        Any future international expansion of our business will involve a variety of risks, including:

        Operating internationally requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required in establishing and expanding our international operations will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability. If we invest substantial time and resources to establish and expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer.

        We have not engaged in currency hedging activities to limit risk of exchange rate fluctuations. Changes in exchange rates affect our costs and earnings, and may also affect the book value of our assets located outside the United States and the amount of our stockholders' equity.

         Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.

        Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds to expand our marketing and sales and technology development efforts or to make acquisitions. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund the expansion of

20


Table of Contents

our marketing and sales and technology development efforts or take advantage of acquisition or other opportunities, which could harm our business and results of operations. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

         Provisions of our debt instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

        Our credit facility requires us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

        These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. We are also subject to a financial covenant with respect to minimum monthly working capital levels. If we default under our credit facility, and such event of default is not cured or waived, the lender could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could result in cross defaults under other debt instruments.

        Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under all of our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

         We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial performance may suffer.

        We have expanded our revenue, solutions, scale, employee headcount and overall business operations in recent periods. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational, product development, sales and marketing, administrative, financial and other resources. For instance, we expect to be substantially dependent on our direct sales force to obtain new clients, and we plan to continue to expand our direct sales force both domestically and internationally. Newly hired sales personnel may not become productive as quickly as we would like, or at all, thus representing increased operating costs and lost opportunities which in turn would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

21


Table of Contents

        If we do not manage our growth effectively, successfully forecast demand for our solutions or manage our expected expenses accordingly, our operating results will be harmed. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our financial performance may suffer.

         We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

        In addition to the continued services of William Day, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Steven Lee, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer, we believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of our senior management, as well as our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and experienced technical and other personnel in the United States and abroad. We do not have key person insurance on any of our executives. All of our employees, including our senior management, are free to terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business, technology and industry may be difficult to replace. In addition, we believe that our senior management has developed highly successful and effective working relationships. If one or more of these individuals leave, we may not be able to fully integrate new executives or replicate the current dynamic and working relationships that have developed among our executive officers and other key personnel, and our operations could suffer. Qualified technical personnel are in high demand, particularly in the digital media industry, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel also have greater resources than us. Additionally, volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract employees and retain our key employees. If we are unable to attract and retain our senior management and key employees, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

         Defects or errors in our solutions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our advertisers' ability to deliver effective advertising campaigns and impair our ability to meet our fill obligations with publishers.

        The technology underlying our solutions, including our proprietary technology and technology provided by third-parties, may contain material defects or errors that can adversely affect our ability to operate our business and cause significant harm to our reputation. This risk is compounded by the complexity of the technology underlying our solutions and the large amounts of data we utilize. Errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems in our solutions could result in the incomplete or inaccurate delivery of an ad campaign, including serving an ad campaign in an incomplete or inaccurate manner, in an incorrect geographical location or in an environment that is detrimental to the advertiser's brand health. Any such failure, malfunction, or disruption in service could result in damage to our reputation, our advertising clients withholding payment to us, advertisers or publishers making claims or initiating litigation against us, and our giving credits to our advertiser clients toward future advertising spend. In addition, the terms of our exclusive publisher agreements generally require us to pay for a percentage of the ad requests delivered by such publishers, even if we are unable to deliver our solutions due to disruptions in our technology. As a result, defects or errors in our solutions could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our advertisers' ability to deliver effective advertising campaigns and impair our ability to meet our fill obligations with publishers.

         System failures could significantly disrupt our operations and cause us to lose advertisers or publishers.

        Our success depends on the continuing and uninterrupted performance of our solutions, which we utilize to place video ads, monitor the performance of advertising campaigns, manage our advertising inventory and respond to publisher ad calls. Our revenue depends on our ability to categorize video content and deliver ads as well as measure campaigns on a real-time basis. Sustained or repeated

22


Table of Contents

system failures that interrupt our ability to deliver ads through the Tremor Video Network and provide access to our licensed solutions, including technological failures affecting our ability to deliver video ads quickly and accurately and to process viewers' responses to ads or fill publisher ad requests, could significantly reduce the attractiveness of our solutions and reduce our revenue. Our systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications failures, power outages, malicious human acts and natural disasters. In addition, any steps we take to increase the reliability and redundancy of our systems may be expensive and may not be successful in preventing system failures. Any such system failures could significantly disrupt our operations and cause us to lose advertisers or publishers.

         Security breaches, computer viruses and computer hacking attacks could harm our business and results of operations.

        We collect, store and transmit information of, or on behalf of, our advertisers and publishers. We take steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect, store or transmit, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. Security breaches, computer malware and computer hacking attacks have become more prevalent in our industry and may occur on our systems or those of our information technology vendors in the future. Any security breach caused by hacking, which involves efforts to gain unauthorized access to information or systems, or to cause intentional malfunctions or loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment, or the inadvertent transmission of computer viruses or other harmful software code could result in the unauthorized disclosure, misuse, or loss of information, legal claims and litigation, indemnity obligations, regulatory fines and penalties, contractual obligations and liabilities, and other liabilities. In addition, if our security measures or those of our vendors are breached or unauthorized access to consumer data otherwise occurs, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, and advertisers or publishers may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions.

        While we and our publishers have security measures in place, these systems and networks are subject to ongoing threats and, therefore, these security measures may be breached as a result of employee error, failure to implement appropriate processes and procedures, malfeasance, third-party action, including cyber attacks or other international misconduct by computer hackers or otherwise. This could result in one or more third parties obtaining unauthorized access to our publishers' or advertisers' data or our data, including personally identifiable information or other viewer data, intellectual property and other confidential business information. Third parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information in order to gain access to our advertisers' data or our data, including intellectual property and other confidential business information.

        Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or mitigation measures. Though it is difficult to determine what harm may directly result from any specific interruption or breach, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security and availability of our network infrastructure or otherwise to maintain the confidentiality, security, and integrity of data that we store or otherwise maintain on behalf of third parties may harm our reputation and our relationships with advertisers, agencies or publishers or harm our ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients. Any of these could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        If such unauthorized disclosure or access does occur, we may be required to notify our advertisers, agencies or publishers or those persons whose information was improperly used, disclosed or accessed. We may also be subject to claims of breach of contract for such use or disclosure, investigation and penalties by regulatory authorities and potential claims by persons whose information was improperly

23


Table of Contents

used or disclosed. The unauthorized use or disclosure of information may result in the termination of one or more of our commercial relationships or a reduction in advertiser, agency or publisher confidence and usage of our solutions. We may also be subject to litigation and regulatory action alleging the improper use, transmission or storage of confidential information, which could damage our reputation among our current and potential clients, require significant expenditures of capital and other resources and cause us to lose business and revenue.

         Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facility and other third parties could impair the delivery of our solutions and harm our business.

        We currently utilize a single third-party data center hosting facility located in Boston, Massachusetts. All of our data storage and analytics are conducted on, and the video ad campaigns we deliver are processed through, servers in this facility. We also rely on bandwidth providers, internet service providers and mobile networks to deliver video ads. Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of our third-party data center or our other third-party providers could result in interruptions to the availability or functionality of our service. If for any reason our arrangements with our data center or third-party providers are terminated, we could experience additional expense in arranging for new facilities, technology, services and support. In addition, the failure of our data center or any other third-party providers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions in the availability or functionality of our solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations.

        The occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close our third-party data center or the facilities of any third-party provider without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our solutions. While we have disaster recovery arrangements in place, they have not been tested under actual disasters or similar events and may not effectively permit us to continue to provide our solutions in the event of any problems with respect to our data center or any other third-party facilities. To date, we have not experienced these types of events, but we cannot provide any assurances that they will not occur in the future. If any such event were to occur to our business, the delivery of our solutions could be impaired and our business harmed.

         Our net operating loss carryforwards may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

        We may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. At March 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $83.4 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2026. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe that we experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in prior years that may limit our ability to utilize a portion of the NOLs in the future. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, including this or future offerings, as well as other changes that may be outside of our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under similar provisions of state law. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets. Our NOLs may expire unutilized or underutilized, which could prevent us from offsetting future taxable income.

24


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Data Collection and Intellectual Property

         Our ability to generate revenue depends on our ability to collect and use significant amounts of data to deliver video ads, and any limitations on the collection and use of this data could significantly diminish the value of our solutions.

        Our ability to optimize the placement and scheduling of video advertisements for our advertisers and to grow our revenue depends on our ability to successfully leverage data that we collect from our advertisers, publishers, and third parties such as data providers. Our ability to successfully leverage such data, in turn, depends on our ability to collect and obtain rights to utilize such data.

        When we deliver a video ad, we are often able to collect anonymous information about the placement of the video ad and the interaction of the user with the video ad. We currently employ cookies to conduct online video ad campaigns. Cookies are small files of non-personalized information placed on an internet consumer's computer. The cookies are used to collect information related to the consumer, such as demographic information and history of the consumer's interactions with our advertisers' and our publishers' websites, and any video ads we deliver. We also employ cookies and mobile tracking technology to deliver reporting on ads on web publishers' sites and in mobile applications. We may also be able to collect information about the user's location. As we collect and aggregate this data provided by billions of video ad impressions, we analyze it in order to optimize the placement and delivery of video ads across the advertising inventory provided to us by publishers. For example, we may use the collected information to limit the number of times a specific video ad is presented to the user, to provide a video ad to only certain types of users, or to provide a report to an advertiser or publisher regarding the performance of an advertising campaign or inventory, respectively.

        We participate in industry self-regulatory programs under which, in addition to other compliance obligations, we provide consumers with notice about our use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising. In addition, consumers can currently opt out of the placement or use of our cookies for online targeted advertising purposes by either deleting or disabling cookies on their browsers, visiting websites that allow consumers to place an opt-out cookie on their browsers, which instructs advertisers and their service providers not to use certain data about the consumer's online activity for the delivery of targeted advertising, or by downloading browser plug-ins and other tools that can be set to: (1) identify cookies and other tracking technologies used on websites; (2) prevent websites from placing third-party cookies and other tracking technologies on the consumer's browser; or (3) block the delivery of online advertisements on websites and applications.

        If consumer sentiment regarding privacy issues or the development and deployment of new browser solutions or other mechanisms that limit the use of cookies or other tracking technologies or data collected through use of such technologies results in a material increase in the number of consumers who choose to opt out or are otherwise using browsers where they need to, and fail to, configure the browser to accept cookies, our ability to collect valuable and actionable data would be impaired. Consumers may become increasingly resistant to the collection, use, and sharing of information used to deliver targeted advertising and may take steps to prevent such collection and use of information. Consumers may elect not to allow data collection, use, or sharing for targeted advertising for a number of reasons, such as privacy concerns or pricing mechanisms that may charge the user based upon the amount or types of data consumed on the device. Consumers may also elect to opt out of receiving targeted advertising specifically from our solutions.

        In order to effectively operate our video advertising campaigns, we collect data from advertisers, publishers, and other third parties. If we are not able to obtain sufficient rights to data from these third parties, we may not be able to utilize data in our solutions. Although our arrangements with advertisers and publishers generally permit us to collect non-personally identifiable and aggregate data from

25


Table of Contents

advertising campaigns, some of our advertisers and publishers do not allow us to collect some or all of this data or limit our use of this data, and future advertisers and publishers may do so in the future. For example, publishers may not agree to permit us to place our data collection tags on their sites or agree to provide us with the data generated by interactions with the content on their sites. It would be difficult to comply with these requests, and to do so would cause us to spend significant amounts of resources. It could also make it difficult for us to deliver effective advertising campaigns that meet the demands of our advertisers.

        We and many of our advertisers and publishers voluntarily participate in several trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practice guidelines or codes of conduct addressing the delivery of promotional content to users, and tracking of users or devices for the purpose of delivering targeted advertising. We could be adversely affected by changes to these guidelines and codes in ways that are inconsistent with our practices or in conflict with the laws and regulations of U.S. or international regulatory authorities. If we are perceived as not operating in accordance with industry best practices or any such guidelines or codes with regard to privacy, our reputation may suffer, we could lose relationships with advertisers or publishers, and we could be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others as described below. Any limitation on our ability to collect data about user behavior and interaction with content could make it more difficult for us to deliver effective video advertising campaigns that meet the demands of our advertisers.

        Changes in device and software features and new technologies could make it easier for internet consumers to prevent the placement of cookies. In particular, the default settings of consumer devices and software may be set to prevent the placement of cookies unless the consumer actively elects to allow them. For example, Apple Inc.'s Safari browser currently does not accept third-party cookies as a default, and consumers must activate a browser setting to enable cookies to be set. Mozilla Corporation and Microsoft Inc. also have announced plans to adopt similar defaults in future versions of their respective Firefox and Internet Explorer browsers. On February 22, 2012, the Digital Advertising Alliance announced that its members will work to add browser-based header signals to the set of tools by which consumers can express their preferences not to be tracked online. On March 26, 2012, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, issued a report on consumer privacy, which calls for the development and implementation of a persistent Do Not Track mechanism to enable consumers to choose whether to allow the tracking of their online search and browsing activities. Various industry participants have worked to develop and finalize standards relating to a Do Not Track mechanism, and such standards may be implemented and adopted by industry participants at any time.

        Network carriers, providers of mobile device operating systems, and device manufacturers may also impact our ability to collect data on internet-connected devices. These carriers, operating system providers, and device manufacturers are increasingly promoting features that allow device users to disable some of the functionality of the device or its operating system, which may impair or disable the collection of data on their devices.

        Any interruptions, failures, or defects in our data collection, mining, analysis, and storage systems could limit our ability to aggregate and analyze user data from our clients' advertising campaigns. If that happens, we may not be able to optimize the placement of advertising for the benefit of our advertisers, which could make our solutions less valuable, and, as a result, we may lose clients and our revenue may decline.

         If web, smartphones, tablet and connected TV devices, their operating systems or content distribution channels, including those controlled by our competitors, develop in ways that prevent our advertising from being delivered to their users, our ability to grow our business could be impaired.

        Our business model depends upon the continued compatibility of our solutions with most internet-connected devices across online, mobile, tablet and connected TV distribution channels, as well as the

26


Table of Contents

major operating systems that run on them. The design of these devices and operating systems are controlled by third parties with whom we do not have any formal relationships. These parties frequently introduce new devices, and from time to time they may introduce new operating systems or modify existing ones. In some cases, the parties that control the development of internet-connected devices and operating systems include companies that we regard as our competitors, including some of our most significant competitors. For example, Google Inc. controls the Android operating system and also controls a significant number of mobile devices. If our solutions were unable to work on these devices or operating systems, either because of technological constraints or because a maker of these devices or developer of these operating systems wished to impair our ability to provide video ads on them, our ability to grow our business could be impaired.

         Our business practices with respect to data could give rise to liabilities or reputational harm as a result of governmental regulation, legal requirements or industry standards relating to consumer privacy and data protection.

        U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, considered, or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict our ability to collect, augment, analyze, use, and share anonymous data, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tools to track people online. Federal, state, and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and security of data that we collect across our solutions. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements, policies, and legal obligations relating to privacy and data protection. However, it is possible that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. As we expand our operations globally, compliance with regulations that differ from country to country may also impose substantial compliance burdens on our business. In particular, the European Union has traditionally taken a broader view as to what is considered personal information and has imposed greater obligations under data privacy laws and regulations. In addition, individual EU member countries have had discretion with respect to their interpretation and implementation of the regulations, which has resulted in variation of privacy standards from country to country. We may be subject to foreign laws regulating online and mobile advertising even in jurisdictions where we do not have any physical presence to the extent a digital media content provider has advertising inventory that we manage or to the extent that we collect and use data from consumers in those jurisdictions. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with U.S. federal, state, or international laws, including laws and regulations regulating privacy, data security, or consumer protection, or other policies, self-regulatory requirements or legal obligations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. We are aware of several ongoing lawsuits filed against companies in our industry alleging various violations of privacy- or data security-related laws.

        Our subsidiary ScanScout was in the past subject to an FTC inquiry regarding its use of "Flash" cookies. As a result of our acquisition of ScanScout in December 2010, we are now subject to an FTC order regarding certain notice, disclosure and choice obligations regarding the use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising. See the section titled "Business—Government Regulation; Industry Alliances" for a more complete description of this order. In addition, ScanScout was subject to a putative class action legal proceeding regarding its use of "Flash" cookies, which was settled in March 2012 and dismissed with prejudice.

        The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is evolving, and various government and consumer agencies and public advocacy groups have called for new regulation and changes in industry practices, including some directed at the advertising industry in particular. It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted in the United States and internationally, or existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways that would affect our business particularly with regard to collection or use of data to target ads to consumers.

27


Table of Contents

        A number of U.S. state and federal bills have been proposed and are under consideration that contain provisions that would regulate how companies, such as ours, can use cookies and other tracking technologies to collect and use information about individuals and their online behaviors. At least one such bill presently has been proposed in the U.S. Congress. The U.S. government, including the FTC and the Department of Commerce, has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation of the collection of consumer information, including regulation aimed at restricting some targeted advertising practices. The FTC has also adopted revisions to its rules implementing the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA Rules, effective July 1, 2013, that broaden the applicability of the COPPA Rules, including the types of information that would be subject to these regulations, and could effectively limit the information that we or our advertisers collect and use through certain online publishers and the content of video ads our advertisers may display.

        Many European Union member states are in the process of or have already enacted legislation to implement the European Union ePrivacy Directive (Directive 2009/136/EC amending Directive 2009/136/CE) requiring advertisers to obtain specific types of notice and consent from individuals before using cookies or other technologies to track individuals and their online behavior and deliver targeted advertisements. In particular, to comply with certain of these requirements, the use of cookies or other similar technologies may require the user's affirmative, opt-in consent. Further, the European Commission has proposed a General Data Protection Regulation that may strengthen EU laws regarding notice and consent for tracking technology. The EU proposals, if implemented, may result in a greater compliance burden with respect to collecting information about persons in Europe. Complying with any new regulatory requirements could force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner that could compromise our ability to effectively pursue our growth strategy.

        Any proceeding or action brought against us by a governmental entity or others relating to noncompliance with U.S federal, state, or international laws, self-regulatory requirements, policies, or other legal obligations relating to privacy or data protection could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the demand for our solutions, and ultimately result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless our advertisers and publishers from the costs or consequences of noncompliance with privacy-related laws, regulations, self-regulatory requirements or other legal obligations, or inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of providing our solutions.

        Changes in global privacy-related laws and regulations and self-regulatory regimes may also impact our advertisers and publishers and adversely affect the demand for our solutions or otherwise harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. For instance, privacy laws or regulations could require digital media content providers to take additional measures to facilitate consumer privacy preferences, in which case we will be reliant upon them to do so. In addition, digital media content providers could become subject to regulatory restrictions that would require them to limit or cease altogether the collection and/or use of data by third parties such as ourselves. For example, one potential form of restriction on the use of cookies would allow the website that the consumer has elected to visit, a first-party website, to continue to place cookies on the user's browser or device without explicit consent, but would require the user's explicit consent for a third party to place its cookies on the user's browser or device. Additionally, the March 2012 FTC staff report recommends that websites offer consumers a choice about whether the owner of the website can use third parties like us to track the activity for marketing purposes (e.g., delivery of targeted advertising). We are a third party in this context, and therefore currently depend on the ability to place our cookies on browsers and devices of users that visit the websites of our digital media content providers and to track devices for the purpose of ad delivery reporting on mobile devices, and if we were restricted from doing so because of compliance with laws or regulatory and industry best practices or recommendations

28


Table of Contents

by digital media content providers, our ability to gather the data on which we rely would be impaired. Further, we could be placed at a competitive disadvantage to large competitors such as Google, Facebook, Microsoft, and Yahoo! who have heavily trafficked, first-party properties that would continue to have greater ability to collect visitor data and use such data for marketing purposes.

         Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our business.

        We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain names, one patent and several patent applications, as critical to our success. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. However, we may not be successful in executing these agreements with every party who has access to our confidential information or contributes to the development of our intellectual property. Those agreements that we do execute may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. These contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, or deter independent development of similar intellectual property by others. Breaches of the security of our solutions, databases or other resources could expose us to a risk of loss or unauthorized disclosure of information collected, stored, or transmitted for or on behalf of advertisers or publishers, or of cookies, data stored in cookies, other user information, or other proprietary or confidential information.

        We currently own one granted European patent, which we registered in France, Germany and Great Britain. Additionally, we currently own eight pending U.S. patent applications that we are currently prosecuting with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, although there can be no assurance that any of these patent applications will ultimately be issued a patent. We also register certain domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We also rely upon common law protection for certain marks, such as "Tremor Video." Any of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. While we have a patent and certain patent applications pending, we may be unable to obtain patent protection for the technology covered in our patent applications. In addition, our existing patents and any patents that may be issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third parties. Our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names or business names similar to ours. Domain names similar to ours have been registered in the United States and elsewhere. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring or using domain names and other trademarks that infringe on, are similar to, or otherwise decrease the value of our brands, trademarks or service marks. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark, domain name and patent protection are expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights. We may be required to protect our intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional patent filings that could be expensive and time-consuming.

        Additionally, in the United States, the central provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or AIA, became effective recently. Among other things, this law switched U.S. patent rights from the former "first-to-invent" system to a "first inventor-to-file" system. This may result in inventors and companies having to file patent applications more frequently to preserve rights in their inventions. This may favor larger competitors that have the resources to file more patent applications.

29


Table of Contents

        Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property may not be adequate to prevent their misappropriation or misuse. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our solutions or technology are hosted or available. Further, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. The laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering solutions that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our solutions. In addition, we may in the future find it necessary or appropriate to initiate infringement claims or litigation, whether to protect our intellectual property or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the intellectual property rights of others. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

         Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our solutions or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

        The online advertising industry is characterized by the existence of large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property and proprietary rights. Companies in this industry are often required to defend against litigation claims that are based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use.

        Our success depends, in part, upon non-infringement of intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. We currently face, and expect to face in the future, claims by, third parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights. Such claims may be made by competitors or other parties. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights. From time to time, we or our clients may be subject to legal proceedings relating to our solutions or underlying technology and the intellectual property rights of others, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. As a result of disclosure of information in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties.

        Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or infringing or misappropriating other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend, and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain, and we may receive unfavorable interim or preliminary rulings in the course of litigation. There can be no assurances that favorable final outcomes will be obtained in all cases. We may decide to settle lawsuits and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of

30


Table of Contents

complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. Claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights could:

        In addition, we may be exposed to claims that the content contained in ad campaigns violates the intellectual property or other rights of third parties. Such claims could be made directly against us or against the publishers from whom we purchase ad inventory. Generally, under our agreements with publishers, we are required to indemnify the publisher against any such claim with respect to an ad we served. We attempt to mitigate this exposure by generally requiring our advertisers and/or ad agencies to indemnify us for any damages from any such claims. There can be no assurance, however, that our advertisers will have the ability to satisfy their indemnification obligations to us, and pursuing any claims for indemnification may be costly or unsuccessful. As a result, we may be required to satisfy our indemnification obligations to our publishers or claims against us with our assets. This result could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

         We use open source software in our solutions that may subject our technology to general release or require us to re-engineer our solutions, which may cause harm to our business.

        Our technology incorporates or is distributed with software or data licensed from third parties, including some software distributed under so-called "open source" licenses, which we use without charge. Some of these licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software, and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in certain manners. Although we monitor our use of open source software, we cannot be sure that all open source software is reviewed prior to use in our proprietary software, that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary software, or that they will not do so in the future. Additionally, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts. There is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide our solutions to our clients. In addition, the terms of open source software licenses may require us to provide software that we develop, using such open source software, to others on unfavorable license terms. As a result of our current or future use of open source software, we may

31


Table of Contents

face claims or litigation, be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages for breach of contract, re-engineer our technology, discontinue sales in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

         We rely on data, other technology, and intellectual property licensed from other parties, the failure or loss of which could increase our costs and delay or prevent the delivery of our solutions.

        We utilize various types of data, other technology, and intellectual property licensed from unaffiliated third parties in order to provide certain elements of our solutions. Any errors or defects in any third-party data or other technology could result in errors in our solutions that could harm our business. In addition, licensed technology, data, and intellectual property may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of these on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could result in delays in producing or delivering our solutions until equivalent data, other technology, or intellectual property is identified and integrated, which delays could harm our business. In this situation we would be required to either redesign our solutions to function with technology, data or intellectual property available from other parties or to develop these components ourselves, which would result in increased costs. Furthermore, we might be forced to limit the features available in our current or future solutions. If we fail to maintain or renegotiate any of these technology or intellectual property licenses, we could face significant delays and diversion of resources in attempting to develop similar or replacement technology, or to license and integrate a functional equivalent of the technology or intellectual property. The occurrence of any of these events may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

         If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal and disclosure controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements and other disclosures on a timely basis could be impaired.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing January 1, 2014, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As an "emerging growth company" under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS Act, we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; however, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an "emerging growth company." This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we were never required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner. Moreover, if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

        We may in the future discover areas of our internal control over financial reporting that need improvement. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations

32


Table of Contents

in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

        If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective disclosure controls and procedures or proper and effective internal control over our financial reporting, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements and other disclosures, and we may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

        As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an "emerging growth company," we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NYSE impose numerous requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Also, the Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

         As an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements.

        We are an "emerging growth company" and, for as long as we continue to be an "emerging growth company," we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of "golden parachute" payments. We could be an "emerging growth company" for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an "emerging growth company" as of the December 31 following such occurrence. Investors may find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions, in which case the price of our common stock may suffer or there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

33


Table of Contents

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

         An active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after the offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell and may reduce the fair market value of their shares. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade.

         The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control including:

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

         Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that they might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the perception that a substantial number of shares could be sold, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After the closing

34


Table of Contents

of this offering, we will have                        shares of common stock outstanding (or                                    shares assuming exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option in full) based on the                        shares of common stock outstanding at March 31, 2013. All of the shares expected to be sold in this offering will be freely-tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless they are held by our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of the remaining                        shares, or        % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, the shares subject to outstanding options and warrants, for which 6,232,452 shares and 213,802 shares, respectively, were exercisable as of March 31, 2013 will become available for sale immediately upon the exercise of such options or warrants and the expiration or waiver of any applicable lock-up agreements. For more information, see the section of this prospectus titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of approximately                        shares of our common stock (including shares underlying the warrants described in the section of this prospectus titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale") or        % of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register for offer and sale all shares of common stock that we may issue under our stock-based compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus titled "Underwriting."

        Additionally, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, may in their sole discretion and only with our consent, at any time with or without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements, which would result in more shares being available for sale in the public market at earlier dates. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, the sale of these securities could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

        In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

         Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

        Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders and their respective affiliates beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 72.9% of our outstanding common stock as of April 15, 2013, and we expect that upon completion of this offering, that same group will beneficially own at least        % of our common stock. These persons, acting together, are able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders.

35


Table of Contents

         Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive from this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

        The primary purposes of the offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate access to public equity markets. Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

         If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, or if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business issues an adverse opinion of our company because we fail to meet their expectations or otherwise, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

         Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors or management and, therefore, depress the price of our common stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering and Delaware law contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors or our management. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our stock. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

36


Table of Contents

        As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any "interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder. Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

37


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections of this prospectus entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," but are also contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "objective," "ongoing," "plan," "predict," "project," "potential," "should," "will," or "would," and or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

38


Table of Contents

        You should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

        This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

39


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of                        shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

        The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we do not currently have any plans for any acquisitions. We may allocate funds from other sources to fund some or all of these activities.

        The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering.

        The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a variety of capital-preservation investments, including short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.

40


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

        You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus titled "Selected Financial and Other Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2013  
 
  Actual   Pro forma as
adjusted (1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 31,533   $       
           

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (2) :

             

49,114,398 shares authorized, 48,844,874 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

  $ 162,561   $    

Stockholders' deficit:

             

Preferred stock, $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

           

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 78,500,000 shares authorized, 11,626,343 shares issued and outstanding, actual;            shares authorized,            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (2)

    1        

Additional paid-in-capital (2)

    18,442        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    251        

Accumulated deficit

    (86,729)        
           

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (68,035)        
           

Total capitalization

  $ 94,526   $       
           

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of            shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

41


Table of Contents

(2)
The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock. The terms of our Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of these series of preferred stock automatically convert into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering will increase if the anticipated initial public offering price is below $            per share, which would result in additional shares of our common stock being issued upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based upon the anticipated initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of                        shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. See the section of this prospectus titled "Prospectus Summary—Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

        The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering excludes:

42


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

        As of March 31, 2013, our net tangible book value was $40.6 million, or $0.67 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, assuming and after giving effect to (1) the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of our common stock (assuming a conversion ratio equal to                common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), (2) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders' deficit upon the closing of this offering, (3) the issuance of                shares of common stock in this offering and (4) receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial price to public of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2013

  $ 0.67        

Pro forma increase per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock

             

Pro forma increase per share attributable to reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability

             
             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

  $          

Pro forma increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

             
             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

        $    
             

        The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $             million, or approximately $            per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $            per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of in the number of shares offered by us by                would increase the pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $            , or $            per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $            per share, assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease in the number of shares offered by us by                      shares would decrease the pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $            , or $            per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $            per share, assuming that the assumed initial

43


Table of Contents

price to public remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. See the section of this prospectus titled "Prospectus Summary—Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

        If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $            per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $            per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $            per share.

        The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2013, on a pro forma basis as described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid by or to be paid and the weighted-average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page on this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares purchased   Total consideration    
 
 
  Weighted-
average price
per share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of                in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors by $            , assuming that the assumed initial price to public remains the same.

        In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to                 , or        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to                , or        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 60,507,609 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series II and preferred stock into an aggregate of 50,452,334 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The outstanding share information in the table above excludes as of March 31, 2013:

    10,503,925 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.26 per share;

    387,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that were granted after March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.43 per share;

44


Table of Contents

                    shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to the 2013 Plan and the 2013 ESPP which will each become effective prior to the completion of this offering and which each contain provisions that automatically increase their share reserves each year; and

    213,802 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of preferred stock warrants that were outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.14 per share.

        The shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. To the extent that options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

45


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data. The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The selected consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The data should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial data on the same basis as the audited financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial data includes, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in these statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for the full year.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    58,502     61,317     11,769     13,841  
                   

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     5,503     10,924  

Operating expenses:

                         

Technology and development (1)

    5,900     8,144     1,651     2,697  

Sales and marketing (1)

    28,829     35,042     8,522     8,843  

General and administrative (1)

    10,880     10,824     2,795     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  
                   

Total operating expenses

    51,697     60,002     14,446     15,962  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (16,129 )   (8,943 )   (5,038 )

Interest and other expense:

                         

Interest expense

    (321 )   (227 )   (75 )   (56 )

Other (expense) income

    (583 )   (8 )   (39 )   5  
                   

Total interest and other expense

    (904 )   (235 )   (114 )   (51 )
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (16,364 )   (9,057 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (280 )   (70 )   (70 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (2.02 ) $ (1.48 ) $ (0.83 ) $ (0.44 )
                   

Pro forma net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted (2)

        $           $    
                       

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    10,429,429     11,249,980     10,977,480     11,593,827  
                   

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted (2)

                         
                       

Other Financial Data:

                         

In-stream advertising revenue (3)

  $ 75,500   $ 99,678   $ 15,745   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )

46


Table of Contents


 
  As of December 31,   As of March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 40,366   $ 32,533   $ 31,533  

Working capital

    49,601     39,892     37,334  

Total assets

    137,980     129,723     122,196  

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    162,082     162,466     162,561  

Total liabilities

    26,506     30,729     27,670  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (50,608 )   (63,472 )   (68,035 )

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Technology and development

  $ 507   $ 422   $ 115   $ 115  

Sales and marketing

    670     1,020     292     279  

General and administrative

    1,706     1,477     393     345  
                   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 2,883   $ 2,919   $ 800   $ 739  
                   
(2)
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share represents net loss divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, as though the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock occurred on the first day of the relevant period. Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of the preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the first day of the relevant period (assuming a conversion ratio equal to                    common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). See the section of this prospectus titled "Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public.

(3)
In-stream advertising revenue is the revenue we generate solely from the sale of in-stream video ads.

(4)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are: (a) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash and capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; (b) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (c) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation; (d) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (e) other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

47


Table of Contents

    Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside our other GAAP-based financial performance measures, net loss and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments:

                         

Other expense (income), net

    583     8     39     (5 )

Interest expense

    321     227     75     56  

Income tax expense

    223     280     70     70  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,883     2,919     800     739  
                   

Total net adjustments

    10,098     9,426     2,462     2,362  
                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )
                   

48


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included later in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies. Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust online video ecosystem that includes more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics. VideoHub also provides advertisers and agencies with advanced analytics and measurement tools enabling them to understand why, when and where viewers engage with their video ads.

        We derive substantially all of our revenue by delivering in-stream video advertising on behalf of a diversified base of brand advertisers in the United States through the Tremor Video Network. We also recently began licensing VideoHub technology to advertisers and agencies through an intuitive, customizable user interface, which we call VideoHub for Advertisers, or VHA.

        We were organized in 2005 and initially we delivered both video display and banner ads, which we refer to as in-banner video ads, and in-stream video ads. In late 2010, we completed the acquisition of ScanScout, Inc., or ScanScout, through which we acquired our differentiating video analysis and optimization technology. In 2011, we enhanced and integrated this technology into our solutions and, consistent with our focus on being a strategic partner for brand advertisers, we decided to focus our business solely on in-stream video advertising and to move away from in-banner video advertising. In-stream video ads are better suited for brand advertisers because they can be served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content commanding attention when viewers are most engaged as opposed to in-banner video ads, which are served on the periphery of publisher content where viewers may not direct their attention. We believe our market opportunity and growth prospects will be enhanced by our focus on in-stream video ads because such ads are better suited to address advertisers' brand-centric goals. As such, we have increased our technology investments and sales focus on our in-stream products and deemphasized investments in and sales of in-banner products. As a result of our focus on delivering in-stream advertising coupled with our differentiated optimization technology, we have experienced significant growth in our in-stream video advertising revenue. From 2011 to 2012, our in-stream video advertising revenue grew from $75.5 million to $99.7 million, or 32.1%, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, our in-stream video advertising revenue grew from $15.7 million to $24.0 million, or 52.9%. Consistent with our strategy, our revenue from in-banner advertising revenue declined from $14.8 million to $3.8 million from 2011 to 2012. Our revenue from in-banner video ads was $1.2 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We do not expect revenue from in-banner video ads to be meaningful in future periods.

49


Table of Contents

        To further align the Tremor Video Network with the needs of brand advertisers, we offer a number of performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertisements. These models include cost per engagement, or CPE, pricing where we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers' campaigns, such as by interacting with the elements of the video ad through clicks or screen touches or by rolling over certain elements of the video ad for at least three seconds, and cost per video completion, or CPVC, pricing where we are compensated only when a viewer completes the video ad. We believe our performance-based pricing models offer higher gross margins than traditional cost per thousand impressions, or CPM, pricing models, which are based solely on the number of ad impressions delivered, because we are often able to serve our advertisers' performance goals with a lower number of purchased impressions. As viewers increase time spent viewing video on internet-connected devices such as smartphones and tablets, we expect brand advertisers to devote increasing amounts of advertising spend to these channels. Smartphones and tablets are inherently interactive and we believe that our in-stream advertising capabilities and higher margin CPE pricing model is well suited to address the growing market for mobile video ads. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing, such as CPE and CPVC, for 2011 and 2012 was 7.9% and 22.7%, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, was 14.2% and 36.1% respectively. We intend to continue to increase the sales of video ad campaigns with performance-based pricing to drive revenue growth and increased margins.

        In 2012, we also began licensing Video Hub technology to advertisers and agencies through VHA. VHA affords advertisers transparency and analytical tools to measure the effectiveness of video ad campaigns across all of their video ad buys, whether or not those campaigns are run through the Tremor Video Network. We are also investing in the development of an enterprise solution for publishers to enable their direct sales force to better monetize their video ad inventory. In 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we generated $1.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of licensing revenue from our advertiser and publisher solutions, and we expect licensing revenue to increase in future periods. We believe that our margins on our licensing revenue will be higher than those for the Tremor Video Network.

        We have increased our revenue from $90.3 million in 2011 to $105.2 million in 2012. Over the same period, our gross margin improved from 35.2% to 41.7% due in part to the contribution of revenue derived from CPE and CPVC sales. Our net loss decreased from $21.0 million in 2011 to $16.6 million in 2012. Our Adjusted EBITDA improved from a loss of $10.9 million in 2011 to a loss of $7.2 million in 2012, as we improved the operating leverage in our business. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of 2012, our revenue increased from $17.3 million to $24.8 million, or 43.4%, our gross margin improved from 31.9% to 44.1% due in part to the contribution of revenue derived from CPE and CPVC sales, our net loss decreased from $9.1 million to $5.2 million and our Adjusted EBITDA improved from a loss of $6.7 million to a loss of $2.8 million as we continued to improve the operating leverage in our business.

50


Table of Contents

Key Metrics

        We monitor the key metrics set forth in the table below to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess our operational efficiencies.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Gross margin

    35.2 %   41.7 %   31.9 %   44.1 %

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

In-stream advertising revenue

  $ 75,500   $ 99,678   $ 15,745   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (10,927 ) $ (7,218 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,797 )

        In the past, we generated a significant portion of revenue from the delivery of in-banner video ads. Beginning in 2011, we shifted our focus to in-stream video ads. As a result, revenue from the delivery of in-stream video ads has increased year over year as a percentage of our total revenue, and revenue from the delivery of in-banner video ads has decreased. By the end of 2013, we do not expect to have meaningful revenue from in-banner ads.

        Historically, gross margin has been positively affected by campaigns priced on a performance basis. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing, such as CPE and CPVC, for 2011 and 2012 was 7.9% and 22.7%, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, was 14.2% and 36.1%, respectively. We anticipate that there will be a continued shift towards performance-based pricing.

        In 2012, we also began to license VideoHub technology to advertisers and agencies through VHA. In the near-term, we are investing in the development of our publisher solution and programmatic buying solution, the enhancement of our VHA solution, and the expansion of our sales and support for these solutions. Over time we expect the licensing portion of our business to become a more significant contributor to our operating results, which we believe would have a positive impact on our gross margin.

        Adjusted EBITDA represents our net loss before net interest and other expense, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, and adjusted to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash item. Adjusted EBITDA is a key measure used by management to evaluate operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis and, in the case of exclusion of the impact of stock-based compensation, excludes an item that we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Please see footnote (4) to the table in the section titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA" in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurement, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

51


Table of Contents

Components of Operating Results

        We operate in one segment, online video advertising services. The key elements of our operating results include:

        We generate revenue primarily by delivering in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network. In 2012, we also began selling licenses to advertisers to use VHA.

        We generally price delivery of our video ads on a CPM, CPE or CPVC basis. We recognize revenue for video ad delivery through the Tremor Video Network upon the delivery of impressions served for CPM ad campaigns, engagement by the consumer with a video ad for CPE ad campaigns and the completion of a video ad for CPVC ad campaigns. The prices we charge our clients also vary depending upon the ad format chosen and the device type through which the campaign runs, but are generally consistent across computers, smartphones and tablets. We offer our Tremor Video Network solution to advertisers by entering into insertion orders with ad agencies on behalf of advertisers. These insertion orders are cancellable upon short notice and without penalty consistent with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising for media buys one year or less published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau.

        We recently began generating revenue from licenses of VHA to advertisers and agencies. We provide basic VHA access to advertisers with respect to their video ad campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network and charge a license fee for advanced analytics. We also license VHA to advertisers and agencies for video advertising campaigns running outside the Tremor Video Network. The license fee varies depending upon the level of access to our video advertising analytics and the volume of impressions being analyzed through VHA. We recognize revenue with respect to this solution on a CPM basis based upon the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. In limited cases, we charge a minimum monthly fee. Typically, our license terms are for one year periods. In 2012, we also generated licensing revenue from a publisher focused solution based on assets acquired from Tube Mogul, Inc., or TubeMogul, in January 2012.

        Our revenue recognition policies are discussed in more detail in the section below titled "—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates."

        Our cost of revenue primarily represents the video advertising inventory costs under our publisher contracts, third party hosting fees, and third party serving fees incurred to deliver the video ads run through the Tremor Video Network. Cost of revenue also includes costs from our licenses from third party data providers utilized in our VHA solution. Substantially all of our cost of revenue is attributable to video advertising inventory costs under our publisher contracts. We recognize cost of revenue on a publisher-by-publisher basis at the same time as we recognize the associated advertising revenue. Substantially all of our exclusive publisher contracts contain minimum percentage fill rates on qualified video ad requests, which effectively means that we must purchase this inventory from our exclusive publishers even if we lack a video advertising campaign to deliver. We recognize the difference between our contractually required fill rate and the number of video ads actually delivered by us on the publisher's website, if any, as a cost of revenue as of the end of each applicable monthly period. Historically, the impact of the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of ads delivered has not been material. Costs owed to publishers but not yet paid are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

52


Table of Contents

    Operating Expenses

        Operating expenses consist of technology and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization expenses. Salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs are the most significant components of each of these expense categories other than depreciation and amortization expenses. We grew from 185 employees at January 1, 2011 to 249 employees at March 31, 2013, and we expect to continue to hire new employees in order to support our anticipated revenue growth. We include stock-based compensation expense in connection with the grant of stock options in the applicable operating expense category based on the respective equity award recipient's function.

        Technology and Development Expense.     Technology and development expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for development, network operations and engineering personnel. Additional expenses in this category include costs related to the development, quality assurance and testing of new technology and maintenance and enhancement of existing technology and infrastructure as well as consulting, travel and other related overhead. We engage third-party consulting firms for various technology and development efforts, such as documentation, quality assurance and support. Due to the rapid development and changes in our business, we have expensed technology and development expenses in the same year that the costs are incurred. The number of employees in technology and development functions grew from 44 at January 1, 2011 to 68 at March 31, 2013. We intend to continue to invest in our technology and development efforts by hiring additional personnel and by using outside consulting firms for various initiatives. We believe continuing to invest in technology and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position.

        Sales and Marketing Expense.     Sales and marketing expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for our marketing and creative employees and our advertiser focused, publisher focused and licensing solution focused sales and sales support employees. Additional expenses in this category include marketing programs, consulting, travel and other related overhead. The number of employees in sales and marketing functions grew from 115 at January 1, 2011 to 154 at March 31, 2013. We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to grow the Tremor Video Network, further increase the number of our licensing solution focused sales and marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities.

        General and Administrative Expense.     General and administrative expense primarily consists of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for business operations, administration, finance and accounting, legal, information systems and human resources employees. Additional expenses in this category include consulting and professional fees, travel, insurance and other corporate expenses. The number of employees in general and administrative functions grew from 26 at January 1, 2011 to 27 at March 31, 2013. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our preparation to become and operate as a public company and the continuing growth of our business. After the completion of this offering, these expenses will also include costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, directors' and officers' liability insurance, increased professional services and an enhanced investor relations function.

        Depreciation and Amortization Expense.     Depreciation and amortization expense primarily consists of our depreciation expense related to investments in property, equipment and software as well as the amortization of intangible assets originating from our acquisitions of ScanScout in December 2010 and Transpera, Inc., or Transpera, in February 2011 and certain intangible assets from TubeMogul in January 2012. These acquired intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade names and non-competition agreements.

53


Table of Contents

    Interest and Other Expense

        Interest and other expense consists primarily of interest income, interest expense, foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability, and changes in the fair value of a contingent consideration payment associated with the Transpera acquisition. Interest income is derived from interest received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our credit facility.

        The fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability is re-measured at the end of each reporting period and any changes in fair value are recognized on our statements of operations as other income or expense. Upon completion of this offering, our preferred stock warrants will automatically, in accordance with their terms, become warrants to purchase our common stock, which will result in the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and no further changes in fair value will be recognized in other income or expense.

Results of Operations

        The following table is a summary of our consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparisons of the results are not necessarily indicative of our results for future periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Quarter Ended March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
  Amount   Percentage
of Revenue
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

  $ 90,301     100.0 % $ 105,190     100.0 % $ 17,272     100.0 % $ 24,765     100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    58,502     64.8     61,317     58.3     11,769     68.1     13,841     55.9  
                                   

Gross profit

    31,799     35.2     43,873     41.7     5,503     31.9     10,924     44.1  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Technology and development

    5,900     6.5     8,144     7.7     1,651     9.6     2,697     10.9  

Sales and marketing

    28,829     31.9     35,042     33.3     8,522     49.3     8,843     35.7  

General and administrative

    10,880     12.0     10,824     10.3     2,795     16.2     2,920     11.8  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     6.8     5,992     5.7     1,478     8.6     1,502     6.1  
                                   

Total operating expenses

    51,697     57.2     60,002     57.0     14,446     83.7     15,962     64.5  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (22.0 )   (16,129 )   (15.3 )   (8,943 )   (51.8 )   (5,038 )   (20.4 )

Interest and other expense

    (904 )   (1.0 )   (235 )   (0.2 )   (114 )   (0.7 )   (51 )   (0.2 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (23.0 )   (16,364 )   (15.5 )   (9,057 )   (52.5 )   (5,089 )   (20.6 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (0.3 )   (280 )   (0.3 )   (70 )   (0.3 )   (70 )   (0.3 )
                                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 )   (23.3 )% $ (16,644 )   (15.8 )% $ (9,127 )   (52.8 )% $ (5,159 )   (20.9 )%
                                   

54


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Quarters Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Revenue

  $ 17,272   $ 24,765   $ 7,493     43.4 %

        Revenue.     The increase in revenue from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $8.3 million increase in our in-stream video advertising revenue, representing 52.9% growth period-over-period, which included an increased mix of our performance-based ad products compared to our CPM-priced ad products, and a $0.3 million increase in revenue from licensing solutions. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a $1.1 million reduction in in-banner video advertising revenue to $0.1 million due to our decision in 2011 to focus solely on the sale of in-stream video advertising and de-emphasize in-banner advertising.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 11,769   $ 13,841   $ 2,072     17.6 %

Gross profit

    5,503     10,924     5,421     98.5  

Gross margin

    31.9 %   44.1 %            

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     The increase in cost of revenue from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was driven primarily by $1.5 million of increased video advertising inventory costs, resulting from our revenue increase, and a $0.4 million increase in data, ad serving and hosting costs. The increase in our gross profit from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was driven by a 43.4% increase in revenue partially offset by a 17.6% increase in our cost of revenue.

        Historically, our performance-priced ad campaigns have offered higher gross margins than our traditional CPM priced campaigns. The 12.2 percentage point improvement in our gross margin from 2012 to 2013 was primarily attributable to the relative mix of our performance-priced ad campaigns compared to our CPM-priced ad campaigns as well as greater operational efficiency.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Technology and development

  $ 1,651   $ 2,697   $ 1,046     63.4 %

% of Total revenue

    9.6 %   10.9 %            

        Technology and Development.     The increase in technology and development expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation

55


Table of Contents

costs and other personnel-related costs associated with the increase in headcount and a $0.2 million increase in consulting expense, professional fees and overhead costs.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 8,522   $ 8,843   $ 321     3.8 %

% of Total revenue

    49.3 %   35.7 %            

        Sales and Marketing.     The increase in sales and marketing expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing personnel to support our expanding advertiser base offset by a $0.1 million decrease in consulting and recruiting fees.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 2,795   $ 2,920   $ 125     4.5 %

% of Total revenue

    16.2 %   11.8 %            

        General and Administrative.     The increase in general and administrative expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation costs and other personnel-related costs associated with the increase in headcount offset by a $0.3 million decrease in consulting, recruiting and travel and entertainment expense.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 1,478   $ 1,502   $ 24     1.6 %

% of Total revenue

    8.6 %   6.1 %            

        Depreciation and Amortization.     The increase in depreciation and amortization expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable by the increase in amortization due to our acquisition of certain intangible assets from TubeMogul, which we completed in January 2012.

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,
  Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2012   2013   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Interest and other expense

  $ (114 ) $ (51 ) $ (63 )   (55.3 )%

% of Total revenue

    0.7 %   0.2 %            

        Interest and Other Expense.     The decrease in interest and other expense from the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to $24,000 related to a reduction in the interest rate related to our revolving credit facility and a $46,000 reduction in mark-to-market expense related to our preferred stock warrant liability.

56


Table of Contents

    Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 14,889     16.5 %

        Revenue.     The increase in revenue from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $24.2 million increase in our in-stream video advertising revenue, representing 32.1% growth, which included an increased mix of our performance-based ad products compared to our CPM priced ad products, and $1.7 million in revenue from licensing solutions. The increase in revenue was partially offset by a $11.0 million reduction to $3.8 million in in-banner video advertising revenue due to our decision at the beginning of 2011 to increase our focus on the sale of in-stream video advertising and de-emphasize in-banner advertising.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Cost of revenue

  $ 58,502   $ 61,317   $ 2,815     4.8 %

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     12,074     38.0  

Gross margin

    35.2 %   41.7 %            

        Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin.     The increase in cost of revenue from 2011 to 2012 was driven primarily by $2.2 million of increased video advertising inventory costs, resulting from our revenue increase, and a $0.6 million increase in data and hosting costs. The increase in our gross profit from 2011 to 2012 was driven by a 16.5% increase in revenue partially offset by a 4.8% increase in our cost of revenue.

        Historically, our performance-priced ad campaigns have offered higher gross margins than our traditional CPM pricing. The 6.5 percentage point improvement in our gross margin from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to the relative mix of our performance-priced ad campaigns compared to our CPM-priced ad campaigns as well as greater operational efficiency.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Technology and development

  $ 5,900   $ 8,144   $ 2,244     38.0 %

% of Total revenue

    6.5 %   7.7 %            

        Technology and Development.     The increase in technology and development expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $2.0 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation costs and other personnel-related costs associated with the increase in headcount described above and a $0.2 million increase in consulting expense and travel and entertainment expense.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 28,829   $ 35,042   $ 6,213     21.6 %

% of Total revenue

    31.9 %   33.3 %            

57


Table of Contents

        Sales and Marketing.     The increase in sales and marketing expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to a $6.3 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing personnel to support our expanding advertiser base. In addition, we experienced a $0.2 million increase in travel and entertainment expense as a result of increased marketing activities as well as our increased sales and marketing headcount. This was offset by a $0.3 million decrease in professional development expenses.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 10,880   $ 10,824   $ (56 )   (0.5 )%

% of Total revenue

    12.0 %   10.3 %            

        General and Administrative.     General and administrative expense was relatively flat from 2011 to 2012.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 6,088   $ 5,992   $ (96 )   (1.6 )%

% of Total revenue

    6.8 %   5.7 %            

        Depreciation and Amortization.     The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to the completion of amortization of certain intangible assets acquired in the ScanScout acquisition and the Transpera acquisition, which we completed in February 2011, partially offset by the increase in amortization due to our acquisition of certain intangible assets from TubeMogul, which we completed in January 2012.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Change
Increase/(Decrease)
 
 
  2011   2012   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Interest and other expense

  $ 904   $ 235   $ (669 )   (74.0 )%

% of Total revenue

    (1.0 )%   (0.2 )%            

        Interest and Other Expense.     The decrease in interest and other expense from 2011 to 2012 was primarily attributable to $0.1 million related to a reduction in the interest rate related to our revolving credit facility and a $0.4 million reduction in mark-to-market expense related to our preferred stock warrant liability.

58


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The tables below show our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for each of our eight most recently completed quarters as well as the percentage of total revenue for each line item shown. This information has been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

  $ 22,274   $ 22,723   $ 26,834   $ 17,272   $ 25,206   $ 30,174   $ 32,538   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    13,917     15,178     17,483     11,769     14,980     16,704     17,864     13,841  
                                   

Gross profit

    8,357     7,545     9,351     5,503     10,226     13,470     14,674     10,924  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Technology and development

    1,484     1,403     1,452     1,651     1,996     2,215     2,282     2,697  

Sales and marketing

    7,511     7,107     7,252     8,522     8,688     8,869     8,963     8,843  

General and administrative

    2,524     2,562     2,986     2,795     2,735     2,461     2,833     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,554     1,558     1,511     1,478     1,480     1,510     1,524     1,502  
                                   

Total operating expenses

    13,073     12,630     13,201     14,446     14,899     15,055     15,602     15,962  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (4,716 )   (5,085 )   (3,850 )   (8,943 )   (4,673 )   (1,585 )   (928 )   (5,038 )

Interest and other income (expense), net

    58     (989 )   (347 )   (114 )   (37 )   (20 )   (64 )   (51 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (4,658 )   (6,074 )   (4,197 )   (9,057 )   (4,710 )   (1,605 )   (992 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (50 )   (65 )   (45 )   (70 )   (70 )   (70 )   (70 )   (70 )
                                   

Net loss

  $ (4,708 ) $ (6,139 ) $ (4,242 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (4,780 ) $ (1,675 ) $ (1,062 ) $ (5,159 )
                                   

Other Financial Data:

                                                 

In-stream advertising revenue (1)

  $ 18,466   $ 19,807   $ 23,749   $ 15,745   $ 23,649   $ 28,895   $ 31,389   $ 23,996  

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

  $ (2,404 ) $ (2,875 ) $ (1,482 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,502 ) $ 653   $ 1,296   $ (2,797 )

(1)
In-stream revenue is the revenue we generate solely attributable to the sale of in-stream video ads.
(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. Please see footnote (4) to the table of the section of this prospectus titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for more information. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss:

                                                 

Net loss

  $ (4,708 ) $ (6,139 ) $ (4,242 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (4,780 ) $ (1,675 ) $ (1,062 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments:

                                                 

Other (income), expense, net

    (58 )   989     347     114     37     20     64     51  

Income tax expense

    50     65     45     70     70     70     70     70  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    1,554     1,558     1,511     1,478     1,480     1,510     1,524     1,502  

Stock-based compensation expense

    758     652     857     800     691     728     700     739  
                                   

Total net adjustments

    2,304     3,264     2,760     2,462     2,278     2,328     2,358     2,362  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (2,404 ) $ (2,875 ) $ (1,482 ) $ (6,665 ) $ (2,502 ) $ 653   $ 1,296   $ (2,797 )
                                   

59


Table of Contents

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    62.5     66.8     65.2     68.1     59.4     55.4     54.9     55.9  
                                   

Gross profit

    37.5     33.2     34.8     31.9     40.6     44.6     45.1     44.1  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Technology and development

    6.7     6.2     5.4     9.6     7.9     7.3     7.0     10.9  

Sales and marketing

    33.7     31.3     27.0     49.3     34.5     29.4     27.5     35.7  

General and administrative

    11.3     11.3     11.1     16.2     10.8     8.2     8.7     11.8  

Depreciation and amortization

    7.0     6.8     5.6     8.6     5.9     5.0     4.8     6.1  
                                   

Total operating expenses

    58.7     55.6     49.1     83.7     59.1     49.9     48.0     64.5  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (21.2 )   (22.4 )   (14.3 )   (51.8 )   (18.5 )   (5.3 )   (2.9 )   (20.4 )

Interest and other income (expense)

    0.3     (4.4 )   (1.3 )   (0.7 )   (0.1 )   (0.1 )   (0.1 )   (0.2 )
                                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20.9 )   (26.8 )   (15.6 )   (52.5 )   (18.6 )   (5.4 )   (3.0 )   (20.6 )

Income tax expense

    (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.3 )   (0.4 )   (0.2 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )
                                   

Net loss

    (21.1 )%   (27.0 )%   (15.8 )%   (52.8 )%   (19.0 )%   (5.6 )%   (3.3 )%   (20.9 )%
                                   

In-stream advertising revenue (1)

    82.9 %   87.2 %   88.5 %   91.2 %   93.8 %   95.8 %   96.5 %   96.9 %

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

    (10.8 )%   (12.7 )%   (5.5 )%   (38.6 )%   (9.9 )%   2.2 %   4.0 %   (11.3 )%

(1)
In-stream revenue is the revenue we generate solely attributable to the sale of in-stream video ads.
(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus (minus): other (income) expense, net, interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and stock-based compensation expense. Please see footnote (4) to the table of the section of this prospectus titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" for more information. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2011
  September 30,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  September 30,
2012
  December 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss:

                                                 

Net loss

    (21.1 )%   (27.0 )%   (15.8 )%   (52.8 )%   (19.0 )%   (5.6 )%   (3.3 )%   (20.9 )%

Adjustments:

                                                 

Other (income), expense, net

    (0.3 )   4.4     1.3     0.7     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.2  

Income tax expense

    0.2     0.2     0.2     0.3     0.4     0.2     0.3     0.3  

Depreciation and amortization expense

    7.0     6.8     5.6     8.6     5.9     5.0     4.8     6.1  

Stock-based compensation expense

    3.4     2.9     3.2     4.6     2.7     2.5     2.1     3.0  
                                   

Total net adjustments

    10.3     14.3     10.3     14.2     9.1     7.8     7.3     9.6  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

    (10.8 )%   (12.7 )%   (5.5 )%   (38.6 )%   (9.9 )%   2.2 %   4.0 %   (11.3 )%
                                   

Quarterly Trends; Seasonality

        Our overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are outside our control. We have experienced rapid growth since our inception. For instance, we migrated our business from in-banner video advertising to in-stream video advertising and placed a greater focus on performance-based pricing over the last two years. These changes have resulted in substantial growth in our revenue and corresponding increases in operating expenses to support our growth. Our operating results were impacted by relationships with new and existing advertisers and publishers, changes in our investment in sales and marketing and technology and development from quarter to quarter, and increases in employee headcount. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

        Our quarterly revenue has increased from $22.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 to $24.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, and our gross margin has increased from 37.5% to 44.1% over the same period. Our increase in quarterly revenue was mainly due to an increased number of advertisers using the Tremor Video Network and increased spending from our existing advertisers as well an increased percentage of our campaigns priced on a performance basis. We believe revenue for the second and third quarters of 2011 was relatively flat due to a reduction in video advertising spending because of uncertainty and volatility caused by the U.S. budget and European financial crises during the third quarter of 2011. Our increase in gross margin in 2012 has been largely the result of an

60


Table of Contents

increased percentage of our campaigns priced on a performance basis. Our in-stream advertising revenue as a percentage of revenue has increased for each quarter from June 30, 2011 through March 31, 2013, as we shifted our focus away from the delivery of in-banner video ads to in-stream video ads.

        Our revenue also tends to be seasonal in nature, with the third and fourth quarters of each calendar year historically representing the largest percentage of our total revenue for the year and the first quarter of each calendar year historically representing the lowest percentage of our total revenue for the year. Many of the brand advertisers in the verticals we serve spend significant portions of their advertising budgets during the third quarter, in connection with summer, back to school and entertainment events, and in the fourth quarter, in connection with the holiday season. During the first quarter, our brand advertisers generally devote less of their budgets to ad spending, and as a result, our exclusive publishers generally make a larger proportion of their ad inventory available to us. This combination generally results in lower revenue and gross margins for us during the first quarter of each calendar year. Our revenue for the first quarter of 2012 was adversely impacted by the level of overall spending in the video advertising industry as well as by the seasonal spending trends in the video advertising industry.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Working Capital

        The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable and working capital for the periods indicated:

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 40,366   $ 32,533   $ 31,533  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

    33,839     36,011     30,363  

Working capital

    49,601     39,892     37,334  

        Our cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2013 were held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in demand deposit accounts and money market funds that are currently providing only a minimal return.

    Sources of Liquidity

        To date, we have funded our operations principally through private placements of our capital stock and bank borrowings. We have raised $118.6 million, net of costs and expenses, from the sale of preferred stock.

        We are party to a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, which we refer to as our credit facility. Pursuant to the credit facility, we can incur revolver borrowings up to the lesser of $25.0 million and a borrowing base equal to 80.0% of eligible accounts receivable. Any outstanding principal amount must be paid at maturity. Interest accrues at a floating rate equal to the lender's prime rate plus 0.5% and is payable monthly. We are charged a fee of 0.2% of any unused borrowing capacity. This fee is payable quarterly but no fee is charged for a particular quarter if the average principal amount of borrowings during such quarter is more than $10.0 million. The credit facility matures in December 2014. As of March 31, 2013, we had $6.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolver borrowings outstanding which accrued interest at 3.75%.

61


Table of Contents

        The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowings, events of default and negative covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. We are also subject to a financial covenant with respect to minimum monthly working capital levels. Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets other than our intellectual property, although we have agreed not to encumber any of our intellectual property without the lender's prior written consent. We were in compliance with all covenants as of March 31, 2013.

        We have issued the lender (1) a warrant to acquire 53,280 shares of our Series A preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.8446, (2) a warrant to acquire 50,896 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.2419 and (3) a warrant to acquire 47,489 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.526.

    Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

        We believe our existing cash balances will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months. During this period, we expect our capital expenditure requirements to be approximately $2.0 million. If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and available borrowings under our credit facility are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we will need to raise additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, our operations and ability to execute our business strategy could be adversely affected. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our stockholders.

    Historical Cash Flows

        The following table summarizes our historical cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
  As of and for the
Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash (used in) provided by:

                         

Operating activities

  $ (18,797 ) $ (5,103 ) $ 3,740   $ (815 )

Investing activities

    (1,197 )   5,547     3,659     (137 )

Financing activities

    35,940     433     44     46  

    Operating Activities

        Cash used in operating activities is primarily influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the increase in the number of advertisers using our solutions. Cash used in operating activities has typically been generated from net losses and by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly in the areas of accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net cash used in operating activities was $0.8 million and consisted of a net loss of $5.2 million, partially offset by $2.3 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $2.1 million of cash provided by working capital. Net loss was primarily driven by expansion of our operations and by our investment in technology and development personnel to facilitate our growth. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and

62


Table of Contents

amortization expense of $1.5 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.7 million and bad debt expense of $0.1 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in operating cash flow due to a $5.6 million decrease in accounts receivable, as well as a $0.2 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of more clients prepaying for the delivery of video ads. This was partially offset by a $3.3 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued cost of revenue, driven primarily by an decrease in inventory costs under our publisher contracts, offset by an increase in accrued payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees. In addition, there was an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.5 million, primarily the result of additional deposit requirements for new office space and future advertising and marketing events and professional development events.

        In 2012, our net cash used in operating activities was $5.1 million and consisted of a net loss of $16.6 million, partially offset by $9.0 million in adjustments for non-cash items and $2.5 million of cash provided by working capital. Net loss was primarily driven by expansion of our operations and by our investment in technology and development personnel to facilitate our growth. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of non-cash stock compensation expense of $2.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $6.0 million and bad debt expense of $0.1 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in operating cash flow due to a $4.8 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued cost of revenue, driven primarily by an increase in inventory costs under our publisher contracts, and an increase in accrued payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees. In addition there was a $0.2 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of more clients prepaying for the delivery of video ads. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $2.2 million, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.3 million, primarily the result of additional deposit requirements for new office space and future advertising and marketing events and professional development events.

        In 2011, our net cash used in operating activities was $18.8 million and consisted of a net loss of $21.0 million and a $7.1 million decrease in cash resulting from changes in working capital, partially offset by $9.3 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Net loss was primarily driven both by expansion of our operations and by our investment in technology and development and personnel to facilitate our growth. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of non-cash stock compensation expense of $2.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $6.1 million and mark-to-market expense of $0.3 million. The increased depreciation and amortization expense primarily related to increased capital expenditure requirements and our intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of a business. The decrease in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in accounts receivable of $4.4 million, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continued to expand our operations. Additionally, there was a $3.1 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued cost of revenue, driven primarily by an increase in inventory costs under our publisher contracts, and an increase in accrued payroll and payroll related expenses resulting from an increase in the number of our employees. This was partially offset by an increase in cash flow due to a $0.4 million increase in deferred rent primarily due to several new office leases contracted during 2012.

    Investing Activities

        Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of property and equipment, as well as business acquisitions.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million used in the purchase of property and equipment.

        In 2012, net cash provided by investing activities was $5.5 million and consisted of $8.7 million in maturities of short-term investments, partially offset by $2.0 million paid as part of an acquisition and $1.2 million used in the purchase of property and equipment.

63


Table of Contents

        In 2011, net cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million and consisted of $0.5 million of net purchases of short-term investments and $0.7 million used in the purchase of property and equipment.

    Financing Activities

        Our financing activities have consisted primarily of the issuance of preferred stock, proceeds from the exercise of stock options, and borrowings and repayments under our credit facility.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net cash provided by financing activities was $46,000 received upon the exercise of stock options.

        In 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.4 million received upon the exercise of stock options.

        In 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $35.9 million and consisted of $35.7 million in net proceeds from our Series F preferred stock financing and $0.3 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options, partially offset by $0.1 million used to repurchase common stock from three of our employees.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table discloses aggregate information about material contractual obligations and periods in which payments were due as of December 31, 2012. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 
  Payment due by period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 9,924   $ 1,615   $ 3,948   $ 3,003   $ 1,358  

Purchase obligations

    620     281     339          
                       

Total

  $ 10,544   $ 1,896   $ 4,287   $ 3,003   $ 1,358  
                       

        The amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding, which specify significant terms including payment terms related to services and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under the contract that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table.

        The table above does not reflect revolver borrowings under our credit facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of March 31, 2013, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on

64


Table of Contents

historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        Critical accounting policies and estimates are those we consider to be the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those related to the following:

    Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue primarily from the delivery of in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network. We also generate revenue from selling licenses to advertisers, agencies and publishers. Revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on the number of impressions delivered or by the actions of viewers. We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the client reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client and transaction history. Amounts billed or collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue.

        We recognize revenue from the delivery of video ads in the period in which the video ads are delivered. Specifically, we recognize revenue for video ad delivery through the Tremor Video Network upon the delivery of each impression served for CPM ad campaigns, engagement by the consumer with a video ad for CPE ad campaigns or the completion of a video ad by the consumer for CPVC ad campaigns. These actions are verified primarily by a combination of third party reporting systems and, to a lesser extent, our internal systems.

        In the normal course of business, we act as an intermediary in executing transactions with third parties. The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether we are acting as the principal or an agent in our transactions. In determining whether we act as the principal or an agent, we follow the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. The determination of whether we are acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because we are the primary obligor and are responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party advertisers, (2) establishing the selling prices of the video ads sold, (3) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk, and (4) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising, we act as the principal in these arrangements and therefore report revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

        The license fees for our VHA and publisher solutions are based on the number of impressions being analyzed through these solutions. We recognize revenue with respect to these solutions on a CPM basis based on the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. Typically, our license terms are for one year periods.

    Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

        We carry our accounts receivable at net realizable value. On a periodic basis, our management evaluates our accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written down and charged to expense as a bad debt. The evaluation is based on a past history of collections, current credit conditions, the length of time the account is past due and a past

65


Table of Contents

history of write-downs. A receivable is considered past due if we have not received payments based on agreed-upon terms. We generally do not require any security or collateral to support our receivables

    Business Combinations

        In business combinations, we determine the acquisition purchase price as the sum of the consideration we provide. The underlying principles require that we recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, generally at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The direct transaction costs associated with the business combination are expensed as incurred.

        When we issue stock-based awards to an acquired company's selling stockholders, we evaluate whether the awards are contingent consideration or compensation for post-business combination services. Our evaluation includes, among other things, whether the vesting of the stock-based awards is contingent on the continued employment of the selling stockholder beyond the acquisition date. If continued employment is required for vesting, the awards are treated as compensation for post-acquisition services and recognized as future compensation expense over the required service period.

    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test.

        Goodwill acquired in business combinations are assigned to the reporting unit that is expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. We assesses goodwill for impairment, using a qualitative process, annually as of October 1, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We operate as one operating segment as a singular reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes. We adopted Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment," which gives companies the option to qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, no further assessment of that reporting unit's goodwill is necessary. If it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then the goodwill must be tested using a two-step process based on prior accounting guidance, and if the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. In performing our qualitative assessment, we considered a number of factors, including macroeconomic conditions, the market for our industry, any developments with respect to our operating costs, the financial performance of our reporting unit, any changes to management or key personnel, and any changes to our intangible assets and their value. We concluded that there were no negative developments with respect to these factors that indicated that any goodwill is at risk of impairment.

66


Table of Contents

        For 2011 and 2012, no impairment losses have been identified, and no reporting unit was at risk of impairment, including under the first step of the two-step impairment determination process.

        Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line method as follows:

Technology

  5 to 7 years

Customer relationships

  5 to 10 years

Trademarks and trade names

  5 to 7 years

Non-competition agreements

  1 year

        Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances such as, but not limited to, significant declines in revenue, earnings or cash flows or material adverse changes in the business climate indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be impaired. There were no indicators of impairment to intangible assets for 2011 and 2012.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We have granted stock options with the following exercise prices for the dates reflected below:

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price
Per Share
  Common Stock Fair
Market Value Per Share at Grant Date
  Aggregate Fair Market Value
of Options Granted
 

April 19, 2012

    214,500 (1) (2) $ 3.34   $ 3.34   $ 716,430  

April 25, 2012

    50,000 (2)   3.34     3.34     167,000  

July 26, 2012

    1,844,008 (2)   3.34     3.34     6,158,987  

August 7, 2012

    50,000     3.34     3.34     167,000  

August 8, 2012

    55,000 (2)   3.34     3.34     183,700  

November 16, 2012

    644,500     3.73     3.73     2,403,985  

December 7, 2012

    90,000     3.73     3.73     335,700  

March 5, 2013

    400,000     3.93     3.93     1,572,000  

May 9, 2013

    237,000     5.43     5.43     1,286,910  

May 23, 2013

    150,000     5.43     5.43     814,500  

(1)
Options exercisable for an additional 33,000 shares of our common stock granted on this date with an exercise price of $4.04 per share were cancelled prior to our option repricing on July 26, 2012 as a result of employee terminations.
(2)
On July 26, 2012 and August 8, 2012, we repriced options to purchase 1,634,008 and 55,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, to $3.34 per share, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on such dates, from $4.04 per share. Of the 1,634,008 options repriced on July 26, 2012, 159,500 of such options were originally granted on April 19, 2012 and 50,000 of such options were originally granted on April 25, 2012 and the remaining options were granted prior to April 2012. These options had a Black-Scholes option fair values ranging from $1.47 to $1.56. In accordance with ASC Topic 718, we incurred a one-time stock compensation charge of approximately $11,000 on the incremental value of the vested repriced options. In addition, we recorded an additional incremental value of $0.3 million related to the unvested repriced options, which will be amortized over their remaining vesting period.

        Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 was $             million, of which $             million related to vested options and $             million related to unvested options.

        We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the authoritative guidance on stock compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award.

67


Table of Contents

        Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, the expected term of the options, our expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

    Fair value of our common stock.   Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in "—Common Stock Valuations" below.

    Expected term.   The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, we have based our expected term on the simplified method, which represents the average period from vesting to the expiration of the award.

    Expected volatility.   As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers' common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available.

    Risk-free rate.   The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

    Dividend yield.   We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

        If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

        The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
  2011   2012   2013
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Volatility

  54%–56%   56%–57%   47%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.36%–2.87%   0.60%–1.17%   1.01%–1.03%

Expected life (in years)

  6.77   5.12–6.09   5.97–6.07

Dividend yield

  —%   —%   —%

    Common Stock Valuations

        The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity

68


Table of Contents

Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

    contemporaneous third-party valuations performed at periodic intervals by a valuation firm conducted as of June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012, December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013;

    a series of transactions from September 2011 through October 2012 pursuant to which one of our preferred stockholders acquired an aggregate of 3,152,851 shares of our common stock from certain of our stockholders for an aggregate purchase price of $10.1 million and a weighted average per share price of $3.20;

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

    the purchases of shares of preferred stock by venture capital firms;

    our operating and financial performance and forecast;

    current business conditions;

    significant new customer wins;

    our stage of development;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

    any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

    the market performance of comparable publicly-traded technology companies; and

    U.S. and global capital market conditions.

        In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, we considered contemporaneous valuations of our stock from a third-party valuation firm that provided us with their estimate of our enterprise value. Our board of directors determined the best approach to determine the fair value of our stock options was to use a blend of market and income approaches to determine our enterprise value and the probability-weighted expected return model, or PWERM, to determine the related allocation. The market-based approach considers multiples of financial metrics based on both acquisitions and trading multiples of a selected per group of technology companies. Future and present values for the common stock were calculated taking into consideration the preferred share liquidation and conversion rights. PWERM models potential future liquidity events and applies probabilities to each scenario. These future liquidity events are then discounted to present value and, after applying the relevant probability for each potential event, result in a probability-weighted equity value of the company. In addition, we considered secondary sales of our common stock that occurred during the period leading up to the valuation date, and ultimately weighted the PWERM estimated value and the weighted average price per share of such secondary sales to determine the fair value of our common stock.

        A database of all publicly-traded companies was screened to determine a broad industry sector and potential peer-group companies. This initial screen selected companies that primarily operated in the information technology software industry and that (1) traded on one of the major U.S. stock exchanges and (2) traded at a common per share value of greater than one dollar. From this industry sector list, comparable companies were selected based on several factors, including business description, business model, primary industry and revenue growth. More specifically, the comparable company selection

69


Table of Contents

focused on companies that provide advertising, marketing and media-based software solutions. Furthermore, companies with historical and projected revenue growth comparable to ours were selected.

        The selected group of comparable companies was consistently used in both the market and income approaches. Additionally, this same comparable company group was partially relied upon in determining appropriate multiples in the initial public offering, or IPO, scenario of the PWERM described more fully below. Where relevant, the comparable company group was held constant in determining per share value for all equity classes.

        Significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair market value of our common stock at these grant dates included:

        April 2012.     The U.S. economy and financial markets continued to strengthen during the first quarter of 2012. We also continued to see strength in our business during this period. While total revenue decreased from $18.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, we began to see the impact of the increased adoption of our performance-priced video ads. We performed the PWERM allocation methodology to value our common stock as of September 6, 2011. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. The discount rate was based on several company-specific and general economic factors, primarily the strength in our business and the U.S. economy and markets as a whole, and their indications of economic risk. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair market value of our common stock of $4.04 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described above, our board of directors granted options to purchase 297,500 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.04 per share. After the April 2012 option grants, we determined that the September 6, 2011 valuation report, which our board of directors, relied in part in determining the fair value of our common stock did not take into consideration $9.3 million of secondary sales of common stock, which occurred between September 2011 and April 2012 at a weighted average purchase price of $3.23 per share. In July 2012 and August 2012, our board of directors repriced 209,500 and 55,000, respectively, of these options to $3.34 per share based upon a July 2012 valuation report discussed below. The remaining 33,000 options were cancelled in connection with the termination of employment of certain employees. Please see footnote (2) to the above table for further information.

        July and August 2012.     The U.S. financial markets began to show some weakness in the second quarter of 2012 as concerns regarding global financial uncertainties grew; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $22.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 to $25.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. In September 2011 through October 2012, one of our preferred stock investors, in a series of transactions, acquired 3,152,851 shares of our common stock for aggregate purchase price of $10.1 million and a weighted average purchase price of $3.20. We performed the PWERM allocation methodology to value our common stock as of June 30, 2012. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%, which was constant from the prior valuation as of March 31, 2012. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $4.30 per share. In addition, we considered secondary sales of our common stock that occurred between April 2012 and June 2012, with a weighted average price of $3.02 per share. We applied a weighting of 25% to the PWERM estimated value of $4.30 per share and 75% to the value indicated

70


Table of Contents

by the secondary sales of our common stock of $3.02 per share, to arrive at a fair value of $3.34 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 210,000 shares and 50,000 shares of common stock in July and August 2012, respectively, with an exercise price of $3.34 per share. In addition, in July and August 2012, our board of directors repriced 1,634,008 options and 55,000 options, respectively, to $3.34 per share. Please see footnote (2) to the above table for further information. These options were previously granted from September 2011 through April 2012 based upon the September 6, 2011 valuation report discussed above. This valuation report did not take into consideration certain secondary sales of our common stock that occurred in September 2011, which significantly impacted the relative weighting of the factors used in the calculation of the fair value of our common stock as of such date.

        November and December 2012.     The U.S. financial markets continued to show some weakness in the third quarter of 2012 over concerns regarding global financial uncertainties; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $22.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to $30.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012. We performed the same PWERM allocation methodology as in the previous quarter to value our common stock as of September 30, 2012. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $4.26 per share. In addition, we took into account a secondary sale of our common stock that occurred in October 2012. We applied a weighting of 75% to the PWERM estimated value of $4.26 per share and 25% to the value indicated by a secondary sale of our common stock of $2.15 per share in October 2012, to arrive at a fair market value of $3.73 per share. The weighting of PWERM relative to secondary sales was increased from that applied in prior valuations due to there being a limited number of secondary sales near the valuation date. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 644,500 shares and 90,000 shares of common stock in November and December 2012, respectively, with an exercise price of $3.73 per share.

        March 2013.     The U.S. financial markets continued to show some weakness as well as volatility in the fourth calendar quarter of 2012 over concerns regarding global financial uncertainties and the U.S. elections; however, we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $26.8 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011 to $32.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2012. We performed the same PWERM methodology as in the previous quarter to value our common stock as of December 31, 2012. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 25% for an IPO, 30% for a strategic merger or sale, 40% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $4.52 per share. In addition, we took into account a secondary sale of our common stock that occurred in October 2012. We applied a weighting of 75% to the PWERM estimated value of $4.52 per share and 25% to the value indicated by the secondary sale of our common stock of $2.15 per share, to arrive at a fair market value of $3.93 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $3.93 per share.

        May 2013.     The U.S. financial markets began to show improvement in the first quarter of 2013, and we continued to see strength in our business. Total revenue increased from $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to $24.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. We

71


Table of Contents

performed the same PWERM methodology as in the previous quarter to value our common stock as of March 31, 2013. Management's estimates of the probability of each scenario were 50% for an IPO, 15% for a strategic merger or sale, 30% for continuing as a private company, and 5% for dissolution. We determined the enterprise value under the market approach using the financial information of companies in our peer group and under the income approach using a weighted-average cost of capital or discount rate of 20%. Based on these factors, the PWERM analysis resulted in an estimated fair value of our common stock of $5.43 per share. Based on this valuation and other factors described herein, our board of directors granted options to purchase 387,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $5.43 per share.

    Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. As a result of our historical operating performance and the cumulative net losses incurred to date, we do not have sufficient objective evidence to support the recovery of our net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes because we believe it is not more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

        We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is "more-likely-than-not" that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions in income tax expense.

        At March 31, 2013, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of $83.4 million, which expire in various years beginning in 2026. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe that we experienced an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in prior years that may limit our ability to utilize a portion of the NOLs in the future.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

    Interest Rate Risk

        We maintain a short-term investment portfolio consisting mainly of highly liquid, short-term money market funds, which we consider to be cash equivalents. These investments earn interest at variable rates and, as a result, decreases in market interest rates would generally result in decreased interest

72


Table of Contents

income. A 1.0% decline in interest rates occurring January 1, 2013 and sustained through the period ended December 31, 2013, would not be material. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

        We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in interest rates related to our $25.0 million revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2013, we had incurred borrowings with an aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million. Interest on our credit facility is tied to the lender's prime rate and fluctuates periodically. As a result, the interest rates on our outstanding debt obligations may fluctuate from time to time. A sensitivity analysis was performed on the outstanding portion of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2012. Based on the aggregate principal amount of the revolver borrowings as of December 31, 2012 and the then prevailing interest rate, should the interest rate on our credit facility increase by 10.0% beginning January 1, 2013 and sustained through the period ended December 31, 2013, or interest expense would increase by approximately $22,000.

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        Due to our international operations, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to foreign denominated revenues and costs, which must be translated into U.S. dollars. Historically, our primary exposures have been related to non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses in the United Kingdom and Singapore. The effect of a 10.0% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables would not have been material for the periods presented. Substantially all of our advertiser contracts are currently denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we have minimal foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our revenue. These exposures may change over time as our business practices evolve and if our exposure increases, adverse movements in foreign currency exchanges rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        We have reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to our business or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.

Emerging Growth Company Status

        Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an "emerging growth company" can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

73


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Mission

        Our mission is to bring the certainty of science to the art of brand marketing.

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 consumer packaged goods companies. Our relationships with leading brand advertisers and their agencies have helped us create a robust online video ecosystem that includes more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. Our proprietary technology, VideoHub, analyzes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system attributes, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics. VideoHub also provides advertisers and agencies with advanced analytics and measurement tools enabling them to understand why, when and where viewers engage with their video ads.

        Our clients strive to create and maintain a favorable image of their brand, differentiate themselves from competitive brands and influence consumers' purchase decisions to maximize market share. Traditional media channels are limited in their ability to achieve these goals because they lack interactivity and the ability to measure and optimize ad campaigns in real-time. We believe online video is a highly effective channel for brand advertisers to engage and influence consumers by combining the rich "sight, sound and motion" of television and the interactivity, engagement, real-time measurement and optimization of online.

        Online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States. According to eMarketer, while overall advertising spend is expected to grow by 3.5% on a compounded annual basis between 2012 and 2016, online video advertising spend is expected to grow by 28.9%. eMarketer estimated total U.S. advertising spend in 2012 to be $165.8 billion, of which online video advertising spend was $2.9 billion, or only 1.7%. As online audiences continue to spend more time watching videos, online video advertising spend is projected to reach $8.0 billion in 2016. Within online video advertising, mobile video advertising spend is expected to grow from $244 million to $2.1 billion, reflecting a 71.1% compounded annual growth rate from 2012 to 2016. Despite this tremendous growth, several factors, including audience and device fragmentation, inadequate brand-centric measurement and optimization technology, and lack of performance and placement transparency, have made it challenging to effectively deliver online video advertising.

        VideoHub is designed to effectively address the challenges faced by brand advertisers. VideoHub optimizes an advertiser's campaign against brand-centric key performance indicators, or KPIs, by building a decision tree that analyzes the attributes, which we call signals, of every ad request, such as video player size, geography, publisher, content category and length, browser type and viewer data. VideoHub then prioritizes the delivery of ads that are more likely to achieve the desired performance objectives. VideoHub also offers advertisers transparency into the workings of its decision tree so that they can understand what signals are driving the performance of their video ad campaigns. Further, VideoHub affords advertisers the ability to easily perform ad delivery validation and placement verification.

        Our VideoHub technology is the backbone of the Tremor Video Network through which we offer advertisers access to engaged consumers at scale in brand safe environments across multiple devices. We specialize in delivering in-stream video advertisements, which are served to viewers immediately prior to or during the publisher's content when viewers are most engaged. This is in contrast to

74


Table of Contents

traditional in-banner video advertising, which is served on the periphery of publisher content where viewers may not be directing their attention. We further enhance advertisers' campaigns with innovative ad formats specifically developed to harness the creative aspects of online video, which often result in consumers choosing to extend their interaction with a brand's message significantly past the original ad experience. To align our solutions with the goals of brand advertisers, we offer a number of brand performance-based pricing models for in-stream video advertising such as cost per engagement, or CPE, pricing, where we are compensated only when viewers actively engage with advertisers' campaigns. As a result, we enable our clients to effectively purchase measurable brand results rather than just impressions or clicks.

        Driven by client demand, in 2012 we began licensing VideoHub technology to advertisers and their agencies through an intuitive and customizable console, which we call VideoHub for Advertisers, or VHA. VHA helps advertisers and their agencies manage online video brand marketing efforts by providing advanced analytic and measurement tools. By licensing VHA, advertisers and their agencies are able to gain transparency into the performance of ad campaigns across the entirety of their video ad buys, including on publisher sites that are not part of the Tremor Video Network. By providing an enterprise solution that works both on and off the Tremor Video Network, we deepen our relationships with our clients and broaden our influence in the online video ecosystem. We believe this best positions us to benefit from the anticipated growth in online video advertising.

        We have developed strong relationships with brand advertisers and their agencies, who we believe view us as a strategic and trusted partner with a deep understanding of their industry-specific needs. We have also developed strong relationships with publishers due to our ability to provide consistent yield and monetization for their video content. We continuously evaluate and refine our publisher network to ensure that our advertisers have access to premium content in brand safe environments. We believe these relationships have created a network effect whereby advertisers increase their spend with us because of the results we deliver utilizing proprietary technology and our publishers' premium inventory, which in turn allows us to attract additional high quality publishers and thereby additional advertising spend.

        From 2011 to 2012, our revenue increased from $90.3 million to $105.2 million. This included an increase in revenue derived from the delivery of in-stream video advertising from $75.5 million to $99.7 million, or 32.1%. Additionally, over this period, our gross margin improved from 35.2% to 41.7%, driven in part by the adoption of our performance-based pricing models, while our net loss has decreased from $21.0 million to $16.6 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of 2012, our revenue increased from $17.3 million to $24.8 million, or 43.4%, our gross margin improved from 31.9% to 44.1% and our net loss decreased from $9.1 million to $5.2 million. As a percentage of total revenue, revenue attributable to performance-based pricing for 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 was 7.9%, 22.7% and 36.1%, respectively.

75


Table of Contents

Industry Background

        Advertisers often view the advertising market as a funnel that maps a potential consumer's purchase decision process from the moment he or she is introduced to a brand to the point of purchase.

GRAPHIC

        At the top of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on building brand awareness amongst the largest possible number of potential consumers and use reach as the primary metric to measure success. Traditionally, advertisers have preferred national television and outdoor media, such as a Super Bowl commercial or Times Square billboard, to achieve this brand awareness. At the bottom of the marketing funnel, advertisers are focused on generating specific actions by a consumer in a short period of time. At this stage of the funnel, advertisers have generally relied on direct response marketing, such as newspaper inserts and coupons, as well as online search and online display advertising, where conversions are used to measure campaign success.

        In the middle of the marketing funnel, advertisers seek to engage consumers and educate them about their brand in order to differentiate themselves from competitors and drive consumer preferences toward a particular branded product to influence future purchase decisions, which we refer to as brand lift. Historically, advertisers have sought to achieve middle of the funnel objectives through print, which can tell a deeper story about the product and its benefits and allows the reader to linger as long as he or she likes, and to a lesser extent through local and cable television, which offers a more targeted audience for a product's message than national television. Traditional solutions for middle of the funnel marketing have significant limitations such as:

        A paramount challenge for brand advertisers today is finding methods to achieve middle of the funnel objectives at scale. For brands that have already dedicated significant advertising spend to television to establish awareness of their products, future success depends on a clear understanding of

76


Table of Contents

what creative messaging and data attributes can drive brand lift and preference shift to capture market share. This is the essence of middle of the funnel brand advertising.

        We believe in-stream video is a highly effective channel for brand advertisers to meet their middle of the funnel objectives by combining the best aspects of television, print and online advertising:

Market Opportunity

        The convergence of several technological and behavioral factors is driving robust growth in online video consumption creating a significant opportunity for in-stream video advertising. These factors include:

        Online video advertising is amongst the fastest growing advertising formats in the United States. According to eMarketer, while overall advertising spend is expected to grow by 3.5% on a compounded annual basis between 2012 and 2016, online video advertising spend is expected to grow by 28.9%. eMarketer estimated total U.S. advertising spend in 2012 to be $165.8 billion, of which online video advertising spend was $2.9 billion, or only 1.7%. As online audiences continue to spend more time watching videos, online video advertising spend is projected to reach $8.0 billion in 2016. Within online video advertising, mobile video advertising spend is expected to grow from $244 million to $2.1 billion,

77


Table of Contents

reflecting a 71.1% compounded annual growth rate from 2012 to 2016. We believe that we are well-positioned to capture a significant portion of this growing online video advertising market.

        Despite this tremendous growth opportunity, brand advertisers face several challenges to the adoption of online video advertising that require sophisticated technology to solve:

78


Table of Contents

Tremor Video Technology and Solutions

        VideoHub powers our video advertising solutions and is designed to effectively address the challenges faced by brand advertisers and achieve their middle of the funnel objectives.

        Through VideoHub we deliver:

GRAPHIC

79


Table of Contents

        VideoHub has also received accreditation from the Media Rating Council, which is an independent industry organization whose mission is to ensure valid, reliable and effective audience-measurement services, for five metrics that help advertisers, agencies and publishers to measure the accuracy and effectiveness of online video advertising. These metrics are (1) average viewability percentage, or how much of an ad can be seen on a digital screen at certain intervals during the video ad, (2) engagement rate, when a viewer clicks on an interactive slate within the ad unit or rolls over a trigger on the ad unit for three seconds or longer, (3) clicks, (4) served ad impressions and (5) unique cookies reach, or a count of unique cookies that represent unduplicated instances of exposure of a viewer to video ads during a specified measurement period.

        The Tremor Video Network offers advertisers access to premium video inventory at scale across multiple devices in brand safe environments.

80


Table of Contents

        Through the Tremor Video Network we deliver:

81


Table of Contents

VideoHub for Advertisers (VHA)

        Driven by client demand, in 2012, we began licensing VHA, a software platform that clients access through a web portal. By licensing VHA, advertisers and their agencies can use VHA across the entirety of their video ad buys, including on publisher sites that are not part of the Tremor Video Network. In order to analyze video ad campaigns running outside the Tremor Video Network, VideoHub generates a tracking code which is associated with the video ad unit that the advertiser or agency wishes to analyze through VHA. When the video ad is served by a publisher that has agreed to deliver the video ad campaign, the tracking code communicates data regarding the video ad to VideoHub. Advertisers and agencies can then access VideoHub's advanced analysis of this data through VHA in order to gain valuable insights into campaign performance, including the performance of the campaign on a particular publisher's site.

        We believe that the breadth of our VHA solution helps agencies achieve greater operational efficiency as it relieves them from the need to integrate and support multiple, disparate technology solutions. By providing this enterprise solution to advertisers and their agencies, on and off the Tremor Video Network, we believe we can deepen our relationships with our clients and broaden our influence in the online video ecosystem.

Competitive Strengths

        Our key competitive strengths include:

        VideoHub is the product of more than seven years of development exclusively focused on perfecting the measurement, optimization and transparency of online video advertising for leading brand advertisers. Our technology is supported and enhanced by our technology and development department which as of March 31, 2013 consisted of 68 employees. VideoHub analyzes and categorizes in-stream video content, detects viewer and system signals, and leverages our large repository of stored data to optimize video ad campaigns for brand-centric metrics such as engagement, brand lift and time spent. VideoHub provides performance and placement transparency to our advertising clients across multiple devices whether or not those campaigns run through the Tremor Video Network.

        We are an innovator in online video advertising. We believe our innovations, such as advanced ad formats, brand-centric performance-based pricing models, including CPE, in-stream video analysis and categorization and advanced analytics tools, including eQ+ score and our proprietary measurement for

82


Table of Contents

in-stream video ad viewability, differentiate us from our competitors. We believe that our ability to continually innovate will further improve our market position.

        We provide brand advertisers with a one-stop-shop for their video ad campaigns by delivering those campaigns over multiple internet-connected devices including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs with different screen sizes, screen resolutions, functionality, network connections, hardware and operating system types. Our technology is able to adjust video ads for varying screen sizes, and through Video Hub, we are able to optimize video campaigns for each type of device. Our advanced ad formats and cost per engagement pricing are available on smartphones and tablets as well as computers. Our multi-channel capabilities also allow publishers to monetize their content across multiple internet-connected devices. This alleviates their need to pursue an ad hoc approach with multiple providers.

        We have built deep relationships with leading brand advertisers, advertising agencies and the holding companies that own many of these agencies. Our clients include some of the largest brand advertisers in the world, including all of the top 10 automakers and 9 of the top 10 CPG companies. We have built deep industry specific expertise by aligning our sales force around our target verticals. We believe that the advertisers, the agencies with which they work and the holding companies that own many of these agencies view us as a strategic and trusted partner that can guide and support their ad campaigns through all stages of planning, execution and measurement.

        We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis, enabling these publishers to more effectively monetize their video content. This network helps us attract and retain large brand advertisers that spend significant media dollars. Premium publishers work with us because of our deep brand advertiser relationships and our ability to maximize the value of their online video content across multiple devices. We believe our technology and innovative performance-based pricing models have allowed us to generate superior yield compared to traditional impression-based pricing, which enables us to attract additional premium publishers by providing them better monetization.

        We have built a large repository of data generated from over 20 billion in-stream video ad impressions delivered through the Tremor Video Network. This data asset grows richer over time as additional campaigns run through the Tremor Video Network. We leverage this data asset and the insights we have gained from the billions of video impressions we have previously delivered to continuously refine our algorithms and improve our optimization capabilities.

Growth Strategy

        We will continue to invest in our technology to maintain and extend our leadership in the online video advertising ecosystem. We are focused on providing brand advertisers with brand-centric metrics, video ad placement and performance transparency and optimization capabilities to enhance campaign effectiveness. We will also continue to focus on introducing new ad formats that improve the effectiveness of our video ads and pricing models that further align our financial results with campaign

83


Table of Contents

performance. We believe that these innovations will continue to increase client loyalty and the amount of their spending with us.

        We believe that the combination of our proprietary technology, brand-centric approach, deep client relationships and our broad knowledge of the video advertising industry is unique and highly attractive to brand advertisers and their agencies. We plan to capitalize on opportunities to build on our relationships with existing advertisers and attract new clients. We will continue to develop preferred relationships with the largest agency holding companies that position us to benefit from the increased online video spending by their constituent agencies. By focusing on our relationships with agency holding companies, we believe our sales efforts will become more efficient by shortening the prequalification period and sales cycle with the respective holding companies' constituent agencies. We intend to expand our reach beyond our current core industry verticals, including CPG, automotive and entertainment, to add other verticals in which companies spend significantly on brand advertising, such as technology and telecommunications, retail and financial services.

        We launched our mobile offering in the first quarter of 2011 and have experienced increasing adoption since its introduction. The number of mobile ad impressions that we delivered as a percentage of total ad impressions has ranged from less than 2.0% in 2011 to more than 8.0% in the first quarter of 2013. As viewers increasingly consume content on smartphones and tablets, we expect brand advertisers to devote increasing amounts of advertising spend towards mobile channels. Mobile is inherently an interactive channel, and we are promoting our performance-based pricing models such as CPE to take advantage of this interactivity. Moreover, our strategic focus on in-stream advertising positions us to solve many of the challenges of mobile advertising that are created by screen size limitations since the video ad served will generally occupy the entire mobile screen. In addition, we are integrating VideoHub with an increasing number of connected TV publishers, enabling our clients to take advantage of potential growth in this emerging channel.

        We offer premium publishers quality advertising demand at scale and help them effectively monetize their content. We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. We plan to grow our premium publisher base, increase our share of the in-stream video inventory generated by our publishers and enter into additional exclusive arrangements where appropriate. We believe these premium publisher relationships will allow us to deliver high performing campaigns for brand advertisers resulting in increased advertising spend through the Tremor Video Network. In addition, we are focused on developing an enterprise solution for publishers to enable their direct sales force to better monetize their video ad inventory.

        We are focused on expanding the adoption and resulting licensing revenue of VHA. We plan to grow VHA licensing revenue by entering into agreements with new agencies and driving adoption of VHA across more brands within agencies with which we have existing licensing agreements. VHA allows brand advertisers and their agencies to measure the effectiveness of video ad campaigns whether or not those campaigns are run through the Tremor Video Network. We believe our clients will recognize the strategic value of VHA, which will enable us to strengthen our relationships with them.

84


Table of Contents

        Programmatic buying is a relatively new development in online advertising in which an advertising exchange brings together buyers and sellers of ad inventory, often in real-time. Based on the perceived value of the ad inventory, or the viewer, a bid is placed by relevant advertisers and the highest bidding advertiser gets the opportunity to serve the ad to the viewer. To date, programmatic buying has been largely limited to display and in-banner video advertising. Its expansion to online video advertising has been impacted by the lack of necessary data for effective programmatic buying of video ads. We believe that our technology is well suited to enable differentiated brand-focused programmatic buying for in-stream video advertising and we intend to extend our technology to encompass such functionality. We believe that our future entry into this space will drive incremental revenue.

        We license certain aspects of VideoHub to video ad networks and exchanges in geographies where we do not currently have a direct presence to enable these licensees to improve the performance and monetization of their video inventory. We aim to further increase our presence in strategic locations around the world through additional partnerships and commercial agreements. We believe that international markets will increasingly experience similar market trends to those in the United States that make video advertising attractive to brand advertisers. Accordingly, we believe international markets represent opportunities for growth.

Clients

    Advertisers and Agencies

        As of March 31, 2013, we had 372 advertiser clients, including all of the top 10 automaker advertisers and 9 of the top 10 CPG advertisers. The following sets forth a list of representative advertisers by vertical in 2012:

Auto   CPG

Ford Motor Company

 

Colgate-Palmolive Company

General Motors Company

 

Kraft Foods Inc.

Hyundai Corporation

 

Merck & Co. Inc.

Nissan Motor Company

 

Procter & Gamble Company

Toyota Motor Corporation

 

Reckitt Benckiser Plc

 

Entertainment   Others

Fox Broadcasting Corp.

 

Cotton Inc.

NBCUniversal Media, LLC

 

Google Inc.

Open Road Films, Inc.

 

Lowe's Cos. Inc.

Paramount Home Entertainment, Inc.

 

Marriott International Inc.

Walt Disney Company

 

Microsoft Corp.

        The following is a list of representative advertising agencies with whom we worked in 2012:

Carat
DraftFCB, Inc.
Mediaedge: cia UK Limited
MediaStorm LLC
MindShare, Inc.
  Moxie Interactive, Inc.
OMD USA Inc.
Starcom MediaVest Group
Zenith Optimedia Ltd.
Zimmerman Advertising LLC

        Revenue contribution from individual brand advertisers varies from period to period. We do not believe our business is substantially dependent upon any individual advertiser as no individual

85


Table of Contents

advertiser represented more than 10% of our revenue in 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013. We maintain close relationships directly with brand advertisers and we consider them to be our clients, as the video ad campaigns we run are those of the advertiser and we work closely with them to execute their video ad campaigns on the Tremor Video Network. However, we primarily market and sell our solutions to advertising agencies on behalf of their advertiser clients. We do not directly contract with brand advertisers; rather, we contract directly with the advertising agencies representing these brands or the large agency holding companies that own and control many of the advertising agencies. However, brand advertisers are ultimately responsible to us for all contractual payment obligations. In 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, we derived 18.0%, 13.8% and 17.9%, respectively, of our revenue from brand advertisers represented by the Starcom MediaVest Group.

        Once an advertiser or its agency determines to run a video ad campaign through the Tremor Video Network, we execute an insertion order with the ad agency on behalf of the advertiser reflecting campaign parameters such as size and duration of the campaign, type of video ad format, devices on which the campaign will run, the KPI for which to optimize performance and the desired pricing model. Prior to running the campaign, the advertiser and its agency often work with our creative team to provide the creative direction of the campaign and design and build an advanced ad unit. The completed video ad is then uploaded to our ad server by our operations personnel. Once uploaded, the video ad is available to be served to the publisher ad inventory available on our Tremor Video Network. When a publisher makes an ad request, VideoHub analyzes the signals associated with that ad request and prioritizes the delivery of video ad campaigns that are more likely to perform, utilizing our optimization technology and taking into consideration the applicable campaign parameters. During a campaign flight, through VHA a client may access analytics about the performance of its video ad campaign and validate the placement of its video ads and number of impressions delivered.

        The insertion orders entered into with ad agencies on behalf of advertisers are cancellable upon short notice and without penalty consistent with standard terms and conditions for the purchase of internet advertising for media buys one year or less published by the Interactive Advertising Bureau. These insertion orders generally require payment within 60 days of invoice, which we send on a monthly basis.

        We provide basic VHA access to advertisers with respect to their video ad campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network and charge a license fee for advanced analytics. We also license VHA to advertisers and agencies to track the performance of their video advertising campaigns across their ad buys. The license fee varies depending upon the level of access to our video advertising analytics and the volume of impressions actually analyzed through VHA during the term of the license. Typically, our license terms are for one year periods and are cancellable upon 30 days advance notice in case of a breach. Our clients are required to remit payment for use of VHA within 30 calendar days after the applicable month end.

        Publishers provide us with the video content within which we deliver video advertising campaigns on behalf of our advertiser clients. We have partnered with more than 500 premium websites and mobile applications, over 200 of which partner with us on an exclusive basis. We consider a premium publisher to be a publisher that has professionally produced content, offers a quality video viewing experience, which includes size and placement of the video player, and delivers brand metric performance results to brand advertisers.

        We enter into agreements with our exclusive publisher partners that typically have a one year term and provide for a minimum fill rate, or a percentage of video ad inventory made available by the publisher to the Tremor Video Network that we must utilize in a given month, at a fixed CPM. At the

86


Table of Contents

end of each month, we calculate the amounts owed to our exclusive publishers based on the greater of (1) the number of video ads delivered in any given month and (2) the minimum fill rate. We are generally required to remit payment for these impressions within 60 days of month end. The scope of these exclusive relationships varies, with some publishers imposing geographical, device or inventory type limitations. For example, under an exclusive relationship, we may be a publisher's exclusive partner only for in-stream video in the United States. A publisher's direct sales force may continue to sell their video ad inventory to advertisers or agencies directly. With respect to our non-exclusive publishers, we purchase video ad inventory on an as needed basis at a fixed CPM. We are generally required to remit payment for these impressions within 60 days of month end.

Case Studies

        A large automotive company, or automotive company, has been an advertiser with us since 2009. In 2012, they began significantly leveraging our advanced ad formats and performance-based pricing model to reach engaged consumers at scale across the Tremor Video Network.

        In the fourth quarter of 2012, the automotive company ran six different video ad campaigns through the Tremor Video Network, all optimized toward the engagement KPI and priced on a CPE basis. Three of these campaigns were broad national efforts by the automotive company for its car models to get consumers to engage and spend more time with its messaging and increase consideration for its brand. Three of these efforts leveraged our ability to find Spanish language consumers in order to engage that market segment with the brand messaging for its car models. By creating a Super Pre-Roll video ad unit in Spanish, we were able to reach a critical audience for this automotive company connecting it to only interested, relevant consumers.

        Each video advertising campaign resulted in strong performance against its selected KPI, while simultaneously providing robust real-time insight into the signals that were driving campaign success. For example, this campaign achieved an engagement rate of 3.2% and drove significant time spent with the brand message, as consumers who engaged with the video ad unit spent, on average, 84 seconds with a 30 second video ad unit. Campaign results revealed that engagement was optimized when a viewer was exposed to a video ad 2-4 times, with diminished returns thereafter.

        As a result of these successful campaigns, we are seeing strong momentum with the automotive company and have continued to run video ad campaigns for them in the first quarter of 2013 across multiple divisions.

        A large CPG company began advertising with us in 2008, primarily using our solution to extend the reach of its video ad campaigns and build awareness online. Since 2011, the CPG company has increasingly leveraged our advanced ad formats, brand-centric KPIs, multi-screen capabilities and performance-based pricing models to drive brand goals.

        For example, in August 2012, one of the CPG company's brands looked to us for the launch of a new product campaign. The CPG company's goal was to increase engagement and time spent with the video ad. We worked closely with the CPG company's agencies to understand its campaign goals and built an immersive Super Pre-Roll ad unit that invited viewers to engage with the video ad to see additional video content and other product features. The campaign, which was priced on a CPE basis, was very successful, achieving average engagement rates of 5 to 6% and an impressive time spent metric, as viewers that engaged with the video ad spent on average 50 seconds with a 30 second video

87


Table of Contents

ad unit. Based on these results, the CPG company extended the campaign with additional flights in late 2012 and early 2013.

        As a result of this and other successful campaigns, the CPG company has significantly expanded its relationship with us in recent years. From 2010 to 2012, the CPG company:

        Moreover, from 2011 to 2012, the percentage of its ad spend on campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network that were optimized for brand lift and engagement KPIs increased from none to 33% and the percentage of the CPG company's ad spend attributable to CPE pricing increased from none to 10%.

        A large consumer product company was the first advertiser to run a campaign that was optimized for brand lift through the Tremor Video Network. This campaign, which was designed for one of its new products, ran in the fourth quarter of 2011. In response to a survey, approximately 115,000 consumers answered that they were more likely to try the new product after viewing the video ad. Following this initial success, the consumer product company has continued to increase its use of our brand lift optimizer for campaigns running through the Tremor Video Network. In 2012, it spent approximately $2.7 million across 14 advertising campaigns that were optimized for brand lift, representing 72% of its total spend with us in 2012. In the aggregate, these campaigns resulted in a positive shift of approximately 2.5 million consumers who indicated in a survey that they were more likely to buy the company's advertised products after viewing the video ad delivered by the Tremor Video Network.

        In 2011, a large entertainment company ran four video ad campaigns through the Tremor Video Network to promote its sports programming with the goal of increasing reach among male audiences between the ages 18 and 34. In 2012, the entertainment company significantly increased its advertising spend with us, running 25 different campaigns across sports and six original programs. A primary goal for the entertainment company for these campaigns was to increase engagement and reach viewers across multiple devices. Accordingly, in 2012, 30% of its video ad spend with us was on campaigns priced on a CPE basis and 28% of its video ad spend with us was on mobile campaigns. In the third quarter of 2012, it ran its first "four screen" campaign across computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs, for the second season premiere of a popular TV show. The campaign was optimized for engagement and utilized our advanced video ad units.

        In early 2013, the entertainment company continued to run "four screen" campaigns across computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs, for the second season premieres of two popular TV shows. Both campaigns were optimized for engagement and utilized our advanced video ad units. In late first quarter of 2013, we continued to expand our relationship by executing campaigns for additional TV programming.

        A large technology company began using the Tremor Video Network in 2008 and was one of the first adopters of our CPE pricing model in 2010, as it recognized the value of consumer engagement to

88


Table of Contents

brand building. From 2010 to 2012, the percentage of the technology company's ad spend with us that was earmarked against brand-centric KPIs increased from 8% to 46%.

        In the fourth quarter of 2012, the technology company launched a video ad campaign for a new product on the Tremor Video Network that was optimized for brand lift. Through our optimization technology, we were able to serve the campaign in environments and to viewers in a manner that drove a more favorable perception of the product. As a result of the success of this campaign, the technology company subsequently renewed the campaign in the first two quarters of 2013. As of April 2013, survey results show that these campaigns have shifted 360,000 viewers to more favorable perceptions and stronger consideration of the technology company's advertised product.

        A+E Networks® is a leading media company that owns a group of television channels including A&E®, HISTORY®, bio.® and Lifetime® as well as related premium websites such as aetv.com, history.com, biography.com and mylifetime.com. We began working with A+E Networks in July 2008. In January 2011, A+E Networks elected to make our relationship exclusive based on our ability to effectively monetize their online video content across all of their sites. As A+E Networks' exclusive partner, we are the only third party able to deliver video ads into their premium video content. The number of impressions from A+E Networks' sites that were served by Tremor Video Network grew by 50% from 2011 to 2012, making A+E Networks one of our largest exclusive partners. Based on the success of this exclusive relationship, in January 2013, A+E Networks enlarged the scope of the exclusive relationship to include video content delivered to A+E Networks mobile phones and tablets. We believe that our exclusive access to A+E Networks' premium video content helps us deliver strong performance for our advertisers and further differentiates us from our competitors.

        Viacom Media Networks, a division of Viacom International Inc., oversees the operations of many television channels and websites, including MTV, VH1, Comedy Central and Nick at Nite. We began working with Viacom Media Networks in February 2011 when they selected us as their exclusive partner for the monetization of unsold advertising inventory in connection with online video content across more than 20 premium sites in the United States. In January 2013, Viacom Media Networks extended its exclusive partnership with us through December 2014. We believe that our exclusive access to unsold inventory on Viacom Media Networks' premium video content helps us deliver strong performance for our advertisers and further differentiates us from our competitors. In particular, Viacom Media Networks' long form video content results in high completion rates for our video ads. In addition, since January 2013, Viacom Media Networks has been utilizing our VideoHub analytics solution, which we believe provides insights into video ad campaigns sold by Viacom Media Networks' direct sales team. We believe these insights will strengthen Viacom's relationships with its advertisers and strengthen our relationship with Viacom because of the incremental value-add we believe we are able to provide through VideoHub analytics.

Sales

        As of March 31, 2013, we had total sales and marketing staff of 154, with 139 based in the United States, and 15 based internationally. For 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our total sales and marketing expenses were $28.8 million, $35.0 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

89


Table of Contents

        Our sales strategy is focused on targeting the most "video ready" brand advertisers, including those advertisers that are large television advertising spenders and have internet display and search budgets. Our advertiser sales force is structured around the verticals that are most ready to spend on online video. Our core verticals include automotive, CPG and entertainment. In addition, we have increasingly focused on the technology and telecommunications, retail and financial services verticals as potential areas for expansion.

        We also have developed and will continue to develop preferred relationships with key agency holding companies that position us to benefit from increased online video spending by their constituent agencies. Brand advertisers' purchasing decisions typically are made and coordinated by their advertising agencies and require input from multiple constituencies and the sales process therefore can be time-consuming. We have invested significant resources in establishing relationships with our brand advertisers, agencies and agency holding companies.

        Our sales executives and account managers are assigned to specific advertisers to oversee relationships and provide guidance throughout the campaign process from launch to post campaign review. Our creative team also works with advertisers to create innovative ad campaigns that are specifically suited for in-stream video viewing and optimizing viewer engagement, providing much needed insight to advertisers with limited exposure to digital advertising. We generally locate sales and marketing personnel across the United States to align with the geographies of our advertisers and agencies.

        Our enterprise sales organization is responsible for client acquisition, account management and overall market awareness of our VHA solution. We established our enterprise sales organization in the United States in 2011 and in Europe in 2012. We expect to continue to grow our enterprise sales and account management headcount in all of our principal markets and extend our offering into countries where we currently do not have a direct sales presence.

        Our publisher initiatives utilize a full-service development and support strategy. Our team of publisher development professionals is responsible for ensuring that we are meeting the ongoing needs of our publishers throughout the duration of the relationship, and is supported by engineers with deep technical expertise. We invest significant time in cultivating relationships with our publishers to ensure they understand the potential benefits of monetizing their inventory with us rather than with third-party media networks and exchanges. This relationship building process can be time consuming and we have invested significant resources in establishing relationships with our publisher partners.

Technology and Development

        Our technology and development efforts are focused on significant investments in VideoHub, which powers the Tremor Video Network and VHA.

        As of March 31, 2013, we had a total of 68 employees engaged in technology and development functions. For 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our total technology and development expenses were $5.9 million, $8.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

Competition

        We operate in a dynamic and competitive market, influenced by trends in both the overall advertising market as well as the online video advertising industry. The competitive dynamics of our

90


Table of Contents

market are unpredictable because our market is in an early stage of development, rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations. The Tremor Video Network competes with large online video publishers such as Hulu, LLC and YouTube, LLC, which is owned by Google Inc., as well as advertising networks and exchanges, such as BrightRoll, Inc. and YuMe, Inc. We also compete for advertiser spending with publishers, such as CBS, CNN and ESPN, who rely on their own sales organizations to attract brand advertisers across their properties. Our VHA solution competes with ad tech infrastructure companies, such as Adap.tv, Inc. and Videology, Inc.

        In the traditional media space, our primary competitors for middle of the funnel advertising spend are mainly cable TV broadcasters, radio broadcasters and print media publishers. Across the digital media landscape, we compete for advertising spend with large entities such as Facebook, Inc., Microsoft Corporation and Yahoo! Inc. as well as Adobe Systems Incorporated and Google Inc. that offer video advertising services as part of a larger solution for digital media buying. Many of these competitors have significant client relationships, much larger financial resources and longer operating histories than we have.

        We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include the following:

    proven technology and optimization capabilities;

    pricing;

    quality and scale of online video inventory;

    depth and breadth of relationships with brand advertisers and premium publishers;

    multi-channel capabilities;

    brand-centric measurement;

    ability to ensure brand safety; and

    transparency into ad performance and placement.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to all of these factors and that we are well positioned as a leading provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions to brand advertisers.

Intellectual Property

        Our ability to protect our intellectual property and our technology will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, patents and trademarks, as well as contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property and protect our proprietary technology. We currently own one granted European patent, which we registered in France, Germany and Great Britain and expires in 2029. Additionally, we currently own eight pending U.S. patent applications that we are currently prosecuting with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We register certain domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. We also rely upon common law protection for certain marks, such as "Tremor Video." We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. We also use measures designed to control access to our technology and proprietary information. We view our trade secrets and know-how as a significant component of our intellectual property assets, which we believe differentiate us from our competitors.

        Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our intellectual property, our efforts may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property or technology, or deter independent development of similar intellectual property or technology by others. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and

91


Table of Contents

intellectual property is difficult. Third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain our proprietary technology, or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. Unauthorized disclosure by our employees, contractors or other third parties could also occur. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in the United States or other jurisdictions in which we operate and the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any impairment or loss of our intellectual property, or any inability to enforce our intellectual property rights effectively, could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our technology and intellectual property is costly and time-consuming. Any unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property or technology could make it more expensive for us to do business and could harm our operating results.

        Additionally, we expect that products in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement lawsuits as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. We currently face, and expect to face in the future claims by third parties that we infringe upon or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or to have misappropriated such rights. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights. Such claims may be made by competitors or other entities. In the future, we, or our clients, may be the subject of legal proceedings alleging that our solutions or underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others.

        We also encourage you to review the risk factors above titled "Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our business" and "Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our solutions or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property rights of others."

Governmental Regulation; Industry Alliances

        We are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign laws and regulations that are applicable to companies engaged in the online video advertising business, including video advertising on mobile devices. In addition, many areas of law that apply to our business are still evolving, and could potentially affect our business to the extent they restrict our business practices or impose a greater risk of liability. We are aware of several ongoing lawsuits filed against companies in our industry alleging various violations of privacy or data security related laws.

    Privacy

        Privacy and data protection laws and regulations play a significant role in our business. In the United States, at both the state and federal level, there are laws that govern activities such as the collection, use and disclosure of data by companies like us. Online advertising activities in the United States have primarily been subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, which has regularly relied upon Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or Section 5, to enforce against unfair and deceptive trade practices. Section 5 has been the primary regulatory tool used to enforce against alleged violations of consumer privacy interests. In addition, our solutions reach devices and users throughout the world, including in Australia, Canada, Europe, South America and Asia. As a result, some of our activities may also be subject to the laws of foreign jurisdictions. In particular, European data protection laws can be more restrictive regarding the collection, use, and disclosure of data than those in the United States. As we continue to expand into other foreign countries and jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional laws and regulations that may affect how we conduct business.

        Additionally, U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict industry participants' ability to collect, augment, analyze, use and share anonymous data, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required

92


Table of Contents

before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tools to track people online. The European Union, or EU, and some EU member states have already implemented legislation and regulations requiring advertisers to obtain specific types of notice and consent from individuals before using cookies or other technologies to track individuals and their online behavior and deliver targeted advertisements. It remains a possibility that additional legislation and regulations may be passed or otherwise issued in the future. We also participate in industry self-regulatory programs under which, in addition to other compliance obligations, we provide consumers with notice about our use of cookies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising and allow them to opt-out from the use of data we collect for the delivery of targeted advertising. The rules and policies of the self-regulatory programs that we participate in are updated from time to time and may impose additional restrictions upon us in the future.

        Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with U.S. federal, state, or international laws or regulations pertaining to privacy or data protection, or other policies, self-regulatory requirements or legal obligations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others.

        In December 2011, the FTC issued an order in connection with the resolution of allegations that from April 2007 until September 2009, before we acquired ScanScout, ScanScout's privacy policy was deceptive with respect to cookies and consumers' ability to opt-out from data collection. The order requires that we do not misrepresent the extent to which data from or about a particular user or the user's online activities is collected, used, disclosed, or shared, or the extent to which users may exercise control over the collection, use, disclosure, or sharing of data collected from or about them, their computers or devices, or their online activities. It also requires that we: (1) notify users that our websites collect information for the purpose of sending targeted advertisements, along with a hyperlink to an opt-out mechanism, (2) include a hyperlink to such opt-out mechanism within or immediately adjacent to display advertisements; (3) undertake reasonable efforts to develop and implement a hyperlink to such opt out mechanism within or immediately adjacent to video advertisements; and (4) engage in recordkeeping and reporting obligations. The obligations under the order remain in effect until the latter of December 14, 2031, or the date 20 years after the date, if any, on which the U.S. government or the FTC files a complaint in federal court alleging any violation of the order. A violation of the order could lead to an FTC action for civil penalties. In addition, ScanScout was subject to a putative class action legal proceeding regarding its use of "Flash" cookies, which was settled in March 2012 and dismissed with prejudice.

    Advertising

        Even though we generally receive certain contractual protections from our advertisers with respect to their video ads, we may nevertheless be subject to regulations concerning the content of ads. Federal and state laws governing intellectual property or other third-party rights could apply to the content of ads we place. Laws and regulations regarding unfair and deceptive advertising, sweepstakes, advertising to children, and other consumer protection regulations, may also apply to the ads we place on behalf of clients.

    Industry Alliances

        Given the developmental stage of video advertising, industry practices are rapidly evolving. We are participating members of the Digital Advertising Alliance, or DAA, including the DAA Principles and Communications Advisory Committee, which oversees the DAA and its working groups. We also participate in a wide range of IAB committees, councils and working groups, such as the IAB Public Policy Council, the Networks and Exchanges Committee, Digital Video VAST & VPAID Standards Update Working Group, the Digital Video Committee, as well as other industry groups that are focused on establishing best practices for the online video advertising industry. In February 2013, our Chief Revenue Officer, Randy Kilgore, was elected as Chairman of the Interactive Advertising Bureau board of directors.

93


Table of Contents

Employees

        As of March 31, 2013, we had 249 employees, of which 68 were primarily engaged in technology and development, 154 were engaged in sales and marketing, and 27 were engaged in general and administrative. Substantially all of these employees are located in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

        Our principal offices occupy approximately 22,000 square feet of leased office space in New York, New York pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in 2021. We also lease offices in San Francisco, California; Santa Monica, California; Chicago, Illinois; Boston, Massachusetts; Southfield, Michigan; Irving, Texas; London, England; and Singapore. We also utilize a third-party data center hosting facility located in Boston, Massachusetts. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current and near-term needs.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings or subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe we are a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

94


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of April 15, 2013:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers:

         

William Day

    48   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Todd Sloan

    50   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Lauren Wiener

    45   President, Global Sales and Marketing

Steven Lee

    37   Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Adam Lichstein

    45   Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

         

Laura Desmond (2)

    48   Director

Randall Glein (1) (3)

    47   Director

Warren Lee (2) (3)

    43   Director

James Rossman (2)

    47   Chairman of the Board

(1)
Member of the audit committee.
(2)
Member of the compensation committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

         William Day has served as a member of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer since December 2010. From September 2008 to December 2010, Mr. Day served as the Chief Executive Officer of ScanScout, Inc., or ScanScout, until it merged with us in December 2010. From August 2007 to September 2008, Mr. Day served as Chief Media Officer of Marchex, Inc., a local consumer search and merchant ad platform. Mr. Day co-founded About.com, Inc., a public online resource company, in June 1996 and served at the company in a variety of capacities through December 2003, including as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Day received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Yale University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. The board of directors believes that Mr. Day should serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our business, his experience in founding and building technology companies as well as his corporate vision and operational knowledge, which provide strategic guidance to our board of directors.

         Todd Sloan has served as a Senior Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer since December 2011. From May 2010 to December 2011, Mr. Sloan served as the Chief Financial Officer of AdKeeper Inc., an internet advertising company. From January 2009 to April 2010, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Operative Media, Inc., an ad management technology company. From September 2007 to December 2008, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at Heavy, Inc., a broadband entertainment company. From 2002 until August 2007, he served as Executive Vice President Corporate Development and Chief Financial Officer of NetRatings, Inc., a public audience measurement and analysis company. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Sloan served as Chief Financial Officer of About.com, Inc. Mr. Sloan received a B.B.A. in finance and accounting from the University of Wisconsin—Madison.

         Lauren Wiener has served as our President, Global Sales and Marketing since October 2012. From 2003 to 2012, Ms. Wiener served in various capacities at Meredith Digital at Meredith Corporation, a media and marketing company, including Senior Vice President, Digital from May 2008 to October 2012, Vice President, Digital from October 2005 to May 2008, and Managing Director, Digital Sales

95


Table of Contents

and Marketing from July 2003 to October 2005. Ms. Wiener received a B.A. in history from Yale University and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

         Steven Lee has served as a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer since December 2010. From December 2011 until May 2013, Mr. Lee served as a member of our board of directors. In November 2005, Mr. Lee co-founded ScanScout and served as its Chief Technical Officer from November 2005 to December 2010. Mr. Lee received a B.S. in electrical science and engineering and an M.E. in electrical engineering and computer science from Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The board of directors believes that Mr. Lee's extensive knowledge of our business as a co-founder of ScanScout, his insight into our day-to-day operational activities and his thorough technical understanding of our products allow him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         Adam Lichstein has served as a Senior Vice President and our Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel since April 2012. From December 2010 to April 2012, Mr. Lichstein served as our Senior Vice President, Publisher Development and General Counsel. From February 2010 to December 2010, Mr. Lichstein served as Senior Vice President, Operations and General Counsel of ScanScout. From April 2007 to February 2010, he served as Chief Operating Officer of ShopText, Inc., a mobile commerce and promotions company. Mr. Lichstein received a B.A. in history from Dartmouth College and a J.D. from New York University School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

         Laura Desmond has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2012. Since 2008, Ms. Desmond has served as the Global Chief Executive Officer of Starcom MediaVest Group, a global marketing services company which is part of the Publicis Groupe, S.A. She is also a member of the Publicis Groupe P12, an executive committee comprised of the company's top global leaders. Prior to her appointment as Global Chief Executive Officer in 2008, Ms. Desmond was Chief Executive Officer of SMG—The Americas from 2007 to 2008, where she managed a network spanning the United States, Canada and Latin America. She was Chief Executive Officer of MediaVest, based in New York, from 2003 to 2007, and from 2000 to 2002 she was Chief Executive Officer of SMG's Latin America group. Ms. Desmond also serves on the board of directors of Adobe, Inc., a multinational computer software company, VivaKi, Inc., which is part of Publicis Groupe, and oversees SMG, as well as ZenithOptimedia, Digitas Inc. and Razorfish Inc. She received a B.B.A. in marketing from the University of Iowa. The board of directors believes that Ms. Desmond should serve on our board of directors due to her experience as Global Chief Executive Officer of SMG as well as her prior senior executive positions at SMG. The board of directors believes Ms. Desmond's deep expertise in global media and marketing technology organizations, leadership capabilities and business acumen also allow her to make valuable contributions to our board of directors. In addition, her service on other board of directors gives her valuable industry knowledge and perspective.

         Randall Glein has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2010. Since August 2006, he has served as a Managing Director of DFJ Growth Fund, a venture capital fund, which he co-founded. He currently serves on the boards of directors of several private technology companies. Mr. Glein received an M.B.A. from UCLA Anderson, an M.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Southern California, and a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Florida. The board of directors believes that Mr. Glein's experience over two decades in the technology and media industries as a venture capital investor, operating executive and entrepreneur allow him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         Warren Lee has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2006. Since June 2011, he has served as a General Partner of Canaan Partners, a venture capital firm. From July 2005 until June 2011, he served in various capacities at Canaan Partners including Principal then Partner. He

96


Table of Contents

currently also serves on the boards of directors of several private technology companies. Mr. Lee received a B.S. in computer science, and a B.A. in economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. The board of directors believes that Mr. Lee's experience in digital media and internet investments allows him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

         James Rossman has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2011. From April 2009 to June 2012, he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of AKQA Inc., a digital services company. From April 2001 to March 2009, Mr. Rossman served as Chief Operating Officer of Digitas, Inc., an integrated advertising agency and a member of the Publicis Groupe, S.A. Mr. Rossman received a B.A. in economics from Trinity College and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Rossman's experience in marketing and advertising allows him to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Each director is currently elected to the board of directors for a one-year term, to serve until the election and qualification of a successor director at our annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director's earlier removal, resignation or death.

        All of our directors currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to the voting provisions of a sixth amended and restated voting agreement between us and several of our stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. See the section titled "Related Party Transactions" for a description of this agreement.

        In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    Class I, which will consist of Mr. Glein and Mr. Lee, and whose term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

    Class II, which will consist of Ms. Desmond, Mr. Rossman, and                       , and whose term will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

    Class III, which will consist of Mr. Day and                       , and whose term will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

        Our bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

97


Table of Contents

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning such director's background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors determined that Ms. Desmond and Messrs. Glein, Lee, and Rossman, representing four of our five directors, are "independent directors" as defined under applicable stock exchange rules and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section of this prospectus titled "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions."

Lead Independent Director

        Our corporate governance guidelines provide that one of our independent directors shall serve as a lead independent director at any time when an independent director is not serving as the chairman of the board of directors. Our board of directors has appointed Mr. Lee, effective upon the closing of this offering, to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Lee will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, coordinate activities of the independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and intends to form a nominating and corporate governance committee in connection with this offering, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, the board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of three directors, Mr. Glein,                        and                        . The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the NYSE listing standards.                is the chairman of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that                is an audit committee "financial expert" as defined by Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

98


Table of Contents

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

    reviewing related party transactions;

    obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

    approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

        Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of three directors, Ms. Desmond and Messrs. Lee and Rossman, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an outside director as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code. Mr. Rossman is the chairman of the compensation committee. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of compensatory arrangements with our executive officers;

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

    reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

        Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the                                    .

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of two directors, Messrs. Glein and Lee. Mr. Lee is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of our nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under current

99


Table of Contents

NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include, among other things:

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of the board's performance.

        Our nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        In connection with this offering, we have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.tremorvideo.com . The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        We grant options to our independent directors who are not employees or affiliated with our largest venture capital and private equity firm investors upon joining our board of directors, subject to monthly vesting over four years. On January 19, 2011, our board of directors granted James Rossman an option for 155,390 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.85 per share. In recognition of Mr. Rossman's appointment as chairman of our board of directors, on August 7, 2012, our board of directors also granted Mr. Rossman an option for an additional 50,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.34 per share. On January 19, 2012, our board of directors granted Laura Desmond an option for 175,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.04 per share, which option exercise price was modified to be $3.34 per share in July 2012. Each of the foregoing option grants vests, subject to continued service with our company, in equal monthly installments over four years measured from the date of the grant. All of the unvested shares subject to these options vest upon the closing of a change in control.

100


Table of Contents

        Other than the option grants listed above, our directors are not currently entitled to receive any compensation in connection with their service on our board of directors, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.

        We expect that our board of directors will adopt a director compensation policy for non-employee directors to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

        The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2012 by our directors who were not also our employees. William Day, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a director. Steven Lee, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer, was also a director until May 23, 2013. Mr. Day does not and Mr. Lee did not receive any additional compensation for their services as directors. Mr. Day's compensation as an executive officer is set forth below under the section of this prospectus titled "Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table."

Name
  Option Awards
($) (1) (2)
  Total ($)  

Laura Desmond

  $ 293,619   $ 293,619  

Randall Glein

         

Jason Glickman (3)

         

Michael Gordon (3)

         

Warren Lee

         

Robert Migliorino (3)

         

David Orfao (3)

         

James Rossman

    87,670     87,670  

(1)
This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. With respect to Ms. Desmond's award, reflects an incremental increase in fair value of $28,151 of an option to acquire 175,000 shares of our common stock that was repriced in July 2012.
(2)
The table below shows the aggregate number of option awards outstanding for each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2012:
(3)
This director served on our board of directors until May 23, 2013.

Name
  Aggregate Option
Awards
Outstanding (#)
 

Laura Desmond

    175,000 (1)

Randall Glein

     

Jason Glickman (4)

    100,000 (2)

Michael Gordon (4)

     

Warren Lee

     

Robert Migliorino (4)

     

David Orfao (4)

     

James Rossman

    322,052 (3)

(1)
1/48 of the total shares underlying this option grant vest in equal monthly installments over four years commencing January 19, 2012.
(2)
25% of the total shares underlying this option grant vest after 12 months, with the remaining shares vesting 1/48 per month for each of the 36 months thereafter commencing on April 6, 2011.
(3)
As to 155,390 shares: 1/48 of the total shares underlying this option grant vest in equal monthly installments over four years commencing on January 19, 2011. As to 50,000 shares: 1/48 of the total shares underlying this option grant vest in equal monthly installments over four years commencing on August 7, 2012. 116,662 shares subject to such options were fully vested as of December 31, 2012.
(4)
This director served on our board of directors until May 23, 2013.

101


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2012 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during the year ended December 31, 2012 by our named executive officers, which include our principal executive officer, the next two most highly compensated executive officers for 2012, and one additional current employee who served as an executive officer during part of 2012 for whom disclosure is required pursuant to SEC rules.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary ($)   Bonus   Option Awards
($) (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
  Total ($)  

William Day
President and Chief Executive Officer

  $ 397,917       $   $ 124,026   $ 521,943  

Lauren Wiener (3)
President, Global Sales and Marketing

    93,782     40,000 (4)   992,707         1,126,489  

Adam Lichstein
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and General Counsel

    270,849         93,766 (5)   90,833     454,848  

Randy Kilgore (6)
Senior Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer

    375,000     5,112 (7)       186,696     566,808  

(1)
This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the named executive officer will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2)
These amounts represented non-equity incentive plan compensation pursuant to our 2012 bonus plan, other than for Mr. Kilgore where such amounts represent payments pursuant to his sales commission plan where commissions were derived as a percentage of achievement of our revenue goals. For additional information with respect to our 2012 bonus plan see the section of this prospectus titled "—2012 Bonus Plan."
(3)
Ms. Wiener joined us in October 2012 and her cash compensation information reflects a partial year of service.
(4)
This amount represented a cash payment Ms. Wiener was entitled to receive so long as Ms. Wiener remained an employee in good standing through December 31, 2012.
(5)
Reflects $8,817 of incremental increase in fair value of an option to acquire 50,000 shares of our common stock that was repriced in July 2012.
(6)
Mr. Kilgore was an executive officer until October 2012 and remains a Senior Vice President and our Chief Revenue Officer.
(7)
This amount includes a discretionary bonus paid to Mr. Kilgore with respect to 2012.

102


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2012

        The following table provides information about outstanding stock options held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2012. Our named executive officers did not hold any restricted stock or other stock awards as of December 31, 2012.

Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration Date
 

William Day

    498,550       $ 0.99     9/1/2018 (1)

    221,503     37,818     0.74     2/11/2020 (2)

    786,500     786,500     2.85     2/2/2021 (3)

Lauren Wiener

        510,000     3.73     12/6/2022 (4)

Adam Lichstein

    51,883     21,364     0.74     2/11/2020 (5)

    118,775     118,775     2.85     2/2/2021 (6)

        50,000     3.34     4/24/2022 (7)

Randy Kilgore

    405,181         0.13     3/22/2017 (8)

    153,382         0.56     7/23/2018 (9)

    47,916     67,084     2.85     4/5/2021 (10)

(1)
The shares subject to this option were fully vested as of September 2, 2012.
(2)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on July 1, 2010. The remaining shares vest 1/48 at the end of each full month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(3)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on December 9, 2011. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(4)
25% of the total shares underlying this option will vest on October 22, 2013. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(5)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on February 16, 2011. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(6)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on December 9, 2011. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(7)
25% of the total shares underlying this option will vest on April 25, 2013. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.
(8)
The shares subject to this option were fully vested as of September 18, 2010.
(9)
The shares subject to this option were fully vested as of January 1, 2012.
(10)
25% of the total shares underlying this option vested on April 6, 2012. The remaining shares vest 1/48 per month over the next 36 months thereafter, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. This option may be subject to accelerated vesting as described below.

Employment Arrangements

        The initial terms and conditions of employment for each of our named executive officers are set forth in employee offer letters. These offer letters generally provide for payment of continued salary and health insurance premiums for certain periods following either a termination without cause or resignation for good reason (as defined in the applicable offer letter), in exchange for a release of claims. These offer letters also provide for accelerated vesting of specified equity awards following a change in control transaction and following termination within a specified period of time following a change in control transaction. Each of our named executive officers is an at will employee.

103


Table of Contents

        The amount and terms of these benefits reflect the negotiations of each of our named executive officers with us. We consider these severance and change in control benefits critical to attracting and retaining high caliber executives. We believe that appropriately structured severance benefits, including accelerated vesting provisions, minimize the distractions and reduce the risk that an executive voluntarily terminates his or her employment with us during times of uncertainty, such as before an acquisition is completed. We believe that our existing arrangements allow each named executive officer to focus on continuing normal business operations and, for change in control benefits, on the success of a potential business combination, rather than on how business decisions that may be in the best interest of our stockholders will impact his or her own financial security.

        The following table sets forth their current base salaries, 2013 bonus target, and a summary of the material severance and change in control arrangements with our named executive officers:

Named Executive Officer
  2013 Salary and Bonus Target   Severance and Change in Control Benefits

William Day

  Salary: $400,000

Bonus Target: $150,000
  Severance : If we terminate his employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Mr. Day resigns for good reason, and he delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with his confidentiality invention assignment agreement, he is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) 12 months of continued salary; (2) 100% of that fiscal year's target bonus; (3) paid COBRA coverage for 12 months; and (4) 25% acceleration of the shares subject to his option to acquire 1,573,000 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011.

     

Change in Control: Upon the closing of change in control transaction, Mr. Day is entitled to 100% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 259,321 shares of our common stock granted on February 12, 2010 and 25% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 1,573,000 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011. Further, if Mr. Day is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following the closing of a change in control transaction, Mr. Day is entitled to 100% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 1,573,000 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011.

     

Upon termination of employment, Mr. Day has a five year period to exercise any of the vested or accelerated February 3, 2011 options that do not qualify as incentive stock options under the Code and any of the vested or accelerated February 12, 2010 options, provided that no option exercise period will extend beyond the 10 year term of the applicable option.

       

104


Table of Contents

Named Executive Officer
  2013 Salary and Bonus Target   Severance and Change in Control Benefits

Lauren Wiener

 

Salary: $475,000

Bonus Target: $275,000

 

Severance: If we terminate her employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Ms. Wiener resigns for good reason, and she delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with her confidentiality invention assignment agreement, Ms. Wiener is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) six months of continued salary; (2) a pro rated portion of that year's target bonus and any earned but unpaid bonuses from prior periods; and (3) paid COBRA coverage for six months.

     

Change in Control: If we terminate her employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Ms. Wiener resigns for good reason following the closing of a change in control transaction, Ms. Wiener is entitled to 50% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to her option to acquire 510,000 shares of our common stock granted on December 7, 2012.

     

Upon termination of employment, Ms. Wiener has a five year period to exercise any vested or accelerated options granted on December 7, 2012, that do not qualify as incentive stock options under the Code, provided that no option exercise period will extend beyond the 10 year term of the applicable option.

Adam Lichstein

  Salary: $275,000

Bonus Target: $100,000
  Severance: If we terminate his employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Mr. Lichstein resigns for good reason, and he delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with his confidentiality invention assignment agreement, Mr. Lichstein is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) six months of continued salary; (2) a pro rated portion of that year's target bonus; and (3) continued COBRA coverage for the same periods of time as his continued salary payments.

105


Table of Contents

Named Executive Officer
  2013 Salary and Bonus Target   Severance and Change in Control Benefits

     

Change in Control: Upon the closing of a change in control transaction, Mr. Lichstein is entitled to 50% of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 73,247 shares of our common stock granted on February 12, 2010. Further, if Mr. Lichstein is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 12 months following the closing of a change in control transaction, Mr. Lichstein is entitled to (1) 50% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 237,550 shares of our common stock granted on February 3, 2011; and (2) 50% acceleration of the unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 50,000 shares of our common stock granted on April 25, 2012.

     

Upon termination of employment, Mr. Lichstein has a five year period to exercise any vested or accelerated options granted on February 12, 2010 or February 3, 2011 that do not qualify as incentive stock options under the Code, provided that no option exercise period will extend beyond the 10 year term of the applicable option.

Randy Kilgore

 

Salary: $400,000

 

Severance: If we terminate his employment for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Mr. Kilgore resigns for good reason, and he delivers a general release of claims to us and continues to comply with his confidentiality invention assignment agreement, Mr. Kilgore is entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (1) three months of continued salary if his termination of employment occurs before a change in control transaction and six months of continued salary if his termination of employment occurs following a change in control transaction; (2) a pro rated portion of that year's target bonus; and (3) continued COBRA coverage for the same periods of time as his continued salary payments.

 

Bonus Target: $250,000

 

Change in Control: If we terminate Mr. Kilgore's employment without cause following a change in control, and he delivers a general release of claims to us, Mr. Kilgore is entitled to 50% acceleration of any of his then unvested shares subject to his option to acquire 405,181 shares of our common stock granted on March 23, 2007.

106


Table of Contents

        The definitions of "cause," "change in control," "disability" and "good reason" referenced above are defined in the individual offer letters with each of the named executive officers, respectively, or the applicable equity incentive plan under which the stock option was granted.

2012 Bonus Plan

        In 2012, Messrs. Day and Lichstein were eligible to earn annual performance bonuses based on individual and company performance pursuant to our 2012 bonus plan. The company component included revenue, gross margin, Adjusted EBITDA and year-end cash objectives and the individual component was measured by individual performance goals set by our compensation committee. The amount of the bonus earned, and the evaluations of individual and company performance were based on defined allocation ranges and formulas. In 2012, Mr. Kilgore was eligible to earn an annual bonus payment pursuant to his sales commission plan where commissions were derived as a percentage of achievement of our revenue goals. In March 2012, the compensation committee established individual target annual cash bonus opportunities for Messrs. Day and Lichstein for 2012. Ms. Wiener, who joined us in October 2012, received a guaranteed annual bonus payment provided she remained employed by us through December 31, 2012. There was also an ability to receive cash for performance in excess of these objectives capped at 150% of the target award for Mr. Day and 200% of the target award for Mr. Lichstein. The applicable targets for our named executive officers under the 2012 bonus plan were as follows: $150,000 for Mr. Day and $100,000 for Mr. Lichstein. Under his commission plan, Mr. Kilgore had an annual target of $225,000.

2012 Option Repricing

        On July 26, 2012 and August 8, 2012, we repriced options to purchase 1,634,008 and 55,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, to $3.34 per share, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on such dates, from $4.04 per share. Of the 1,634,008 options repriced on July 26, 2012, 159,500 of such options were originally granted on April 19, 2012 and 50,000 of such options were originally granted on April 25, 2012 and the remaining options were granted prior to April 2012. No other modifications were made to these options. Of these repriced options, 225,000 options were held by our named executive officers and directors. For additional information with respect to the repriced options held by our named executive officers and directors, see the sections of this prospectus titled "—2012 Summary Compensation Table" and "Management—2012 Director Compensation Table," respectively.

Equity Incentive Plans

    2013 Equity Incentive Plan

        We expect that our board of directors will adopt and our stockholders will approve prior to the closing of this offering our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2013 plan. We do not expect to utilize our 2013 plan until after the closing of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2008 plan. No awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under our 2013 plan.

        Stock Awards.     The 2013 plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation (collectively, stock awards). Additionally, the 2013 plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

        Share Reserve.     Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2013 plan after the 2013 plan becomes effective is the sum of

107


Table of Contents

(1)                     shares, plus (2) the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2008 plan at the time our 2013 plan becomes effective, plus (3) any shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2008 plan that would have otherwise returned to our 2008 plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2014 (assuming the 2013 plan becomes effective before such date) and continuing through and including January 1, 2023, by        % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under our 2013 plan is                      shares.

        No person may be granted stock awards covering more than                     shares of our common stock under our 2013 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than                     shares or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $            . Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

        If a stock award granted under the 2013 plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2013 plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2013 plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2013 plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2013 plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date hereof, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2013 plan.

        Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2013 plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2013 plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

        The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2013 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2013 plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

        Stock Options.     Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for

108


Table of Contents

a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2013 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2013 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2013 plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder's stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an option holder's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

        Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an nonqualified stock option, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

        Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder's death.

        Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

        Restricted Stock Awards.     Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant's cessation of continuous service for any reason.

        Restricted Stock Unit Awards.     Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a

109


Table of Contents

restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant's cessation of continuous service for any reason.

        Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2013 plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2013 plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant's stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

        Performance Awards.     If certain material terms of the 2013 plan are approved by our stockholders after we are publicly traded, the 2013 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

        The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) total stockholder return; (5) return on equity or average stockholder's equity; (6) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (7) stock price; (8) margin (including gross margin); (9) income (before or after taxes); (10) operating income; (11) operating income after taxes; (12) pre-tax profit; (13) operating cash flow; (14) sales or revenue targets; (15) increases in revenue or product revenue; (16) expenses and cost reduction goals; (17) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (18) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (19) market share; (20) cash flow; (21) cash flow per share; (22) share price performance; (23) debt reduction; (24) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (25) customer satisfaction; (26) stockholders' equity; (27) capital expenditures; (28) debt levels; (29) operating profit or net operating profit; (30) workforce diversity; (31) growth of net income or operating income; (32) billings; and (33) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

110


Table of Contents

        The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (1) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (2) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated goals; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; and (5) to exclude the effects of any "extraordinary items" as determined under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

        Other Stock Awards.     The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

111


Table of Contents

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2013 plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

    arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

    make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

        Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

        Under the 2013 plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

        Change in Control.     The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. Under the 2013 plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets.

        Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2013 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant's written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2013 plan.

112


Table of Contents

    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        We expect that our board will adopt and our stockholders will approve prior to the closing of this offering our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our 2013 ESPP. We do not expect to grant purchase rights under our 2013 ESPP until after the closing of this offering.

        The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2013 ESPP is            shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1 of the year after the closing of this offering and ending on and including January 1, 2023, by the lesser of (1)         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2)             shares of our common stock, or (3) such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our 2013 ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2013 ESPP.

        Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our 2013 ESPP. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2013 ESPP to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee's charter.

        Employees, including executive officers, of ours or any of our designated affiliates may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our 2013 ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (2) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2013 ESPP if such employee (1) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common stock, and (2) holds rights to purchase stock under our 2013 ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

        Our 2013 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. The administrator may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our 2013 ESPP.

        Our 2013 ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions up to 15% of their earnings. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

        A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our 2013 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2013 ESPP.

        In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as our merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set. The participants' purchase rights will be exercised on the new exercise date and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

113


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2013 ESPP, at any time and for any reason. Our 2013 ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by our board of directors in accordance with the terms of the 2013 ESPP.

    2008 Stock Plan

        Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2008 Stock Plan, or the 2008 plan, in May 2008. The 2008 plan was most recently amended by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in December 2012. As of March 31, 2013, there were 659,926 shares remaining available for the grant of stock awards under our 2008 plan and there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 8,033,277 shares that were granted under our 2008 plan. Following this offering, no further grants will be made under our 2008 plan and all outstanding stock awards granted under our 2008 plan will continue to be governed by the terms of our 2008 plan.

        Stock Awards.     Our 2008 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and the right to purchase stock to our employees, non-employee directors and consultants, collectively, "stock awards."

        Share Reserve.     The aggregate number of shares of our common stock originally reserved for issuance pursuant to stock awards under the 2008 plan was the sum of (1) 2,111,278 shares (which was the number of shares subject to the 2006 plan's available share reserve as of the effective date of the 2008 plan) and (2) any shares subject to stock options or other stock awards under the 2006 plan that expire or terminate for any reason. The 2008 plan has been amended nine times, with the most recent amendment approved by our board of directors and stockholders in December 2012, to increase the share reserve to 9,821,617 shares of our common stock. Shares of our common stock previously issued under the 2008 plan but reacquired by us, and shares subject to an outstanding option or other stock right that expires or is cancelled without being exercised, will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2008 plan.

        Shares of our common stock previously issued under the 2008 plan but reacquired by us, and shares subject to an outstanding option or other stock right that expires or is cancelled without being exercised, will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2008 plan.

        Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, each referred to herein as the plan administrator, has the authority to administer the 2008 plan. Subject to the terms of the 2008 plan, the plan administrator has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable to administer the plan.

        Stock Options.     Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2008 plan, provided that the exercise price of an option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2008 plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

        The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2008 plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder's stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an option holder's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 6 months in the event of disability and 12 months in the event of death. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

114


Table of Contents

        Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include cash or, at the discretion of the plan administrator, by (1) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (2) delivery of a promissory note, (3) proceeds from a broker-assisted cashless exercise and (4) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

        Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder's death.

        Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.     The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as nonqualified stock options. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the number of shares available for future grants under the 2008 plan, and (2) the number of shares covered by, and the exercise price of, each outstanding option.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of a merger or consolidation of the company, outstanding stock awards (1) will be assumed, continued or substituted for similar stock awards by the surviving or acquiring corporation, (2) will become fully vested and exercisable, and will be cancelled on the closing date, provided that with respect to any option the option holder has been provided with a period of time before the closing to exercise the option, or (3) with respect to options, cancelled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option as of the closing date over the exercise price of the option, provided that the payment may be subject to vesting conditions to the extent the option is not vested as of the date of the closing.

        Change in Control.     The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

        Amendment and Termination.     The 2008 plan will terminate in May 2018. However, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2008 plan, provided that such action does not affect the existing rights of any participant. As noted above, in connection with this offering, our 2008 plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

    2006 Stock Incentive Plan

        General Overview.     Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2006 plan, which became effective in September 2006. The 2006 plan was most recently amended by our board of directors in December 2012. The 2006 plan was terminated upon the effective date of the 2008 plan, and no further awards have been granted under the 2006 plan following termination. All outstanding stock awards granted under our 2006 plan continue to be governed by their existing terms and the 2006 plan following the plan termination. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 570,303 shares that were granted under our 2006 plan.

115


Table of Contents

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the number and class of shares available for award and the per participant limit under the 2006 plan, (2) the number and class of shares, vesting schedule and exercise price per share subject to outstanding options granted under the 2006 plan, (3) the repurchase price per share subject to repurchase under the 2006 plan, and (4) the terms of other stock-based awards.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, outstanding stock awards granted under the 2006 plan will be assumed, continued or substituted for similar stock awards by the surviving or acquiring corporation. With respect to outstanding options, in addition to or in lieu of the assumption, continuation or substitution of such options, the administrator may provide that the options must be exercised within a specified number of days and, if not exercised, will expire at the end of the period, or provide that outstanding options will be terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option over the exercise price of the option, provided that before terminating any portion of an option that is not vested or exercisable, other than in exchange for a cash payment, the administrator must first accelerate in full the exercisability of the portion that is terminated.

    ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan

        General Overview.     In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout in 2010, we assumed all outstanding options granted under the ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or the ScanScout 2009 plan, held by employees and directors of ScanScout. All options not held by employees, consultants or directors of ScanScout were terminated at the effective time of the acquisition. All options granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan remained subject to their terms and continue to be governed by the terms of the ScanScout 2009 plan, but were adjusted, including with respect to both the shares subject to the options and the exercise price of the options, to reflect the issuance of our Series II common stock upon exercise. In addition the holders of assumed options granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan that were vested as of the date of the acquisition were entitled to a cash payment as set forth in the merger agreement. The ScanScout 2009 plan was terminated in connection with the acquisition and no further awards have been granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan following termination. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 1,153,020 shares that were granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the ScanScout 2009 plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, and (3) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, outstanding stock awards may (1) be assumed, continued or substituted for similar stock awards by the surviving or acquiring corporation, (2) be subject to accelerated vesting, (3) be cancelled to the extent not vested or exercised before the effective time of the transaction, or (4) be terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the value of the property the holder of the stock award would have received upon exercise in excess, if any, of the exercise price of the stock award.

        Under the ScanScout 2009 plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding voting securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common

116


Table of Contents

stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

        Change in Control.     The administrator may provide, in an individual stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that a stock award granted under the ScanScout 2009 plan will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

    ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan

        General Overview.     In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout, Inc. in 2010, we assumed all outstanding options granted under the ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan, or the ScanScout 2006 plan, held by employees and directors of ScanScout. All options not held by employees, consultants or directors of ScanScout were terminated at the effective time of the acquisition. All options granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan that we assumed remained subject to their terms and continue to be governed by the terms of the ScanScout 2006 plan, but were adjusted, including with respect to both the shares subject to the options and the exercise price of the options, to reflect the issuance of our Series II common stock upon exercise. In addition the holders of assumed options granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan, whether vested or unvested at the time of the acquisition, were entitled to a cash payment as set forth in the merger agreement. The ScanScout 2006 plan was terminated in connection with the acquisition and no further awards have been granted under the plan following termination. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding stock awards covering a total of 747,325 shares that were granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan.

        Changes to Capital Structure.     In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments may be made to (1) the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan, and (2) the number, class and exercise price of shares covered by each outstanding option under the ScanScout 2006 plan.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, outstanding options granted under the ScanScout 2006 plan will be assumed or equivalent options will be substituted by the successor corporation. In the event the options are not assumed or substituted, the optionees will become fully vested in the options and have the right to exercise the options for a period of time determined by the administrator, and, if not exercised, the options will terminate at the end of that period.

401(k) Plan

        We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Currently, we do not make matching contributions or discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan. Employees' pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan's related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted

117


Table of Contents

by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

        Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we are required to advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to potential extension or early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with the underwriters.

118


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our then directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock at the time of such transaction, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the sections of this prospectus titled "Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation."

ScanScout Acquisition

        In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout, in December 2010, (1) we paid approximately $5.0 million in cash to the former stockholders and optionholders of ScanScout, (2) issued an aggregate of 2,493,183 shares of our Series II common stock, 1,421,584 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock, 2,732,196 shares of our Series 2 preferred stock, 1,392,090 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock and 4,639,405 shares of our Series 4 preferred stock to the stockholders of ScanScout in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of ScanScout, (3) assumed all of the outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock of ScanScout and exchanged these options for options to purchase an aggregate of 2,435,655 shares of our Series II common stock and (4) issued a warrant to purchase 46,695 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 13,041 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock in exchange for warrants to purchase ScanScout preferred stock. These shares of stock, options and warrants were valued at the time of the acquisition at an aggregate value of approximately $81.0 million.

        In connection with our acquisition of ScanScout, directors, executive officers and holders of 5% of any class of our capital stock immediately following the closing of such transaction received the following:

119


Table of Contents

Repurchases of Our Common Stock

    Series I Common Stock

        In December 2010, we repurchased an aggregate of 2,312,397 shares of our Series I common stock from certain of our stockholders for $2.93 per share, or an aggregate gross consideration of $6.8 million. The table below reflects the December 2010 Series I common stock repurchases from our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of Series I
Common Stock
Repurchased (#)
  Aggregate
Consideration
Received ($)
 

Jason Glickman (1)

    1,092,150   $ 3,200,000  

Andrew Reis (2)

    800,000     2,344,000  

Randy Kilgore (3)

    68,259     199,999  
           

Total

    1,960,409   $ 5,743,999  
           

(1)
Jason Glickman served as a member of our board of directors from November 2005 until May 2013 and is our former President and Chief Executive Officer.
(2)
Andrew Reis served as a member of our board of directors from August 2009 to November 2010.
(3)
Mr. Kilgore is a former executive officer and is our Senior Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer.

    Series II Common Stock

        In December 2010, we repurchased an aggregate of 1,249,218 shares of our Series II common stock from certain of our stockholders for $3.202 per share, or an aggregate gross consideration of approximately $4.0 million. The table below reflects the December 2010 Series II common stock repurchases from our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series II
Common Stock
Repurchased (#)
  Aggregate
Consideration
Received ($)
 

Steven Lee (1)

    568,573   $ 1,820,571  

Waikit Lau (2)

    568,573     1,820,571  
           

Total

    1,137,146   $ 3,641,142  
           

(1)
Mr. Lee is a Senior Vice President, our Chief Technology Officer and a former member of our board of directors.
(2)
Mr. Lau is our Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and a former member of our board of directors.

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock

        In April 2010, we sold an aggregate of 8,180,963 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a price of $4.8894 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $40.0 million. The following table

120


Table of Contents

summarizes purchases of shares of our Series D preferred stock by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series D
Preferred Stock
Purchased (#)
  Aggregate
Purchase Price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (1)

    5,113,100   $ 24,999,991  

Canaan VII L.P. (2)

    1,288,502     6,300,002  

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)

    654,478     3,200,005  

Andrew Reis (4)

    13,635     66,667  

Jason Glickman (5)

    3,409     16,668  

Mark Pinney (6)

    3,409     16,668  
           

Total

    7,076,533   $ 34,600,001  
           

(1)
Consists of 2,405,714 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 2,365,320 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 191,230 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, 65,192 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and 85,644 shares purchased by Draper Associates, L.P. Randall Glein, a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund, is a member of our board of directors.
(2)
Warren Lee, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Canaan Partners VII LLC, the general partner of Canaan VII L.P.
(3)
Consists of 642,762 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. and 11,716 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P. Michael Gordon, a managing director of Meritech Capital, served as a member of our board of directors from January 2009 until May 2013.
(4)
Consists of 3,409 shares purchased by Andrew Reis and 10,226 shares purchased by Donald and Lillian Reis, Mr. Reis's parents. Mr. Reis served as a member of our board of directors from May 2007 to November 2010.
(5)
Mr. Glickman served as a member of our board of directors from November 2005 until May 2013.
(6)
Mr. Pinney served as our Chief Operating Officer and Treasurer from August 2009 to December 2011.

Sale of Series E Preferred Stock

        In December 2010, in connection with our acquisition of ScanScout, we sold an aggregate of 354,168 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a price of $5.3367 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $1.9 million. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series E preferred stock by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series E
Preferred Stock
Purchased (#)
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
($)
 

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (1)

    281,072   $ 1,499,997  

(1)
Consists of 273,808 shares purchased by General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and 7,264 shares purchased by GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV L.P. David Orfao, a managing director of General Catalyst Partners, served as a member of our board of directors from December 2010 until May 2013.

121


Table of Contents

Sales of Series F Preferred Stock

        In September 2011, we sold an aggregate of 5,947,698 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $6.2209 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $37.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series F preferred stock by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock as of the date of such transaction:

Related Party
  Shares of
Series F
Preferred Stock
Purchased (#)
  Aggregate
Purchase Price ($)
 

W Capital Partners II, L.P (1)

    3,375,718   $ 21,000,004  

Canaan VII L.P. (2)

    673,180     4,187,785  

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)

    333,726     2,076,076  

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (4)

    315,797     1,964,542  

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (5)

    284,784     1,771,613  
           

Total

    4,983,205   $ 31,000,020  
           

(1)
Robert Migliorino, a general partner of W Capital, served as a member of our board of directors from September 2011 until May 2013.
(2)
Warren Lee, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Canaan Partners VII LLC, the general partner of Canaan VII L.P.
(3)
Consists of 327,751 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. and 5,975 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P. Michael Gordon, a managing director of Meritech Capital, served as a member of our board of directors from January 2009 until May 2013.
(4)
Consists of 148,582 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 146,088 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 11,811 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, 4,026 shares purchased by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC and 5,290 shares purchased by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC. Randall Glein, a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund, is a member of our board of directors.
(5)
Consists of 277,423 shares purchased by General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and 7,361 shares purchased by GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV L.P. David Orfao, a managing director of General Catalyst, served as a member of our board of directors from December 2010 until May 2013.

Investor Rights Agreement

        We have entered into a sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement with our preferred stockholders, including Canaan VII L.P., Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., W Capital Partners II, L.P., entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners as well as Jason Glickman, Mark Pinney and James Rossman. The sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement, among other things:

    grants these stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them;

    obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to some of these stockholders; and

    grants some of these stockholders a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions, which exclusions include the sale of the shares pursuant to this prospectus, to the stockholders who are parties to the sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement.

        For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section of this prospectus titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." The provisions of this agreement other than those relating to registration rights will terminate upon completion of this offering.

122


Table of Contents

Voting Agreement

        We have entered into a sixth amended and restated voting agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Canaan VII L.P., Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., W Capital Partners II, L.P., entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners as well as William Day, Jason Glickman, Waikit Lau, Steven Lee, Mark Pinney and James Rossman. The sixth amended and restated voting agreement, among other things:

    provides for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors; and

    provides for the voting of shares with respect to specified transactions approved by the requisite supermajority of holders of our outstanding preferred stock.

        The sixth amended and restated voting agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

        We have entered into a sixth amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Canaan VII L.P., Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., W Capital Partners II, L.P., entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson, entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners as well as William Day, Waikit Lau, Steven Lee, Jason Glickman, Mark Pinney and James Rossman. The sixth amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

    grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders, of which we made a limited assignment of such rights of first refusal to W Capital Partners II, LP and its affiliates for up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of our shares of capital stock; and

    grants a secondary rights of first refusal and right of co-sale to some of these stockholders with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders.

        The sixth amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

Employment Offer Letters

        We have entered into employment offer letters with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change in control benefits. For more information regarding these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section of this prospectus titled "Management—Executive Compensation."

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

        We have granted stock options to our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the stock options granted to our directors and named executive officers see the section of this prospectus titled "Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2012."

Relationship with Advertising Agencies

        Starcom Mediavest Group, or SMG, utilizes the Tremor Video Network for video ad campaigns for certain of its clients. During 2012 and the quarter ended March 31, 2013, advertisers that SMG represents paid us $18.0 million and $4.2 million, respectively, for video ad campaigns delivered through the Tremor Video Network. Laura Desmond, a member of our board of directors, is the

123


Table of Contents

Global Chief Executive Officer of SMG. SMG is wholly owned by Publicis Groupe. Ms. Desmond has recused herself from all negotiations related to SMG and us.

        AKQA Inc., or AKQA, utilizes the Tremor Video Network for video ad campaigns for certain of its clients. During 2011, 2012 and the quarter ended March 31, 2013, advertisers that AKQA represents paid us approximately $0.3 million, $1.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for video ad campaigns delivered through the Tremor Video Network. James Rossman, a member of our board of directors, was the President and Chief Operating Officer of AKQA from April 2009 to June 2012.

Indemnification Agreements

        Our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board of directors. In addition, we intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Related Person Transaction Policy

        Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. We have adopted a related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involves exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

        Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy.

        In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

124


Table of Contents

        In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

    the risks, costs and benefits to us;

    the impact on a director's independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

    the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

    the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

        The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

        All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of the written policy, but all were approved by our board of directors considering similar factors to those described above.

125


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 15, 2013, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

        The percentage ownership information shown in the table prior to this offering is based upon 60,507,609 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 15, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series II common stock and preferred stock into 50,452,334 shares of our common stock (assuming a conversion ratio equal to             common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which will each occur automatically upon the closing of this offering. See the section of this prospectus titled "Offering" for a description of the number of shares issuable upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock depending on the price at which our shares are sold to the public. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering is based upon shares, assuming the sale of shares of our common stock by us in the offering and no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full is based upon            shares, assuming the sale of            shares of our common stock by us pursuant to the underwriters' option.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before June 14, 2013, which is 60 days after April 15, 2013. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

126


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Tremor Video, Inc., 53 West 23rd Street, New York, New York 10010.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering if
Underwriters' Option
is Exercised in Full
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage  

5% Stockholders:

                                     

Canaan VII L.P. (1)

    11,647,716     19.3 %                        

W Capital Partners II, L.P. (2)

    6,528,569     10.8                          

Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P. (3)

    6,421,502     10.6                          

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (4)

    5,774,293     9.5                          

Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson (5)

    5,464,087     9.0                          

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (6)

    4,927,471     8.1                          

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                                     

William Day (7)

    1,735,593     2.8                          

Lauren Wiener

        *                          

Adam Lichstein (8)

    221,522     *                          

Randy Kilgore (9)

    620,854     1.0                          

Laura Desmond (10)

    58,333     *                          

Randall Glein (5)

    5,464,087     9.0                          

Jason Glickman (11)

    1,735,425     2.9                          

Michael Gordon (4) (12)

    5,774,293     9.5                          

Warren Lee

        *                          

Steven Lee (13)

    1,099,004     1.8                          

Robert Migliorino (2) (14)

    6,528,569     10.8                          

David Orfao (6) (15)

    4,927,471     8.1                          

James Rossman (16)

    348,795     *                          

All current directors and executive officers as a group (17) (9 persons)

    9,114,834     14.4                          

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of 11,647,716 shares held by Canaan VII L.P. Canaan Partners VII LLC is the sole general partner of Canaan VII L.P. Canaan VII L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities, and Warren Lee, a member of Canaan Partners LLC, is a member of our board of directors. Brenton Ahrens, John Balen, Maha Ibrahim, Deepak Kamra, Gregory Kopchinsky, Seth Rudnick, Guy Russo, Eric Young, Wende Hutton and Stephen Bloch are managers of Canaan Partners VII LLC. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to all shares held by Canaan VII L.P. The principal business address of Canaan VII L.P. is 285 Riverside Avenue, Ste. 250, Westport, CT 06889.
(2)
Consists of 6,528,569 shares held by W Capital Partners II, L.P. W Capital II, L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities, and Robert Migliorino, a general partner of W Capital, served as a member of our board of director until May 2013. The sole general partner of W Capital Partners II, L.P. is WCP GP II, L.P. The sole general partner of WCP GP II, L.P. is WCP GP II, LLC. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC exercise voting and investment power over securities held by W Capital Partners II, L.P. The managing members of WCP GP II, LLC are Robert Migliorino, David Wachter and Stephen Wertheimer and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of W Capital Partners is 1 East 52nd Street, Fifth Floor, New York, NY 10022.
(3)
Consists of 6,421,502 shares held by Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P. Masthead Venture Partners Capital L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities. Masthead Fund General Partner, LLC, the general partner of Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P. The managing members of Masthead Fund General Partner, LLC are Braden Bohrmann, Daniel Flatley, Richard Levandov, Brian Owen, and Stephen Smith and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by this entity. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of Masthead Venture Partners is 55 Cambridge Parkway Suite 103, Cambridge, MA 02142.
(4)
Consists of 5,670,932 shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and 103,361 shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities. Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C., the general partner of Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and

127


Table of Contents

    Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. The managing member of Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C. is Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. George Bischof, Michael Gordon, Paul Madera, and Robert Ward, the managing members of Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C., may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. Mr. Gordon served as a member of our board of directors until May 2013. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of Meritech Capital is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

(5)
Consists of 2,527,687 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., 204,357 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, 2,570,854 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., 69,666 shares held by Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, 85,644 shares held by Draper Associates, L.P. and 5,879 shares held by Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC. Entities affiliated with Draper Fisher Jurvetson are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and Randall Glein, a managing director of Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund, is a member of our board of directors. Mark Bailey, Timothy Draper, John Fisher, Jennifer Fonstad, Randall Glein, Stephen Jurvetson, Barry Shuler, Andreas Stavropoulos, Josh Stein and Don Wood are managing directors and/or managing members of these funds and/or of the various general partner entities of these funds that directly hold shares and as such they may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal place of business for Draper Fisher Jurvetson is 2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(6)
Consists of 4,800,115 shares held by General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and 127,356 shares held by GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. Entities affiliated with General Catalyst are holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and David Orfao, a managing director of General Catalyst, served as a member of our board of director until May 2013. General Catalyst Partners IV, L.P. is the sole general partner of each of General Catalyst Group IV, L.P. and GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P. General Catalyst GP IV, LLC is the sole general partner of General Catalyst Partners IV, L.P. David Fialkow, David Orfao and Joel Cutler are managing directors of General Catalyst GP IV, LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of General Catalyst is 20 University Road, Suite 450, Cambridge, MA 02138.
(7)
Consists of 1,735,593 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013.
(8)
Consists of 221,522 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013.
(9)
Consists of 620,854 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013.
(10)
Consists of 58,333 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013.
(11)
Includes 54,166 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013. Mr. Glickman served on our board of directors until May 2013.
(12)
Mr. Gordon served on our board of directors until May 2013.
(13)
Includes 564,006 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013. Mr. Lee served on our board of directors until May 2013 and currently serves as our Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer.
(14)
Mr. Migliorino served on our board of directors until May 2013.
(15)
Mr. Orfao served on our board of directors until May 2013.
(16)
Includes 217,722 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013.
(17)
Consists of the shares listed in footnotes (5), (7), (8), (10), (13) and (16) above. Also includes 187,500 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013 owned by Todd Sloan, a Senior Vice President and our Chief Financial Officer.

128


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law are summaries. You should also refer to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. We refer in this section to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering as our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, respectively.

General

        Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to                         shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of April 15, 2013, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding Series II common stock and preferred stock into shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of the offering, there would have been 60,507,609 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held of record by 205 stockholders.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of our common stock. The terms of our Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of these series of preferred stock automatically convert into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering will increase if the anticipated initial public offering price is below $           per share, which would result in additional shares of our common stock being issued upon conversion of our Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Based upon the anticipated initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the outstanding shares of our Series F preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of           shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

        Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

        Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

129


Table of Contents

        Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

        All currently outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted automatically to common stock upon the completion of this offering.

        Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

        Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

        We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

        As of March 31, 2013, options to purchase an aggregate of 10,503,925 shares of common stock were outstanding under all of our equity incentive plans. For additional information regarding the terms of these plans, see the section of this prospectus titled "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans."

Warrants

        As of March 31, 2013, we had the following warrants outstanding, all of which are exercisable immediately prior to the completion of this offering:

130


Table of Contents

        All the warrants described above, other than the warrants to purchase Series B-1 preferred stock, become exercisable for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the closing of this offering. The warrants to purchase Series B-1 preferred stock become exercisable for shares of our common stock on a 1.04719-for-1 share basis upon the closing of this offering. Certain of these warrants have a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the applicable warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the applicable warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrants also contain a provision for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the applicable warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Registration Rights

        After our initial public offering, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including those shares of our common stock that will be issued upon conversion of our preferred stock in connection with this offering, and those shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our outstanding preferred stock warrants, or the warrant shares, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are collectively referred to herein as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of sixth amended and restated investor rights agreement, or investor rights agreement, and are described in additional detail below.

        The registration rights provisions of our investor rights agreement provide these holders of registrable securities with demand (other than the warrant shares), piggyback and S-3 registration rights as described more fully below.

        At any time beginning upon the expiration of the lock-up period following this offering, as described below under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements," the holders of at least 60% of our registrable securities then outstanding (other than the warrant shares) in the aggregate, or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts, selling commissions, applicable stock transfer taxes and fees and disbursements of counsel, would exceed $20 million, have the right to demand that we file one registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we will be required to file the registration within 60 days. As of March 31, 2013, an aggregate of 48,881,266 registrable securities are entitled to these demand registration rights.

        At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of our registrable securities then outstanding will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in any such registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. As of March 31, 2013, an aggregate of 49,095,068 registrable securities are entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

131


Table of Contents

        Holders of at least 20% of our registrable securities then outstanding are entitled to request to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement, provided that we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size to the public of at least $2 million and we have not already effected two registrations on Form S-3 within the preceding 12-month period. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. As of March 31, 2013, an aggregate of 49,095,068 registrable securities are entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

        We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

        The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement to any holder of registrable securities will terminate when all of such holder's registrable securities could be sold without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

        In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include the following:

132


Table of Contents

        In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

         Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

        Our certificate of incorporation will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66 2 / 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our bylaws will also provide that only our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

        Our bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and, subject to applicable law, will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a vote of 66 2 / 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock.

        The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

        These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to

133


Table of Contents

discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

        Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by and of our directors, officers or employees to us or our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Several lawsuits have been filed in Delaware challenging the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions and it is possible that a court determines such provisions are not enforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                                    . The transfer agent's address is                                    .

Listing

        We intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol "TRMR."

134


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the NYSE, we cannot assure investors that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

        Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of                and after giving effect to the reclassification of our Series I common stock and conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series II common stock and preferred stock,                         shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or                         shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

        All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our "affiliates," as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                         outstanding shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualifies for exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

        As a result of lockup agreements and market standoff provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

        We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options and warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Rule 144

        In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted shares of our common stock,

135


Table of Contents

are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

        Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

        Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of April 15, 2013, 1,994,133 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and issuance of restricted stock. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in the section of this prospectus titled "Underwriting" and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

136


Table of Contents

Form S-8 Registration Statements

        As of April 15, 2013, options to purchase an aggregate 10,447,967 of our common stock were outstanding. As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans. See the section of this prospectus titled "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans" for a description of our equity incentive plans. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and substantially all of the holders of equity securities outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters.

        The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold, contractual obligations to release certain shares subject to the lock-up agreements in the event any such shares are released, subject to certain specific limitations and thresholds, and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

        In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain of our security holders, including our investors rights agreement and our standard forms of option agreements under our equity incentive plans, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

        Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of            shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock (assuming a conversion ratio equal to            common shares for each Series F preferred share based on an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and            shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of the offer and sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section of this prospectus titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information.

137


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by "Non-U.S. Holders" (as defined below). This discussion is a summary for general information purposes only and does not consider all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their individual circumstances or to certain types of Non-U.S. Holders subject to special tax rules, including partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, banks, financial institutions or other financial services entities, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons who use or are required to use mark-to-market accounting, persons that hold our shares as part of a "straddle," a "hedge" or a "conversion transaction," certain former citizens or permanent residents of the United States, investors in pass-through entities, or persons subject to the alternative minimum tax. In addition, this summary does not address, except to the extent discussed below, the effects of any applicable gift or estate tax, and this summary does not address the potential application of Medicare contribution tax or any tax considerations that may apply to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock under state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and any other U.S. federal tax laws.

        This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and applicable Treasury Regulations, rulings, administrative pronouncements and decisions as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time with possible retroactive effect. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained. This discussion assumes that a Non-U.S. Holder will hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of the Code (generally, property held for investment). For purposes of this discussion, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our shares that is not a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and is not:

        If a partnership (or entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our shares, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

         PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

138


Table of Contents

Distributions on Our Common Stock

        In general, distributions, if any, paid to a Non-U.S. Holder (to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) will constitute dividends and be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States. Any distribution not constituting a dividend (because such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits) will be treated first as reducing the Non-U.S. Holder's basis in its shares of common stock, but not below zero, and to the extent it exceeds the Non-U.S. Holder's basis, as capital gain (see "Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock" below).

        A Non-U.S. Holder who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy certain certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. Holders must generally provide the withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. If tax is withheld in an amount in excess of the amount applicable under an income tax treaty, a refund of the excess amount may generally be obtained by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty.

        Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder) generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder files the required forms, including IRS Form W-8ECI or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, with the payor of the dividend, but instead generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder that receives effectively connected dividends may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, on its "effectively connected earnings and profits" for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

        In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

        Net gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (i) above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United

139


Table of Contents

States. Any gains of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (i) above may also be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        Gain realized by an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (ii) above will be subject to a flat 30% tax, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

        For purposes of clause (iii) above, a corporation is a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate that we will become, a United States real property holding corporation.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        The estate of a nonresident alien individual is generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property having a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent's country of residence provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Holder's country of residence.

        Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor as to its foreign status, which certification may generally be made on IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8.

        Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker will generally be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name, address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of disposition proceeds effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding if the payment is not received in the United States. Information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner thereof is a Non-U.S. Holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder that results in an overpayment of taxes generally will be refunded, or credited against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

140


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

        A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specially defined under applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to payments of dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

        The withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends made on or after January 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

141


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                                    , 2013, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies LLC are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter
  Number of
Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   

Jefferies LLC

   

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

   

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

   
     

Total

   
     

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to            additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $            per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without Over-
allotment
  With Over-
allotment
  Without Over-
allotment
  With Over-
allotment
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by us

  $     $     $     $    

        The representatives have informed us that the underwriters do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except for (1) issuances pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date hereof and described in the prospectus, (2) grants of employee stock options pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the prospectus, and (3) issuances of up to 5% of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of the offering in connection with acquisitions of businesses, assets or

142


Table of Contents

technologies or in connection with strategic partnerships, license arrangements or collaborations; provided that persons to whom such shares are issued agree to be bound by a lock-up agreement substantially similar to that described in the immediately following paragraph.

        Our officers, directors and substantially all of our security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, or make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of our common stock, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

        The representatives, on behalf of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. At least three business days before the effectiveness of any release or waiver of the restrictions described above in connection with any transfer of shares of common stock by an officer or director, the representatives will notify us of the impending release or waiver of any restriction and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of common stock that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms as the lock-up agreements described above to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of transfer.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We will apply to list the shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "TRMR."

        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

143


Table of Contents

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically.

144


Table of Contents


NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the shares of common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta, British Columbia and Manitoba on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of the shares of common stock are made. Any resale of the shares of common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares of common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing the shares of common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares of common stock, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares of common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares of common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares of common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares of common stock as a result of the

145


Table of Contents

misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of the shares of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in our company in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares of common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

146


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, New York, New York. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, New York, New York is representing the underwriters.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Tremor Video, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        On April 2, 2012, our Board of Directors dismissed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm and approved the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm commencing with work to be performed in relation to our audit for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's reports on our financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 (not presented herein) did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.

        During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim period through April 2, 2012, there were no disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, would have caused them to make reference to such disagreements in their reports on our financial statements for such years. In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim period through April 2, 2012, there were no reportable events of the type listed in paragraphs (A) through (D) of Item 304 (a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

        We have provided PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and have requested that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP agrees with the above statements and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of the letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

        You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these

147


Table of Contents

documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.tremorvideo.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering.

148


Table of Contents


TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Changes in Stockholders' Deficit

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Tremor Video, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tremor Video, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Tremor Video, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


 

 

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
April 3, 2013

F-2


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 31,714   $ 32,533   $ 31,533  

Short-term investments

    8,652          

Restricted cash, short-term

    36     21     621  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $980, $1,050 and $1,075 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

    33,839     36,011     30,363  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    739     953     1,389  
               

Total current assets

    74,980     69,518     63,906  
               

Long-term assets:

                   

Restricted cash, long-term

    1,221     1,200     600  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $2,416, $3,077 and $3,359 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

    1,943     1,995     1,850  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $5,427, $10,315 and $11,535 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

    29,023     25,385     24,165  

Goodwill

    28,984     29,719     29,719  

Deferred tax assets, long-term

    1,752     1,695     1,695  

Other long-term assets

    77     211     261  
               

Total long-term assets

    63,000     60,205     58,290  
               

Total assets

  $ 137,980   $ 129,723   $ 122,196  
               

Liabilities, mandatorily redeemable securities and stockholders' deficit

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 16,288   $ 21,075   $ 17,797  

Deferred rent and security deposits payable

    461     627     660  

Contingent consideration on acquisition

    817          

Deferred revenue

    35     210     401  

Deferred tax liabilities, short-term

    1,752     1,695     1,695  

Amount outstanding under credit facility and accrued interest expenses

    6,026     6,019     6,019  
               

Total current liabilities

    25,379     29,626     26,572  
               

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    1,127     1,103     1,098  
               

Total liabilities

    26,506     30,729     27,670  
               

Commitments and contingent liabilities

                   

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    162,082     162,466     162,561  

Stockholders' deficit:

                   

Share capital—

                   

Common stock series I of $0.0001 par value: authorized: 75,000,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013; issued and outstanding: 9,249,189, 10,012,484 and 10,055,275 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

    1     1     1  

Common stock series II of $0.0001 par value: authorized: 3,500,000 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013; issued and outstanding: 1,525,804, 1,571,068 and 1,571,068 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, respectively

             

Additional paid-in capital

    13,921     17,752     18,442  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    396     345     251  

Accumulated deficit

    (64,926 )   (81,570 )   (86,729 )
               

Total stockholders' deficit

    (50,608 )   (63,472 )   (68,035 )
               

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

  $ 137,980   $ 129,723   $ 122,196  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  

Cost of revenue

    58,502     61,317     11,769     13,841  
                   

Gross profit

    31,799     43,873     5,503     10,924  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Technology and development

    5,900     8,144     1,651     2,697  

Sales and marketing

    28,829     35,042     8,522     8,843  

General and administrative

    10,880     10,824     2,795     2,920  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,088     5,992     1,478     1,502  
                   

Total operating expenses

    51,697     60,002     14,446     15,962  
                   

Loss from operations

    (19,898 )   (16,129 )   (8,943 )   (5,038 )
                   

Interest and other expense:

                         

Interest expense

    (321 )   (227 )   (75 )   (56 )

Other (expense) income

    (583 )   (8 )   (39 )   5  
                   

Total interest and other expense, net

    (904 )   (235 )   (114 )   (51 )
                   

Loss before income taxes

    (20,802 )   (16,364 )   (9,057 )   (5,089 )

Income tax expense

    (223 )   (280 )   (70 )   (70 )
                   

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Net loss per share:

                         

Basic and diluted

  $ (2.02 ) $ (1.48 ) $ (0.83 ) $ (0.44 )
                   

Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding

                         

Basic and diluted

    10,429,429     11,249,980     10,977,480     11,593,827  
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Other comprehensive loss

                         

Change in unrealized (loss) gain during the year on short-term investments available for sale

    (12 )   7     7      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    177     (58 )   59     (94 )
                   

Comprehensive loss

  $ (20,860 ) $ (16,695 ) $ (9,061 ) $ (5,253 )
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
and Changes in Stockholders' Deficit
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Preferred Stock(1)    
  Common Stock(2)    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
   
 
 
 



  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Loss
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Share   Amount   Share   Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    42,897,176   $ 126,199         9,113,418   $ 1   $ 8,029   $ 231   ($ 43,832 ) ($ 35,571 )

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance expenses $1,321

    5,947,698     35,679                              

Accretion of issuance costs

        204                 (204 )           (204 )

Exercise of stock options

                677,227         344             344  

Stock-based compensation

                        2,883             2,883  

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

                (28,272 )       (14 )       (69 )   (83 )

Common stock issued in the acquisition of ScanScout, Inc. 

                976                      

Common stock issued in the acquisition of Transpera, Inc. 

                1,011,644         2,883             2,883  

Net loss

                                (21,025 )   (21,025 )

Change in unrealized loss on short-term investments

                            (12 )       (12 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                            177         177  
                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    48,844,874     162,082         10,774,993     1     13,921     396     (64,926 )   (50,608 )

Accretion of issuance costs

        384                 (384 )           (384 )

Exercise of stock options

                554,862         433             433  

Stock-based compensation

                        2,919             2,919  

Common stock issued in the acquisition of Transpera, Inc. 

                253,697         863             863  

Net loss

                                (16,644 )   (16,644 )

Change in unrealized gain on short-term investments

                            7         7  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                            (58 )       (58 )
                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    48,844,874     162,466         11,583,552     1     17,752     345     (81,570 )   (63,472 )

Accretion of issuance costs (unaudited)

        95                 (95 )           (95 )

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                42,791         46             46  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                        739             739  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                (5,159 )   (5,159 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

                            (94 )       (94 )
                                       

Balance as of March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    48,844,874   $ 162,561         11,626,343   $ 1   $ 18,442   $ 251   $ (86,729 ) $ (68,035 )
                                       


(1)
The Preferred Stock includes several series of Preferred Stock, see note 11.

(2)
The Common Stock includes two series of Common Stock, see note 11.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )

Adjustments required to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

                         

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    956     1,104     246     282  

Amortization of intangibles

    5,132     4,888     1,232     1,220  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    2              

Amortization of original issuance discount

    9              

Bad debt expense

    (29 )   70     (2 )   25  

Mark-to-market expense

    373     22     40     (5 )

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,883     2,919     800     739  

Change in unrealized (loss) gain on short-term investments

    (12 )   7     7      

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

    (4,430 )   (2,242 )   12,691     5,623  

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other long-term assets

    (17 )   (355 )   63     (486 )

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (3,135 )   4,787     (2,214 )   (3,278 )

Increase in deferred rent and security deposits payable

    461     166     32     33  

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue

    35     175     (28 )   191  
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (18,797 )   (5,103 )   3,740     (815 )
                   

Cash flows from investing activities

                         

Purchase of property and equipment

    (733 )   (1,156 )   (159 )   (137 )

Maturities of short-term investments

    11,791     8,652     5,403      

Purchases of short-term investments

    (12,267 )            

Change in restricted cash

        36          

Purchase of domain name

        (50 )        

Acquisition of InPlay

        (1,950 )   (1,600 )    

Acquisition of Transpera, Inc., net of cash acquired

    12     15     15      
                   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (1,197 )   5,547     3,659     (137 )
                   

Cash flows from financing activities

                         

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance expenses $1,321

    35,679              

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (83 )            

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    344     433     44     46  
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    35,940     433     44     46  
                   

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    15,946     877     7,443     (906 )

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

    177     (58 )   59     (94 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    15,591     31,714     31,714     32,533  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 31,714   $ 32,533   $ 39,216   $ 31,533  
                   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities

                         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 310   $ 249   $ 101   $ 159  
                   

Cash paid for interest

  $ 323   $ 234   $ 76   $ 56  
                   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities

                         

Common stock issued in the acquisition of Transpera, Inc. 

  $ 2,883   $ 863   $ 863   $  
                   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited)

1. Organization and Description of Business

        Tremor Video, Inc. (the Company) was originally organized as Tremor Media, LLC in November 2005 and converted into a corporation named "Tremor Media, Inc" under the laws of the State of Delaware in September 2006. The Company changed its name to Tremor Video, Inc. in June 2011. The Company is a provider of technology-driven video advertising solutions enabling brand advertisers to engage consumers across multiple internet-connected devices, including computers, smartphones, tablets and connected TVs. Through its Tremor Video Network, the Company offers advertisers access to premium and often exclusive streaming video inventory and advanced real-time optimization capabilities at scale across multiple internet-connected devices in brand safe environments. In addition, through its VideoHub for Advertisers (VHA) solution, the Company provides advanced video analytic capabilities for advertisers to measure, verify and evaluate the performance of their video ad campaigns across multiple channels, both within and outside of its Tremor Video Network.

        On December 8, 2010, the Company acquired ScanScout, Inc. (ScanScout) an online video advertising network and the developer of the Company's video analysis and optimization technology, which is referred to as VideoHub. On February 11, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Transpera, Inc. (Transpera), a technology platform that enables video advertising formats to be served on mobile devices, such as phones and tablets. On January 17, 2012, the Company acquired the assets for the InPlay video management platform (InPlay) from Tube Mogul, Inc., which enables publishers of online video content to manage and analyze the performance of advertisements displayed within their inventory of video content.

        The Company is headquartered in the State of New York.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Accounting Principles

        The Company's financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (US GAAP).

    Basis of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tremor Video, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tremor Video Canada, Inc., Tremor Video GmbH (and its wholly-owned subsidiary Tremor Video Ltd. (UK Company)), Transpera and ScanScout (and its wholly-owned subsidiary Tremor Video Pte. Ltd.), which were incorporated or acquired on July 2, 2008, July 22, 2008, May 7, 2008, February 11, 2011 and December 8, 2010, respectively. The operating results of Transpera have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date of February 11, 2011. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

        During November 2012, the Company ceased operations of Tremor Video GmbH. The consolidated operating results include Tremor Video GmbH operations through the date operations ceased.

F-8


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions. The Company's management believes that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used are reasonable based upon information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company's management evaluates estimates, including those related to fair values and useful lives of intangible assets, fair values of stock-based awards, income taxes, and contingent liabilities. Such estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

    Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and changes in stockholders' deficit, cash flows and the notes to consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 are unaudited. These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements includes, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial position at March 31, 2013, results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013. The consolidated results of operations of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full year due to seasonal and other factors.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers cash deposits and all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The fair value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents approximates their cost plus accrued interest because of the short-term nature of the instruments. The Company's cash deposits are held at multiple high-credit-quality financial institutions. The Company's cash deposits at these institutions often exceeded federally insured limits.

    Short-Term Investments

        The Company accounts for short-term investments in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities." Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such determinations at each balance sheet date.

        The Company classifies its short-term investments in marketable securities as available-for-sale at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such classifications at each balance sheet date. All short-term investments are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses associated with available-for-sale

F-9


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

securities are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within equity. Realized gains and losses, if any, are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. If the Company intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell an impaired security prior to recovery of its cost basis, then the full amount of impairment will be charged to earnings.

        At December 31, 2011, short-term investments represented investments in U.S. Government and agency securities, high quality corporate bonds and commercial paper with maturity dates in excess of 90 days but less than one year. All the Company's short-term investments were held at a single high-credit-quality financial institution and exceeded federally insured limits.

        As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company did not hold any short-term investments.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Company utilizes fair value measurements when required. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, restricted cash, other current assets, other long-term assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, security deposits payable and outstanding balances on the Company's credit facility and related accrued interest expense approximate fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and as of March 31, 2013, due to the short-term nature of those instruments and for the outstanding balances on the credit facility, the interest rates the Company believes it could obtain for borrowings with similar terms. See Note 3 for a discussion of the determination of fair value for the reported amounts of its short-term investments, warrants for the purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock and contingent consideration on acquisition.

    Restricted Cash

        As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, the Company had total restricted cash in the amounts of $1,257, $1,221 and $1,221, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the restricted cash used to collateralize standby letters of credit outstanding for an office space in New York, New York and Boston, Massachusetts were $1,200, of which $600 matures in May 2013 with the remaining $600 maturing at various dates through 2021, and $21, which matures in May 2013, respectively.

    Accounts Receivable, Net

        The Company carries its accounts receivable at net realizable value. On a periodic basis, management evaluates its accounts receivable and determines whether to provide an allowance or if any accounts should be written down and charged to expense as a bad debt. The evaluation is based on a past history of collections, current credit conditions, the length of time the account is past due and a past history of write-downs. A receivable is considered past due if the Company has not received payments based on agreed-upon terms. The Company generally does not require any security or collateral to support its receivables.

F-10


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Computer hardware   3 years
Office equipment   3 years
Computer software   3 years

        Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the life of the asset. The cost of additions, and expenditures that extend the useful lives of existing assets, are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Property and equipment subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, no impairment losses have been identified.

    Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

        Primarily all of the Company's goodwill and intangible assets originated with the acquisition of ScanScout, Transpera and the acquired assets of InPlay (See notes 5 and 6). In connection with the Scanscout acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill totaling $27,998 and intangible assets totaling $31,900. In connection with the Transpera acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill totaling $971 and intangible assets totaling $2,550. In connection with the acquired assets of InPlay, the Company recorded goodwill totaling $750 and intangible assets totaling $1,200. On August 7, 2012 the Company purchased a domain name from a third party for $50, the Company determined that this intangible asset had an indefinite life. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an impairment test.

        The Company assesses goodwill for impairment, using a qualitative process, annually as of October 1, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company operates as one operating segment and as a singular reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing purposes. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment," which gives companies the option to qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair

F-11


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, no further assessment of that reporting unit's goodwill is necessary.

        If it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then the goodwill must be tested using a two-step process based on prior accounting guidance, and if the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.

        In performing its qualitative assessment, the Company considered a number of factors, including macroeconomic conditions, the market for its industry, any developments with respect to its operating costs, the financial performance of its reporting unit, any changes to management or key personnel, and any changes to its intangible assets and their respective values. The Company concluded that there were no negative developments with respect to these factors that indicated that any goodwill is at risk of impairment.

        For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, no impairment losses have been identified, and no reporting unit was at risk of impairment, including under the first-step of the two-step impairment determination process.

        Intangible assets that are not considered to have an indefinite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line method as follows:

Technology   5 to 7 years
Customer relationships   5 to 10 years
Trademarks and trade names   5 to 7 years
Non-competition agreements   1 year

        Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances such as, but not limited to, significant declines in revenue, earnings or cash flows or material adverse changes in the business climate indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may be impaired. There were no indicators of impairment to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company generates revenue primarily from the delivery of in-stream video advertisements for brand advertisers and agencies through the Tremor Video Network. The Company also generates revenue from selling licenses to advertisers, agencies and publishers. Revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on the number of impressions delivered or by the actions of the viewers. The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the client reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client and transaction history. Amounts billed or collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue.

F-12


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company recognizes revenue from the delivery of video ads in the period in which the video ads are delivered. Specifically, revenue is recognized for video ad delivery through the Tremor Video Network upon the delivery of each impression served for cost per impression ad campaign (CPM), engagement by the consumer with a video ad campaign (CPE) or the completion of a video ad by the consumer ad campaign (CPVC).

        In the normal course of business, the Company acts as an intermediary in executing transactions with third parties. The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Company is acting as the principal or an agent in the Company's transactions. In determining whether the Company acts as the principal or an agent, the Company follows the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. The determination of whether the Company is acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because the Company is the primary obligor and is responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party advertisers, (2) establishing the selling prices of the video ads sold, (3) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk, and (4) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising, the Company acts as the principal in these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

        The license fees for VHA and the Company's publisher solutions are based on the number of impressions being analyzed through these solutions. The Company recognizes revenue with respect to these solutions on a CPM basis based on the number of impressions being analyzed in a given month. Typically, the Company's license terms are for one year periods. In limited cases, the Company charges a minimum monthly fee.

        Deferred revenue arises as a result of differences between the timing of revenue recognition and receipt of cash from the Company's customers. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and as of March 31, 2013, there were $35, $210 and $401, respectively, of services for which cash payments were received in advance of the Company's performance of the service under the arrangement and recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue primarily represents the video advertising inventory costs under the Company's publisher contracts, third party hosting fees and third party serving fees incurred to deliver the video ads run through the Tremor Video Network. Cost of revenue also includes costs of licenses from third party data providers utilized in the Company's VHA solution. Substantially all of the Company's cost of revenue is attributable to video advertising inventory costs under its publisher contracts. Cost of revenue is recognized on a publisher-by-publisher basis at the same time that the associated advertising revenue is recognized. Substantially all of the Company's exclusive publisher contracts contain minimum percentage fill rates on qualified video ad requests, which effectively means that the Company must purchase this inventory even if the Company lacks a video advertising campaign to deliver to these video ad impressions. The Company recognizes the difference between the contractually required fill rate and the number of video ads actually delivered on the publisher's website, if any, as a cost of revenue as of the end of each applicable monthly period. Historically, the impact of the difference

F-13


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

between the contractually required fill rate and the number of ads delivered has not been material. Costs owed to publishers but not yet paid are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as accounts payable and accrued expenses.

    Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

        Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss applicable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the same period. Diluted loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss applicable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding.

        The total weighted average number of common stock related to the outstanding options, warrants and mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, which were excluded from the calculations of diluted net loss common stock, because these securities are anti-dilutive, was 59,147,206 and 59,376,475 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and 59,212,364 and 59,560,200 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation," which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense based on estimated fair values for all share-based payment awards made to employees, other service providers and non-employees.

        ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards, which have graded vesting based on service conditions, using the straight-line method, over the requisite service period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

        Calculating the fair value of the stock-based options requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the stock-based awards and stock price volatility. The Company estimates the expected life of stock options granted based on the simplified method, which the Company believes, is representative of the actual characteristics of the awards. The Company estimates the volatility of the common stock on the date of grant based on the historic volatility of comparable companies in its industry. The Company selected the risk-free interest rate based on yields from United States Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term consistent with the expected life of the awards in effect at the time of grant. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual historical pre-vesting forfeitures. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and has no plan to do so. Consequently, it used an expected dividend yield of zero.

        In the event of modification of the conditions on which stock-based compensation was granted, an additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-

F-14


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

based payment arrangement or is otherwise beneficial to the employee/other service provider at the modification date.

    Technology and Development

        Technology and development costs primarily consist of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for development, network operations and engineering personnel. Additional expenses in this category include costs related to development, quality assurance and testing of new technology, maintenance and enhancement of the Company's existing technology and infrastructure as well as consulting, travel and other related overhead. The Company engages third-party consulting firms for various technology and development efforts, such as documentation, quality assurance, and support. Due to the rapid development and changes in the Company's business and underlying technology to date, the Company has expensed development costs in the same period that those costs were incurred.

    Sales and Marketing

        Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of salaries, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation and other personnel-related costs for marketing and creative employees and the advertiser focused, publisher focused and licensing solution focused sales and sales support employees. Additional expenses in this category include marketing programs, consulting, travel and other related overhead. These costs are expensed when incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs, which are comprised of print and internet advertising, were $1,358 and $1,372 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $556 and $581 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

    Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the Company expects to recover or settle those temporary differences.

        The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company reduces the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. As a result of the Company's historical operating performance and the cumulative net losses incurred to date, the Company does not have sufficient objective evidence to support the recovery of the net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, the Company has established a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes because the Company believes it is not more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

F-15


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is "more-likely-than-not" that the position will be sustained upon examination. Potential interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recognized in income tax expense.

    Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company's cash and cash equivalents are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company's cash and cash equivalent accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts.

        During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, there were no advertisers that accounted for more than 10% of revenue or greater than 10% of outstanding receivables at year-end.

    Comprehensive Loss

        Comprehensive loss consists of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax and currency translation. Total comprehensive loss and its components are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

    Foreign Currency Translation

        The functional currency of the Company's international subsidiaries is accounted for in their local currency. The Company translates the financial statements of these subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using period-end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, and average rates of exchange for revenue, costs, and expenses. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders' deficit. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, a cumulative translation adjustment of $177 and $(58), respectively, and $59 and $(94) for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, were recorded as a component of comprehensive loss in the consolidated financial statements. Realized and unrealized transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations in the period in which they occur, except on inter-company balances considered to be long-term. Transaction gains and losses on inter-company balances which are considered to be long-term are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. During 2012, the Company considered their inter-company balances to be long-term in nature. Net (loss) gain resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies was accounted for in the Company's consolidated statements of operations and totaled $(256) and $28 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $(5) and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

F-16


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Business Combinations

        In business combinations, the Company determines the acquisition purchase price as the sum of the consideration provided. The underlying principles require that the Company recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, generally at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company's estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The direct transaction costs associated with the business combination are expensed as incurred.

        When the Company issues stock-based awards to an acquired company's selling stockholders, the Company evaluates whether the awards are contingent consideration or compensation for post-business combination services. The Company's evaluation includes, among other things, whether the vesting of the stock-based awards is contingent on the continued employment of the selling stockholder beyond the acquisition date. If continued employment is required for vesting, the awards are treated as compensation for post-acquisition services and recognized as future compensation expense over the required service period.

    Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events after the audited balance sheet date of December 31, 2012 through April 3, 2013, the date these audited financial statements were issued. With respect to the unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 10, 2013, the date these unaudited consolidated financial statements were issued.

3. Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument will be

F-17


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation. The three-tiers are defined as follows:

    Level 1.   Observable inputs based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

    Level 2.   Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

    Level 3.   Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions.

    Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following tables summarize the conclusions reached as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and as of March 31, 2013:

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Short-term investment (1)

  $ 8,652   $ 8,652   $   $  
                   

  $ 8,652   $ 8,652   $   $  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

  $ 1,127   $   $   $ 1,127  

Contingent consideration on acquisition (3)

    817             817  
                   

  $ 1,944   $   $   $ 1,944  
                   

 

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2012
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Liabilities

                         

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

  $ 1,103   $   $   $ 1,103  
                   

  $ 1,103   $   $   $ 1,103  
                   

F-18


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)


 
  Balance at
March 31,
2013
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Liabilities

                         

Warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (2)

  $ 1,098   $   $   $ 1,098  
                   

  $ 1,098   $   $   $ 1,098  
                   

(1)
As of December 31, 2011, all of the Company's short-term investments were held in U.S. Government and agency securities, high quality corporate bonds and commercial paper which were measured at fair value using Level 1 inputs. As of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company did not hold any short-term investments.
(2)
The Company used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrants for purchase of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock. Significant inputs included an estimate of the fair value of the Company's preferred stock, the remaining contractual life of the warrant, a risk-free rate of interest, and an estimate of the Company's stock volatility using the volatilities of guideline peer companies.
(3)
On February 11, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity of Transpera. The purchase price included contingent consideration of up to 253,697 shares of common stock payable in one year based on certain performance criteria. The Company used a valuation model based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, the Company exercised judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company's common stock.

    Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

        The following tables presents the changes in the Company's Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013:

 
  Warrants for purchase
of Mandatorily
Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
 
  2011   2012  

Beginning balance at January 1,

  $ 848   $ 1,127  

Mark-to-market expense (income)

    279     (24 )
           

Ending balance at December 31,

  $ 1,127   $ 1,103  
           

F-19


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)


 
  Contingent Consideration
on Acquisition
 
 
  2011   2012  

Beginning balance at January 1,

  $   $ 817  

Contingent consideration on acquisition

    723      

Mark-to-market expenses

    94     46  

Settlement of contingent consideration

        (863 )
           

Ending balance at December 31,

  $ 817   $  
           

 

 
  Warrants for purchase
of Mandatorily
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Beginning balance at January 1,

  $ 1,127   $ 1,103  

Mark-to-market income

    (6 )   (5 )
           

Ending balance at March 31,

  $ 1,121   $ 1,098  
           

4. Property and Equipment, Net

 
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cost:

                   

Furniture and fixtures

  $ 670   $ 765   $ 767  

Computer hardware

    2,210     2,885     2,985  

Office equipment

    69     28     30  

Computer software

    417     545     554  

Leasehold improvements

    993     849     873  
               

    4,359     5,072     5,209  

Accumulated depreciation

   
(2,416

)
 
(3,077

)
 
(3,359

)
               

Property and equipment, net

  $ 1,943   $ 1,995   $ 1,850  
               

        The depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $956 and $1,104 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $246 and $282 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a reduction of $229 and $443, respectively, to the cost and accumulated depreciation of fully depreciated equipment and leasehold improvements no longer in use.

F-20


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

5. Acquisitions

    Transpera, Inc.

        On February 11, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity of Transpera for $3,295 of the Company's common stock. Transpera owns and operates a technology platform that enables video advertising formats to be served on mobile devices, tablets and connected TVs.

        The purchase price included contingent consideration of up to 253,697 shares payable in one year based on certain performance criteria. The fair value of this consideration was determined to be $723 as of the acquisition date and was marked to market at fair value quarterly in other expenses. On February 11, 2012, the Company issued 253,697 shares, which were valued at $863, upon satisfaction of the performance criteria. The initial fair value was recorded as part of the purchase price while subsequent changes to fair value were reflected as other expenses.

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The fair values presented are based on a preliminary valuation and are subject to adjustment during a measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date. The measurement period provides the Company with the ability to adjust the fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities for new information that is obtained about circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Total purchase price

  $ 3,295  

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

       

Tangible assets acquired

       

Cash

    12  

Accounts receivable

    723  

Other current assets

    73  
       

Total tangible assets acquired

    808  

Identified intangible assets acquired:

   
2,550
 

Current liabilities

    (1,034 )
       

Total assets acquired in excess of liabilities assumed

   
2,324
 

Goodwill

    986  

Adjustment of Transpera goodwill

    (15 )
       

Total purchase price

  $ 3,295  
       

        In addition to the purchase price of $3,295, the Company issued an additional $300 of common stock on the acquisition date to satisfy certain pre-acquisition liabilities of Transpera.

    InPlay

        On January 17, 2012, the Company purchased TubeMogul's InPlay Analytics Product (InPlay). InPlay is a market leading publisher analytics suite for online video, and powers analytics for web properties that publish video content. Consideration consisted of $1,950 in cash.

F-21


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

5. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired at the acquisition date. The fair values presented are based on a preliminary valuation and are subject to adjustment during a measurement period of up to one year from the acquisition date. The measurement period provides the Company with the ability to adjust the fair values of acquired assets for new information that is obtained about circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

Technology

  $ 900  

Customer relationships

    200  

Trademarks and trade names

    100  

Goodwill

    750  
       

  $ 1,950  
       

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows:

Balance as of January 1, 2011

  $ 28,060  

Adjustment of ScanScout goodwill

    (62 )

Goodwill—Transpera

    986  
       

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    28,984  

Adjustment of Transpera goodwill

    (15 )

Goodwill—InPlay

    750  
       

Balance as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

  $ 29,719  
       

        There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

        Information regarding the Company's acquisition related intangible assets, net is as follows:

        As of December 31, 2011:

 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Technology

  $ 23,600   $ (3,621 ) $ 19,979  

Customer relationships

    8,700     (990 )   7,710  

Trademarks and trade names

    1,550     (239 )   1,311  

Non-competition agreements

    600     (577 )   23  
               

  $ 34,450   $ (5,427 ) $ 29,023  
               

F-22


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2012:

 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Technology

  $ 24,500   $ (7,239 ) $ 17,261  

Customer relationships

    8,900     (1,988 )   6,912  

Trademarks and trade names

    1,650     (488 )   1,162  

Non-competition agreements

    600     (600 )    

Domain name (1)

    50         50  
               

  $ 35,700   $ (10,315 ) $ 25,385  
               

        As of March 31, 2013 (unaudited):

 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Technology

  $ 24,500   $ (8,146 ) $ 16,354  

Customer relationships

    8,900     (2,238 )   6,662  

Trademarks and trade names

    1,650     (551 )   1,099  

Non-competition agreements

    600     (600 )    

Domain name (1)

    50         50  
               

  $ 35,700   $ (11,535 ) $ 24,165  
               

(1)
This intangible asset is considered to have an indefinite useful life.

        Amortization expense amounted to $5,132 and $4,888 for the years ended December 31, 2011, and 2012, respectively, and $1,232 and $1,220 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

        The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets that are considered to have a definite life as of March 31, 2013 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

2013

  $ 3,656  

2014

    4,876  

2015

    4,876  

2016

    4,460  

2017

    3,957  

2018 and thereafter

    2,290  
       

  $ 24,115  
       

F-23


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

7. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

        Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of:

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade accounts payable

  $ 12,134   $ 15,191   $ 11,615  

Accrued cost of sales

    824     1,058     1,112  

Accrued compensation, benefits and payroll taxes

    1,912     3,627     2,550  

Income taxes payable

    68     36     226  

Other accrued expenses

    1,350     1,163     2,294  
               

  $ 16,288   $ 21,075   $ 17,797  
               

8. Credit Facility and Accrued Interest Expense

        On February 7, 2010, the Company amended its then existing loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB). As amended, the loan and security agreement provided for a $7,000 revolving working capital credit facility. The credit facility includes customary conditions to borrowing, covenants and events of default. The credit facility also contains a financial covenant requiring that the ratio of current assets to current liabilities (excluding deferred revenue) be at least 1.25 to 1. As collateral for its obligations under the credit facility, the Company granted a first priority security interest to SVB in all assets of the Company other than intellectual property. The Company has agreed not to pledge its intellectual property as collateral without SVB's prior written consent.

        In February 2011, the credit facility was amended to, among other things, revise the interest rate to be equal to SVB's prime rate plus 1.0% and provide for a fee of 0.20% for any unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Such fee is payable quarterly but no fee is charged for a particular quarter if the average principal amount of borrowings during such quarter is more than $10,000.

        On December 31, 2011, the Company expanded the borrowing capacity under the credit facility to the lesser of $25,000 and a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable.

        On March 8, 2012, the credit facility was amended to, among other things, revise the interest rate to SVB's prime rate plus 0.5% and provide for a termination date of December 30, 2014. The Company had $6,000 aggregate principal amount of borrowings outstanding under the facility and was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013.

9. Warrants for Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        In connection with the Company's entry into, and various amendments of, its loan and credit facility agreements in 2007, 2008 and 2010 (See note 8), warrants for mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued to SVB. In addition, with the acquisition of ScanScout in 2010, the Company exchanged ScanScout's pre-acquisition preferred stock warrants into warrants for the new series of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock that was issued as part of the acquisition.

        The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to expiration. Freestanding warrants and other similar instruments on shares that are redeemable (either put-able or mandatorily redeemable) are

F-24


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

9. Warrants for Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

accounted for as liabilities, regardless of the timing of the redemption feature or price, even though the underlying shares may be classified as equity.

        The following table summarizes the Company's outstanding warrants for mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and as of March 31, 2013:

 
   
   
   
   
  Fair Value as of  
 
   
   
   
   
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
   
   
  Exercise
Price
  Warrants
Outstanding
 
 
  Grant Date   Expiration Date   2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series A

  June 7, 2007   June 7, 2017   $ 0.84     53,280   $ 302   $ 299   $ 298  

Series B-1

  December 8, 2008   December 7, 2018   $ 3.24     50,896     255     246     244  

Series C

  February 8, 2010   February 8, 2020   $ 2.53     47,489     252     245     244  

Series 1

  December 8, 2010   June 30, 2017   $ 1.64     46,695     258     256     255  

Series 3

  December 8, 2010   February 6, 2015   $ 3.83     13,041     60     57     57  
                                 

                  211,401   $ 1,127   $ 1,103   $ 1,098  
                                 

        Mark-to-market (expense) income related to the fair value measurement of the warrants were $(279) and $24 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $(6) and $(5) for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

F-25


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

10. Commitments and Contingencies

    Operating Commitments

        The Company leases office space under non-cancellable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates. In addition, the Company utilizes co-location services for its servers and other computer hardware. These services are multi-year, non-cancellable agreements that are similar in form to a lease on office space. The Company also contracted for other marketing services under various non-cancellable agreements that expire at various dates through 2013.

        Future minimum payment commitments required under the Company's non-cancellable office leases, co-location agreements and marketing services as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

2013

  $ 1,896  

2014

    1,717  

2015

    1,345  

2016

    1,225  

2017

    1,108  

2018 and thereafter

    3,253  
       

  $ 10,544  
       

        Total rent expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $1,308 and $1,397, respectively, and $337 and $355 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

    Letters of Credit

        At December 31, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding letters of credit of $1,257, $1,221 and $1,221, respectively, related to two office spaces in New York, New York and Boston, Massachusetts.

    Legal Contingencies

        During the normal course of the business, the Company is occasionally involved with various claims and litigation. Reserves are established in connection with such matters when a loss is probable and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, no material reserves were recorded. No reserves are established for losses which are only reasonably possible. The determination of probability and the estimation of the actual amount of any such loss are inherently unpredictable, and it is therefore possible that the eventual outcome of such claims and litigation could exceed the estimated reserves, if any. Based upon the Company's experience, current information and applicable law, it does not believe it is reasonably possible that any proceedings or possible related claims will have a material effect on its financial statements.

F-26


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

11. Common Stock, Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

    Common Stock

        As of each December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, the Company has two classes of $0.0001 par value common stock as follows:

 
   
  Outstanding as of
December 31
  Outstanding as of
March 31,
 
 
  Authorized as of
December 31,
2011 and 2012
 
Series
  2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series I

    75,000,000     9,249,189     10,012,484     10,055,275  

Series II

    3,500,000     1,525,804     1,571,068     1,571,068  
                   

    78,500,000     10,774,993     11,583,552     11,626,343  
                   

        The Series I and II classes of common stock are identical in all significant respects. Each share is entitled to one vote and both classes of shares are subordinate to the preferred stock in the payment of dividends and liquidation preferences. The Series II common stock will automatically convert into Series I common stock upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering, which results in at least $50 million of net proceeds to the Company and in which the pre-money valuation is at least $450 million.

    Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        As of each December 31, 2011 and 2012, and March 31, 2013, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 49,114,398 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

        Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock (preferred stock) consists of the following as of December 31, 2012, and March 31, 2013:

Series
  Issued   Authorized   Issued and
Outstanding
  Original
Issue Price
  Liquidation
Preference
  Carrying Value
as of December 31, 2012
  Carrying Value
as of March 31, 2013
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series A

  September 2006     10,292,963     10,239,683   $ 0.8446   $ 8,648   $ 8,402   $ 8,419  

Series B

  December 2007     5,251,099     5,251,099   $ 2.0948   $ 11,000   $ 10,949   $ 10,952  

Series B-1

  May 2008     822,049     771,153   $ 3.2419   $ 2,500   $ 2,479   $ 2,480  

Series C

  February and August 2009     7,962,324     7,914,835   $ 2.5269   $ 20,000   $ 19,932   $ 19,936  

Series D

  April 2010     8,180,963     8,180,963   $ 4.8894   $ 40,000   $ 39,931   $ 39,936  

Series E

  December 2010     357,000     354,168   $ 5.3367   $ 1,890   $ 1,890   $ 1,890  

Series 1

  December 2010     1,469,000     1,421,584   $ 1.6383   $ 2,329   $ 5,217   $ 5,217  

Series 2

  December 2010     2,733,000     2,732,196   $ 2.7591   $ 7,538   $ 12,404   $ 12,404  

Series 3

  December 2010     1,406,000     1,392,090   $ 3.8338   $ 5,337   $ 7,517   $ 7,517  

Series 4

  December 2010     4,640,000     4,639,405   $ 1.8365   $ 8,520   $ 17,722   $ 17,723  

Series F

  September 2011     6,000,000     5,947,698   $ 6.2209   $ 37,000   $ 36,023   $ 36,087  
                                   

        49,114,398     48,844,874               $ 162,466   $ 162,561  
                                   

        On September 6, 2011, the Company sold 5,947,698 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $6.2209 per share for aggregate proceeds of $37 million. The Company incurred $1,321 in costs associated with the sale of the preferred stock.

F-27


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

11. Common Stock, Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

    Dividends

        The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available, dividends at the following annual rates:

Series
  Dividend Rate  

Series A

  $ 0.0676  

Series B

  $ 0.1676  

Series B-1

  $ 0.2594  

Series C

  $ 0.2022  

Series D

  $ 0.3912  

Series E

  $ 0.4269  

Series 1

  $ 0.1311  

Series 2

  $ 0.2207  

Series 3

  $ 0.3067  

Series 4

  $ 0.1469  

Series F

  $ 0.4977  

        No dividends or other distributions will be made with respect to common stock until all declared dividends on the preferred stock have been paid. No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company through the date of this report.

    Conversion

        The preferred stock is convertible into common stock at the option of the holder. Except for the Series B-1 preferred stock, all preferred stock converts on a one for one basis. The Series B-1 preferred stock converts to Series I common stock on a 1:1.04719 basis. The preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock upon a qualified initial public offering.

    Liquidation Preferences

        The preferred stockholders have liquidation preferences over common stockholders based on the series of preferred stock held. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, each holder of preferred shares is entitled to be paid out of available assets on a pro-rata basis based on the liquidation preference of each series plus all declared but unpaid dividends. After the preferential amounts have been distributed by the Company, the holders of preferred stock then participate with the common stockholders in the distribution of remaining available assets.

    Voting

        Each holder of a share of outstanding preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of convertible preferred stock so held could be converted.

F-28


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

11. Common Stock, Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

    Ratchet provision

        The number of shares to be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series F preferred stock depends in part on the anticipated initial public offering price of the Company's common stock. The terms of the Series F preferred stock provide that the ratio at which each share of such series automatically convert into shares of common stock will increase if a qualified initial public offering price is below $9.33 per share, which would result in additional shares of common stock being issued upon conversion of the Company's Series F preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of the qualified initial public offering.

    Common Stock Repurchases

        Shares formally retired are deducted from the accounts that were previously increased when the shares were sold or exercised, namely common stock for par value and additional paid-in-capital for the excess over par value. If additional paid-in-capital has been exhausted, the excess over par value is added to the Company's accumulated deficit.

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased 28,272 shares of commons stock from stockholders of the Company as follows:

    In April 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 16,875 shares of Series I common stock for $48.

    In June 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 9,506 shares of Series I common stock for $27.

    In September 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 1,891 shares of Series II common stock for $8.

        The Company did not make any share repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

12. Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company included stock-based compensation expense related to all of the Company's stock-based awards in various operating expense categories for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Technology and development

  $ 507   $ 422   $ 115   $ 115  

Sales and marketing

    670     1,020     292     279  

General and administrative

    1,706     1,477     393     345  
                   

  $ 2,883   $ 2,919   $ 800   $ 739  
                   

F-29


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

12. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    Stock-Based Incentive Plans

        The Company has option awards outstanding under four stock-based incentive plans as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, including two plans that were assumed as part of the acquisition of ScanScout. Generally, when an option is exercised, new common shares are issued by the Company under all plans.

    ScanScout Stock Incentive Plans

        ScanScout's 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2006 SSI Plan) was adopted by ScanScout's Board of Directors and became effective in April, 2006. In August 2009, ScanScout's 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2009 SSI Plan) was adopted by ScanScout's Board of Directors. At the acquisition date there were total options outstanding for the purchase of 4,987,902 common shares of ScanScout under the plans. As part of the acquisition, those awards were converted into options for the purchase of 2,435,657 shares of the Company's Series II common stock in accordance with the merger agreement. As of each December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there were 1,900,345 options outstanding under these assumed plans. The Company does not intend to issue any additional shares under these plans.

    2006 and 2008 Stock Incentive Plans

        The Company's 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan) was adopted by the Board of Directors and became effective in September, 2006. The Company's 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2008 Plan) was adopted by the Board of Directors and became effective in May, 2008. As of December 31, 2012, there were outstanding options to purchase 590,303 and 7,829,522 shares and 0 and 886,442 shares available for issuance under the 2006 and 2008 plans, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, there were outstanding options to purchase 570,303 and 8,033,277 shares and 0 and 659,926 shares available for issuance under the 2006 and 2008 plans, respectively.

    Plan Provisions Under the 2008 Plan

        Subsequent to the acquisition of ScanScout, the Board of Directors decided that the 2008 plan would be the only plan that will issue stock-based awards on a going forward basis. The 2008 plan provides for the awards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards; however, only common stock options have been issued to date under the plan. The 2008 plan states that awards may be granted to such non-employee directors, officers, employees and consultants as the Board of Directors shall in its discretion select. Only employees of the Company are eligible to receive grants of incentive stock options. Options are generally granted at the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Option grants generally vest over periods up to four years, with the first 25% of the grant vesting after one year, and monthly vesting thereafter. Grants generally have total terms not to exceed 10 years.

F-30


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

12. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    Options Outstanding

        The following table presents summary information of option awards outstanding and exercisable under all plans as of December 31, 2012:

 
   
  Weighted Average    
  Weighted Average  
Range of Exercise prices
  Outstanding   Remaining
Life
(In Years)
  Exercise
Price
  Exercisable   Remaining
Life
(In Years)
  Exercise
Price
 

$0.13 to $0.35

    646,597     4.59   $ 0.17     646,597     4.59   $ 0.17  

$0.42 to $0.56

    891,964     5.51   $ 0.54     891,964     5.51   $ 0.54  

$0.74 to $0.95

    1,563,668     7.54   $ 0.79     1,320,164     7.54   $ 0.79  

$0.99 to $1.77

    716,916     7.83   $ 1.19     656,567     7.86   $ 1.13  

$2.85 to $3.73

    6,501,055     8.58   $ 3.08     2,327,847     8.23   $ 2.92  
                                   

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    10,320,200     7.86   $ 2.20     5,843,139     7.21   $ 1.57  
                                   

        The following table presents a summary of the Company's stock option activity under all plans and related information, without regard for estimated forfeitures, for the year ended December 31, 2012 and three months ended March 31, 2013:

 
  Exercisable   Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Non-vested   Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Outstanding   Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2011

    4,277,833   $ 1.05     5,813,098   $ 2.68     10,090,931   $ 1.99  

Options granted

            1,676,548   $ 3.56     1,676,548   $ 3.56  

Options forfeited

    (172,178 ) $ 1.32     (720,239 ) $ 2.55     (892,417 ) $ 2.31  

Options exercised

    (554,862 ) $ 0.79             (554,862 ) $ 0.79  

Options vested

    2,292,346   $ 2.37     (2,292,346 ) $ 2.37          
                                 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    5,843,139   $ 1.57     4,477,061   $ 3.03     10,320,200   $ 2.20  

Options granted (unaudited)

            400,000   $ 3.93     400,000   $ 3.93  

Options forfeited (unaudited)

    (43,197 ) $ 3.03     (130,287 ) $ 3.22     (173,484 ) $ 3.17  

Options exercised (unaudited)

    (42,791 ) $ 1.05             (42,791 ) $ 1.05  

Options vested (unaudited)

    475,301   $ 2.55     (475,301 ) $ 2.55          
                                 

Options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    6,232,452   $ 1.64     4,271,473   $ 3.16     10,503,925   $ 2.26  
                                 

        The weighted average grant date fair values of option awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $1.64 and $1.56, respectively, and $1.77 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As previously discussed, option awards are generally granted at the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant, generally vest over periods up to four years, have a one year cliff, and have terms not to exceed 10 years. The total intrinsic values of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $1,573 and $1,507, respectively, and $123 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Cash received from options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $344 and $433, respectively, and $46 for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

F-31


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

12. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The total fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $439 and $2,855, respectively, and $636 for the three months ended March 31, 2013. There was $5,742 and $5,628 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based compensation arrangements granted under the Company's equity incentive plans as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. This cost, as of each of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.60 years. The fair value for options and share awards granted under the stock option plan was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions for grants during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
  2011   2012   2013
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Volatility

  54%–56%   56%–57%   47%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.36%–2.87%   0.60%–1.17%   1.01%–1.03%

Expected life (in years)

  6.77   5.12–6.09   5.97–6.07

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%

13. Income Taxes

        The Company's provision for income taxes consists of current state and local taxes with total consideration of $223 and $280 for the years ended 2011 and 2012, respectively. The primary difference between the applicable statutory rate and the effective tax rate is the increase in the Company's valuation allowance against its net operating losses.

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 
  December 31  
 
  2011   2012  

Deferred tax assets

             

Net operating losses and tax credits

  $ 33,587   $ 36,168  

Depreciation and amortization

    271     220  

Stock-based compensation

    685     1,228  

Capitalization of research and development and start-up costs

    1,233     1,191  

Bad debt reserves

    413     425  

Deferred rent

    190     253  

Deferred revenue

        86  

Unrealized gain

    258     107  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    36,637     39,678  
           

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Depreciation and amortization

    (20 )   (17 )

F-32


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

 
  December 31  
 
  2011   2012  

Intangible assets

    (12,339 )   (9,983 )

Other

    (7 )   (7 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (12,366 )   (10,007 )
           

Deferred tax assets, net

    24,271     29,671  

Valuation allowance

    (24,271 )   (29,671 )
           

Deferred tax liability, net of valuation allowance

  $   $  
           

        The Company has evaluated the need for a valuation allowance on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. The Company has considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, and based upon the weight of the available evidence, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the net deferred tax assets since the Company cannot be assured that, more likely than not, such amounts will be realized. The Company's valuation allowance has been allocated on the balance sheet between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets based on a pro-rata basis. As such, as of December 31, 2011, the Company's net noncurrent deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities were $1,752 and $1,752, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the Company's net noncurrent deferred tax assets and current deferred tax liabilities were $1,695 and $1,695, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $81,149, and UK and German net operating loss carry-forwards of $3,554 and $6,709, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxable income in those jurisdictions. The federal net operating loss will expire in years 2026 through 2031. The majority of this amount represents acquired tax loss carry-forwards of Transpera and ScanScout, which are subject to limitation on future utilization under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Section 382 imposes limitations on the availability of a company's net operating losses after a more than 50 percentage point ownership change occurs. It is estimated that the effect of Section 382 will generally limit the amount of the net operating loss carry-forwards of Transpera and ScanScout that are available to offset future taxable income to approximately $160 and $2,220 annually. The overall determination of the annual loss limitation is subject to interpretation, and, therefore, the annual loss limitation could be subject to change.

        Included in the U.S. federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards, but not included in the table above are approximately $1,740 of net operating losses from excess tax deductions attributable to equity compensation. The tax benefit of the excess tax deduction attributable to equity compensation will be recorded to additional-paid-in-capital when it reduces federal income taxes payable.

        There were no tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the primary tax jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax were the U.S. federal and states (primarily New York), the UK, Germany, Canada and Singapore. Since the Company is in a loss carry-forward position, the Company is generally subject to US federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for all years for which a loss carry-forward is available. The Company's open tax years extend back to 2005. In the event that the

F-33


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

13. Income Taxes (Continued)

Company concludes that it is subject to interest or penalties arising from uncertain tax positions, the Company will record interest and penalties as a component of other income and expense. No amounts of interest or penalties were recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

14. Net Loss per Common Stock

        Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company's net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    48,844,874     48,844,874     48,844,874     48,844,874  

Stock options

    10,090,931     10,320,200     10,156,089     10,503,925  

Warrants for mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock

    211,401     211,401     211,401     211,401  
                   

    59,147,206     59,376,475     59,212,364     59,560,200  
                   

        Computation of basic and diluted net loss per share is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                         

Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (21,025 ) $ (16,644 ) $ (9,127 ) $ (5,159 )
                   

Denominator:

                         

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic and diluted loss per share

    10,429,429     11,249,980     10,977,480     11,593,827  
                   

Basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (2.02 ) $ (1.48 ) $ (0.83 ) $ (0.44 )
                   

15. Segment and Geographic Information

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company's chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated

F-34


Table of Contents


Tremor Video, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

15. Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company has concluded that its operations constitute one operating and reportable segment.

        Substantially all assets were held in the United States at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and at March 31, 2013. The following table summarizes revenue generated through sales personnel employed by the Company's U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue:

                         

Domestic

  $ 86,278   $ 100,811   $ 16,189   $ 23,919  

International

    4,023     4,379     1,083     846  
                   

  $ 90,301   $ 105,190   $ 17,272   $ 24,765  
                   

16. Employee Benefit Plan

        The Company maintains a defined contribution retirement plan (the Plan) available to eligible employees under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Employees may elect to defer a percentage of their annual compensation up to amounts prescribed by law. The Company has not made matching contributions to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

F-35


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee.

 
  Amount to be
Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 11,770  

FINRA filing fee

  $ 11,750  

Stock exchange initial listing fee

    *  

Blue sky fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    *  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

    *  
       

Total

    *  
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (i) we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (ii) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our officers,

II-1


Table of Contents

employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (iii) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection with certain legal proceedings; (iv) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (v) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents.

        We have entered into agreements with our directors that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        We maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

        In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. Our sixth amended and restated investors' rights agreement with certain investors also provides for cross-indemnification in connection with the registration of our common stock on behalf of such investors.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities issued by us since January 1, 2010 through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement.

    Issuances of Preferred Stock

        In April 2010, we issued an aggregate of 8,180,963 shares of our Series D preferred stock to 16 accredited investors at a per share price of $4.8894, for aggregate consideration of approximately $40.0 million, in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In December 2010, we acquired ScanScout, Inc, or ScanScout. In connection with such acquisition, we issued shares of our capital stock to holders of outstanding preferred stock of ScanScout in exchange shares of ScanScout preferred stock as follows: (1) 1,421,584 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock to 38 accredited investors, (2) 2,732,196 shares of our Series 2 preferred stock to 30 accredited investors, (3) 1,392,090 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock to 12 accredited investors, and (4) 4,639,405 shares of our Series 4 preferred stock to 9 accredited investors, in each case, in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In December 2010, in connection with our acquisition of ScanScout, we sold an aggregate of 354,168 shares of our Series E preferred stock to 9 accredited investors at a per share price of $5.3367, for aggregate consideration of approximately $1.9 million, in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In September 2011, we issued an aggregate of 5,947,698 shares of our Series F preferred stock to 15 accredited investors at a per share price of $6.2209, for aggregate consideration of approximately $37.0 million, in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

II-2


Table of Contents

    Issuances of Common Stock and Options to Purchase Common Stock

        From January 1, 2010 through the date of this prospectus, we have granted under our 2008 plan options to purchase an aggregate of 9,760,415 shares of our Series I common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $0.95 to $5.43 per share and have granted one restricted stock award for 6,348 shares of our Series I common stock to a consultant for $0.17 per share. Of these, options to purchase an aggregate of 2,133,235 shares have been cancelled without being exercised. During the period from January 1, 2010 through the date of this prospectus, (1) an aggregate of 1,679,472 shares of our Series I common stock were issued upon the exercise of stock options under the 2006 plan and 2008 plan, at exercise prices between $0.13 and $3.34 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $965,321 and (2) an aggregate of 328,994 shares of our Series II common stock were issued upon the exercise of stock options under the ScanScout 2009 plan and ScanScout 2006 plan, at exercise prices between $0.17 and $0.99 per share, with aggregate proceeds of approximately $175,032.

        The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were by an issuer not involving any public offering or under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

        In connection with our acquisition of ScanScout in December 2010, we issued 2,493,183 shares of our Series II common stock to 13 holders of, and in exchange for, outstanding shares of ScanScout in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In connection with our acquisition of Transpera in February 2011, we issued 1,268,486 shares of our Series I common stock to 12 holders of, and in exchange for, outstanding shares of Transpera in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

    Issuances of Warrants

        In connection with the acquisition of ScanScout in December 2010, we exchanged ScanScout warrants for ScanScout preferred stock for warrants to purchase our preferred stock. The following warrants were issued in connection with such exchange: (1) a warrant to acquire 46,695 shares of our Series 1 preferred stock at a per share exercise price of $1.64 issued to one investor; and (2) a warrant to acquire 13,041 shares of our Series 3 preferred stock at a per share exercise price of $3.84 per share issued to one investor. These warrants were issued in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        In February 2010, we issued a warrant to acquire 47,489 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a per share exercise price of $2.53 per share to an investor in connection with a debt financing. This warrant was issued in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D.

        The recipients of the securities in these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
    1.1†   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.2†   Form of Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be filed prior to the completion of this offering.
    3.3   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    3.4   Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.5   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    4.1†   Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
    4.2   Warrant to Purchase Series 1 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Venture Lending & Leasing IV, LLC, dated December 7, 2006.
    4.3   Warrant to Purchase Series 3 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Comerica Bank, dated February 6, 2008.
    4.4   Warrant to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 7, 2007.
    4.5   Warrant to purchase shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 8, 2008.
    4.6   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 8, 2010.
    5.1†   Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.
  10.1   Sixth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 6, 2011.
  10.2   Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 7, 2007 (as modified by each of the First Loan Modification Agreement dated December 8, 2008, the Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, the Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2010, the Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2011 and the Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 30, 2011).
  10.3   Agreement of Lease by and between the Registrant and Twenty-Three R.P. Associates, dated as of July 26, 2010 (as modified by the First Amendment to Lease dated November 1, 2010).
  10.4+   Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
  10.5+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.6+   Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as amended.
  10.7+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan.
  10.8+   ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.9+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.10+   ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.11+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.12+†   Form of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.13+†   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.14+†   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.15+†   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.16+†   2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.17+†   Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  10.18+   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.19+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and William Day, dated December 9, 2010.
  10.20+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Todd Sloan, dated November 14, 2011.

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  10.21+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Steven Lee, dated December 9, 2010.
  10.22+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Adam Lichstein, dated December 8, 2010.
  10.23+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Lauren Wiener, dated September 25, 2012.
  10.24+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Randy Kilgore, dated September 6, 2006.
  16.1   Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated April 2, 2013.
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2†   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

To be filed by amendment.
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Item 17.   Undertakings.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 23 rd  day of May 2013.

    TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM DAY

William Day
President and Chief Executive Officer

        KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints William Day, Todd Sloan and Adam Lichstein, and each of them, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ WILLIAM DAY

William Day
  President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  May 23, 2013

/s/ TODD SLOAN

Todd Sloan

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer
(Principal
Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

May 23, 2013

/s/ LAURA DESMOND

Laura Desmond

 

Director

 

May 23, 2013

/s/ RANDALL GLEIN

Randall Glein

 

Director

 

May 23, 2013

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ WARREN LEE

Warren Lee
  Director   May 23, 2013

/s/ JAMES ROSSMAN

James Rossman

 

Director

 

May 23, 2013

II-7



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
    1.1†   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.2†   Form of Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be filed prior to the completion of this offering.
    3.3   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    3.4   Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.5   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    4.1†   Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
    4.2   Warrant to Purchase Series 1 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Venture Lending & Leasing IV, LLC, dated December 7, 2006.
    4.3   Warrant to Purchase Series 3 Preferred Stock issued by ScanScout, Inc. to Comerica Bank, dated February 6, 2008.
    4.4   Warrant to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 7, 2007.
    4.5   Warrant to purchase shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 8, 2008.
    4.6   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued by Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 8, 2010.
    5.1†   Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.
  10.1   Sixth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of September 6, 2011.
  10.2   Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of June 7, 2007 (as modified by each of the First Loan Modification Agreement dated December 8, 2008, the Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, the Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2010, the Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2011 and the Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 30, 2011).
  10.3   Agreement of Lease by and between the Registrant and Twenty-Three R.P. Associates, dated as of July 26, 2010 (as modified by the First Amendment to Lease dated November 1, 2010).
  10.4+   Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
  10.5+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.6+   Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as amended.
  10.7+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan.
  10.8+   ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.9+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.
  10.10+   ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.11+   Form of Stock Option Agreement under ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.12+†   Form of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.13+†   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.14+†   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.15+†   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.16+†   2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.17+†   Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

II-8


Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  10.18+   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.19+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and William Day, dated December 9, 2010.
  10.20+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Todd Sloan, dated November 14, 2011.
  10.21+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Steven Lee, dated December 9, 2010.
  10.22+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Adam Lichstein, dated December 8, 2010.
  10.23+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Lauren Wiener, dated September 25, 2012.
  10.24+   Employment Offer Letter by and between the Company and Randy Kilgore, dated September 6, 2006.
  16.1   Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated April 2, 2013.
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2†   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

To be filed by amendment.
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

II-9




Exhibit 3.1

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Tremor Video, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

That the name of this corporation is Tremor Video, Inc.

 

That this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on September 1, 2006 under the name Tremor Media, Inc.

 

That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement was duly adopted by the stockholders as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of this corporation is Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 78,500,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 49,114,398 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

1.



 

A .                                 COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                     General.  75,000,000 shares of the authorized Common Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series I Common Stock ,” and 3,500,000 shares of the authorized Common Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series II Common Stock .”

 

2.                                     Series I Common Stock.  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series I Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article Fourth, Section A.2 .

 

2.1                             Dividend Rights.  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, no dividend shall be declared or paid on shares of the Series I Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Series I Common Stock payable in shares of Series I Common Stock) unless the same dividend with the same record date and payment date shall be declared or paid on the shares of Series II Common Stock on the same as-converted-to-Series-I-Common-Stock basis.

 

2.2                             Liquidation Rights.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Article Fourth, Section C.2 hereof.

 

2.3                             Redemption.  The Series I Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

2.4                             Voting Rights.  The holders of the Series I Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Series I Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Series I Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.  There shall be no cumulative voting.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock and Series I Common Stock (but not Series II Common Stock) may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

3.                                     Series II Common Stock.  The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series II Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article Fourth, Section A.3 .

 

3.1                             Dividend Rights.  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, no dividend shall be declared or paid on shares of the Series II Common Stock unless the same dividend with the same record

 

2.



 

date and payment date shall be declared or paid on the shares of Series I Common Stock on the same as-converted-to-Series-I-Common-Stock basis.

 

3.2                             Liquidation Rights.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Article Fourth, Section C.2 hereof.

 

3.3                             Redemption.  The Series II Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

 

3.4                             Voting Rights.  Except as may otherwise be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the holders of Series II Common Stock shall vote together with the holders of the Series I Common Stock as a single class on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written action of stockholders in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Series II Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.  Each holder of shares of Series II Common Stock are entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Series I Common Stock into which the shares of Series II Common Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter as determined in accordance with Article Fourth, Sections C.4 and C.5 .  There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

3.5                             Conversion of Series II Common Stock.  The Series II Common Stock shall be convertible into Series I Common Stock in accordance with Article Fourth, Sections C.4 and C.5 .

 

B .                                  ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK; DEFINED TERMS

 

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein.  As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Conversion Price ” has the meaning set forth in Article Fourth, Section C.4.1.1 .

 

Convertible Stock ” means, collectively, the Preferred Stock and the Series II Common Stock.

 

Dividend Rate ” means an annual per share amount equal to (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0676 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock), (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.1676 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock), (iii) with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $0.2594 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with

 

3.



 

respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock), (iv) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.2022 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock), (v) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.3912 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock), (vi) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.4269 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock), (vii) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, $0.1311 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock), (viii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $0.2207 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock), (ix) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $0.3067 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock), (x) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $0.1469 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock), and (xi) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, $0.4977 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock).

 

Filing Date ” shall mean the date on which this Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

Initial Conversion Price ” means (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.8446, (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.0948, (iii) with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $3.0958, (iv) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.5269, (v) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $4.8894, (vi) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $5.3367, (vii) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, $1.6383, (viii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $2.7591, (ix) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $3.8338, (x) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $1.8365, (xi) with respect to the Series II Common Stock, $5.3367, and (xii) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, $6.2209.

 

Liquidation Amount ” means, with respect to a share of a series of Preferred Stock, the aggregate amount payable with respect to such share in accordance with Article Fourth, Sections C.2.1 and C.2.2 .

 

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of November 8, 2010, by and among the Corporation, TMSS Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, ScanScout, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the other parties thereto.

 

Multiple ” shall initially be equal to one (1) and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article Fourth, Section C.4.9 .

 

New Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, the Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series 4 Preferred Stock.

 

New Preferred Stock Original Issue Date ” means (i) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, April 26, 2006, (ii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, April 24, 2007,

 

4.



 

(iii) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, June 11, 2008 and (iv) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, March 30, 2009.

 

New Stock ” means, collectively, the Series II Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock.

 

Old Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock.

 

Original Issue Price ” means (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.8446 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock), (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.0948 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock), (iii) with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $3.2419 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock), (iv) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.5269 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock), (v) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $4.8894 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock), (vi) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $5.3367 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock), (vii) with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock, $1.6383 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock), (viii) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $2.7591 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock), (ix) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $3.8338 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock), (x) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $1.8365 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock), (xi) with respect to the Series II Common Stock, $5.3367 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series II Common Stock), and (xii) with respect to the Series F Stock, $6.2209 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock).

 

Participation Cap ” means a per share amount equal to (i) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, $14.6682 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock), (ii) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $16.0101 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock), (iii) with respect to the Series I Preferred Stock, $4.9149 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 1 Preferred Stock), (iv) with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock, $8.2773 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 2 Preferred Stock), (v) with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock, $11.5014 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 3 Preferred Stock), (vi) with respect to the Series 4 Preferred Stock, $5.5095 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series 4 Preferred

 

5.



 

Stock), and (vii) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, $12.4418 (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock).

 

Participation Cap Preferred ” means the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and New Preferred Stock.

 

Requisite Investors ” means the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Series-I-Common-Stock basis.

 

Requisite New Preferred Stock Investors ” means the holders of at least 55% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted-to-Series-I-Common-Stock basis.

 

Series F Minimum Return Multiple ” shall mean (i) in the event of the closing of a Qualified Public Offering on or prior to March 6, 2014, 1.5, or (ii) otherwise, 2.0.

 

C .                                 SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

10,292,963 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” 5,251,099 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” 822,049 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ,” 7,962,324 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ,” 8,180,963 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ,” 357,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ,” 1,469,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 1 Preferred Stock ,” 2,733,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 2 Preferred Stock ,” 1,406,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 3 Preferred Stock ,” 4,640,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series 4 Preferred Stock ,” and 6,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ,” each with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.  Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part C of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part C of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                     Dividends.  The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Series I Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the Dividend Rate applicable to such share of Preferred Stock per year from and after the date of the issuance of any such shares of Preferred Stock (which, in the case of each series of New Preferred Stock, shall be deemed to be the New Preferred Stock

 

6.



 

Original Issue Date with respect thereto), to the extent not previously paid or (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Series I Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Series I Common Stock, that dividend per share of each respective series of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Series I Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend, or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Series I Common Stock, at a rate per share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of such series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1  shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend.  The foregoing dividend shall not be cumulative.

 

2.                                     Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up., Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

 

2.1                             Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (or a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined below), the holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of such series of Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event), the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.2                             Distribution of Remaining Assets.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event), after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series I Common Stock and Preferred Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Series I Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event);

 

7.



 

provided , however , that if, without giving effect to this proviso, the aggregate per share amount payable on a share of a series of Participation Cap Preferred under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 would exceed the Participation Cap of such series of Participation Cap Preferred, the amount payable on such share shall instead be equal to the greater of (x) the Participation Cap of such series of Participation Cap Preferred or (y) the amount that would be paid on such share of Participation Cap Preferred if all shares of such series of Participation Cap Preferred had been converted into Series I Common Stock in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation (or Deemed Liquidation Event).

 

2.3                             Deemed Liquidation Events.

 

2.3.1                 Definition.  Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless elected otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least two business days prior to the effective date of any such event by (w) the Requisite Investors, (x) the Requisite New Preferred Stock Investors and (y) the holders of at least a majority of (I) the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Series I Common-Stock basis) exclusively and voting together as a separate class and (II) the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Series I Common Stock basis); provided that no vote or written consent of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (with respect to clause (I) immediately above), or no vote or written consent of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock (with respect to clause (II) immediately above) shall be required to waive the treatment of any of the following events as a Deemed Liquidation Event if, after giving effect to such event not being treated as a Deemed Liquidation Event, (A) with respect to clause (I) immediately above, the consideration per share payable in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock would be at least two times the Series D Original Issue Price, or (B) with respect to clause (II) immediately above, the consideration per share payable in respect of the Series F Preferred Stock would be at least two times the Series F Original Issue Price; and provided, further, that the calculation of the consideration per share payable in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock for purposes of this Subsection 2.3.1 :  (i) shall not include any amounts (A) payable (pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreements governing such event) only upon the occurrence of “earn-out” conditions, milestones or similar events, or (B) otherwise not payable upon (or promptly following) the closing of such event without the satisfaction of further conditions (other than the submission by an applicable stockholder of customary documentation such as a letter of transmittal); and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing clause (i) , shall include any amounts, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the aggregate consideration to be received by the Corporation or holders of this Corporation’s securities, as applicable, in such event (calculated pursuant to Subsection 2.3.3 and including for purposes of such calculation any amounts described in the immediately preceding clause (i) ), that are (pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreements governing such event) subject to any escrow or holdback arrangement:

 

(a)                               a merger or consolidation in which

 

(i)                                   the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

(ii)                          a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

8.



 

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

 

(b)                              the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2                 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

(a)                               The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 above.

 

(b)                              In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b) above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Investors so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Net Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the respective Liquidation Amounts for such shares of Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the

 

9.



 

preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, in accordance with the relative priorities of the holders under Subsection 2.1 and based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.  The provisions of Subsections 6.2 through 6.4 below shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b) .  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.3.3                 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed.  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Deemed Liquidation Event or liquidation redemption as provided in Subsection 2.3.2(b) above shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.  The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, except that any securities to be distributed to the stockholders shall be valued as follows:  (i) unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, if traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the value of such securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty-one (21) trading days (or all such trading days on which such securities have been traded if fewer than twenty-one (21) days) preceding the consummation of such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Deemed Liquidation Event or liquidation redemption; (ii) if clause (i) does not apply but the securities are traded over-the-counter, then, unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Corporation, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the twenty-one (21) trading days (or all such trading days on which such securities have been traded if fewer than twenty-one (21) days) preceding such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, Deemed Liquidation Event or liquidation redemption; and (iii) if there is no active public market, the value of such securities shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  The method of valuation of securities subject to any restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

3.                                     Voting.

 

3.1                             General.  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written

 

10.



 

consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Series I Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2                             Election of Directors.  The holders of record of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect five (5) directors of the Corporation (the “ Preferred Directors ”) as follows:  (a) the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect four (4) directors of the Corporation, and (b) the holders of record of a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series 4 Preferred Stock exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation.  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation (the “ Remaining Directors ”).  If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  The rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Filing Date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

 

3.3                             Preferred Stock Protective Provisions.  At any time when at least 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Investors, given in writing or by vote at a meeting:

 

11.


 

 

(a)                               liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, effect a reclassification, recapitalization or reorganization, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                              amend, waive, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                take any action that alters the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of the Preferred Stock;

 

(d)                              (i) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to all rights, preferences and privileges, including without limitation with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends, voting and redemption rights (excluding the issuance of all Preferred Stock authorized pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation), (ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or (iii) increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and redemption rights;

 

(e)                                purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Series I Common Stock, and (iii) repurchases of Common Stock upon terms approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

(f)                                 create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

 

(g)                               increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 

(h)                              offer shares of capital stock for sale to the public in a public offering other than a Qualified Public Offering (as defined below).

 

For purposes of this Subsection 3.3 , any reference to the Corporation will be deemed to include any subsidiary of the Corporation.  The Corporation further shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, amend, waive, alter or repeal the provisions of this Subsection 3.3 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Investors.

 

12.



 

3.4                             Additional Protective Provisions.

 

3.4.1                 Series D and E Preferred Stock.  At any time when an aggregate of at least 870,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a separate class, liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, or effect any Deemed Liquidation Event; provided that no vote or written consent of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be required under this Section 3.4 with respect to any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event if the Series D Liquidation Amount, calculated in accordance with Section 2 , is at least two times the Series D Original Issue Price; provided , further , that the calculation of Series D Liquidation Amount for purposes of this Subsection 3.4 :  (i) shall not include any amounts (A) payable (pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreements governing such event) only upon the occurrence of “earn-out” conditions, milestones or similar events, or (B) otherwise not payable upon (or promptly following) the closing of such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event without the satisfaction of further conditions (other than the submission by an applicable stockholder of customary documentation such as a letter of transmittal); and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing clause (i), shall include any amounts, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the aggregate consideration to be received by the Corporation or the holders of this Corporation’s securities, as applicable, in such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (calculated pursuant to Subsection 2.3.3 and including for purposes of such calculation any amounts described in the immediately preceding clause (i)), that are subject to any escrow or holdback arrangement.  The Corporation further shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, amend, waive, alter or repeal the provisions of this Subsection 3.4.1 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis).

 

3.4.2                 Series F Preferred Stock.  At any time when an aggregate of at least 321,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a separate series, (i) alter or change the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred Stock or the amount per share the holders of Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to receive under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 ; (ii) amend, waive, alter or repeal Sections 2.1 , 2.2 , or 2.3.1 so as to affect such shares of Series F Preferred Stock adversely; or (iii) amend, waive, alter or repeal Section 4.4 so as to affect such shares of Series F Preferred Stock adversely.  The Corporation further shall not, either directly or

 

13.



 

indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, amend, waive, alter or repeal the provisions of this Subsection 3.4.2 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock.

 

For purposes of this Subsection 3.4 , any reference to the Corporation will be deemed to include any subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

4.                                     Conversion.  The holders of the Convertible Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                             Conversion Rights.

 

4.1.1                 Conversion Ratio.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series I Common Stock as is determined by (i) in the case of a share of Old Preferred Stock, dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such share by the applicable Conversion Price (the “ Conversion Price ”) for such share in effect at the time of conversion, and (ii) in the case of a share of New Preferred Stock, multiplying the Multiple in effect at the time of conversion by the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price for such share in effect at the time of conversion.  Each share of Series II Common Stock shall, in accordance with Article Fourth, Section C.5.2 , automatically convert into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series I Common Stock at a rate determined by multiplying the Multiple in effect at the time of conversion by the quotient obtained by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series II Common Stock by the Conversion Price of the Series II Common Stock in effect at the time of conversion.  The initial Conversion Price of a share of Convertible Stock, as of the Filing Date and after giving effect to all adjustments thereto as of the Filing Date, shall be equal to the Initial Conversion Price applicable thereto.  The Conversion Price applicable to a share of Convertible Stock, the Multiple applicable to a share of New Stock and the rate at which shares of Convertible Stock may be converted into shares of Series I Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                 Termination of Conversion Rights.  In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such redemption price is paid in full.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights applicable to the Preferred Stock shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2                             Fractional Shares.  No fractional shares of Series I Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Series I Common Stock as determined in good

 

14.



 

faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Convertible Stock the holder is at the time converting into Series I Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3                             Mechanics of Conversion.

 

4.3.1                 Notice of Conversion.  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Series I Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Series I Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Series I Common Stock, and cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Series I Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                 Reservation of Shares.  The Corporation shall at all times when Convertible Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Convertible Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Series I Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Convertible Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series I Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of the Convertible Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series I Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before

 

15.



 

taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price applicable to any class or series of Convertible Stock below the then par value of the shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Convertible Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which shall be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series I Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3                 Effect of Conversion.  All shares of Convertible Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Series I Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Convertible Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Convertible Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4                 No Further Adjustment.  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to the Convertible Stock shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Convertible Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Series I Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5                 Taxes.  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Series I Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Convertible Stock pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Series I Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Convertible Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4                             Adjustments to Conversion Price of Preferred Stock for Diluting Issues.

 

4.4.1                 Special Definitions.  For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                               Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Series I Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Filing Date, other than the following shares of Series I Common Stock, and shares of Series I Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (collectively “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)                                   shares of Series I Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or Series II Common Stock;

 

16.



 

(ii)                               shares of Series I Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Series I Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 below;

 

(iii)                           up to an aggregate of 702,475 (or such greater number as approved in advance by the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Investors) shares of Series I Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series I Common Stock) (“ Reserved Shares ”) issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries after the Filing Date pursuant to plans, agreements or arrangements (the “ Plans ”) approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided , however , that (x) if any Options issued under the Plans and outstanding as of the Filing Date expire or terminate unexercised (and without any cash payment by the Corporation to the holder thereof in connection with such termination) after the Filing Date, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Options shall be added to the maximum number set forth above, (y) if any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plans and outstanding as of the Filing Date shall be repurchased by the Corporation at cost after the Filing Date, the number of such shares of Common Stock shall be added to the maximum number set forth above, and (z) with respect to any Options or shares of Series I Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plans after the Filing Date, if any such Options expire or terminate unexercised (and without any cash payment by the Corporation to the holder thereof in connection with such termination) or any such shares of Series I Common Stock are repurchased by the Corporation at cost, such shares of Series I Common Stock (including shares subject to such Options) shall not be counted toward the maximum number set forth above unless and until such shares are regranted as new stock grants (or as new Options) pursuant to the terms of any of the Plans;

 

(iv)                                                                           shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options outstanding as of the Filing Date or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date, in each case provided that such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

 

(v)                               shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options issued after the Filing Date or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities issued after the Filing Date, in each case provided that (x) such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security and (y) all adjustments to the Conversion Prices applicable to the Preferred Stock resulting from the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities have been made in accordance with Subsection 4.4.3 .

 

(b)                              Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Series I Common Stock (including Series II Common Stock), but excluding Options.

 

17.



 

(c)                                Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Series I Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.2                 No Adjustment of Conversion Price.  No adjustment in the Conversion Price applicable to the Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives a written waiver of such adjustment from the Requisite Investors; provided , however , that no such waiver of an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to the Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be effective without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class; and provided further , that no such waiver of an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to the Series F Preferred Stock shall be effective without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

 

4.4.3                 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

(a)                               If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Series I Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                              If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such

 

18.



 

Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Filing Date), are revised after the Filing Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security and the adjustments set forth in Subsection 4.9 hereof) to provide for either (I) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                              Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 below, such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)                                If the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ).  If the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or

 

19.



 

amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to such applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                 Adjustment of Conversion Price Applicable to Preferred Stock.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1  x (A + B) (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

“CP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“CP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“A” shall mean the number of shares of Series I Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock and Series II Common Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

“B” shall mean the number of shares of Series I Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CPI (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CPI); and

 

“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5                 Determination of Consideration.  For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                               Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)                                   insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

20.


 

 

(ii)                             insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

(iii)         in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(b)                              Options and Convertible Securities.  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

(i)                                 the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)                             the maximum number of shares of Series I Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6                 Multiple Closing Dates.  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5                             Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date, effect a subdivision of the outstanding Series I Common Stock, the Conversion Price applicable to each class and series of Convertible Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such class or series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Series I Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or

 

21.



 

from time to time after the Filing Date combine the outstanding shares of Series I Common Stock, the Conversion Price applicable to each class and series of Convertible Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such class or series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Series I Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

4.6                             Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions.  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series I Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Series I Common Stock in additional shares of Series I Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price applicable to each class and series of Convertible Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(1)                               the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series I Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)                               the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series I Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price applicable to a class and series of Convertible Stock if the holders of such class or series of Convertible Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Series I Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Series I Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Stock had been converted into Series I Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7                             Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions.  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Series I Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Series I Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Series I Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Convertible Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Series I Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such

 

22.



 

securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Stock had been converted into Series I Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8                             Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc.  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Series I Common Stock (but not the Convertible Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Convertible Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Series I Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Convertible Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price applicable to the Convertible Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Convertible Stock.

 

4.9                             Special Adjustments.

 

4.9.1                 Special Adjustment to Multiple.  If, at any time after the Filing Date, the Initial Exchange Ratio or Adjusted Exchange Ratio (each as defined in the Merger Agreement) is adjusted or further adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 8.2(e) of the Merger Agreement, then, effective upon each such adjustment, the Multiple shall automatically be reset to equal the quotient obtained by dividing the new Adjusted Exchange Ratio by the Initial Exchange Ratio, calculated to the nearest one-millionth.  The Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, modify or waive the provisions of Subsection 4.9.1 or 4.9.2 without the written consent or affirmative vote of (i) the Requisite New Preferred Stock Investors and (ii) the Requisite Investors.

 

4.9.2                 Special Adjustment to New Preferred Stock.  In the event the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock is reduced in accordance with Subsection 4.4.4 , then the Conversion Price of each series of New Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such reduction to the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) equal to the lower of (a) if the Conversion Price of such series of New Preferred Stock is entitled to a simultaneous adjustment pursuant to Subsection 4.4.4 , the price resulting from such adjustment or (b) the price determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

NPCP 2  = (NPCP 1 ) x ((A) ÷ (B))

 

23.



 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

“NPCP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of a series of New Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such reduction in the Conversion Price applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock;

 

“NPCP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of a series of New Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such reduction of the Conversion Price applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock;

 

“A” shall mean the new Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock after giving effect to such reduction; and

 

“B” shall mean the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock immediately prior to giving effect of such reduction.

 

4.9.3                 Special Adjustments to Series F Preferred Stock.

 

(a)                               Adjustment for Special Adjustment to Multiple.  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Multiple pursuant to Section 4.9.1 , the Series F Conversion Price shall be adjusted, concurrently with such adjustment or readjustment of the Multiple, to a price determined in accordance with the following formula (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent):

 

CPF 2  = CPF 1  x ((A - F) ÷ (B - F))

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

“CPF 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such adjustment or readjustment of the Multiple;

 

“CPF 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock in effect as of the Filing Date;

 

“A” shall mean 70,245,647;

 

“B” shall mean the sum of (1) A and (2) the product of (x) the Multiple minus 1, and (y) 13,719,059; and

 

“F” shall mean the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock.

 

Any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 4.9.3 will be deemed to have retroactive effect to the Filing Date such that all adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (other than pursuant to this Subsection 4.9.3 ) occurring after the Filing Date shall be recomputed as if the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock had been adjusted

 

24.



 

pursuant to this Subsection 4.9.3 on the Filing Date and all other adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock had occurred subsequently.

 

(b)                                Adjustment for Series F Minimum Return Multiple.  With respect to a conversion effected pursuant to Section 5.1 in connection with the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Public Offering ”), in the event that the public offering price per share of the Company’s Series I Common Stock in the Public Offering is less than the product of (A) the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion and (B) Series F Minimum Return Multiple, then immediately prior to, and contingent upon, a conversion pursuant to Section 5.1 , the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be automatically adjusted to be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the public offering price per share of the Company’s Series I Common Stock in the Public Offering by the Series F Minimum Return Multiple.

 

(c)                            Adjustment for Special Adjustment to New Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in the case of any adjustment to the Conversion Price of each series of New Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 4.9.2 (the “ NPS Adjustment ”), the adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock (and solely the Series F Preferred Stock) pursuant to Subsection 4.4.4 shall be computed such that the Additional NPS Shares (as defined below) (i) shall constitute “Additional Shares of Common Stock” and (ii) shall be deemed to have been issued for no consideration as of the date of the NPS Adjustment.  The term “ Additional NPS Shares ” shall mean the excess of (x) the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock immediately following the NPS Adjustment over (y) the number of shares of Series I Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the New Preferred Stock immediately prior to the NPS Adjustment.

 

The Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly, by amendment, merger, consolidation, operation of law or otherwise, amend, modify or waive the provisions of Subsection 4.9.1 or this Subsection 4.9.3 without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series F Preferred Stock.

 

4.10                     Certificate as to Adjustments.  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price applicable to any class or series of Convertible Stock pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of shares of the class or series of Convertible Stock subject to such adjustment a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Convertible Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any such holder of Convertible Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price of such class or series of Convertible Stock then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Series I Common Stock and the amount, if any, of

 

25.



 

other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such Convertible Stock.

 

4.11                     Notice of Record Date.  In the event:

 

(a)                               the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Series I Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)                              of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Series I Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                             of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Convertible Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Series I Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Series I Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Convertible Stock and the Series I Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.                                     Mandatory Conversion.

 

5.1                             Preferred Stock Mandatory Conversion.  Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Series I Common Stock to the public at a public offering price per share reflecting a pre-money equity valuation of the Corporation of at least $450 million (before any deduction for underwriting discounts or commissions) in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of proceeds (before any deduction for underwriting discounts or commissions) to the Corporation (a “ Qualified  Public Offering ”) or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Preferred Conversion Time ”) of (i) the Requisite Investors, (ii) holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (on an as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis) voting together as a separate class, and (iii) holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares

 

26.



 

of Series F Preferred Stock, then, in each case, (x) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Series I Common Stock at the then effective applicable Conversion Prices for each series of Preferred Stock, and (y) such shares of Preferred Stock may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.2                             Common Stock Mandatory Conversion.  Upon the earliest of (a) the conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Series I Common Stock in accordance with Subsection 5.1 above, (b) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, or (c) the occurrence of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or a Deemed Liquidation Event (the time of any such event is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Common Conversion Time ”; and, together, with the Mandatory Preferred Conversion Time, each a “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (x) all outstanding shares of Series II Common Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Series I Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Price for the Series II Common Stock, and (y) such shares of Series II Common Stock may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.3                             Procedural Requirements.  All holders of record of shares Convertible Stock subject to mandatory conversion at a Mandatory Conversion Time (the “ Mandatory Conversion Stock ”) shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of such shares of Convertible Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the applicable Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Series I Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 .  At the applicable Mandatory Conversion Time, all outstanding shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Series I Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Mandatory Conversion Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Series I Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the penultimate sentence of this Subsection 5.3 .  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  As soon as practicable after the applicable Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Mandatory Conversion Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Series I Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Series I Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock converted.  Such converted Mandatory Conversion Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be

 

27.



 

reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Mandatory Conversion Stock accordingly.

 

6.                                     Redemption.

 

6.1                             Redemption.  Shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to the Original Issue Price thereof, plus the per share amount of all dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Redemption Price ”), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Filing Date, from the Requisite Investors of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock (the date of each such installment being referred to as a “ Redemption Date ”).  On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem that number of outstanding shares of each series of Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies).  If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of Preferred Stock out of funds legally available therefor based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of such shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares.  The Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

 

6.2                           Redemption Notice.  Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) shall be sent to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date.  Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

(a)                               the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

(b)                              the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

 

(c)                                the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1 ); and

 

(d)                              that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

6.3                             Surrender of Certificates; Payment.  On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft

 

28.



 

or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.  In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 

6.4                             Rights Subsequent to Redemption.  If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

7.                                     Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares.  Any shares of Convertible Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Convertible Stock following redemption or conversion.

 

8.                                     Waiver.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Investors.

 

9.                                     Notices.  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent (a) for holders within the United States, upon mailing, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, (b) for holders outside of the United States, two days after deposit with an overnight courier service and specified for two-day delivery, or (c) for any holder, upon electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law.

 

FIFTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH:  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

29.



 

EIGHTH:  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

NINTH:  To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH:  The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

 

1.                                     Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “ Indemnified Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article Tenth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                     Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers.  The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Tenth or otherwise.

 

30.


 

 

3.                                     Claims by Directors and Officers.  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Tenth is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

4.                                    Indemnification of Employees and Agents.  The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding.  The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

5.                                     Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents.  The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

6.                                     Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The rights conferred on any person by this Article Tenth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

7.                                     Other Indemnification.  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

 

8.                                     Insurance.  The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance:  (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article Tenth; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in

 

31.



 

which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Tenth.

 

9.                                     Amendment or Repeal.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.  The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

ELEVENTH:  The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

* * *

 

32.



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 6 th  day of September, 2011.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Day

 

 

William Day

 

 

President

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 


 



Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

William Day hereby certifies that:

 

ONE:         The original name of this company is Tremor Media, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was September 1, 2006.

 

TWO:         He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Tremor Video, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

THREE:     The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

I.

 

The name of this company is TREMOR VIDEO, INC. (the “ Company ” or the “ Corporation ”).

 

II.

 

The address of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808, and the name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

III.

 

The purpose of this Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

 

IV.

 

A.        This Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 260,000,000 shares. 250,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001). 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001).

 

B.         The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of

 



 

such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

 

C.        Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

V.

 

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

 

A.        MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 

B.         BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective.  At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

2



 

C.        REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

 

a.         Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

 

b.         Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

 

D.        VACANCIES. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

E.         BYLAW AMENDMENTS.

 

1.         The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

2.         The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

3.         No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

 

4.         Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

 

VI.

 

A.        The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

 

B.         To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through

 

3



 

Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

 

C.        Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

 

VII.

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

 

VIII.

 

A.        The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

B.         Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

 

* * * *

 

FOUR:             This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

FIVE:               This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Tremor Video, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this _____ day of _________ 2013.

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

William Day

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

5




Exhibit 3.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

of

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.
a Delaware corporation ARTICLE I

 

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1                             Place of Meetings .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation unless a different place (anywhere in the United States) is fixed by the Directors or the President and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

1.2                             Annual Meetings .  An annual meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote shall be held on the first (1st) day of June at 11:00 o'clock A.M. If it shall not have been held on the date fixed or by adjournment therefrom, a meeting in lieu of the annual meeting shall be held within six (6) months after the end of the fiscal year.

 

1.3                             Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders entitled to vote may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or by a majority of the Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by any other officer, on written application of one or more stockholders who are entitled to vote and who hold at least twenty-five percent (25%) interest of the capital stock entitled to vote, stating the date, time, place and purpose of the meeting.

 

1.4                             Notice of Meetings .  A written notice of every meeting of stockholders, stating the date, time, place and purpose for which the meeting is called shall be given by the Secretary or other person calling the meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, is entitled to such notice, by leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, by mailing it postage prepaid and addressed to him at his address as it appears on the books of the Corporation or by sending it by facsimile or electronic mail. No notice of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be given to any stockholder if a written waiver of notice executed before or after the meeting by the stockholder, or his attorney thereunto authorized, is filed with the records of the meeting.

 

1.5                             Adjournments .  Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place in the United States by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting, although less than a quorum, or by any officer entitled to preside or to act as Secretary of such meeting if no stockholder is present. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment. Any business that could have been transacted at any meeting of the stockholders as originally called may be transacted at any adjournment thereof.

 



 

1.6                             Quorum of Stockholders .  At any meeting of the stockholders, more than fifty percent (50%) in interest of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

 

1.7                             Votes and Proxies .  Each stockholder shall have one (1) vote for each share of stock having voting power owned by him. Stockholders may vote in person or by proxy. No proxy that is dated more than six (6) months before the meeting named therein shall be accepted. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof, before being voted. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons named therein to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two (2) or more persons shall be valid if executed by one (1) of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one (1) of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise.

 

1.8                             Action at Meeting .  When a quorum is present, the holders of a majority of the stock present or represented and voting on a matter (or if there are two (2) or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes then, in the case of each such class, the holders of a majority of the stock of that class present or represented and voting on a matter) shall decide any matter to be voted on by the stockholders, except where a larger vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. No ballot shall be required for any such election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its stock.

 

1.9                             Action without Meeting .  Any action to be taken by the stockholders at a meeting may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent(s), setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of stockholder meetings are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

2.1                             Powers .  The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors which may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

 

2



 

2.2                             Election .  A Board of Directors consisting of such number not less than three (3) as shall be fixed by the Directors and shall be elected by the stockholders at each annual meeting. A Director need not be a stockholder.

 

2.3                           Tenure .  The Directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and thereafter until their successors are chosen and qualified, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws. Any Director may resign by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President, Secretary or Directors, and such resignation shall become effective upon receipt unless another time is specified therein.

 

2.4                             Removal .  A Director may be removed from office with or without cause at any meeting of the stockholders by vote of the stockholders holding more than fifty percent (50%) in interest of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote in the election of such Directors.

 

2.5                             Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Directors may be held without notice at such places and at such times as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided that any Director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Directors shall be held without notice at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, following such meeting of stockholders. Special meetings of the Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or two (2) or more Directors.

 

2.6                             Notice of Meetings .  Notice of the date, time, place and purpose of every special meeting of the Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary, by the officer or one of the Directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each Director in person, by electronic mail or by telephone or by telegram sent to his business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice executed by him before or after the meeting is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Director who attends the meeting without objecting to the lack of notice prior to the meeting or at the commencement thereof. A waiver of notice of a Directors' meeting need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

2.7                             Quorum of Directors .  At any meeting of the Directors, a majority of the Directors at the time in office shall constitute a quorum, but a less number may adjourn any meeting from time to time without further notice. Unless otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, business may be transacted by vote of a majority of those in attendance at any meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

2.8                             Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director.

 

3



 

2.9                             Chairman of the Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors from among its members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall preside at all meetings of the Directors and at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

2.10                     Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

2.11                     Action without Meeting .  Any action that may be taken by the Directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all Directors entitled to vote thereon consent thereto by a writing filed with the records of the Directors' meetings. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting of the Directors.

 

2.12                     Presumption of Assent .  A Director who is present at a meeting of the Directors at which any action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right of dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted at the meeting in favor of such action.

 

2.13                     Action by Telephone .  The Board of Directors or any committee designated thereby may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

ARTICLE III
OFFICERS

 

3.1                           Enumeration .  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, and Assistant Secretaries as the Directors may determine.

 

3.2                             Election .  The President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be chosen by the Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

 

4



 

3.3                             Qualification .  No officer need be a Director or a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Secretary shall be a resident of Delaware unless the Corporation has a resident agent appointed for the purpose of service of process. Any officer may be required by the Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties to the Corporation in such amount and with such sureties as the Directors may determine.

 

3.4                             Tenure .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the President, Treasurer and Secretary shall hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual meeting of stockholders and thereafter until his successor is chosen and qualified; and all other officers shall hold office until the first meeting of the Directors following the annual meeting of stockholders, unless a shorter term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing them.  Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the President, if any, or President or Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

3.5                             Vacancies .  Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Directors at a meeting called for that purpose.  When any officer is, in the opinion of the Directors, unable to perform his duties, they may by vote appoint a temporary officer to act until further vote by them, with power to perform all or part of the duties of such officer.

 

3.6                             Removal .  The Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, provided, that an officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard by the Board of Directors.

 

3.7                             President and Vice President .

 

(a)                                The President.  Except as otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision and control of its business, and the President shall otherwise have such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                               The Vice President.  The Vice President, if any, or in the event there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election, shall, in the absence of the President or in the event of his disability, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and shall generally assist the President and perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

3.8                             Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. He shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Directors may otherwise provide.  Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers as the Directors may from time to time designate.

 

3.9                             Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall keep a record of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Directors.  Unless a Transfer Agent is appointed, the Secretary shall

 

5



 

keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Corporation or at his office, the stock and transfer records of the Corporation, in which are contained the names of all stockholders and the record address, and the amount of stock held by each.  Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers as the Directors may from time to time designate.  In the absence of the Secretary from any meeting of stockholders, an Assistant Secretary, if one be elected, otherwise a Temporary Secretary designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

 

3.10                     Other Powers and Duties .  Each officer shall, subject to these Bylaws, have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these Bylaws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as the Directors may from time to time designate.

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

 

4.1                             Certificates of Stock .  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by the Directors.  The certificate shall be signed by the President or Vice President and by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, but when a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, or a registrar, other than a Director, officer or employee of the Corporation, such signatures may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue.

 

Every certificate for shares of stock that are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party, shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate and shall also set forth on the face or back either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction and a statement that the corporation will furnish a copy to the holder of such certificate on written request and without charge.  Every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on its face or back either the full text of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and series authorized to be issued or a statement of the existence of such preferences, powers, qualifications and rights, and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate on written request and without charge.

 

4.2                             Transfer on Books .  All shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation except when closed as provided by the Bylaws, upon surrender of the certificate therefor duly endorsed, or accompanied by a separate document containing an assignment of the certificate or a power of attorney to sell, assign, or transfer the same, or the shares represented thereby, with all such endorsements or signatures guaranteed if required by the Corporation. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize as exclusive the rights of a person registered on its books as the owner of legal title to shares, to the full extent permitted by law. The stock-transfer and other books of the Corporation may be closed by order of the Directors for sixty (60) days or any lesser period previous to any meeting of stockholders or any day appointed for the payment of a dividend or for any other purpose.

 

6



 

4.3                             Lost Certificates .  In case any certificate of stock of the Corporation shall be lost or destroyed, a new certificate may be issued in lieu thereof on reasonable evidence of such loss or destruction, and upon such indemnity being given within the limits permitted by law as the Directors may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

 

4.4                             Issue of Stock .  Unless otherwise voted by the Incorporator or stockholders, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any part of any capital stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued or disposed of by vote of the Directors in such manner, for such consideration, and on such terms as the Directors may determine.

 

4.5                             No Fractional Shares .  The Corporation shall issue no fractional shares to any stockholder and upon any action which would require such issuance but for this provision, the Corporation shall, in lieu of such issuance, pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined.

 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

5.1          Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day in December each year.

 

5.2          Seal .  The seal of the Corporation shall bear its name and the year of its incorporation or such other device or inscription as the Directors may determine.

 

5.3          Execution of Instruments .  All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations authorized to be executed by an officer of the Corporation in its behalf shall be signed by the Chairman, President or the Treasurer except as the Directors may generally or in particular cases otherwise determine.

 

5.4          Voting of Securities .  Except as the Directors may otherwise designate, the Chairman, the President- or Treasurer may waive notice of, and appoint any person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by the Corporation.

 

5.5          Certificate of Incorporation .  All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to be to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

5.6          Depository Authority .  Any Chairman, President, Vice President or Treasurer, together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, shall designate the banks and the name, whether it be the Corporate name or the name of one of them or the name of other persons connected with the Corporation or tradenames, in which such accounts shall be opened and kept and shall designate the persons who shall have authority on behalf of the Corporation to sign checks against such funds, to the extent of such funds in said accounts only, and the persons who shall have authority to endorse and make payable to the order of said banks, checks, drafts and other

 

7



 

negotiable instruments, for deposit in said banks, and to deposit such checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments in said accounts.

 

ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENTS

 

Subject to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company may be amended pursuant to this Article VI. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed at any annual or special meeting by vote of the stockholders holding a majority of the shares having voting power, provided that the nature or substance of the proposed amendment shall be stated in the notice of the meeting. These Bylaws may also be amended without the approval or ratification of the stockholders by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; provided, however, that the Board of Directors must provide notice to the stockholders of any such amendment no later than sixty (60) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

8


 



Exhibit 3.5

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

1

Section 1.

Registered Office

 

1

Section 2.

Other Offices

 

1

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

 

1

Section 3.

Corporate Seal

 

1

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

1

Section 4.

Place Of Meetings

 

1

Section 5.

Annual Meetings

 

1

Section 6.

Special Meetings

 

5

Section 7.

Notice Of Meetings

 

6

Section 8.

Quorum

 

7

Section 9.

Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

 

7

Section 10.

Voting Rights

 

7

Section 11.

Joint Owners Of Stock

 

8

Section 12.

List Of Stockholders

 

8

Section 13.

Action Without Meeting

 

8

Section 14.

Organization

 

8

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

 

9

Section 15.

Number And Term Of Office

 

9

Section 16.

Powers

 

9

Section 17.

Classes of Directors.

 

9

Section 18.

Vacancies

 

10

Section 19.

Resignation

 

10

Section 20.

Removal

 

10

Section 21.

Meetings

 

11

Section 22.

Quorum And Voting

 

12

Section 23.

Action Without Meeting

 

12

Section 24.

Fees And Compensation

 

12

Section 25.

Committees

 

12

Section 26.

Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors

 

13

Section 27.

Organization

 

14

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

14

 

-i-



 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

Section 28.

Officers Designated

 

14

Section 29.

Tenure And Duties Of Officers

 

14

Section 30.

Delegation Of Authority

 

16

Section 31.

Resignations

 

16

Section 32.

Removal

 

16

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

 

16

Section 33.

Execution Of Corporate Instruments

 

16

Section 34.

Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

 

17

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

 

17

Section 35.

Form And Execution Of Certificates

 

17

Section 36.

Lost Certificates

 

17

Section 37.

Transfers

 

17

Section 38.

Fixing Record Dates

 

18

Section 39.

Registered Stockholders

 

18

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

 

18

Section 40.

Execution Of Other Securities

 

18

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

 

19

Section 41.

Declaration Of Dividends

 

19

Section 42.

Dividend Reserve

 

19

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

 

19

Section 43.

Fiscal Year

 

19

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

 

20

Section 44.

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

 

20

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

 

23

Section 45.

Notices

 

23

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

 

24

Section 46.

 

 

24

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

24

Section 47.

Loans To Officers

 

24

 

-ii-



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.        Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

 

Section 2.        Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

Section 3.        Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE III

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 4.        Place Of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

 

Section 5.        Annual Meetings.

 

(a)        The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

-1-



 

stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(b)       At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

 

(i)         For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) a statement whether such nominee, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s failure to receive the required vote for election or re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation effective upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

 

(ii)        Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A)

 

-2-



 

as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

 

(iii)       To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(iv)       The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

 

-3-



 

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

 

(w)       the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

 

(x)        which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

 

(y)        the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

 

(z)        which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

 

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

 

(c)        A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

 

(d)       Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered

 

-4-



 

timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(e)        A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

 

(f)        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

 

(g)        For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

 

(i)         public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

 

(ii)        affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

 

Section 6.        Special Meetings.

 

(a)        Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

 

-5-


 

(b)                              The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

 

(c)                                Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(d)                              Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

 

Section 7.                                Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the

 

-6-



 

express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

Section 8.                                Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

 

Section 9.                                Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 10.                        Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every

 

-7-



 

person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11.                        Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

 

Section 12.                        List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

Section 13.                        Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

 

Section 14.                        Organization.

 

(a)                               At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairperson. The Chairperson of the Board may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

-8-



 

(b)                              The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 15.                        Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

 

Section 16.                        Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 17.                        Classes of Directors.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of

 

-9-



 

stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 18.                        Vacancies.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

Section 19.                        Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the Secretary, in his or her discretion, may either (a) require confirmation from the director prior to deeming the resignation effective, in which case the resignation will be deemed effective upon receipt of such confirmation, or (b) deem the resignation effective at the time of delivery of the resignation to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 20.                        Removal.

 

(a)                               Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

 

-10-



 

(b)                              Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Section 21.                        Meetings.

 

(a)                               Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                              Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

 

(c)                                Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(d)                              Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

(e)                                Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

-11-



 

Section 22.                        Quorum And Voting.

 

(a)                               Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 45 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

 

(b)                              At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 23.                        Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 24.                        Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 25.                        Committees.

 

(a)                               Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

-12-



 

(b)                              Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

 

(c)                                Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

(d)                              Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any Director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 26.                        Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

-13-



 

Section 27.                        Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting.  The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 28.                        Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 29.                        Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

 

(a)                               General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                              Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(c)                                Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present.

 

-14-



 

Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(d)                              Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(e)                                Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(f)                                 Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

-15-


 

(g)                               Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 30.                        Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 31.                        Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

 

Section 32.                        Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

 

Section 33.                        Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

 

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

 

-16-



 

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

Section 34.                        Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SHARES OF STOCK

 

Section 35.                        Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 36.                        Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

Section 37.                        Transfers.

 

(a)                               Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

 

-17-



 

(b)                              The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

Section 38.                        Fixing Record Dates.

 

(a)                               In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                              In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 39.                        Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

 

Section 40.                        Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate

 

-18-



 

security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 41.                        Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

Section 42.                        Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 43.                        Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

-19-



 

ARTICLE XI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 44.                        Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

 

(a)                               Directors and executive officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “ executive officers ” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

 

(b)                              Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

(c)                                Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding,

 

-20-



 

whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

(d)                              Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this section to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

(e)                                Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or

 

-21-



 

agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

 

(f)                                 Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(g)                               Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

 

(h)                              Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

 

(i)                                   Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

 

(j)                                  Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i)                                   The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

(ii)                               The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

(iii)                           The term the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving

 

-22-



 

corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(iv)                           References to a “ director ,” “ executive officer ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

(v)                               References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this section.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

NOTICES

 

Section 45.                        Notices.

 

(a)                               Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

(b)                              Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws with notice other than one which is delivered personally to be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address of such director.

 

(c)                                Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

 

(d)                              Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may

 

-23-



 

be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

 

(e)                                Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

(f)                                 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 46.                        Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 45(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

Section 47.                        Loans To Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is

 

-24-



 

a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

-25-




Exhibit 4.2

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Warrant dated December 7, 2006, issued by SCANSCOUT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), to VENTURE LENDING & LEASING IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Holder ”).

 

The Warrant provides that the actual number and type of shares of Company’s capital stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant and the initial exercise price per share are to be determined by reference to one or more events or conditions subsequent to the issuance of the Warrant.  Such events or conditions have now occurred or lapsed, and Company wishes to confirm the actual number of shares issuable and the initial exercise price.  The provisions of this Supplement to Warrant are incorporated into the Warrant by this reference, and shall control the interpretation and exercise of the Warrant.

 

Initial number of shares of 46,875 shares

 

Plus:

 

Additional shares:

6% of the original principal amount of Growth Capital Loans advanced:
$650,000.00 X 0.06 = $39,000.00 / 0.80 = 48,750 shares

 

 

This certifies that Holder is entitled to purchase from Company Ninety Five Thousand Six Hundred Twenty Five (95,625) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a price of $0.80 per share (the “ Stock Purchase Price ”).  The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable under the Warrant remain subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 of the Warrant.

 

 

Executed this 30 th  day of October 2007.

 

 

 

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Daniel B. Curtis

 

 

 

 

Name:

  DANIEL B. CURTIS

 

 

 

 

Title:

  CFO

 

 

 

129 South Street, .Boston, MA 02111

Phone: 617-426-6706    Fax: 617-426-6708

 



 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE AND DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED DUE TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

 

SHARES OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK OF

 

SCANSCOUT. INC.

 

 

(Void after June 30, 2017)

 

 

This certifies that VENTURE LENDING & LEASING IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or assigns (“ Holder ”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from SCANSCOUT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (“ Preferred Stock ”) determined in accordance with the next paragraph, for cash at a price of $0.80 per share (the “ Stock Purchase Price ”) at any time or from time to time up to and including 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on June 30, 2017 (the “ Expiration Date ”), upon surrender to Company at its principal office at c/o Cambridge Innovation Center, 14th Floor, One Broadway, Cambridge, MA 02142 (or at such other location as Company may advise Holder in writing) of this Warrant properly endorsed with the form of subscription attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “ Form of Subscription ”) duly completed and signed and upon full payment in cash or by check of the aggregate Stock Purchase Price for the number of shares for which this Warrant is being exercised determined in accordance with the provisions hereof.  Holder may also exercise this Warrant on a cashless or “net issuance” basis as described in Section 1(b).  This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated and supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) between Company and Venture Lending & Leasing IV, Inc., an affiliate of Holder (“ Lender ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined in this Warrant shall have the meaning(s) ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement unless the context would otherwise require.

 

This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part at an exercise price equal to the Stock Purchase Price, for that number of shares of Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (i) 46,875 shares (the “ Initial Shares ”) and (ii) the Drawdown Shares (hereinafter defined), if any.  For purposes of this Warrant, “ Drawdown Shares ” shall mean that number of shares of Preferred Stock determined by dividing (X) the product of (i) 0.06 and (ii) the original principal amount of each Growth Capital Loan advanced to Company by Lender, by (Y) $0.80.  All references in this Warrant to “Warrant Shares” shall mean and include the Initial Shares and any Drawdown Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, and any shares of Company’s Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) or other securities issued upon conversion of such shares.  If in any case such number includes a fraction, the fraction shall be rounded down to the closest integral number.  As soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of the latest event or condition necessary to determine the actual number of Warrant Shares, Company shall execute and deliver a supplement to this Warrant in substantially the form of Exhibit “C” attached hereto, completed with such quantity term and other information as has been determined as a result of the occurrence of such events or conditions.  The provisions of such supplement, once completed and executed, shall control the interpretation and exercise of this Warrant; provided , however , that the failure of Company to deliver such supplement shall not affect the rights of Holder of this Warrant to receive the number and type of shares of Preferred Stock as set forth herein.  The Stock Purchase Price and the number of Warrant Shares are subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 4.

 



 

This Warrant is subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

 

1.                                       Exercise: Issuance of Certificates; Payment for Shares.

 

(a)                                  Unless an election is made pursuant to clause (b) of this Section I, this Warrant shall be exercisable at the option of Holder, at any time or from time to time, by delivery of this Warrant properly endorsed with the Form of Subscription duly completed and signed on or before the Expiration Date for all or any portion of the Warrant Shares (but not for a fraction of a share) by payment in full with immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Stock Purchase Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares to be purchased.  In the event, however, that pursuant to Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, an event causing automatic conversion of Preferred Stock shall have occurred prior to the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock not purchased upon any prior exercise of this Warrant would have been so converted (and, where the context requires, reference to “Preferred Stock” herein shall be deemed to be or include such Common Stock, as may be appropriate).  Company agrees that the Warrant Shares shall be and are deemed to be issued to Holder hereof as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which the Form of Subscription shall have been delivered and payment made for such shares.  Subject to the provisions of Section 2, certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased, together with any other securities or property to which Holder hereof is entitled upon such exercise, shall be delivered to Holder hereof by Company at Company’s reasonable expense within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant have been so exercised.  Except as provided in clause (b) of this Section I , in case of a purchase of less than all the Warrant Shares, Company shall cancel this Warrant and execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the Warrant Shares surrendered upon such purchase to Holder hereof within a reasonable time.  Each stock certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations of Preferred Stock as may be requested by Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name of such Holder or such other name as shall be designated by such Holder, subject to the limitations contained in Section 2.

 

(b)                                  Holder, in lieu of exercising this Warrant by the cash payment of the Stock Purchase Price pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 1, may elect, at any time on or before the Expiration Date, to surrender this Warrant properly endorsed with the Form of Subscription duly completed and signed, and receive that number of Warrant Shares computed using the following formula:

 

Y(A-B)

X =    A

 

Where:          X =                              the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to Holder.

 

Y =           the number of shares of Preferred Stock that Holder would otherwise have been entitled to purchase hereunder pursuant to Section 1(a) (or such lesser number of shares as Holder may designate in the case of a partial exercise of this Warrant).

 

A =           the Per Share Price (as defined in Section 1(c) below) of one (1) share of Preferred Stock at the time the net issuance election under this Section 1(b) is made.

 

B =           the Stock Purchase Price then in effect.

 

Election to exercise under this Section 1(b) may be made by delivering a signed Form of Subscription to Company via facsimile, to be followed by delivery of this Warrant.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of Section 1(b), “ Per Share Price ” means:

 

(i)                                     If this Warrant is exercised on the date of Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, and if Company’s registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the Per Share Price shall be the product of (A) the initial “Price to

 

2.



 

Public” of the Common Stock specified in the final prospectus with respect to the offering, and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock exercised is convertible at the date of calculation.

 

(ii)                                 If this Warrant is exercised after, and not on the date of Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, and if the Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange or actively traded over-the-counter:

 

(1)                                  If the Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange, the Per Share Price shall be deemed to be the product of (A) the closing price of the Common Stock as listed on such exchange, as published in the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal for the trading day immediately prior to the date of Holder’s election hereunder, and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock exercised is convertible on such date.

 

(2)                                  If the Common Stock is actively traded over-the-counter, the Per Share Price shall be deemed to be the product of (A) the closing bid or sales price, whichever is applicable, of the Common Stock for the trading day immediately prior to the date of Holder’s election hereunder and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock exercised is convertible on such date.

 

(iii)                             If neither (i) nor (ii) is applicable, the Per Share Price shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Company (the “Board of Directors”).

 

2.                                       Limitation on Transfer.

 

(a)                                  This Warrant and the Preferred Stock shall not be transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Section 2, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, Each holder of this Warrant or the Preferred Stock issuable hereunder will cause any proposed transferee of the Warrant or Preferred Stock to agree in writing to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Section 2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Section 2, but subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, Holder may freely transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, if any) at any time to any lender transferee of a portion of the loan commitment of Holder under the Loan Agreement, by giving Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable).  Each transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Warrant prior to the effectiveness of such transfer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any transfer of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares be made to a direct competitor of Company, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, or to any of such competitor’s affiliates.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate representing (i) this Warrant, (ii) the Warrant Shares, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Section 2 or unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act or sold under Rule 144) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE AND DISTRIBUTION THEREOF, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED DUE TO AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

3.



 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF COMPANY FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT BETWEEN COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(c)                                   Holder of this Warrant and each person to whom this Warrant is subsequently transferred (by acceptance of such transfer) represents and warrants to Company that it will not transfer this Warrant or any Warrant Shares unless a registration statement under the Securities Act was in effect with respect to such securities at the time of issuance thereof, and agrees not to offer for sale, sell, pledge, distribute, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any securities issued upon its exercise except pursuant to (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any other rule under the Securities Act relating to the disposition of securities), or (iii) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to counsel for Company, that an exemption from such registration is available.

 

(d)                                  Market Stand-Off” Agreement .  Holder (and its affiliates) hereby agrees that it shall not sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or encumber, directly or indirectly, any Warrant Shares or other securities of Company held by Holder, nor shall Holder enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Warrant Shares or other securities of Company held by Holder during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of Company filed in connection with Company’s initial underwritten public offering under the Act (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided that for the purpose of compliance with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), if (i) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to Company occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day for the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case, each Holder hereby consents to an extension to the Lock-Up Period until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless such extension is waived in writing.  Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2(b) hereof with respect to the Warrant Shares or other securities of Company held by Holder subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such Lock-Up Period.  Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2(d).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Market Stand-Off will be binding on Holder (and its affiliates) only to the extent that all officers and directors of Company and holders of at least the Threshold Percentage (as defined below) of Company’s voting securities are either bound by, or have agreed to be bound by, similar agreements.  “ Threshold Percentage ” shall be equal to the minimum percentage ownership of Company’s voting securities required pursuant to the Rights Agreement (as defined below), as may be amended from time to time, to be bound by similar agreements.

 

3.                                       Shares to be Full Paid; Reservation of Shares .  Company covenants and agrees that all Warrant Shares will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all preemptive rights of any stockholder and free of all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof Company further covenants and agrees that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, Company will at all times have authorized and reserved, for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, or other securities and property, when and as required to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.  Company will use its reasonable best efforts to assure that such shares of Preferred Stock may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which the Preferred Stock may be listed; provided , however , that Company shall not be required to effect a registration statement under federal or state securities laws with respect to such exercise except as provided in Section 9.  Company will not take any action which would result in any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price (i) if the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issuable after such action upon exercise of all outstanding warrants, together with all shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding and all shares of Preferred Stock then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible

 

4.



 

securities then outstanding, would exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then authorized by Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, (ii) if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable after such action upon the conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and then issuable upon exercise of all options and upon the conversion of all convertible securities then outstanding would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or (iii) if the par value per share of the Preferred Stock would exceed the Stock Purchase Price.

 

4.                                       Adjustment of Stock Purchase Price and Number of Shares .  The Stock Purchase Price and the number of Warrant Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 4; provided , however , that no adjustment will be made pursuant to this Section 4 to the extent that such adjustment would be duplicative of any adjustment set forth in Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect on the date of such adjustment.  Upon each adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price, Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares obtained by multiplying the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment, and dividing the product thereof by the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

4.1                                Subdivision or Combination of Stock .  In case Company shall at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into a greater number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately increased.  Conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Stock Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased, and the number of Warrant Shares shall be proportionately reduced.

 

4.2                                Dividends in Preferred Stock, Other Stock, Property, Reclassification .  If at any time or from time to time the holders of Preferred Stock (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received or become entitled to receive, without payment therefor,

 

(a)                                  Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock or other securities whether or not such securities are at any time directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Stock, or any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing by way of dividend or other distribution,

 

(b)                                  any cash paid or payable otherwise than as a cash dividend, or

 

(c)                                   Preferred Stock or other or additional stock or other securities or property (including cash) by way of spin off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar corporate rearrangement, (other than shares of Preferred Stock issued as a stock split, adjustments in respect of which shall be covered by the terms of Section 4.1),

 

Then and in each such case, Holder hereof shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of shares of Preferred Stock receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefore, the amount of stock and other securities and property (including cash in the cases referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above) which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had he been the holder of record of such Preferred Stock as of the date on which holders of Preferred Stock received or became entitled to receive such shares and/or all other additional stock and other securities and property.

 

4.3                                Change of Control .  If any capital reorganization of the capital stock of Company, or any consolidation or merger of Company with another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity (each, a “ Change of Control ”) shall be effected in such a way that Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Preferred Stock, then,

 

(a)                                  in the event that (i) the effective per share price of the Preferred Stock in such Change of Control is at least three (3) times the Stock Purchase Price in effect at the time of such Change of Control, (ii) the consideration received in such Change of Control consists solely of cash or shares of a publicly traded company listed on a national market or exchange which may be sold without restrictions immediately after the close

 

5.



 

of such Change of Control transaction, (iii) Company’s stockholders own less than 50% of the voting securities of the surviving entity, and (iv) the surviving entity does not assume any stock purchase options (other than options and stock grants issued pursuant to Company’s equity incentive plan, if any) or other warrants of Company, then this Warrant shall be deemed exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(b) upon the closing of such Change of Control transaction, or

 

(b)                                  in all other cases, as a condition of such Change of Control, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby Holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive (in lieu of the shares of the Preferred Stock of Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby) such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby.  In any such case, appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of Holder of this Warrant to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Stock Purchase Price and of the number of Warrant Shares) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be possible, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof.  Promptly after the consummation of any Change of Control, the successor entity (if other than Company) resulting from such Change of Control shall, upon Holder’s request, deliver a written instrument, executed and mailed or delivered to the registered Holder hereof at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of Company, evidencing the assumption of the obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder may be entitled to purchase.

 

4.4                                Sale or Issuance Below Purchase Price; “Pay-to-Play” Exemption.

 

(a)                                  The antidilution rights currently applicable to the shares of Preferred Stock purchasable hereunder are as set forth in Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the date hereof (the “ Charter ”).  Such antidilution rights shall not be restated, amended, modified or waived in any manner without Holder’s prior written consent if the effect of such restatement, amendment, modification or waiver on Holder hereof would be more adverse to Holder hereof than, and substantially dissimilar to, its effect on the other holders of the same series of the Preferred Stock.  Company shall promptly provide Holder hereof with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter promptly after the same has been made.

 

(b)                                  In the event that any “pay-to-play” terms or conditions (i.e. terms or conditions that require a holder of the Preferred Stock to (i) purchase securities in a future round of equity financing or (ii) (A) lose the benefit of antidilution protection applicable to such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and/or (B) have such shares of Preferred Stock automatically convert to shares of Common Stock or convert to another class and series of Company’s capital stock) in the Charter or other agreement among Company and its stockholder are triggered in connection with the consummation of a Down Round (as defined below) or otherwise after the date hereof, then in such event, this Warrant shall automatically adjust to provide Holder with the same securities and/or rights that Holder would have received had Holder participated in the Down Round to its full pro rata share with respect to the Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant ( e.g. , if this Warrant provides for the purchase of Series A Preferred Stock, and Company consummates a Down Round in which those holders of Series A Preferred Stock who participate to their full pro rata share in such Down Round become entitled to exchange such Series A Preferred Stock for Series A-1 Preferred Stock and those holders of Series A Preferred Stock who do not participate to their full pro rata amount will have their Series A Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock, then this Warrant would automatically adjust to provide the right to purchase Series A-1 Preferred Stock instead of Common Stock); provided, however, that, in connection with a Down Round, no adjustment shall be made to any shares of Preferred Stock purchased hereunder prior to such Down Round.  “ Down Round ” means any non-public offering of equity securities of Company after the original date of issuance of this Warrant at a price per share lower than the Stock Purchase Price then in effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 4.4 shall prohibit Company from amending its Charter with the requisite consent of its stockholders and Board of Directors.

 

4.5                                Notice of Adjustment .  Upon any adjustment of the Stock Purchase Price, and/or any increase or decrease in the number of Warrant Shares, Company shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the registered holder of this Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of Company, The notice, which may be substantially in the form of Exhibit “C” attached hereto, shall be

 

6.



 

signed by Company’s chief financial officer and shall state the Stock Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Warrant Shares, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

4.6                                Other Notices .  If at any time:

 

(a)                                  Company shall declare any cash dividend upon its Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(b)                                  Company shall declare any dividend upon its Series A Preferred Stock payable in stock or make any special dividend or other distribution to the holders of such Preferred Stock;

 

(c)                                   Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Preferred Stock any additional shares of stock in connection with a Down Round or additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

 

(d)                                  there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of Company, or consolidation or merger of Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity;

 

(e)                                   there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of Company; or

 

(f)                                    Company shall take or propose to take any other action, notice of which is actually provided to holders of the Preferred Stock;

 

then, in any one or more of said cases, Company shall give, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Holder of this Warrant at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of Company, (i) the same notice provided to holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the date on which the books of Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action and (ii) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action, the same notice provided to holders of Series A Preferred Stock.  Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (i) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled thereto.  Any notice given in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii) shall also specify the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, or other action as the case may be.

 

4.7                                Certain Events .  If any change in the outstanding Preferred Stock of Company or any other event occurs as to which the other provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly effect the adjustments to this Warrant in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make in good faith an adjustment in the number and class of shares issuable under this Warrant, the Stock Purchase Price and/or the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.  The adjustment shall be such as will give Holder of this Warrant upon exercise for the same aggregate Stock Purchase Price the total number, class and kind of shares as Holder would have owned had this Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment.

 

4.8                                Cutback for Lender’s Failure to Fund .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, in the event that (i) Lender fails or refuses to make any Loan pursuant to Section 4.2(f) of the Loan Agreement, or (ii) Company has satisfied all applicable conditions precedent to the funding of a Loan and Lender fails or refuses to fund such Loan (in each case, a “ Lender Failure to Fund ”), then (A) the number of shares that Holder can purchase pursuant to this Warrant shall be reduced proportionately based upon the percentage of Lender’s Commitment that Lender fails to fund, or (B) if Holder has exercised this Warrant in full or in part for a

 

7.



 

number of shares in excess of the number that would have been issuable under this Warrant after adjustment under clause (A), then such excess number of shares, if any, issued to Holder upon exercise of this Warrant may be repurchased by Company at its election for a period of 90 days after the date of such failure at a repurchase price per share equal to the Stock Purchase Price that was in effect hereunder at the time of exercise with respect to such excess shares.  Holder agrees to execute promptly any agreements and to take promptly any such other actions reasonably required by Company in order to effect any such repurchase.

 

5.                                       Issue Tax .  The issuance of certificates for any Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to Holder of this Warrant for any issue tax in respect thereof; provided , however , that Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the then Holder of this Warrant being exercised.

 

6.                                       Closing of Books .  Company will at no time close its transfer hooks against the transfer of this Warrant or of any Warrant Shares in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

 

7.                                       No Voting or Dividend Rights; Limitation of Liability .  Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon Holder hereof any rights as a stockholder (except for those rights granted to Holder under this Warrant or any other Loan Document), including the right to vote or to consent as a stockholder in respect of meetings of stockholders for the election of directors of Company or any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of Company.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the Warrant Shares until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised.  No provisions hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by Holder to purchase shares of Preferred Stock, and no mere enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of Holder hereof, shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the Stock Purchase Price or as a stockholder of Company, whether such liability is asserted by Company or by its creditors.

 

8.                                       [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

9.                                       Registration Rights .  On or before the date of the earliest to occur of (a) the closing of Company’s next round of equity financing, (b) the initial public offering of Common Stock, or (c) six months after the date hereof, Company shall amend the Investor Rights Agreement dated as of April 24, 2006 (the “ Rights Agreement ”) to add the Warrant Shares as “Registrable Securities” (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) in order for the Warrant Shares to hold all of the registration rights set forth in the Rights Agreement to the same extent and on the same terms and conditions as possessed by the investors thereunder with the following exceptions and clarifications: (i) Holder will have no right to initiate a demand registration under Section 1.2(a) of the Rights Agreement; (ii) Holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Rights Agreement; and (iii) the registration rights are freely assignable by Holder of this Warrant in connection with a permitted transfer of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise hereof.  On such date, Company shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to assure that the granting of such registration rights to Holder does not violate the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Charter, or rights of prior grantees of registration rights.

 

10.                                Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of Warrant .  The rights and obligations of Company, of Holder of this Warrant and of the holder of Warrant Shares, contained in Sections 2, 6 and 9 shall survive the exercise of this Warrant.

 

11.                                Modification and Waiver .  This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

 

12.                                Notices .  Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to Holder hereof or Company shall be made in writing and deemed to have been given (i) upon receipt if delivered personally or by courier (ii) upon confirmation of receipt if by telecopy or (iii) three business days after deposit in the US mail, with postage prepaid and certified or registered, to each such Holder at its address as shown on the books of Company or to Company at the address indicated therefor in the first paragraph of this Warrant.

 

8.



 

13.                                Binding Effect on Successors .  This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding Company pursuant to a Change of Control.  All of the obligations of Company relating to the Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall survive the exercise and termination of this Warrant.  All of the covenants and agreements of Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Holder hereof Company will, at the time of the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, upon request of Holder hereof but at Company’s expense, acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to Holder hereof in respect of any rights (including, without limitation, any right to registration of the shares of Common Stock) to which Holder hereof shall continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with this Warrant; provided, that the failure of Holder hereof to make any such request shall not affect the continuing obligation of Company to Holder hereof in respect of such rights.

 

14.                                Descriptive Headings and Governing Law .  The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant.  This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of California.

 

15.                                Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates .  Company represents and warrants to Holder hereof that upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any Warrant or any stock certificate issued upon exercise thereof and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or any such stock certificate, Company will issue and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate at Holder’s expense.

 

16.                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant.  Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Stock Purchase Price,

 

17.                                Representations of Holder .  With respect to this Warrant, Holder represents and warrants to Company as follows:

 

17.1                         Experience .  It is experienced in evaluating and investing in companies engaged in businesses similar to that of Company; it understands that investment in this Warrant involves substantial risks; it has made detailed inquiries concerning Company, its business and services, its officers and its personnel; the officers of Company have made available to Holder any and all written information it has requested; the officers of Company have answered to Holder’s satisfaction all inquiries made by it; in making this investment it has relied upon information made available to it by Company; and it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investment in Company and it is able to bear the economic risk of that investment.

 

17.2                         Investment .  It is acquiring this Warrant for investment for its own account and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.  It understands that this Warrant, the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise thereof and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, have not been registered under the Securities Act, nor qualified under applicable state securities laws.

 

17.3                         Rule 144 .  It acknowledges that this Warrant, the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  It has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

17.4                         Access to Data .  It has had an opportunity to discuss Company’s business, management and financial affairs with Company’s management and has had the opportunity to inspect Company’s facilities.

 

9.



 

18.                                Additional Representations and Covenants of Company .  Company hereby represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

 

18.1                         Corporate Power .  Company has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to issue this Warrant and to carry out and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

18.2                         Authorization .  All corporate action on the part of Company, its directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance by Company of this Warrant has been taken.  This Warrant is a valid and binding obligation of Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

18.3                         Offering .  Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of Holder’s representations set forth in Section 17 hereof, the offer, issuance and sale of this Warrant is, and the issuance of Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Warrant and the issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and are exempt from the qualification requirements of any applicable state securities laws; and neither Company nor anyone acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemptions.

 

18.4                         Stock Issuance .  Upon exercise of this Warrant, Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause stock certificates representing the Warrant Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise to be issued in the names of Holder, its nominees or assignees, as appropriate promptly following the time of such exercise.  Promptly following conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock and only in the event Company undertakes such action for other holders of its Preferred Stock so converted, Company will issue a replacement certificate representing the shares of Common Stock in the names of Holder, its nominees or assignees, as appropriate.

 

18.5                         Certificates and By-Laws .  Company has provided Holder with true and complete copies of the Charter and its By-Laws, each as amended and in effect on the date of issuance of this Warrant.

 

18.6                         Conversion of Preferred Stock .  As of the date hereof, each share of the Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of the Common Stock.

 

18.7                         Financial and Other Reports .  From time to time up to the earlier of the Expiration Date or the complete exercise of this Warrant, Company shall furnish to Holder the same information as provided to “Significant Holders” (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Rights Agreement, as may be amended from time to time, without regard to whether Holder qualifies as a Significant Holder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall not be required to furnish to Holder the financial information described in this Section 18.7 in the event such financial information has been previously delivered to Lender pursuant to the Loan Agreement.  The information rights set forth in this Section 18.7 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of Company’s initial underwritten public offering of its securities to the general public pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by Company under the Securities Act, (ii) the closing of a Change of Control pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (iii) the occurrence of a Lender Failure to Fund, provided that no warrants are thereafter outstanding, or (iv) Company becoming subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

10.


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company and Holder have caused this Warrant to be duly executed by their officers, thereunto duly authorized this 7 th  day of December, 2006.

 

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Waikit Lau

 

 

 

 

Name:

Waikit Lau

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

VENTURE LENDING & LEASING IV, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Westech Investment Advisors, Inc.

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company and Holder have caused this Warrant to be duly executed by their officers, thereunto duly authorized this 7 th  day of December, 2006.

 

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

VENTURE LENDING & LEASING IV, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Westech Investment Advisors, Inc.

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ronald W. Swenson

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Ronald W. Swenson

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

 

(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)

 

To:

 

 

 

 

o             The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, (1) See Below _______________ (___) shares (the “ Shares ”) of Stock of _________ and herewith makes payment of _____________ Dollars ($________) therefor, and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to, ________, whose address is ___________.

 

o             The undersigned hereby elects to convert ______ percent (__%) of the value of the Warrant pursuant to the provisions of Section 1(b) of the Warrant.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that it has reviewed the representations and warranties contained in Section 17 of this Warrant and by its signature below hereby makes such representations and warranties to Company.

 

 

 

Dated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)                                  Insert here the number of shares called for on the face of the Warrant (or, in the case of a partial exercise, the portion thereof as to which the Warrant is being exercised), in either case without making any adjustment for additional Preferred Stock or any other stock or other securities or property or cash which, pursuant to the adjustment provisions of the Warrant, may be issuable upon exercise.

 



 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant, with respect to the number of shares of Preferred Stock covered thereby set forth herein below, unto:

 

 

Name of Assignee

Address

No. of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

On letterhead of Company]

 

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Warrant dated December 7, 2006, issued by SCANSCOUT, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), to VENTURE LENDING & LEASING IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Holder ”).

 

[IF APPLICABLE] The Warrant provides that the actual number and type of shares of Company’s capital stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant and the initial exercise price per share are to be determined by reference to one or more events or conditions subsequent to the issuance of the Warrant.  Such events or conditions have now occurred or lapsed, and Company wishes to confirm the actual number of shares issuable and the initial exercise price.  The provisions of this Supplement to Warrant are incorporated into the Warrant by this reference, and shall control the interpretation and exercise of the Warrant.

 

[IF APPLICABLE] Notice is hereby given pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Warrant that the following adjustment(s) have been made to the Warrant: [describe adjustments, setting forth details regarding method of calculation and facts upon which calculation is based].

 

This certifies that Holder is entitled to purchase from Company _______________________ (_____________) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Company’s ___________ Stock at a price of _________________________ Dollars ($___________) per share (the “ Stock Purchase Price ”).  The Stock Purchase Price and the number of shares purchasable under the Warrant remain subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 of the Warrant.

 

 

Executed this ______ day of ________________, 200__.

 

 

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933; AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE -STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

 

Corporation:

 

SCANSCOUT, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

Number of Shares:

 

37,112 (subject to Section 1.6)

 

Class of Stock:

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock (subject to Section 1.6)

 

Initial Exercise Price:

 

$1,3473 (subject to Section 1.6)

 

Issue Date:

 

February 6, 2008

 

Expiration Date:

 

February 6, 2015 (subject to Section 5.1)

 

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (“WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of SCANSCOUT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1.                            EXERCISE .

 

1.1                                Method of Exercise .  On or before the Expiration Date (subject to Section 5.1 hereof), holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant-and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.  Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check or wire for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2                                Reserved .

 

1.3                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within 45 days after Holder exercises this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.4                                Replacement of Warrants .  On receipt by the Company of reasonable evidence of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.5                                Acquisition of the Company .

 

1.5.1                      Acquisition ”.  For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

 

1.5.2                      Treatment of Warrant in the event of an Acquisition .  The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition.  The Company will use its best efforts to cause the acquirer of the Company under the Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

 

1.



 

(a)                                  If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)                                  If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact.  In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition.  If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary if the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition, other than in connection with an Excluded Acquisition (as defined below), then effective immediately as of the date that is ten (10) days prior to the closing of such Acquisition, the Warrant Price shall be automatically adjusted, without further action of any party, to $0.01 per share.  As used herein, an “Excluded Acquisition” means, an Acquisition where the consideration that the holders of the Shares are entitled to receive on account of the Shares consists entirely of cash and/or shares of common stock that are publicly traded and listed on a national exchange and where the shares, if any, receivable by the Holder of this Warrant were the Holder to exercise this Warrant in full immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition may be publicly re-sold by the Holder in their entirety within the three (3) months following such closing pursuant to Rule 144 or an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

1.6                                Adjustment in Underlying Preferred Stock Price and Exercise Price .  The number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall equal (A) the Coverage Amount (as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Warrant), divided by (B) the Warrant Price (as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to this Warrant).  If a Qualified Financing (as defined below) occurs, this Warrant shall, concurrent with the first issuance of shares of preferred convertible stock in such Qualified Financing, automatically be adjusted to instead be exercisable for shares of the same series and class and bearing the same rights, preferences, and privileges as the preferred convertible stock issued in such Qualified Financing.  As used herein, the following terms have the meanings given below:

 

1.6.1                      “Coverage Amount ” means the product of (A) 0.02, multiplied by (B) the aggregate amount of all Term Loans (as that term is defined in the Loan Agreement) requested and funded from time to time pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

 

1.6.2                      Loan Agreement ” means the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Holder and the Company, as amended, modified and restated from time to time.

 

1.6.3                      Qualified Financing ” means the first closing of any transaction or series of related transactions occurring after the date hereof, in which the Company sells and issues to any investor(s), preferred convertible stock for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $2,000,000 (with aggregate gross proceeds to include the amounts that the investors in such financing have committed to invest in the Company, in accordance with the terms of the financing documents after the initial closing under such documents).

 

1.6.4                      Warrant Price ” means, initially, $1.3473, provided however , in the event that a Qualified Financing occurs, the Warrant Price shall he automatically adjusted to equal the lowest per share purchase price paid by any investor for the stock issued in such Qualified Financing.

 

ARTICLE 2.                            ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc.   If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive,-without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.



 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include any automatic, conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “Company Certificate of Incorporation”) upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock.  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property.  The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                                Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. .  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall he proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable under this Warrant shall be proportionately decreased.  If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable under this Warrant shall be proportionately increased.

 

2.4                                Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  The Warrant Price and the Number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in the manner set forth on Exhibit A , if attached, in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined on Exhibit A ).

 

2.5                                No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of the Company Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger; dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.  The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights if it amends the Company Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of the Company’s preferred stock waive their rights thereunder, in a manner that does not (individually or when considered in the context of any other actions being taken in connection with any such amendments or waivers) affect Holder in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of other holders of the Shares.

 

2.6                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

2.7                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3.                            REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

3.



 

3.1.1                      The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the lowest price at which any Shares have been sold prior to the Issue Date.

 

3.1.2                      All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.1.3                      The Company’s capitalization table attached to this Warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

3.3                                Information Rights .  So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiques to the stockholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or such longer period as may be approved by the Board in connection with the Company’s obligations to deliver such information to other Company stockholders pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2007 by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (the “Investor Rights Agreement”)) the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.  The information rights set forth in this Section 3.3 shall terminate and be of nor further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of Company’s initial underwritten public offering of its securities to the general public pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by Company under the Act, (ii) Company becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or (iii) such time as the Company has no contractual obligation to deliver such information to any of its other stockholders.

 

3.4                                Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended .  The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock; shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit B .

 

ARTICLE 4.                            INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF HOLDER.

 

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

 

4.1                                Purchase Entirely for Own Account .  This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate.  By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

 

4.



 

4.2                                Reliance upon Holder’s Representations .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the mound that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

 

4.3                                Accredited Investor Status .  Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

 

4.4                                Restricted Securities .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances.

 

ARTICLE 5.                            MISCELLANEOUS .

 

5.1                                Term; Exercise Upon Expiration :  Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided , however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.  The Company shall give Holder written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant not less than 90 days before the Expiration Date.  If the notice is not so given, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until 90 days after the date the Company delivers such notice to Holder.

 

5.2                                Legends .  This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE .STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THIS SECURITY IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING A “MARKET STAND-OFF” PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING.

 

5.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

 

5.4                                Transfer Procedure .  Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided , however , that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Comerica Incorporated, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant.  The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  Unless the Company is filing financial information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

 

5.



 

5.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Bolder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.  All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

 

Comerica Bank
c/o Comerica Incorporated
Attn: Warrant Administrator
500 Woodward Avenue, 32” Floor, MC 3379
Detroit, MI 48226

 

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.
Attn: President
129 South Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA 02111

 

5.6                                Amendments .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7                                Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8                                Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

5.9                                Market Stand-Off Provision .  Holder agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off” provision (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”) in section 2.11 of Investor Rights Agreement.  The Market Stand-Off Provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the of Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

 

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6.



 

5.10                         Confidentiality .  The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential, Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to he disclosed.

 

 

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Waikit Lau

 

 

 

 

Name:

Waikit Lau

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]

 



 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.                                       The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares of the ________________ stock of SCANSCOUT, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

2.                                       Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Comerica Bank
Attn: Warrant Administrator
500 Woodward Avenue, 32
nd  Floor, MC 3379
Detroit, MI 48226

 

3.                                       The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA BANK or Assignee

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Anti-Dilution Provisions

 

In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price (except for any issuances of Excluded Stock (as defined in the Company Certificate of Incorporation), then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company Certificate of Incorporation which apply to Diluting Issuances.

 

Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Registration Rights

 

The Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be deemed “registrable securities” or otherwise entitled to registration rights in accordance with the terms of Sections 2.2. 2.3 and 2.5 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated April 24, 2007 (the “Investor Rights Agreement’) between the Company and its investor(s); with the following exceptions and clarifications:  (1) The Holder will have not have the right to demand registration, but can otherwise participate in any registration demanded by others; (2) the Holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Rights Agreement; and (3) the registration rights are freely assignable by the Holder of this Warrant in connection with a permitted transfer of this Warrant or the Shares.

 

The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder without the consent of Holder, unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other outstanding other shares of the same class as the Shares to the extent necessary to give effect to grant of registration rights under Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.5 of the Investor Rights Agreement.  By acceptance of the Warrant to which this Exhibit B is attached, Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights.

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT’), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:

 

Tremor Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

 

As set forth below

Class of Stock:

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

Warrant Price:

 

$0.8446, subject to adjustment

Issue Date:

 

June 7, 2007

Expiration Date:

 

June 7, 2017

Credit Facility:

 

This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “Loan Agreement).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, is referred to hereinafter as “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

A.        Number of Shares .  This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares (if any).  As used herein:

 

(1)        “Initial Shares” means 35,520 shares of the Class; and

 

(2)        “Additional Shares” means such cumulative number of additional shares of the Class as shall equal (a) (i) 0.0075, multiplied by (ii) the amount of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement), divided by (b) the Warrant Price in effect on and as of the date of such Term Loan Advance.  This Warrant shall automatically become exercisable for Additional Shares, calculated in accordance with this paragraph A(2), on and as of the date of each Term Loan Advance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the aggregate number of Additional Shares exceed 26,639 shares of the Class (subject to adjustment as provided herein, and subject to increase in the event Silicon Valley Bank increases the aggregate amount of the Venture Term Loan (as defined in the Loan Agreement)).  For example, if at a particular date of a Term Loan Advance Silicon Valley Bank advances to Borrower a Term Loan Advance on such date in the amount of $1,000,000, then the number of Additional Shares with

 

1.



 

respect to such Term Loan Advance shall be 8,879 Additional Shares ($1,000,000 multiplied by 0.0075 and divided by 0.8446).

 

(3)        As used herein, “Shares” shall mean the Initial Shares together with the cumulative total of all Additional Shares (if any) for which this Warrant becomes exercisable in accordance with paragraph A(2) above.

 

ARTICLE 1.   EXERCISE .

 

1.1       Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.  Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2       Conversion Right .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share.  The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

1.3       Fair Market Value .  If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering).  If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible.  If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4       Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

2.



 

1.5       Replacement of Warrants .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.6       Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

1.6.1    “ Acquisition ”.  For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of outstanding capital stock of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

 

1.6.2    Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

 

A)        Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition.  The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

B)        Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a ‘True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale.  The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

C)        Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

3.



 

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE 2.   ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

 

2.1       Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred.  If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of common stock into which the one share of the Class is convertible, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.  If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2       Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include, without limitation, any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of the IPO.  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant.  The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant.  The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3       Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.  The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver

 

4.



 

affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

 

2.4       No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.5       Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

2.6       Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares (other than pursuant to the accrual of Additional Shares pursuant to Paragraph A(2) above), the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 

ARTICLE 3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

3.1       Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)        The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the same class and series as the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b)        All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)        The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2       Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the same class and series as the Shares, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

5.



 

(b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the same class and series as the Shares any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock; (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:  (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the same class and series as the Shares will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the same class and series as the Shares will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

 

3.3       Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended .  The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of September 1, 2006 among the Company and the other parties named therein (the “Rights Agreement”), and Holder shall be entitled to and be subject to the rights and obligations set forth in Article 2 of the Rights Agreement as if a Holder thereto.

 

3.4       No Shareholder Rights .  Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

3.5       Certain Information .  So long as Holder holds this Warrant, the Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder.

 

ARTICLE 4.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .  The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1       Purchase for Own Account .  This Warrant, the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder, and the securities to be issued upon conversion of such Shares, will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).  Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2       Disclosure of Information .  Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities.  Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional

 

6.



 

information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3       Investment Experience .  Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk.  Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holders investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4       Accredited Investor Status .  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5       The Act .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 

ARTICLE 5.   MISCELLANEOUS .

 

5.1       Term :  This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

 

5.2       Legends .  This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE COMPANY TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AS OF JUNE ___, 2007, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

7.



 

5.3       Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company).  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4       Transfer Procedure .  After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group, Holder’s parent company, by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2.  Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).  The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

5.5       Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time.  All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group

Attn:  Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA

200 Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone:  408-654-7400

Facsimile:  408-496-2405

 

8.



 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Tremor Media, Inc.

Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

122 W. 26th Street, 8th Floor

New York, NY 10001

Telephone:  646-723-5300

Facsimile:  212-202-3793

 

5.6       Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7       Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8       Automatic Conversion upon Expiration .  In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 

5.9       Counterparts .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10     Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jason Glickman

 

 

 

 

Name:

 Jason Glickman

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

9.



 

“HOLDER”

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Michael Moretti

 

 

 

 

Name:

 Michael Moretti

 

 

 (Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

 

10.



 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.         Holder elects to purchase ____________ shares of the Common/Series A Preferred [strike one] Stock of Tremor Media, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

 

[or]

 

1.         Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant.  This conversion is exercised for ______________________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.         Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

Holders Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.         By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 

11.



 

APPENDIX 2

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers

 

unto

 

 

Name:

SVB Financial Group

 

Address:

3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)

 

 

Santa Clara, CA 95054

 

 

 

 

Tax ID:

91-1962278

 

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by Tremor Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on June 7, 2007 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Assignment Date:                                                                             

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant as the “Holder” thereof.

 

 

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

12.




Exhibit 4.5

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:  Tremor Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:  50,896, subject to adjustment

Class of Stock:  Series B-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

Warrant Price:  $3.2419 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date:  December 8, 2008

Expiration Date:  December 7, 2018

Credit Facility:

This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company.

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, is referred to hereinafter as “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Class of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

 

1.1       Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.  Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2       Conversion Right .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share.  The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 



 

1.3       Fair Market Value .  If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering).  If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the IPO, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible.  If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4       Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5       Replacement of Warrants .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.6       Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

1.6.1    “ Acquisition ”.  For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of outstanding capital stock of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

 

1.6.2    Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

 

A)        Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition.  The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition

 

2.



 

giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

B)        Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale.  The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

C)        Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

D)        As used in this Article 1.6, (a) “Marketable Securities” means either (1) securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act, (ii) the class and series of shares of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a US national securities exchange or over-the-counter regulated market, and (iii) Holder would not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months and one (1) day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition; or (2) securities for which there is a ready and active regulated public market (such as a stock exchange) in any state or territory outside of the United States and in which Holder could sell, without contractual, legal or any other restriction, all of the issuer’s shares that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition; and (b) “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the issued and outstanding share capital of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers, managers, or partners, as applicable.

 

1.7       Certain Agreements .  Upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder agrees that it shall become a party to and bound by the Company’s

 

3.



 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated May 5, 2008, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”) and (if the Company so requests) any and all other agreements to which the Company and the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class are parties, in each case solely in respect of the Shares issued upon such exercise or conversion and solely to the extent that any such agreement is then by its terms in force and effect.

 

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

 

2.1       Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred.  If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.  If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2       Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include, without limitation, any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of the IPO. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant.  The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant.  The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3       Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written

 

4.



 

consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the Class.

 

2.4       No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.5       Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

2.6       Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

3.1       Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)        The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the same class and series as the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b)        All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions.  on transfer provided for herein, under the Rights Agreement or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)        The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2       Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash

 

5.



 

dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock; (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the shares of the Class; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given, to the holders of such registration rights.

 

3.3       Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended .  The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Rights Agreement, and Holder shall be entitled to and be subject to the rights and obligations set forth in Article 2 of the Rights Agreement as if a Holder thereto.

 

3.4       No Shareholder Rights .  Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

3.5       Certain Information .  So long as Holder holds this Warrant, the Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder.

 

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .  The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1       Purchase for Own Account .  This Warrant, the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder, and the securities to be issued upon conversion of such Shares, will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).  Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2       Disclosure of Information .  Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities.  Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company

 

6.



 

possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3       Investment Experience .  Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk.  Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4       Accredited Investor Status .  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5       The Act .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

5.1       Term :  This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

 

5.2       Legends .  This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE COMPANY TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AS OF NOVEMBER __, 2008, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

7.



 

5.3       Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company).  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4       Transfer Procedure .  After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group, Holder’s parent company.  Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all, or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).  The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

5.5       Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time.  All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Tremor Media, Inc.

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

122 W. 26th Street, 8 th  Floor

New York, NY 10001

Telephone: 646-723-5300

 

8.



 

Facsimile: 212-202-3793

 

5.6       Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7       Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8       Automatic Conversion upon Expiration .  In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 

5.9       Counterparts .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10     Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

“COMPANY”

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC. By:

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jason Glickman

 

 

(Print)

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

(Print)

 

Title:

 

 

9.



 

Facsimile: 212-202-3793

 

5.6       Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7       Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8       Automatic Conversion upon Expiration .  In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 

5:9       Counterparts .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10     Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

“COMPANY”

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC. By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

(Print)

 

Title:

 

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:

/s/ Melissa Stepanis

 

 

 

 

Name:

Melissa Stepanis

 

 

(Print)

 

Title:

Vice President

 

10.



 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.         Holder elects to purchase shares of the Common/Series A Preferred [strike one] Stock of Tremor Media, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

 

[or]

 

1.         Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant.  This conversion is exercised for ____________________   of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.         Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

Holders Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.         By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date):

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.6

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT’), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: Tremor Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares: 47,489, subject to adjustment
Class of Stock: Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
Warrant Price: $2.5269 per Share, subject to adjustment
Issue Date: February 8, 2010
Expiration Date: February 8, 2020

Credit Facility:

This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Third Loan Modification Agreement, of even date herewith, to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated June 7, 2007, between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company, as amended.

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, is referred to hereinafter as “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Class of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1.  EXERCISE .

 

1.1        Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company.  Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2        Conversion Right .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share.  The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

 

1.3        Fair Market Value .  If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering).  If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the IPO, the initial “price

 

1.



 

to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible.  If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4        Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5        Replacement of Warrants .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.6        Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

1.6.1     “ Acquisition ”.  For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of outstanding capital stock of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

 

1.6.2     Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

 

A)         Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition.  The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

B)         Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale.  The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

C)         Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

2.



 

D)         As used in this Article 1.6, (a) “Marketable Securities” means either (1) securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act, (ii) the class and series of shares of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a US national securities exchange or over-the-counter regulated market, and (iii) Holder would not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months and one (1) day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition; or (2) securities for which there is a ready and active regulated public market (such as a stock exchange) in any state or territory outside of the United States and in which Holder could sell, without contractual, legal or any other restriction, all of the issuer’s shares that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition; and (b) “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of the issued and outstanding share capital of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers, managers, or partners, as applicable.

 

1.7        Certain Agreements .  Upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder agrees that it shall become a party to and bound by the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated February 2, 2009, as amended and in effect from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”) and (if the Company so requests) any and all other agreements to which the Company and the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class are parties, in each case solely in respect of the Shares issued upon such exercise or conversion and solely to the extent that any such agreement is then by its terms in force and effect.

 

ARTICLE 2.  ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

 

2.1        Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc.   If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred.  If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.  If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2        Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include, without limitation, any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of the IPO.  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant.  The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities

 

3.



 

or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant.  The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3        Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.  The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the Class.

 

2.4        No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

2.5        Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

 

2.6        Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

 

ARTICLE 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

3.1        Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)        The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the same class and series as the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b)        All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein, under the Rights Agreement or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(c)        The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2        Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or

 

4.



 

other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock; (c) to effect any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the shares of the Class; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

 

3.3        Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended .  The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Rights Agreement, and Holder shall be entitled to and be subject to the rights and obligations set forth in Article 2 of the Rights Agreement as if a Holder thereto.

 

3.4        No Shareholder Rights .  Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

3.5        Certain Information .  So long as Holder holds this Warrant, the Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder.

 

ARTICLE 4.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

 

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1        Purchase for Own Account .  This Warrant, the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder, and the securities to be issued upon conversion of such Shares, will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).  Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2        Disclosure of Information .  Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities.  Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3        Investment Experience .  Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk.  Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and

 

5.



 

duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4        Accredited Investor Status .  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5        The Act .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 

ARTICLE 5.  MISCELLANEOUS .

 

5.1        Term :  This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

 

5.2        Legends .  This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE COMPANY TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AS OF FEBRUARY ___, 2010, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

5.3        Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company).  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4        Transfer Procedure .  After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group, Holder’s parent company.  Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable).  The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

 

6.



 

5.5        Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time.  All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group
Attn: Treasury Department
3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Telephone: 408-654-7400
Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Tremor Media, Inc.
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
122 W. 26
th  Street, 8 th  Floor
New York, NY 10001
Telephone: 646-723-5300
Facsimile: 212-202-3793

 

5.6        Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7        Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8        Automatic Conversion upon Expiration .  In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

 

5.9        Counterparts .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

5.10      Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

7.



 

“COMPANY”

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jason Glickman

 

 

   (Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Mureth

 

 

 

 

Name:

Michael Mureth

 

 

   (Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

 

8.



 

APPENDIX 1

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.         Holder elects to purchase ______________ shares of the Common/Series A Preferred [strike one] Stock of Tremor Media, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

 

[or]

 

1.         Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for _________________________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.         Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

Holders Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.         By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date):

 

 

1.


 



Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

and

 

the Stockholders named herein

 

Dated as of September 6, 2011

 



 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of the 6 day of September, 2011, by and between TREMOR VIDEO, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on SCHEDULE A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ” and the Warrantholders (as defined below).  This Agreement amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety the Prior Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ New Investors ”) are parties to that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the New Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock;

 

WHEREAS , the Company, certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) are parties to that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Existing Investors, dated as of December 9, 2010 (as amended by that certain First Amendment dated March 1, 2011, the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Company and the New Investors to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Existing Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement, in lieu of the rights set forth in the Prior Agreement, shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and shall govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1                                Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including without limitation any partner (but not any limited partner), retired partner, managing member, officer, director, manager or employee of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

1.2                                Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series I Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.3                                Conversion Shares ” means shares of Common Stock held by an Investor or issuable or issued to an Investor upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

1.



 

1.4                                Damages ” means any loss, claim, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.5                                Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.6                                Excluded Registration ” means a registration relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan or to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

1.7                                Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

1.8                                GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

1.9                                Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement; provided, however , that the Warrantholders and each of their respective transferees shall be deemed to be a Holder solely for purposes of Sections 2.1 through 2.10, 2.12, 2.13, 2.15, and 6 hereof (the “ Applicable Sections ”); provided , that the Warrantholders and their respective transferees shall not be permitted to participate in the initiating of a demand for registration under Section 2.1(a) hereof.

 

1.10                         Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

1.11                         Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

1.12                         IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

2.



 

1.13                         Key Employee ” means any executive-level employee (including division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

1.14                         Major Investor ” means (i) any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 1,500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization effected after the date hereof), and (ii) W Capital Partners II, L.P. or its Affiliates (collectively, “ W Capital ”).

 

1.15                         New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

 

1.16                         Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

1.17                         Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series 1 Preferred Stock, Series 2 Preferred Stock, Series 3 Preferred Stock and Series 4 Preferred Stock.

 

1.18                         Register , ” “ registered , ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

1.19                         Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock held by an Investor or issuable or issued to an Investor upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) any Common Stock issuable or issued (directly or indirectly) upon conversion of any capital stock of the Company acquired by the Investors after the date hereof, (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses ill and ill} above, and (iv) solely for purposes of the Applicable Sections, any Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable or issued upon exercise or conversion of the Warrants, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the rights under Section 2 hereof are not assigned or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.14 of this Agreement.

 

1.20                         Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the Common Stock outstanding, and the Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities, in each case, that are Registrable Securities.

 

1.21                         Requisite Investors ” means the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Conversion Shares issuable or issued upon the conversion of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

3.



 

1.22                         Restated Certificate ” means the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

 

1.23                         Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.13(b) hereof.

 

1.24                         ROFR Agreement ” means the Sixth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

1.25                         SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.26                         SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.27                         SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.28                         Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.29                         Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except as provided in Section 2.7.

 

1.30                         Series 1 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series 1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.31                         Series 2 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series 2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.32                         Series 3 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series 3 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.33                         Series 4 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series 4 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.34                         Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.35                         Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.36                         Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

4.



 

1.37                         Series C Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.38                         Series D Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.39                         Series E Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.40                         Series F Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.41                         Time Warner ” means Time Warner Inc. and its Affiliates.

 

1.42                         Warrants ” means (i) the Warrants to Purchase Stock dated June 7, 2007, December 8, 2008 and February 8, 2010, issued by the Company to Silicon Valley Bank, (ii) the Warrant issued to Comerica Bank dated February 6, 2008 and (iii) the Warrant issued to Venture Lending & Leasing IV, LLC dated December 7, 2006.

 

1.43                         Warrantholders ” means the holders of the Warrants.

 

2.                                       REGISTRATION RIGHTS .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                                Demand Registration .

 

(a)                                  If at any time after the earlier of (i) two (2) years after the date hereof or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from the Requisite Investors that the Company effect a registration with respect to all or any portion of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $20 million), then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(b).

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material

 

5.



 

information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than thirty (30) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such thirty (30) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section2.1 (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to this Section 2.1; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.3.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.7, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1.

 

2.2                                Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.4, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, regardless of whether any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.7.

 

2.3                                Form S-3 Registration .  If the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Initiating Holders, then the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice of the proposed registration to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders (the “ S-3 Notice ”); and

 

6.



 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a request given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the S-3 Notice is given; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 (i) if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to and requesting inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of Selling Expenses) of less than $2 million (based upon the public market price on the date of such request); (iii) if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good-faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 30 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders under this Section 2.3; provided, however , that the Company shall not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such thirty (30) day period other than an Excluded Registration; or (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.3; or (v) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration made under Section 2.2 hereof.  Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

2.4                                Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.3, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice or the S-3 Notice, as the case may be.  The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.2(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.4, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided, however , that the

 

7.



 

number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.  For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.4(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder and a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and other Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “ selling Holder , ” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “ selling Holder ” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “ selling Holder , ” as defined in this sentence.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of Section 2.1 and Section 2.3, a registration shall not be counted as “ effected ” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.4(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

2.5                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such

 

8.



 

registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to 180 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                  provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants

 

9.



 

to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in connection with any such registration statement;

 

(i)                                     notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

(j)                                     after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

2.6                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.7                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders, shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3, as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3.  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

2.8                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

2.9                                Indemnification .  If any Registrable Securities are included m a registration statement under this Section 2:

 

10.


 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnity and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, stockholders and Affiliates of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating any matter or defending any proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(a)) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such investigation or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating any investigation or defending any proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such investigation or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.9(b) exceed the proceeds from the offering (net of any Selling Expenses) received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the

 

11.



 

counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9.

 

(d)                                  The foregoing indemnity agreements of the Company and the selling Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Damages arising from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in, or omission or alleged omission of a material fact from, a preliminary prospectus (or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading) that has been corrected in the form of prospectus included in the registration statement at the time it becomes effective, or any amendment or supplement thereto filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Final Prospectus ”), such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any Person if a copy of the Final Prospectus was furnished to the indemnified party and such indemnified party failed to deliver, at or before the confirmation of the sale of the shares registered in such offering, a copy of the Final Prospectus to the Person asserting the loss, liability, claim, or damage in any case in which such delivery was required by the Securities Act.

 

(e)                                   To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.9 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.9 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.9, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.9(e), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to

 

12.



 

Section 2.9(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering (net of any Selling Expenses) received by such Holder, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.10                         Reports Under Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to such Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

(d)                                  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Investors enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.

 

13.



 

2.11                         Market Stand-off Agreement .

 

(a)                                  Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) or, if required by such underwriter, such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter to issue a research report or make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within 15-18 days prior to or after the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, but in any event not to exceed two hundred ten (210) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions.  The underwriters in connection with the IPO are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the IPO that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  Any “ market standoff or “ lock-up ” agreement with Holders pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall provide that any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

(b)                                  Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all shares or securities of the Company of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other Person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 2.11):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

14.



 

(c)                                   In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of capital stock of each Holder (and transferees and assignees thereof) until the end of such restricted period.

 

2.12                         Assignment of Registration Rights .  The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of such Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate, partner, member, limited partner, retired partner, retired member, or stockholder of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred; (y) such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11.  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is a limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, or stockholder or other Affiliate of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Section 2.

 

2.13                         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.13(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.  THE

 

15.



 

SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.13.

 

(c)                                   The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “ no action ” letter :from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require prior notice or such a legal opinion or “ no action ” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder transfers or distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder or a director, officer, partner or member of such Affiliate for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.13(c).  Each certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.13(b), except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

2.14                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, Section 2.2, or Section 2.3 shall terminate upon the earlier of:

 

(a)                                  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, by a company subject to and in compliance with the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act; or

 

16.



 

(b)                                  when all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities could be sold without restriction or limitation under SEC Rule 144.

 

3.                                       INFORMATION AND INSPECTION RIGHTS .

 

3.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or such extended period as may be approved by the Board of Directors up to one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year), (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year; (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year, and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(e)) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year; and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, in each case such financial statements shall be audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Board of Directors;

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that the financial report may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within twenty-one (21) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that the financial report may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP), with such statements comparing actual results against budgeted amounts and prior period performance;

 

17.



 

(e)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

 

(f)                                    with respect to the financial statements called for in Section 3.1(a), Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(d), an instrument executed by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.1(d)) and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

 

(g)                                  such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.1 to provide information that (i) it reasonably considers to be a trade secret (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, after consultation with the Company’s outside legal counsel or the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in good faith, reasonably determines would cause competitive harm to the Company if disclosed or would, if disclosed, adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing a registration statement; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

3.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that (i) it reasonably considers to be a trade secret (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, after consultation with the Company’s outside legal counsel or the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in good faith, reasonably determines would result in a disclosure that would cause competitive harm to the Company if disclosed or would, if disclosed, adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

18.


 

3.3                                Termination of Information .  The covenants set forth in Section 3.1, Section 3.2, and Section 3.5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, with a company subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, whichever event occurs first.

 

3.4                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company, or (d) is demonstrated by the Investor to have been in the Investor’s possession free of any obligation of confidence at the time it was communicated to the Investor; provided, however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) at any time after the expiration of such Investor’s obligations under Section 3.5, to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.4 or other substantially similar confidentiality provisions; (iii) to any partner, retired partner, member, stockholder, other Affiliate or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.  The Company acknowledges that certain of the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises that may have products or services that compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise, regardless of whether such enterprise has products or services that compete with those of the Company.  The non-use restrictions set forth herein shall not apply to an Investor’s use of ideas, concepts and know-how of a nature that is broadly applicable to companies other than the Company or to the Company’s industry in general, which ideas, concepts and know-how are known by the Investor prior to, or developed or learned by the Investor in the course of the Investor’s review of the confidential information disclosed hereunder and mentally retained in the unaided memory of the Investor (and not intentionally memorized for the purpose of later recording or use).

 

3.5                                Standstill Agreement .  Each Investor other than Time Warner agrees that, for a period of one year from the date of this Agreement (the “ Standstill Period ”), unless approved by the Board of Directors, neither the Investor nor any of its Affiliates shall make an offer to acquire shares of outstanding capital stock of the Company from a stockholder of the

 

19.



 

Company, other than (i) offers made in furtherance of such Investor’s Secondary Refusal Right pursuant to (and as defined in) the ROFR Agreement, (ii) sales made to Affiliates of such Investor, and (iii) offers by W Capital until such time as W Capital has purchased capital stock of the Company from one or more stockholders for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,000.  It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that the transfer to W Capital of up to $69,699 of the Company’s Series I Common Stock in connection with those certain transfers of an aggregate of 210,000 shares of Series I Common Stock, for which the Company’s Compensation Committee waived the Right of First Refusal (as defined in the ROFR Agreement) on or about August 16, 2011, shall not count toward the $10,000,000 limitation set forth in this Section 3.5.

 

4.                                       RIGHTS TO FUTURE STOCK ISSUANCES .

 

4.1                                Right of First Offer .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Investor.  An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

(b)                                  By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the product of (x) the aggregate number of New Securities, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Conversion Shares then held by such Investor and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then issued and outstanding (assuming the conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and any other securities convertible into Common Stock, if any, and the exercise of all outstanding stock options and warrants) (such Investor’s “ Pro Rata Proportion ”).  At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the product of (1) the aggregate number of New Securities for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors, multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Conversion Shares then held by such Fully Exercising Investor and the denominator of which is the total number of Conversion Shares then held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.  The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c).

 

20.



 

(c)                                   If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1.

 

(d)                                  The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Restated Certificate) and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in an IPO.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 4 shall not be applicable with respect to any Investor and any subsequent issuance of securities if, (i) at the time of such subsequent issuance of securities, such Investor is not an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent issuance of securities is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of this Section 4.1, the Company may elect to give notice to the Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities.  Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date notice is given to elect to purchase up to the number of New Securities that it would have been entitled pursuant to this Section 4.1 if the Company had complied with this Section 4.1.  The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Investors.

 

4.2                                Termination .  The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, whichever event occurs first.

 

5.                                       ADDITIONAL COVENANTS .

 

5.1                                Employee Agreements .  The Company will cause (i) each Person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors.  In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

21.



 

5.2                                Employee Vesting .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a one hundred eighty (180) day lockup period in connection with the IPO (such 180-day period being extendible up to 210 days in the manner described in Section 2.11).  As a condition to the issuance of stock by the Company, all employees and consultants will be required to sign an agreement granting the Company a “right of first refusal” on the transfer of such stock.  In addition, the Company shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.  Unless otherwise (x) approved by the Board of Directors and any compensation committee established pursuant to Section 5.7 hereof, or (y) as provided in the Stock Plans or grants made thereunder to date, none of such restricted stock or option agreements shall contain any provision for acceleration of vesting (or lapse of a repurchase right) or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding upon the occurrence of any event or combination of events.

 

5.3                                Maintenance of Insurance .  Within thirty (30) days following the date hereof, the Company shall obtain Directors and Officers liability insurance in a coverage amount of at least $4 million (“ D&O insurance policy ’’ ) on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Company’s Board of Directors.  The Company shall obtain “key person” life insurance policies in the amounts and covering such persons determined by the Board of Directors:  and such key person policies shall name the Company as loss payee.  Neither the key-person policies nor the D&O insurance policy shall be cancelable or modifiable in any material respect by the Company without prior approval of the Board of Directors.

 

5.4                                Meetings of the Board of Directors .  Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.

 

5.5                                Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Restated Certificate, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

5.6                                Board Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors including any meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors on which such directors serve.

 

22.



 

5.7                                Compensation Committee .  The Company shall maintain at all times a compensation committee comprised of at least two members of the Board of Directors.  At all times, the compensation committee must include two or more of the directors entitled to serve pursuant hereto.  A vote of a majority of the members of the compensation committee shall be required to approve all executive compensation, including all salaries and bonuses, and to approve all option grants, restricted stock awards and any other equity incentives whether pursuant to the Stock Plans or otherwise.

 

5.8                                Audit Committee .  The Company shall maintain at all times an audit committee comprised of at least two members of the Board of Directors.  At all times, the audit committee must include two or more of the directors entitled to serve pursuant hereto.

 

5.9                                Indemnification .  The Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that its Restated Certificate provides for indemnification of officers and directors of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

5.10                         Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Section 5.6, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event as defined in the Restated Certificate, whichever event occurs first.

 

6.                                       MISCELLANEOUS .

 

6.1                                Successors and Assigns .  Each Investor hereby agrees that it shall not, and may not, assign any of its rights and obligations hereunder, unless such rights and obligations are assigned by such Investor to (i) any Person to which Registrable Securities are transferred by such Investor pursuant to Section 2.13 or (ii) with respect to the right of first offer set forth in Section 4.1, to any other Investor, and, in each case, such assignee shall be deemed an “ Investor ” for purposes of this Agreement; provided that such assignment of rights shall be contingent upon the assignee providing a written instrument to the Company notifying the Company of such assignment and agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

6.2                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

6.3                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by electronic or facsimile signature (including without limitation transmission by .pdf for other fixed image

 

23.



 

form) and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices .  All notices, requests, and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day; (iii) for senders and receivers of notices located in the United States, five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iv) for senders and receivers of notices located in the United States, one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt; or (v) for senders and receivers of notices located outside of the United States, two (2) days after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying two day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on the signature pages hereto, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5; additional copies (which shall not constitute notice) shall be sent to those parties entitled to receive such copies as set forth on the signature pages hereto.  If notice is given to the Company, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, 220 West 42nd Street, 21 st  Floor, New York, NY  10036, Attention:  Steven L. Baglio.

 

6.6                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Investors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(a)                                  the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.13(c) (and the Company’s failure to object in writing to a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.13(c) promptly following receipt of notice thereof shall be deemed to be a waiver);

 

(b)                                  Registrable Securities held by the Warrantholders or any of their transferees shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for purposes of this Section 6.6 and the Warrantholders or any of their transferees shall not be required to amend, or waive the observance of, any term of this Agreement, except pursuant to clause (d) below;

 

(c)                                   neither Section 3.1 nor 3.2 may be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all Major Investors; and

 

(d)                                  this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies on its

 

24.



 

face to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction (a “ Waived Insider Offering ”); provided, however , that the Company may not permit any Major Investor to participate in such Waived Insider Offering without the prior written consent of each other Major Investor unless each Major Investor has first been offered the opportunity to purchase (a) its Pro Rata Proportion of any portion of such Waived Insider Offering to be purchased by Major Investors and (b) any New Securities to be purchased by any other Major Investor in excess of such other Major Investor’s Pro Rata Proportion of such New Securities).

 

(e)                                   The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

6.7                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.8                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and the exercise of any such rights may be allocated among such affiliated entities in such manner as such affiliated entities may determine in their discretion.  Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC, Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P., Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC, Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund II, LLC and Draper Associates, L.P. shall be deemed to be “ affiliated entities ” for purposes of the preceding sentence and “Affiliates” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

6.9                                Entire Agreement; Termination of Prior Agreement .  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect, and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

 

6.10                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such

 

25.



 

breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

26.


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Day

 

Name:

William Day

 

Title:

President

 

Address:

53 West 23rd St.

 

 

New York, NY 10010

 

Telephone No.: (646) 723-5300

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

W CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

By:

WCP GP II, L.P., its General Partner

 

By:

WCP GP II, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Migliorino

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

Address:

One East 52 nd  Street, 5 th  Floor

 

 

New York, NY 10022

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwin Procter LLP

 

The New York Times Building

 

620 Eighth Avenue

 

New York, NY 10018

 

Attn: Stuart L. Rosenthal, Esq.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

DRAPER FISHER JURVETSON

 

GROWTH FUND 2006, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund

 

 

2006 Partners, L.P.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

DFJ Growth Fund 2006, Ltd.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Barry Schuler

 

Name:

Barry Schuler

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DRAPER FISHER JURVETSON

 

PARTNERS GROWTH FUND 2006, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Barry Schuler

 

Name:

Barry Schuler

 

Title:

Authorized Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

(650) 233-9000

 

Fax:

(650) 233-9233

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

KEATING CAPITAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederic M. Schweiger

 

Name:

Frederic M. Schweiger

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Contact information for all notices and other relevant information:

 

 

 

 

 

Keating Capital, Inc.

 

Attention:

Frederic M. Schweiger,

 

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 1000

 

 

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

(630) 692-0640

 

Fax:

(630) 692-0647

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

rs@keatinginvestments.com

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

DRAPER FISHER JURVETSON FUND IX, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Fisher

 

Name:

John Fisher

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

DRAPER FISHER JURVETSON

 

PARTNERS IX, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Fisher

 

Name:

John Fisher

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DRAPER ASSOCIATES RISKMASTERS

 

FUND II, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy C. Draper

 

Name:

Timothy C. Draper

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

2882 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

(650) 233-9000

 

Fax:

(650) 233-9233

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

MASTHEAD VENTURE PARTNERS

 

CAPITAL, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Masthead SBIC General Partner, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Braden M Bohrmann

 

Name:

Braden M Bohrmann

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

CANAAN VII L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Canaan Partners VII LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Guy M. Russo

 

Name:

Guy M. Russo

 

Title:

Member/Manager, General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

285 Riverside Avenue, Ste. 250

 

 

Westport, CT 06889

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

Jason Glickman

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew Reis

 

Andrew Reis

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Pinney

 

Mark Pinney

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

SAP VENTURES FUND I HOLDINGS, LLC,

 

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

SAP Ventures Fund I, LP.,

 

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

SAP Ventures GPE (I), L.L.C,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Hartwig

 

Name:

David Hartwig

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nino Marakovic

 

Name:

Nino Marakovic

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

4 West 4 th  Avenue

 

 

Suite 300

 

 

San Mateo, CA 94402

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.,
its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.,

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Gordon

 

 

Michael B. Gordon,

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

245 Lytton Avenue

 

 

Suite 350

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES III L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C., a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael B. Gordon

 

 

Michael B. Gordon,

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

245 Lytton Avenue

 

 

Suite 350

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

GENERAL CATALYST GROUP IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

General Catalyst Partners IV, L.P.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

General Catalyst GP IV, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Fitzgerald

 

Name:

William J. Fitzgerald

 

Title:

Member and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GC ENTREPRENEURS FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

General Catalyst Partners IV, L.P.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

General Catalyst GP IV, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Fitzgerald

 

Name:

William J. Fitzgerald

 

Title:

Member and Chief Financial Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

EDB INVESTMENTS PTE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chu Swee Yeok

 

Name:

Chu Swee Yeok

 

Title:

CEO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

TIME WARNER INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rachel Lam

 

 

Rachel Lam

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

Time Warner Inc.

 

 

One Time Warner Center

 

 

New York, NY 10019

 

 

Attn: Time Warner Investments,

 

 

14 th  Floor

 

 

Fax: 212-484-7265

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

Time Warner Inc.

 

 

One Time Warner Center

 

 

New York, NY 10019

 

 

Attn: Deputy General Counsel,

 

 

14 th  Floor

 

 

Fax: 212-937-4691

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

/s/ Jim Rossman

 

Jim Rossman

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

SIXTH A&R INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

SCHEDULE A
INVESTORS

 

Masthead Venture Partners Capital, L.P.

Canaan Partners VII LLC

Alfred R. Berkeley III

Donald and Lillian Reis

The Berkowitz Family, LLC

Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I-A, L.P.

Brooke Private Equity Advisors Fund I (D), L.P.

Highline Capital Management L.L.C.

Andrew L. Stem

Hans Eric Vaule

AmosLLC

Millennium Technology Value Partners, L.P.

Millennium Technology Value Partners (RCM), L.P.

SVB Financial Group (solely for purposes of the Applicable Sections)

Meritech Capital Partners III L.P.

Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P.

SAP Ventures Fund I Holdings, L.L.C.

Draper Fisher Jurvetson Growth Fund 2006, L.P.

Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners Growth Fund 2006, LLC

Draper Fisher Jurvetson Fund IX, L.P.

Draper Fisher Jurvetson Partners IX, LLC

Draper Associates, L.P.

Jason Glickman

AndrewReis

Mark Pinney

Triangle Peak Partners Private Equity, LP

Amidzad Partners, LLC

Amidzad Partners II, LLC

Timothy Armstrong

Baseline Ventures LLC

Baseline Ventures Growth LLC

Sarkis Boghjalian

Paul Buchheit

Caufield Angel Fund

Charles Schwab & Co. Cust. FBO Ronald Conway IRA

Claudio Chiuchiarelli and Joanette Chiuchiarelli JTWROS

Patrick J. Connolly

David L. desJardins

Christopher Dixon

Elandrich Capital

Felicis Ventures LLC

First Round Capital 2006 LP

First Round Capital 2006 Annex Fund LP

Georges R. Harik

 



 

HNK Ventures, LLC

Reza Jalili

James Aguilar and Shellie B. Aguilar,
Trustees of the Aguilar Family Revocable Trust, Dated November 17,2005

John Conway Trustee of the Christopher David Conway Trust, DTD 1/19/85

JW Incline Partners, LLC

Kimberly W. Fusch and Edward H. Fusch Community Property Trust Dated 10-23-03

Michael James Maples, Jr.

J. Casey McGlynn

California National Bank Custodian flb/o J. Casey McGlynn A/C#CMJ1500

Hamed Moghaddam

Orsak Family Trust UDT, Dated February 18, 2000

Mukesh K. Parekh

Permalon Limited

Peter M. and Lynn M. Yeatrakas Trust (Nov 14, 1991)

Michael S. Phillips

Thomas Pinckney

Richard Conway Trustee of the Daniel A. Conway Trust, DTD 9/30/82

Richard Conway Trustee of the Ronald J. Conway Trust, DTD 9/30/82

Ronald & Gayle Conway as Trustees of the Conway Family Trust Dated 9/25/96

The Fowell Family Trust- Murlan C. & Chery L. Fowell, Trustees

Venture Lending & Leasing IV, LLC

William Morris Agency, LLC

WS Investment Company, LLC (2006A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2006C)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2007A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2007C)

Elton Satusky

General Catalyst Group IV, L.P.

GC Entrepreneurs Fund IV, L.P.

Rob Soni

Time Warner Inc.

Brian O’Kelley

Jim Rossman

EDB Investments Pte Ltd

W Capital Partners II, L.P.

Keating Capital, Inc.

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) dated as of June 7, 2007 (the “Effective Date” ) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with a loan production office located at 535 Fifth Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10017 ( “Bank” ), and TREMOR MEDIA, INC., a Delaware corporation ( “Borrower” ), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

1.             ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

2.             LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1          Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.1.1      Venture Term Loan.

 

(a)           Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each a -Term Loan Advance” and, collectively, the “Term Loan Advances” ) not exceeding the Venture Term Loan. Each Term Loan Advance, other than the final Term Loan Advance, must be in an amount equal to at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00). After repayment, no Term Loan Advance may be reborrowed.

 

(b)           Interest Payments . Commencing on the first Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs (or commencing on the Funding Date if the Funding Date is the first Payment Date of the month). Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

(c)           Repayment . Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall repay the outstanding Term Loan Advances in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus ( ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a). The final payment of all unpaid principal amounts of the Term Loan Advances and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon is due and payable in full on the Venture Term Loan Maturity Date. Term Loan Advances may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.1(d) and 2.1.1(e).

 

(d)           Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Term Loan Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued

 

1.



 

and unpaid interest, and (ii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

(e)           Permitted Prepayment of Term Loan Advances . Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay. without penalty or premium, all outstanding Obligations with respect to each Term Loan Advance, including, without limitation, any Bank Expenses due and payable hereunder with respect to such Term Loan Advance.

 

2.2          Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

 

(a)           Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount of outstanding Term Loan Advances shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate of interest equal to one percentage point (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.

 

(b)           Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.0%) above the rate effective immediately before the Event of Default (the “Default Rate” ). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

 

(c)           Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

 

(d)           360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(e)           Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off but shall be credited against Obligations due and payable.

 

(f)            Payments . Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 2:00 Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue.

 

2.3          Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

 

(a)           Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00), on the Effective Date; and

 

(b)           Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

2.



 

2.4          Good Faith Deposit. Borrower has paid to Bank a deposit of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) (the “Good Faith Deposit” ) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses will be applied to the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.3(a) above.

 

3.             CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1          Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

(a)           Duly executed original signatures of Borrower to the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)           Duly executed original signatures of Borrower to the Control Agreement[s];

 

(c)           Borrower shall have delivered its Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

(d)           Duly executed signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

 

(e)           Bank shall have received certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any Code termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

(f)            Borrower shall have delivered a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Bank;

 

(g)           Borrower shall have delivered a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

 

(h)           Borrower shall have delivered evidence reasonably satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

 

(i)            Borrower shall have paid the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

3.2          Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:

 

3.



 

(a)           except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

 

(b)           the representations and warranties in Section 5 shall be true in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 remain true in all material respects; provided, however. that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 

(c)           in Bank’s reasonable discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

 

3.3          Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of a Credit Extension prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

3.4          Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Term Loan Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/ Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Term Loan Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Term Loan Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. If any portion of the proceeds of the Term Loan Advance shall be used to purchase or finance Equipment. Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a copy of the invoice for the Equipment to be purchased and the request for the Term Loan Advance.

 

4.             CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1          Grant of Security Interest.   Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security

 

4.



 

interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated. Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

 

4.2          Authorization to File Financing Statements.   Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder. including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

5.             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1          Due Organization and Authorization. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, if any, are duly existing and in good standing, as Registered Organizations in their respective jurisdictions of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and are in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of their business or their ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed perfection certificate signed by Borrower (the “Perfection Certificate” ). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete. If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with Borrower’s organizational documents, nor constitute an

 

5.



 

event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

5.2          Collateral. Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as Borrower has given Bank notice pursuant to Section 7.2. In the event that Borrower, after the date hereof, intends to store or otherwise deliver any portion of the Collateral to a bailee, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank and such bailee must execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

 

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property. Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank within ten ( 10) days of entering or becoming bound by any such license or agreement which is reasonably likely to have a material impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for all such licenses or contract rights to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such license or agreement (such consent or authorization may include a licensor’s agreement to a contingent assignment of the license to Bank if Bank determines that is necessary in its good faith judgment), whether now existing or entered into in the future.

 

5.3          Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150.000).

 

5.4          No Material Deterioration in Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations for the periods covered thereby. There has not been any material

 

6.



 

deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

5.5          Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.6          Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue its business as currently conducted.

 

5.7          Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.8          Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions.   Borrower has timely filed, or has obtained valid extensions for the filing of, all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries have timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien” . Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

5.9          Use of Proceeds.   Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

7.



 

5.10        Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representations, warranties, or other statements were made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

6.             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

6.1          Government Compliance. Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, the noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

6.2          Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

 

(a)           Deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations during the period certified by a Responsible Officer or Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer or Controller and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank together with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date); (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion; ( iii) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt; (iv) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a link thereto on Borrower’s or another website on the Internet; ( v) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or more; and (vi) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

(b)           Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer or Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer or Controller.

 

8.



 

6.3          Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

6.4          Taxes; Pensions. Make, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to make, timely payment of all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes or assessments (other than taxes and assessments which Borrower is contesting pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof) and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

6.5          Insurance. Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer must give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to $50,000, in the aggregate, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

6.6          Operating Accounts.

 

(a)           Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, maintain its and its Subsidiaries’ depository, operating, and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s affiliates.

 

(b)           Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or its Affiliates. In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder. The provisions of the previous

 

9.



 

sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

 

6.7          Protection of Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower shall protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its intellectual property, except to the extent that Bank gives its prior written consent or if Borrower determines in good faith and upon consultation of its legal counsel that the foregoing is not in the best interests of Borrower.

 

6.8          Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

6.9          Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

7.             NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

7.1          Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer. assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer” ), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of surplus, worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

 

7.2          Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (1) have a change in management such that the Key Person resigns, is terminated, or is no longer actively involved in the management of the Borrower in his/her current position and a replacement reasonably satisfactory to Borrower’s Board of Directors for such Key Person is not made within one hundred twenty (120) days after departure from Borrower, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower immediately prior to the first such transaction own less than 51% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction). Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in Borrower’s assets or property), (2) change its jurisdiction of

 

10.


 

 

organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

 

7.3       Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or its assets may be acquired by another Subsidiary or by Borrower.

 

7.4       Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5       Encumbrance. Create, incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s intellectual property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of ‘Permitted Liens” herein.

 

7.6       Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

 

7.7       Distributions; Investments. (a) Directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; or (b) pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock, provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of $50,000 per fiscal year.

 

7.8       Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, it being understood that Borrower’s institutional venture capital stockholders and Affiliates may provide equity and/or unsecured convertible debt or equity financing to Borrower subject to the terms hereof.

 

7.9       Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the

 

11.



 

Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

7.10     Compliance.   Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company” , under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation. if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

8.         EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default” ) under this Agreement:

 

8.1       Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period will not apply to payments due on the Venture Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

8.2       Covenant Default.

 

(a)        Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

 

(b)       Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision. condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten ( 10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply to financial covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

 

8.3       Material Adverse Change.   A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

12.



 

8.4       Attachment. (a) Any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in ten (10) days; (b) the service of process seeking to attach. by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower, or of any entity under control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), on deposit with Bank or Bank’s Affiliate; (c) Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part of its business; (d) a judgment or other claim in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100.000) becomes a Lien on any of Borrower’s assets, and the same is not released within ten (10) days; or (e) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency and not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice. These are not Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending contest by Borrower (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during the cure period);

 

8.5       Insolvency (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6       Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or that could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

 

8.7       Judgments. A judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment);

 

8.8       Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement. any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

 

8.9       Subordinated Debt.   A default or breach, in any material respect, occurs under any agreement between Borrower and any creditor of Borrower that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Bank, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Bank breaches, in any material respect, any terms of such agreement; or

 

9.         BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1       Rights and Remedies. While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

13.



 

(a)        declare all Obligations immediately due and payable {but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b)       stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

(c)        demand that Borrower ( i) deposits cash with Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of any letters of credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such letters of credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any letters of credit;

 

(d)       settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

(e)        make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

(f)        apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

 

(g)        ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets. trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(h)       place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(i)         demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

 

(j)        exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

14.



 

9.2       Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

9.3       Accounts Verification; Collection. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such account. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, any amounts received by Borrower shall be held in trust by Borrower for Bank, and, if requested by Bank. Borrower shall immediately deliver such receipts to Bank in the form received from the Account Debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

 

9.4       Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest applicable rate charged by Bank, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.5       Application of Payments and Proceeds. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, or proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, first, to Bank Expenses, including without limitation, the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Bank in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement; second, to the interest due upon any of the Obligations; and third, to the principal of the Obligations and any applicable fees and other charges, in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the

 

15.



 

Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

9.6       Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.7       No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

9.8       Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

10.       NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “Communication” ) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one ( I ) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:

Tremor Media, Inc.,
122 West 26th St., 8th Floor

 

16.



 

 

New York, New York 10001
Attn: President
Fax: (212) 202-3793

 

 

with a copy to:

Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal LLP
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
Attn: Victor H. Boyajian, Esquire
Fax (973) 912-7199
Email: vboyajian@sonnenschein.com

 

 

If to Bank:

Silicon Valley Bank
535 Fifth Avenue, 27th Floor,
New York, New York 10017
Attn: Mr. Michael Moretti
Fax: (212) 688-5994
Email:M.Moretti@svb.com

 

 

with a copy to:

Riemer & Braunstein LLP
Three Center Plaza
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
Attn: David A. Ephraim, Esquire
Fax: (617) 880-3456
Email: DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

 

 

11.       CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

 

New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in New York; provided, however, that if for any reason Bank cannot avail itself of such courts in the State of New York, Borrower accepts jurisdiction of the courts and venue in Santa Clara County, California. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, BANK SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH BANK DEEMS NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE IN ORDER TO REALIZF ON THE COLLATERAL OR TO OTHERWISE ENFORCE BANK’S RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY.

 

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS

 

17.



 

AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

12.       GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1     Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell. transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in. Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

12.2     Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims” ) asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents: and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower relating to the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.3     Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.4     Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.5     Amendments in Writing; Integration. All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing signed by both Bank and Borrower. This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements, including, without limitation, the term sheet dated March 29, 2007 between Borrower and Bank. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

12.6     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.7     Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

12.8     Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of

 

18.



 

information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (who shall be bound by the term of this Section); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; and (e) as Bank reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (1) is in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank (by no fault of Bank); or (ii) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

12.9     Right of Set Off. Borrower hereby grants to Bank, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a Bank subsidiary) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

 

13.       DEFINITIONS

 

13.1     Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Affiliate” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors. partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

“Amortization Date” is the first (1st) Payment Date following the Draw Period End Date.

 

19.



 

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

 

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s Board of Directors and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying that (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that attached as Exhibit A to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

 

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

 

“Cash Equivalents” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service. Inc., (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue, and Bank’s money market accounts.

 

“Claims” are defined in Section 12.2.

 

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of. or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York. The term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes on the

 

20.


 

provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

 

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Communication” is defined in Section 10.

 

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; lb) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

“Credit Extension” is any Term Loan Advance, or any other extension of credit hereunder by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 

“Default” is any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

 

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

21.



 

“Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number maintained with Bank.

 

“Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

 

“Draw Period” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the Draw Period End Date.

 

“Draw Period End Date” is the earliest to occur of (a) June 7, 2008 or (b) an Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Borrower reports as of and for the quarter ending December 31, 2007, Net Income for such quarter of greater than or equal to One Dollar ($1.00), the Draw Period End Date shall be the earliest to occur of (a) December 7, 2008 or (b) an Event of Default.

 

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

 

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

 

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

“Good Faith Deposit” is defined in Section 2.4.

 

22.



 

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital tease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

“Key Person” is the Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is, as of the Effective Date, Jason Glickman.

 

“Lien” is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

“Net Income” means, as calculated for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower for such period taken as a single accounting period.

 

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, under this Agreement, or the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

 

23.



 

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and its bylaws in current form each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

“Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

“Payment Date” is the first calendar day of each month.

 

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

 

(a)        Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)        Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

(c)        Subordinated Debt;

 

(d)       unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)        Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(f)        extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (e) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

“Permitted Investments” are:

 

(a)        Investments shown on the Perfection Certificate and existing on the Effective Date;

 

(b)        Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)        Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(d)       Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent

 

24.



 

obligations of and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)        Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (e) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

 

(f)        joint ventures or strategic alliances, in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, consisting of the nonexclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and provided further that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing, or would exist after such event.

 

“Permitted Liens” are:

 

(a)        Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)        Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on Borrower’s Books, if they have no priority over any of Bank’s Liens, and statutory Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other Persons imposed without action of such parties, provided, they have no priority over any of Bank’s Lien and the aggregate amount of such Liens does not at any time exceed $50,000.00;

 

(c)        purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

 

(d)       Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase; and

 

(e)        non-exclusive license of intellectual property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

“Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

 

25.



 

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Operating Officer of Borrower.

 

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

“Subsidiary” is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

“Term Loan Advance” or “Term Loan Advances” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

 

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

“Venture Term Loan” is a Term Loan Advance or Term Loan Advances in an aggregate amount not to exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00).

 

“Venture Term Loan Maturity Date” is the earliest of (a) the Payment Date that is thirty-five (35) months after the Amortization Date, or (b) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

“Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

 

Signature page follows.

 

26.



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/Jason Glickman

 

Name:

Jason Glickman

 

Title:

CEO

 

BANK:

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

27.



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Moretti

 

Name:

Michael Moretti

 

Title:

SVP

 

 

28.



 

EXHIBIT A

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired any copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts, license and royalty fees and other revenues, proceeds, or income arising out of or relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, domain names, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks arid, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing, without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

29.


 

EXHIBIT B

 

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form

 

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON E.S.T.*

 

Fax To:

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN PAYMENT:

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

 

 

Principal $

 

 

and/or Interest $

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number.

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN ADVANCE:

 

 

 

 

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

 

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

 

 

Amount of Advance $

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number.

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

 

 

 

 

 

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to he wired.

 

 

 

Deadline for same day processing is noon, E.S.T.

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Name:

 

 

Amount of Wire: $

 

 

Beneficiary Bank:

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

City and State:

 

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

 

 

 

 

(For International Wire Only)

 

 

 

Intermediary Bank:

 

 

Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

For Further Credit to:

 

 

Special Instruction:

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) fluids transfer request shall he processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements( s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

2nd Signature (if required):

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Unless otherwise provided for an Advance bearing interest at LIBOR.

 

30.



 

EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date:

 

 

FROM:

TREMOR MEDIA. INC.

 

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of Tremor Media, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending  with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents as appropriate supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

Monthly within 30 days

Yes No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

FYE within 150 days

Yes No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

Yes No

A/P Agings

Monthly within 30 days

Yes No

AIR Agings

Monthly within 30 days

Yes No

 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.” )

 

 

 

 

 

31.



 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

By:                                                              

Received by:                                        

Name:                                                         

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:                                                           

 

 

 

 

Date:                                                     

 

Verified:                                                  

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

Date:                                                     

 

Compliance Status

Yes  No

 

 

 

32.


 

FIRST LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This First Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of December 8, 2008, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 535 Fifth Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10017 (“Bank”) and TREMOR MEDIA, INC., a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 122 West 26th Street, 8th Floor, New York 10001(“Borrower”).

 

1.                                   DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 7, 2007, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 7, 2007, between Borrower and Bank (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                     DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

 

3.                                     DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

A.                                 Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

1                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following, to appear as Section 2.1.2 thereof:

 

“2.1.2 2008 Venture Term Loan.

 

(a)                                Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the 2008 Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each a “2008 Term Loan Advance” and, collectively, the “2008 Term Loan Advances”) not exceeding the 2008 Venture Term Loan. Each 2008 Term Loan Advance, other than the final 2008 Term Loan Advance, must be in an amount equal to at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00). After repayment, no Term Loan Advance may be reborrowed.

 

(b)                               Interest Payments . Commencing on the first Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date of a 2008 Term Loan Advance occurs (or commencing on the Funding Date if the Funding Date is the first Payment Date of the month) until June 30, 2009, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest with respect to such 2008 Term Loan Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii).

 

1.



 

(c)                                Repayment . Commencing on the 2008 Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall repay the outstanding 2008 Term Loan Advances in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a)(ii). The final payment of all unpaid principal amounts of the 2008 Term Loan Advances and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon is due and payable in full on the 2008 Venture Term Loan Maturity Date. 2008 Term Loan Advances may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(d) and 2.1.2(e).

 

(d)                              Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the 2008 Term Loan Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the Prepayment Fee, and (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

(e)                                Permitted Prepayment of 2008 Term Loan Advances . So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of any 2008 Term Loan Advance advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay such 2008 Term Loan Advance at least three (3) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest relating to such 2008 Term Loan Advance, (B) the Prepayment Fee, and (C) all other sums relating to such 2008 Term Loan Advance, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.”

 

2                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new sections, to appear immediately following Section 2.1.2 thereof:

 

“2.1.3 Revolving Advances.

 

(a)                                Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and after the occurrence of the Equity Event, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

 

(b)                               Termination: Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

2.



 

2.1.4                 Letters of Credit Sublimit

 

(a)                                As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit for Borrower’s account. Such aggregate amounts utilized hereunder shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.6. The aggregate amount available to be used for the issuance of Letters of Credit may not exceed (i) the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line, or (B) the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services and the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iii) the FX Reduction Amount. If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement by Borrower, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application” ). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guaranteed by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

 

(b)                               The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

 

(c)                                Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in

 

3.



 

connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges) in Dollars at the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

(d)                              To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “Letter of Credit Reserve” ) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

 

2.1.5                 Foreign Exchange Sublimit. As part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “FX Forward Contract” ) on a specified date (the “Settlement Date” ). Each FX Forward Contract shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of the outstanding amount of the FX Forward Contract (the “FX Reserve” ). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate FX Reserves for all outstanding FX Forward Contracts (the “FX Reduction Amount” ). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

 

2.1.6                 Cash Management Services Sublimit. Borrower may use up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 and the FX Reduction Amount, of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “Cash Management Services” ). Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

 

2.1.7                 Overadvances. If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount exceeds

 

4.



 

the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.”

 

3                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing as Section 2.2(a) thereof:

 

                                         (a)                                Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount of outstanding Term Loan Advances shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate of interest equal to one percentage point (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

                                         (b)                               Interest Rate.

 

(i)                                   Venture Term Loan. Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount of outstanding Term Loan Advances shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate of interest equal to one percentage point (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.

 

(ii)                               2008 Venture Term Loan. Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount of outstanding 2008 Term Loan Advances shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate of interest equal to one and one-half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.

 

(iii)                           Advances. Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one percentage point (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

4                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new text, to appear immediately following Section 2.3(b) thereof:

 

                                         (c)                                Prepayment Fee . The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder.”

 

5                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 3.4 thereof:

 

“Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan Advance set forth in this Agreement. to obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Term Loan Advance. Together

 

5.



 

with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/ Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Term Loan Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Term Loan Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Term Loan Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. If any portion of the proceeds of the Term Loan Advance shall be used to purchase or finance Equipment, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a copy of the invoice for the Equipment to be purchased and the request for the Term Loan Advance.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan Advance, a 2008 Term Loan Advance, or an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time on the Funding Date of the Term Loan Advance, 2008 Term Loan Advance, or Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/ Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Credit Extensions to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Credit Extensions under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. If any portion of the proceeds of the Term Loan Advance or 2008 Term Loan Advance shall be used to purchase or finance Equipment, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a copy of the invoice for the Equipment to be purchased and the request for the Term Loan Advance or 2008 Term Loan Advance.”

 

6                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new text, appearing as Section 5.11 thereof:

 

                                         5.11                     Accounts Receivable. For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any

 

6.



 

Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.”

 

7                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing as Section 6.2 thereof:

 

                                        6.2                             Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

 

(a)                                Deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations during the period certified by a Responsible Officer or Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer or Controller and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank together with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date); (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion; (iii) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt; (iv) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a link thereto on Borrower’s or another website on the Internet; (v) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or more; and (vi) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

(b)                               Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer or Borrower’s Chief Financial Officer or Controller.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

7.



 

                                        6.2                             Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

 

(c)                                Deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations during the period certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) in the event that Borrower’s stock becomes publicly held, within five (5) days of filing, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8 K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a link thereto on Borrower’s or another website on the interne; (iv) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) or more; (v) at least annually, within ten (10) days of approval by Borrower’s Board, and within ten (10) days of any updates or changes thereto, Board approved projections and a budget; and (vi) budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

(d)                              Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

 

(e)                                Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to Bank a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date).

 

(f)                                 Allow Bank to audit Borrower’s Collateral, including, but not limited to, Borrower’s Accounts at Borrower’s expense, upon reasonable notice to Borrower; provided, however, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall be obligated to pay for not more than one (1) audit per year. Borrower hereby acknowledges that the first such audit will be conducted within sixty (60) days after the 2008 Effective Date. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank may audit Borrower’s Collateral, including, but not limited to, Borrower’s Accounts at Borrower’s expense and at Bank’s sole and exclusive discretion and without notification and authorization from Borrower.”

 

8.



 

8                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 6.6 thereof:

 

                                        (a)                                Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, maintain its and its Subsidiaries’ depository, operating, and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s affiliates.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

                                        (b)                               To permit Bank to monitor Borrower’s financial performance and condition, Borrower, and all Borrower’s Subsidiaries, shall maintain Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’, primary operating accounts with Bank and all of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ cash or securities in excess of that amount used for Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ current operations shall be maintained or administered through Bank and Bank’s affiliates.”

 

9                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new text, to appear immediately following Section 6.6(b) thereof:

 

                                         (c)                                As and when directed by Bank in writing from time to time, at Bank’s option and at the sole and exclusive discretion of Bank (regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred), Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor (and each depository institution where proceeds of Accounts are on deposit) to remit payments with respect to the Accounts to a lockbox account established with Bank or to wire transfer payments to a cash collateral account that Bank controls.”

 

10                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new Section 6.10 thereof:

 

                                        6.10                     Financial Covenants.

 

After the occurrence of the Equity Event, Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted (all calculations shall be computed with respect to the Borrower only, and not on a consolidated basis):

 

(a)                                Tangible Net Worth. A Tangible Net Worth of at least Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount required in the prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (i) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, during any of Borrower’s fiscal quarters ending after the occurrence of the Equity Event, plus (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity, other than with respect to the Equity Event, after the occurrence of the Equity Event.

 

9.



 

(b)                               Adjusted Quick Ratio. A a ratio of (i) Quick Assets, to (ii) Current Liabilities minus Current Deferred Revenue of at least 1.15 to 1.0.”

 

11                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing as Section 7.1 thereof:

 

                                        7.1                             Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer” ), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of surplus, worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

                                        7.1                             Dispositions. Unless provision is made for the repayment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement and the 2008 Loan Agreement and the termination of this Agreement and the 2008 Loan Agreement as of or prior to the consummation thereof, convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively a “Transfer” ), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of surplus, worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.”

 

12                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing as Section 7.3 thereof:”

 

                                        7.3                             Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower or its assets may be acquired by another Subsidiary or by Borrower.” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

                                        7.3                             Mergers or Acquisitions. Unless provision is made for the repayment in full of the Obligations under this Agreement and the 2008 Loan Agreement and the termination of this Agreement and the 2008 Loan Agreement as of or prior to the consummation thereof, merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into

 

10.


 

Borrower or its assets may be acquired by another Subsidiary or by Borrower.”

 

13                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing as Section 8.1 thereof:

 

                                        8.1                             Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period will not apply to payments due on the Venture Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

                                        8.1                             Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period will not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);”

 

14                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 8.2 thereof:

 

                                         (a)                                Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

                                         (a)                                Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, or 6.10, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or”

 

15                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new Section 8.10 immediately following Section 8.9 thereof:

 

                                         8.10                     2008 Loan Agreement. An Event of Default (as such term is defined under the 2008 Loan Agreement) occurs under the 2008 Loan Agreement.”

 

16                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

                                        “Credit Extension” is any Term Loan Advance, or any other extension of credit hereunder by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.”

 

                                        “Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of

 

11.



 

such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.”

 

                                        “Permitted Investments” are:

 

(a)                                Investments shown on the Perfection Certificate and existing on the Effective Date;

 

(b)                               Cash Equivalents;

 

(c) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(d) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (e) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

 

(f) joint ventures or strategic alliances, in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and provided further that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing, or would exist after such event.” and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

                                        “Credit Extension” is any Advance, Term Loan Advance, 2008 Term Loan Advance, or any other extension of credit hereunder by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.”

 

                                        “Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the

 

12.



 

Obligations, or (d) after the occurrence of the Equity Event, Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.”

 

                                        “Permitted Investments” are: (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or its agency or any state maturing within 1 year from its acquisition, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than 1 year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than 1 year after issue, (iv) any other investments administered through Bank, (v) Investments shown on the Perfection Certificate which are existing on the Effective Date, and (vi) as of January 1, 2009 and thereafter, Investments in Tremor Media Europe GmbH (Borrower’s Subsidiary) and Tremor Media UK Limited (a Subsidiary of Tremor Media Europe GmbH) for the ordinary and necessary operating expenses of such entities in an aggregate amount not to exceed Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00) per calendar year.”

 

17                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new definitions, appearing in appropriate alphabetical order, in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

                                        “Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.”

 

                                        “Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.”

 

                                        “Borrowing Base” is eighty percent (80.0%) of Eligible Accounts, as reasonably determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.”

 

                                        “Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.”

 

                                        “Cash Management Services” is defined in Section 2.1.6.”

 

13.



 

                                        “Current Deferred Revenue” is the current portion of amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.”

 

                                        “Current Liabilities” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.”

 

                                        “Eligible Accounts” means billed Accounts in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.11. Bank reserves the right at any time after the 2008 Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Without limiting the foregoing, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following Accounts:

 

(a)                                Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

 

(b)                               Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

(c)                                Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

(d)                              Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;

 

(e)                                Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(f)                                 Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

 

(g)                               Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

 

(h)                               Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;

 

14.



 

(i)                                   Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(j)                                   Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

(k)                               Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has not been invoiced or where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

(1)                               Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

 

(m)                           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

 

(n)                               Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

 

(o)                               Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

 

(p)                               Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

 

(q)                               Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

15.



 

(r)                                  Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

 

(s)                                 Accounts subject to chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

 

(t)                                  Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

(v)                               Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful; and

 

(w)                           other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.”

 

                                         “Equity Event” is (a) the receipt of unrestricted net cash proceeds by Borrower, after the 2008 Effective Date, in an amount equal to at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00), from the closing of an equity round of financing, and (b) the termination of the 2008 Loan Agreement.”

 

                                         “Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.”

 

                                         “FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.”

 

                                         “FX Forward Contract” is defined in Section 2.1.5.” “FX Reduction Amount” is defined in Section 2.1.5.” “FX Reserve” is defined in Section 2.1.5.” i4                 “Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.4.”

 

                                         “Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.1.4(a).”

 

                                         “Letter of Credit Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.4(d).”

 

                                         “Maturity Date” is the Venture Term Loan Maturity Date, the 2008 Venture Term Loan Maturity Date, or the Revolving Line Maturity Date, as applicable.”

 

                                         “Prepayment Fee” shall be an additional fee payable to Bank in an amount equal to:

 

16.



 

(i)                                   for a prepayment made after the 2008 Effective Date and on or prior to December 8, 2009 two percent (2.0%) of the principal amount of the 2008 Venture Term Loan prepaid;

 

(ii)                               for a prepayment made after December 9, 2009, and on or prior to December 9, 2010, one percent (1.0%) of the principal amount of the 2008 Venture Term Loan prepaid; and

 

(iii)                           for a prepayment made after December 9, 2010, zero percent (0.0%).”

 

                                         “Quick Assets” is, on any date, Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained at Bank, plus net billed accounts receivable.”

 

                                         “Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00).”

 

                                         “Revolving Line Maturity Date” is December 7, 2009.”

 

                                         “Settlement Date” is defined in Section 2.1.5.”

 

                                         “Tangible Net Worth” is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (a) any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) notes, accounts receivable and other obligations owing to Borrower from its officers or other Affiliates, and (iv) reserves not already deducted from assets, minus (b) Total Liabilities, plus (c) Subordinated Debt.”

 

                                         “Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, but excluding the current portion of Subordinated Debt.”

 

                                         “2008 Amortization Date” is July 1, 2009.”

 

                                         “2008 Draw Period” is the period of time from the 2008 Effective Date through the earliest to occur of (a) June 30, 2009, or (b) an Event of Default.”

 

                                         “2008 Effective Date” is December 8, 2008.”

 

                                         “2008 Loan Agreement” is that certain Loan and Security Agreement (Working Capital Line of Credit) between Borrower and Bank dated as of the 2008 Effective Date, together with all documents delivered in connection therewith, as amended from time to time.”

 

17.



 

                                         “2008 Term Loan Advance” and “2008 Term Loan Advances” are defined in Section 2.1.2(a).”

 

                                         “2008 Venture Term Loan” is an amount equal to Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00).”

 

                                         “2008 Venture Term Loan Maturity Date” is the earliest to occur of (a) June 1, 2012, (b) an Event of Default, or (c) the termination of this Agreement.”

 

18                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the Borrowing Base Certificate attached as Exhibit A hereto, to appear as Exhibit D to thereof.

 

19                                 The Loan Payment/Advance Request Form appearing as Exhibit B to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form attached is Exhibit B hereto.

 

20                                 The Compliance Certificate appearing as Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced with the Compliance Certificate attached as Exhibit C hereto.

 

4.                                     FEES . Borrower shall reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

 

5.                                     RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate dated as of December 8, 2008, between Borrower and Bank, and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Perfection Certificate have not changed as of the date hereof.

 

6.                                     CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

7.                                     RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

 

8.                                     NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

 

9.                                     CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain

 

18.



 

unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

 

10.                             COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

19.


 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Jason Glickman

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jason Glickman

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.



 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Melissa Stepanis

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Melissa Stepanis

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.



 

EXHIBIT A

 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower:

Tremor Media, Inc.

 

 

Lender:

Silicon Valley Bank Commitment

 

 

Amount:

$3,000,000.00

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

1.

Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of

$                           

 

2.

Additions (please explain on reverse)

$                           

 

3.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

$                           

 

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

 

 

4.

Amounts over 90 days due

$                           

 

5.

Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts

$                           

 

6.

Foreign Accounts

$                           

 

7.

Foreign Invoiced Accounts

$                           

 

8.

Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts

$                           

 

9.

Intercompany/Employee Accounts

$                           

 

10.

Credit balances over 90 days

$                           

 

11.

Concentration Limits

$                           

 

12.

U.S. Governmental Accounts

$                           

 

13.

Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

$                           

 

14.

Accounts with Progress/Milestone/Pre-billings; Contract Accounts

$                           

 

15.

Accounts for Retainage Billings

$                           

 

16.

Trust Accounts

$                           

 

17.

Bill and Hold Accounts

$                           

 

18.

Unbilled Accounts

$                           

 

19.

Non-Trade Accounts

$                           

 

20.

Accounts with Extended Term Invoices

$                           

 

21.

Accounts subject to Chargebacks

$                           

 

22.

Disputed Accounts

$                           

 

23.

Other (please explain on reverse)

$                           

 

24.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

$                           

 

25.

Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #24)

$                           

 

26.

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #25)

$                           

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES

 

 

 

27.

Maximum Loan Amount

$3,000,000.00

 

28.

Total Funds Available (Lesser of #27 or #26)

$                           

 

29.

Present balance owing on Line of Credit

$                           

 

30.

Outstanding under Sublimits

$                           

 

31.

RESERVE POSITION (#28 minus #29 and #30)

$                           

 

 

[Continued on following page.]

 

22.



 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, accurate and complete, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK USE ONLY

COMMENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

Received by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

     AUTHORIZED SIGNER

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

 

 

 

     AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status     Yes     No

 

 

 

 

 

23.



 

EXHIBIT B

 

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

 

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON E.S.T.

 

 

 

 

LOAN PAYMENT:

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

 

 

Principal $

 

 

and/or Interest $

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN ADVANCE:

 

 

 

 

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

 

 

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

 

 

Amount of Advance $

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

 

 

 

 

 

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to he wired.

 

 

 

Deadline for same day processing is noon, E.S.T.

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Name:

 

 

Amount of Wire: $

 

 

Beneficiary Bank:

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

City and State:

 

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

 

 

 

 

 

  (For International Wire Only)

 

 

 

Intermediary Bank:

 

 

Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

For Further Credit to:

 

 

Special Instruction:

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) fluids transfer request shall he processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements( s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

2nd Signature (if required):

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.


 

EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

Date:

 

 

FROM:

TREMOR MEDIA. INC.

 

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of Tremor Media, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______ with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents as appropriate supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

 

 

Required

 

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

 

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

 

Yes        No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

 

 

FYE within 150 days

 

 

Yes        No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

 

 

Yes        No

Borrowing Base Certificate, with A/P & A/R Agings

 

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

 

Yes        No

Board approved projections

 

 

Annually, within 10 days of approval

 

 

Yes        No

 

 

Financial Covenant

 

 

Required

 

 

Actual

 

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintain on a Monthly Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible net Worth*

 

 

$                                  

 

 

$                                  

 

 

Yes        No

Adjusted Quick Ratio

 

 

1.15:1.0

 

 

                  :1.0

 

 

Yes        No

 

* As set forth in Section 6.10

 

25.



 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.” )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Received by:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status          Yes         No

 

 

 

 

26.



 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

 

Financial Covenants of Borrower

 

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

Dated:____________

 

I.          Tangible Net Worth (Section 6.10(a))

 

Required:        $8,000,000.00 (to increase to 75% of quarterly Net Income, plus 50% of new equity, as set forth in Section 6.10(a))

 

Actual:

 

A.

Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s balance sheet, including all Indebtedness

 

$               

 

 

 

 

B.

Aggregate value of Indebtedness of Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank

 

$               

 

 

 

 

C.

Debt (line A minus line B)

 

$               

 

 

 

 

D.

Aggregate value of total assets of Borrower

 

$               

 

 

 

 

E.

Aggregate value of goodwill of Borrower

 

$               

 

 

 

 

F.

Aggregate value of intangible assets of Borrower

 

$               

 

 

 

 

G.

Aggregate value of any reserves not already deducted from assets

 

$               

 

 

 

 

H.

Value of line C

 

$               

 

 

 

 

I.

Tangible Net Worth (line D minus line E minus line F minus line G minus line C)

 

$               

 

Is line I equal to or greater than $8,000,000.00 (to increase by 75% of quarterly Net Income, plus 50% of new equity, as set forth in Section 6.10(a))?

 

_________ No, not in compliance

 

_________ Yes, in compliance

 

II.        Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.10(b))

 

Required:        1.25:1.00

 

Actual:

 

A.

Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of

 

$           

 

27.



 

 

Borrower maintained at Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Aggregate value of net billed accounts receivable of Borrower

 

$               

 

 

 

 

C.

Quick Assets (sum of lines A and B)

 

$               

 

 

 

 

D.

Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank

 

$               

 

 

 

 

E.

Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and not otherwise reflected in line D above, that matures within one (1) year, but excluding the current portion of Subordinated Debt

 

$               

 

 

 

 

F.

Current Liabilities (the sum of lines E and F)

 

$               

 

 

 

 

G.

Aggregate value of the current portion of amounts received or invoiced by Borrower in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue

 

$               

 

 

 

 

H.

Line F minus line G

 

$               

 

 

 

 

I.

Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)

 

$               

 

Is line I equal to or greater than 1.25:1:00?

 

_________ No, not in compliance

 

_________ Yes, in compliance

 

28.


 

SECOND LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

This Second Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of December 7, 2009, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 535 Fifth Avenue, 27 th  Floor, New York, New York 10017 (“Bank”) and TREMOR MEDIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 122 West 26 th  Street, 8 th  Floor, New York 10001(“Borrower”).

 

1.                                     DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 7, 2007, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 7, 2007, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by a certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 8, 2008 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                     DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

 

3.                                     DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

A.                                 Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

1                                         Borrower and Bank each hereby acknowledge and agree that the Equity Event has occurred, and, accordingly, pursuant to the terms of the 2008 Loan Agreement, (a) the 2008 Loan Agreement has terminated, and (b) all Obligations (as defined in the 2008 Loan Agreement) outstanding under the 2008 Loan Agreement are now Obligations under Section 2.1.3 of the Loan Agreement.

 

2                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definition appearing in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is December 7, 2009.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is February 7, 2010.”

 

4.                                     FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a modification fee equal to Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00), which fee shall be due on the date hereof and shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

 

1.



 

5.                                     RATIFICATION OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate (the “Updated Perfection Certificate”) dated as of December __, 2009, between Borrower and Bank (which Updated Perfection Certificate shall supersede in all respects that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of December 8, 2008, between Borrower and Bank), and acknowledges, confirms and agrees the disclosures and information above Borrower provided to Bank in the Updated Perfection Certificate have not changed as of the date hereof. Borrower agrees that all references in the Loan Agreement to “Perfection Certificate” shall hereinafter be deemed to be a reference to the Updated Perfection Certificate.

 

6.                                     CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

7.                                     RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

 

8.                                     NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

 

9.                                     CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

 

10.                             COUNTER SIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

2.



 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

BANK:

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Pinney

 

By:

/s/ Michael Moretti

 

 

 

Name:

Mark Pinney

 

Name:

Michael Moretti

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

Title:

SVP

 

3.



 

THIRD LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Third Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of February 7, 2010, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 535 Fifth Avenue, 27 th  Floor, New York, New York 10017 (“Bank”) and TREMOR MEDIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 122 West 26 th  Street, 8 th  Floor, New York 10001(“Borrower”).

 

1.                                     DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 7, 2007, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 7, 2007, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by a certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 8, 2008, and as further amended by a certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                     DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

 

3.                                     DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

A.                                 Modifications to Loan Agreement .

 

1                                         As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Loan Modification Agreement, all Obligations relating to Term Loan Advances and 2008 Term Loan Advances shall be paid in full. Bank hereby waives Borrower’s obligation to pay the Prepayment Fee pursuant to Section 2.1.2(e) of the Loan Agreement in connection with such prepayment.

 

2                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 2.1.4(a) thereof:

 

“The face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.6.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“The face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit

 

1.



 

Reserve) may not exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.6.”

 

3                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 2.1.5 thereof:

 

“The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00).”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00).”

 

4                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 2.1.6 thereof:

 

“Borrower may use up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 and the FX Reduction Amount, of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “ Cash Management Services ”).”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“Borrower may use up to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 and the FX Reduction Amount, of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “ Cash Management Services ”).”

 

5                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 2.2(a) thereof:

 

“(iii)                    Advances . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one percentage point (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(iii)                    Advances . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a

 

2.



 

floating per annum rate equal to one and one-half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

6                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following, appearing as Section 6.10 thereof:

 

6.10              Financial Covenants.

 

After the occurrence of the Equity Event, Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted (all calculations shall be computed with respect to the Borrower only, and not on a consolidated basis):

 

(a)                                Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of at least Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount required in the prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (i) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, during any of Borrower’s fiscal quarters ending after the occurrence of the Equity Event, plus (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity, other than with respect to the Equity Event, after the occurrence of the Equity Event.

 

(b)                               Adjusted Quick Ratio . A ratio of (i) Quick Assets, to (ii) Current Liabilities minus Current Deferred Revenue of at least 1.15 to 1.0.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

6.10              Financial Covenants.

 

Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted (all calculations shall be computed on a consolidated basis):

 

(a)                                Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of at least (i) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) through and including December 31, 2009, (ii) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending January 31, 2010, February 28, 2010, March 31, 2010 and April 30, 2010, (iii) Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) for the months ending May 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, July 31, 2010, August 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, (iv) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending October 31, 2010 and November 30, 2010, and (v) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) for the month ending December 31, 2010, and for each month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the

 

3.



 

amount required in the prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (i) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, plus (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity.

 

(b)                               Adjusted Quick Ratio . A ratio of (i) Quick Assets, to (ii) Current Liabilities minus Current Deferred Revenue of at least 1.25 to 1.0.”

 

7                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in the definition of “Eligible Accounts” in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

“(w)                    other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(w)                    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received deferred revenue (but only to the extent of such deferred revenue); and

 

(x)                               other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.”

 

8                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

Prime Rate ” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.”

 

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00).”

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is February 7, 2010.”

 

Tangible Net Worth ” is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (a) any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) notes, accounts receivable and other obligations owing to Borrower from its officers or other Affiliates, and (iv) reserves not already deducted from assets, minus (b) Total Liabilities, plus (c) Subordinated Debt.”

 

Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.”

 

4.



 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

Prime Rate ” is the greater of (a) four percent (4.0%) and (b) Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.”

 

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00).”

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is February 7, 2011.”

 

Tangible Net Worth ” is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus (a) any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) notes, accounts receivable and other obligations owing to Borrower from its officers or other Affiliates, and (iv) reserves not already deducted from assets, minus (b) consolidated Total Liabilities, plus (c) consolidated Subordinated Debt.”

 

Warrant ” is, collectively, (a) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (b) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of December 8, 2008 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, and (c) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of February 7, 2010 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.”

 

9                                         The Compliance Certificate attached as Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Compliance Certificate set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

10                                 The Borrowing Base Certificate attached as Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Borrowing Base Certificate set forth on Schedule 2 hereto.

 

4.                                     FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a modification fee equal to Seventeen Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($17,500.00), which fee shall be due on the date hereof and shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

 

5.                                     PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower has delivered an updated Perfection Certificate in connection with this Loan Modification Agreement (the “Updated Perfection Certificate”) dated as of February 7, 2010, which Updated Perfection Certificate shall supersede in all respects that certain Perfection Certificate dated as of December 7, 2009. Borrower agrees that all references in the Loan Agreement to “Perfection Certificate” shall hereinafter be deemed to be a reference to the Updated Perfection Certificate.

 

5.



 

6.                                     CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

7.                                     RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

 

8.                                     NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

 

9.                                     CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

 

10.                             COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

6.


 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

BANK:

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jason Glickman

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

Title:

 

 

7.



 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

BANK:

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Moretti                

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 Michael Moretti            

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 SVP

 

8.



 

Schedule 1

 

EXHIBIT C

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date:                                

FROM:

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of Tremor Media, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Agreement”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                    with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents as appropriate supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

 

FYE within 180 days

 

Yes

 

No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

 

Yes

 

No

Borrowing Base Certificate, with A/P & A/R Agings

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

Board-approved projections

 

Annually, within 10 days of approval

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Covenant

 

Require

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintain on a Monthly Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible Net Worth*

 

$             *

 

$                   

 

Yes

 

No

Adjusted Quick Ratio

 

1.25:1.0

 

                 :1.0

 

Yes

 

No

 

* As set forth in Section 6.10(a) of the Agreement.

 

9.



 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Received by:                                                                         

Name:

 

 

 

                                AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                                                                                       

 

 

 

 

 

Verified:                                                                                

 

 

                                AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                                                                                      

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:

Yes

No

 

10.



 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

 

Financial Covenants of Borrower

 

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

Dated:                          

 

NOTE — All calculations below are on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its subsidiaries.

 

I.          Tangible Net Worth (Section 6.10(a))

 

Required:        $                      *

 

* As set forth in Section 6.10(a) of the Agreement (to increase by 75.0% of quarterly Net Income, plus 50.0% of new equity)

 

Actual:

A.

 

Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s balance sheet, including all Indebtedness

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Aggregate value of Indebtedness of Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Debt (line A minus line B)

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

D.

 

Aggregate value of total assets of Borrower

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

E.

 

Aggregate value of goodwill of Borrower

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

F.

 

Aggregate value of intangible assets of Borrower

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

G.

 

Aggregate value of any reserves not already deducted from assets

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

H.

 

Value of line C

 

$                

 

 

 

 

 

I.

 

Tangible Net Worth (line D minus line E minus line F minus line G minus line C)

 

$                

 

Is line I equal to or greater than $                 * (to increase by 75.0% of quarterly Net Income, plus 50.0% of new equity)?

 

*As set forth in Section 6.10(a) of the Agreement

 

                     No, not in compliance

                  Yes, in compliance

 

11.



 

II.        Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.10(b))

 

Required:        1.25:1.00

 

Actual:

 

A.

 

Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of Borrower maintained at Bank

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Aggregate value of net billed accounts receivable of Borrower

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Quick Assets (sum of lines A and B)

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

 

Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

 

Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and not otherwise reflected in line D above, that matures within one (1) year, but excluding the current portion of Subordinated Debt

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

F.

 

Current Liabilities (the sum of lines E and F)

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

G.

 

Aggregate value of the current portion of amounts received or invoiced by Borrower in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

H.

 

Line F minus line G

 

$                 

 

 

 

 

 

I.

 

Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)

 

$                 

 

Is line I equal to or greater than 1.25:1:00?

 

                  No, not in compliance

                  Yes, in compliance

 

12.


 

Schedule 2

 

EXHIBIT D

 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower:

Tremor Media, Inc.

Lender:

Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount:

$7,000,000.00

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

1.

Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of __________

$                          

2.

Additions (please explain on reverse)

$                          

3.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

$                          

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

 

4.

Amounts over 90 days due

$                          

5.

Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts

$                          

6.

Foreign Accounts

$                          

7.

Foreign Invoiced Accounts

$                          

8.

Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts

$                          

9.

Intercompany/Employee Accounts

$                          

10.

Credit balances over 90 days

$                          

11.

Concentration Limits

$                          

12.

U.S. Governmental Accounts

$                          

13.

Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

$                          

14.

Accounts with Progress/Milestone/Pre-billings; Contract Accounts

$                          

15.

Accounts for Retainage Billings

$                          

16.

Trust Accounts

$                          

17.

Bill and Hold Accounts

$                          

18.

Unbilled Accounts

$                          

19.

Non-Trade Accounts

$                          

20.

Accounts with Extended Term Invoices

$                          

21.

Accounts subject to Chargebacks

$                          

22.

Disputed Accounts

$                          

23.

Deferred Revenue

$                          

24.

Other (please explain on reverse)

$                          

25.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

$                          

26.

Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #25)

$                          

27.

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #26)

$                          

 

 

 

BALANCES

 

28.

Maximum Loan Amount

$ 7,000,000.00

29.

Total Funds Available (Lesser of #28 or #27)

$                          

30.

Present balance owing on Line of Credit

$                          

31.

Outstanding under Sublimits (LC/FX/Cash Management)

$                          

32.

RESERVE POSITION (#29 minus #30 and #31)

$                          

 

[Continued on following page.]

 

13.



 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, accurate and complete, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

 

 

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMENTS:

 

 

Received by:                                                                   

 

 

 

 

                       AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                                                                                

 

By:                                                                      

 

 

 

 

                    Authorized Signer

 

 

Verified:                                                                          

 

 

 

 

                      AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

Date:                                                                   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                                                                                

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:        Yes       No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.



 

FOURTH LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

This Fourth Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of March 7, 2011 and is effective as of February 7, 2011, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 535 Fifth Avenue, 27 th  Floor, New York, New York 10017 (“Bank”) and TREMOR MEDIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 53 West 23 rd  Street, 12 th  Floor, New York, New York 10010 (“Borrower”).

 

1.             DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 7, 2007, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 7, 2007, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by a certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 8, 2008, as further amended by a certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, and as further amended by a certain Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2010 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.             DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

 

3.             DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

A.            Modifications to Loan Agreement.

 

1                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 2.2(a) thereof:

 

“(iii)       Advances . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one and one-half of one percentage point (1.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(iii)       Advances . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one percentage point (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

1.



 

2                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text appearing in Section 6.10 thereof:

 

“(a)         Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of at least (i) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) through and including December 31, 2009, (ii) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending January 31, 2010, February 28, 2010, March 31, 2010 and April 30, 2010, (iii) Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) for the months ending May 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, July 31, 2010, August 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, (iv) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending October 31, 2010 and November 30, 2010, and (v) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) for the month ending December 31, 2010, and for each month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount required in the prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (i) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, plus (ii) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(a)         Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of at least:

 

(i)            (A) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) through and including December 31, 2009, (B) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending January 31, 2010, February 28, 2010, March 31, 2010 and April 30, 2010, (C) Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) for the months ending May 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, July 31, 2010, August 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, (D) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending October 31, 2010 and November 30, 2010, and (E) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) for the months ending December 31, 2010 and January 31, 2011. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount required in the immediately prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (A) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, plus (B) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity.

 

(ii)           Twenty-Three Million Dollars ($23,000,000.00) for the month ending February 28, 2011 and for each month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount required in the immediately prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (A) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, on and after February 1, 2011, plus (B) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity on and after February 1, 2011.”

 

2.


 

3                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definition appearing in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is February 7, 2011.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is March 8, 2012.”

 

4.             FEES . Borrower shall pay to Bank a modification fee equal to Seventeen Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($17,500.00), which fee shall be due on the date hereof and shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof. Borrower shall also reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

 

5.             PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate of Borrower dated as of March 7, 2011, and acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the disclosures and information Borrower provided to Bank in such Perfection Certificate have not changed, as of the date hereof. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that all references in the Loan Agreement to Perfection Certificate shall mean and include the Perfection Certificate as described herein.

 

6.             CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

7.             RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

 

8.             NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

 

9.             CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

 

3.



 

10.          COUNTER SIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

4.



 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

BANK:

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Day

 

By:                                                                                   

 

 

 

Name:  William Day

 

Name:                                                                              

 

 

 

Title:     Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:                                                                                

 

5.



 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

BANK:

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:                                                                           

 

By:

/s/ A. Bonnie Ryan

 

 

 

Name:                                                                      

 

Name:

A. Bonnie Ryan

 

 

 

Title:                                                                        

 

Title:

Vice President

 

6.



 

FIFTH LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Fifth Loan Modification Agreement (this “Loan Modification Agreement”) is entered into as of December 30, 2011, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation, with its principal place of business at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and with a loan production office located at 505 Fifth Avenue, 11 th  Floor, New York, New York 10017 (“Bank”) and TREMOR VIDEO, INC. (f.k.a. Tremor Media, Inc.), a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office located at 53 West 23 rd  Street, 12 th  Floor, New York, New York 10010 (“Borrower”).

 

1.             DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OBLIGATIONS . Among other indebtedness and obligations which may be owing by Borrower to Bank, Borrower is indebted to Bank pursuant to a loan arrangement dated as of June 7, 2007, evidenced by, among other documents, a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 7, 2007, between Borrower and Bank, as amended by a certain First Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 8, 2008, as further amended by a certain Second Loan Modification Agreement dated as of December 7, 2009, as further amended by a certain Third Loan Modification Agreement dated as of February 7, 2010, and as further amended by a certain Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated as of March 7, 2011 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.             DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL . Repayment of the Obligations is secured by the Collateral as described in the Loan Agreement (together with any other collateral security granted to Bank, the “Security Documents”). Hereinafter, the Security Documents, together with all other documents evidencing or securing the Obligations shall be referred to as the “Existing Loan Documents”.

 

3.             DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

A.            Modifications to Loan Agreement .

 

1                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following, appearing as Section 2.1.4 thereof:

 

2.1.4    Letters of Credit Sublimit.

 

(a)           As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit for Borrower’s account. Such aggregate amounts utilized hereunder shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.6. The aggregate amount available to be used for the issuance of Letters of Credit may not exceed (i) the lesser of (A) the Revolving

 

1.



 

Line, or (B) the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services and the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iii) the FX Reduction Amount. If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement by Borrower, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “ Letter of Credit Application ”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guaranteed by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

 

(b)           The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

 

(c)           Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges) in Dollars at the then prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

(d)           To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a

 

2.



 

Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “ Letter of Credit Reserve ”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

2.1.4    Intentionally omitted .

 

2                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following, appearing as Section 2.1.5 thereof:

 

2.1.5    Foreign Exchange Sublimit . As part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “ FX Forward Contract ”) on a specified date (the “ Settlement Date ”). Each FX Forward Contract shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of the outstanding amount of the FX Forward Contract (the “ FX Reserve ”). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate FX Reserves for all outstanding FX Forward Contracts (the “ FX Reduction Amount ”). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

2.1.5    Intentionally omitted .”

 

3                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following, appearing as Section 2.1.6 thereof:

 

2.1.6    Cash Management Services Sublimit. Borrower may use up to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00), inclusive of Credit Extensions relating to Sections 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 and the FX Reduction Amount, of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “ Cash Management Services ”). Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving

 

3.



 

Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

2.1.6    Intentionally omitted .”

 

4                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following, appearing as Section 2.1.7 thereof:

 

2.1.7    Overadvances .  If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.”

 

and insert in lieu thereof the following:

 

2.1.7    Overadvances .  If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.”

 

5                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 2.2(a) thereof:

 

“(iii)       Advances . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one percentage point (1.0%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“(iii)       Advances . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one-half of one percentage point (0.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(f) below.”

 

6                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new text, to appear immediately following Section 2.3(c) thereof:

 

“(d)        Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . A fee (the “ Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ”), payable quarterly, in arrears, on a calendar year basis, in an amount equal to one-fifth of one percent (0.20%) per annum of the unused portion of the Revolving Line. The unused

 

4.



 

portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall equal the difference between (i) the Revolving Line amount (as it may be reduced from time to time) and (ii) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee for a particular quarter if the average principal amount of Advances outstanding during such quarter was more than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00). Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate or repayment of any Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee previously earned by Bank pursuant to this Section 2.3(d) notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder.”

 

7                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 4.1 thereof:

 

“If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“Borrower acknowledges that it may have previously entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority security interest granted herein.

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (a) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (b) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services

 

5.



 

consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) for Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars and one hundred ten percent (110%) for Letters of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, in each case of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.”

 

8                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following, appearing as Section 6.10 thereof:

 

6.10     Financial Covenants .

 

Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted (all calculations shall be computed on a consolidated basis):

 

(a)           Tangible Net Worth . A Tangible Net Worth of at least:

 

a.             (A) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) through and including December 31, 2009, (B) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending January 31, 2010, February 28, 2010, March 31, 2010 and April 30, 2010, (C) Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) for the months ending May 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, July 31, 2010, August 31, 2010 and September 30, 2010, (D) Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00) for the months ending October 31, 2010 and November 30, 2010, and (E) Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000.00) for the months ending December 31, 2010 and January 31, 2011. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount required in the immediately prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (A) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, plus (B) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity.

 

b.             Twenty-Three Million Dollars ($23,000,000.00) for the month ending February 28, 2011 and for each month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount required in the immediately prior sentence shall increase by an amount equal to (A) seventy-five percent (75.0%) of any positive quarterly Net Income

 

6.


 

earned by Borrower, or its Affiliates, on and after February 1, 2011, plus (B) fifty percent (50.0%) of net proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of its equity on and after February 1, 2011.

 

(b)           Adjusted Quick Ratio . A ratio of (i) Quick Assets, to (ii) Current Liabilities minus Current Deferred Revenue of at least 1.25 to 1.0.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

6.10     Financial Covenant . Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, to be computed on a consolidated basis, a ratio of (a) Quick Assets, to (b) Current Liabilities minus Current Deferred Revenue of at least 1.50 to 1.0.”

 

9                                         The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following text, appearing in Section 12.7 thereof:

 

“The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of a security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of this Agreement and all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.”

 

10                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions, appearing in Section 13.1 thereof: Cash Management Services, FX Business Day, FX Forward Contract, FX Reduction Amount, FX Reserve, Letter of Credit Application, Letter of Credit Reserve, Settlement Date, and Tangible Net Worth.

 

11                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting the following definitions appearing in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

              Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.”

 

7.



 

              Eligible Accounts ” means billed Accounts in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.11. Bank reserves the right at any time after the 2008 Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Without limiting the foregoing, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following Accounts:

 

(a)           Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

 

(b)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

(c)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

(d)           Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;

 

(e)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(f)            Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s

 

(g)           Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent; Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

 

(h)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;

 

(i)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

8.



 

(j)            Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

(k)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has not been invoiced or where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

(l)            Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

 

(m)         Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

 

(n)           Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

 

(o)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

 

(p)           Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

 

(q)           Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(r)           Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

 

9.



 

(s)            Accounts subject to chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

 

(t)            Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or ()Des out of business;

 

(u)           Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful; and

 

(v)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received deferred revenue (but only to the extent of such deferred revenue); and

 

(w)          other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.”

 

              Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.4.”

 

              Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.”

 

              Prime Rate ” is the greater of (a) four percent (4.0%) and (b) Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.”

 

              Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00).”

 

              Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is March 8, 2012.”

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

              Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base, minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.”

 

              Eligible Accounts ” means billed Accounts in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.11. Bank reserves the right at any time after the 2008 Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Without limiting

 

10.



 

the foregoing, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following Accounts:

 

(a)           Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

 

(b)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within one hundred twenty (120) days of invoice date;

 

(c)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

(d)           Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;

 

(e)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(f)            Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

 

(g)           Accounts with credit balances over one hundred twenty (120) days from invoice date;

 

(h)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;

 

(i)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(j)            Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

11.



 

(k)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has not been invoiced or where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

(l)            Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

 

(m)         Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

 

(n)           Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

 

(o)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

 

(p)           Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

 

(q)           Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(r)           Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days;

 

(s)            Accounts subject to chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

 

12.



 

(t)            Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

(u)           Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful;

 

(v)           Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received deferred revenue (but only to the extent of such deferred revenue); and

 

(w)          other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.”

 

              Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank.”

 

              Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, any note, or notes executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or any Bank Services Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.”

 

              Prime Rate ” is the “Prime Rate” as quoted in the Wall Street Journal print edition on such day (or, if such day is not a day on which the Wall Street Journal is published, the immediately preceding day on which the Wall Street Journal was published).”

 

              Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00).”

 

              Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is December 30, 2014.”

 

12                                 The Loan Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following new definitions, appearing alphabetically in Section 13.1 thereof:

 

              Bank Services ” are any products and/or credit services facilities provided to Borrower by Bank, including, without limitation, all letters of credit, guidance facilities, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services) and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).”

 

              Bank Services Agreement ” is defined in the definition of Bank

 

13.



 

Services.”

 

              Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.”

 

              Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ” is defined in Section 2.3(d).”

 

13                                 The Compliance Certificate attached as Exhibit C to the Loan Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Compliance Certificate set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

14                                 `The Borrowing Base Certificate attached as Exhibit D to the Loan Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Borrowing Base Certificate set forth on Schedule 2 hereto.

 

4.             ANNUAL AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . Notwithstanding Section 6.2 of the Loan Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall have until February 15, 2012 to deliver its annual audited financial statements with respect to its fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

5.             LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES . Borrower shall reimburse Bank for all legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with this amendment to the Existing Loan Documents.

 

6.             PERFECTION CERTIFICATE . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms, all and singular, the terms and disclosures contained in a certain Perfection Certificate of Borrower dated as of December 30, 2011, and acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the disclosures and information Borrower provided to Bank in such Perfection Certificate have not changed, as of the date hereof. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that all references in the Loan Agreement to Perfection Certificate shall mean and include the Perfection Certificate as described herein.

 

7.             CONSISTENT CHANGES . The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

8.             RATIFICATION OF LOAN DOCUMENTS . Borrower hereby ratifies, confirms, and reaffirms all terms and conditions of all security or other collateral granted to the Bank, and confirms that the indebtedness secured thereby includes, without limitation, the Obligations.

 

9.             NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of

 

14.



 

them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

 

10.          CONTINUING VALIDITY . Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Obligations, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as Set forth in the Existing Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement, the terms of the Existing Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Obligations pursuant to this Loan Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Obligations. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties all makers of Existing Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker will be released by virtue of this Loan Modification Agreement.

 

11.          COUNTERSIGNATURE . This Loan Modification Agreement shall become effective only when it shall have been executed by Borrower and Bank.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

15.


 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

BANK:

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William C. Day

 

By:                                                                      

 

 

 

Name:

William C. Day

 

Name:                                                                 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:                                                                   

 

16.



 

This Loan Modification Agreement is executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

BANK:

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:                                                                           

 

By:

/s/ A. Bonnie Ryan

 

 

 

 

Name:                                                                      

 

Name:

A. Bonnie Ryan

 

 

 

 

Title:                                                                        

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

17.



 

Schedule 1

 

EXHIBIT C

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date:                                  

FROM:

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of Tremor Video, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended, the “Agreement”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _____________ with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents as appropriate supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

Monthly within 30 days

Yes  No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

FYE within 180 days

Yes  No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

Yes  No

Borrowing Base Certificate, with A/P & A/R Agings

Monthly within 30 days

Yes  No

Board-approved projections

Annually, within 10 days of approval

Yes  No

 

 

 

Financial Covenant

 

Required

Actual

Complies

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

 

 

 

Adjusted Quick Ratio

1.50:1.0

______:1.0

Yes  No

 

18.



 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

By:                                                                             

Received by:                                                                           

Name:                                                                        

                           AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:                                                                          

 

 

Date:                                                                                       

 

 

 

Verified:                                                                                 

 

                          AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

Date:                                                                                       

 

 

 

Compliance Status:                                       Yes       No

 

19.



 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

 

Financial Covenants of Borrower

 

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

Dated:                                             

 

NOTE — All calculations below are on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its subsidiaries.

 

I.             Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.10)

 

Required:              1.5:1.00

 

Actual:

 

A.

Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of Borrower maintained at Bank

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

B.

Aggregate value of net billed accounts receivable of Borrower

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

C.

Quick Assets (sum of lines A and B)

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

D.

Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

E.

Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and not otherwise reflected in line D above, that matures within one (1) year, but excluding the current portion of Subordinated Debt

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

F.

Current Liabilities (the sum of lines D and E)

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

G.

Aggregate value of the current portion of amounts received or invoiced by Borrower in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

H.

Line F minus line G

 

$__________

 

 

 

 

I.

Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line H)

 

$__________

 

 

Is line I equal to or greater than 1.50:1:00?

 

 

                         No, not in compliance

                      Yes, in compliance

 

20.



 

Schedule 2

 

EXHIBIT D

 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower:

Tremor Video, Inc.

Lender:

Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount:

$25,000,000.00

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

1.

Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of _________________

$____________

2.

Additions (please explain on reverse)

$____________

3.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

$____________

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

 

4.

Amounts over 120 days due

$____________

5.

Balance of 50% over 120 day accounts

$____________

6.

Foreign Accounts

$____________

7.

Foreign Invoiced Accounts

$____________

8.

Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts

$____________

9.

Intercompany/Employee/Agent/Affiliate Accounts

$____________

10.

Credit balances over 120 days

$____________

11.

Concentration Limits

$____________

12.

U.S. Governmental Accounts

$____________

13.

Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

$____________

14.

Accounts with Progress/Milestone/Pre-billings; Contract Accounts

$____________

15.

Accounts for Retainage Billings

$____________

16.

Trust Accounts

$____________

17.

Bill and Hold Accounts

$____________

18.

Unbilled Accounts

$____________

19.

Non-Trade Accounts

$____________

20.

Accounts with Extended Term Invoices

$____________

21.

Accounts subject to Chargebacks

$____________

22.

Disputed Accounts

$____________

23.

Deferred Revenue

$____________

24.

Other (please explain on reverse)

$____________

25.

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

$____________

26.

Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #25)

$____________

27.

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #26)

$____________

 

 

 

BALANCES

 

28.

Maximum Loan Amount

$ 25,000,000.00

29.

Total Funds Available (Lesser of #28 or #27)

$____________

30.

Present balance owing on Line of Credit

$____________

31.

RESERVE POSITION (#29 minus #30)

$____________

 

 

[Continued on following page.]

 

21.



 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, accurate and complete, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

COMMENTS:

 

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

Received by:                                                                              

 

 

 

 

                          AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:                                                                      

 

 

Date:                                                                                          

 

                                Authorized Signer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Verified:                                                                                    

 

Date:                                                                   

 

 

                          AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                                                                                          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:   Yes    No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.




Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STANDARD FORM OF LOFT LEASE

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement of Lease, made as of this 26th day of July  in the year 2010 , between TWENTY-THREE R.P. ASSOCIATES c/o Adams & Company Real Estate, LLC, 411 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10016 - - - - - - party of the first part, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and TREMOR MEDIA, INC., a                  corporation (I.D. # 20-548034B authorized to do business in the State of New York - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - party of the second part, hereinafter referred to as TENANT,

 

Witnesseth: Owner hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Owner the ENTIRE TWELFTH (12TH) FLOORS as shown on the floor plans attached  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - in the building known as    buildings known as 53-7 WEST 23RD STREET thru to 34 WEST 24TH STREET and 30-2 WEST 24TH STREET in the Borough of      MANHATTAN       , City of New York, for the term of    TEN (10) YEARS and SIX (6) MONTHS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (or until such term shall sooner cease an expire as hereinafter provided) to commence on the

1ST

day of

NOVEMBER

in the year

two thousand and TEN

, and to end on the

30TH

day of

APRIL

in the year

two thousand and TWENTY-ONE

, and

both dates inclusive, at the annual rental         rates hereinafter set forth in Article #47 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

 

which Tenant agrees to pay in lawful money of the United States which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during said term, at the office of Owner or such other place as Owner may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except that Tenant shall pay the first                                                                          monthly installment(s) on the execution hereof (unless this lease be a renewal).

In the event that, at the commencement of the term of this lease, or thereafter, Tenant shall be in default in the payment of rent to Owner pursuant to the terms of another lease with Owner or with Owner’s predecessor in interest, Owner may at Owner’s option and without notice to Tenant add the amount of such arrears to any monthly installment of rent payable hereunder and the same shall be payable to Owner as additional rent.

The parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributes, executors, administrators, legal representative, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:


Rent:

 

1.  Tenant shall pay the rent as above and as hereinafter provided.

Occupancy:

 

2.  Tenant shall use and occupy the demised premises for general, executive and administrative offices in connection with Tenant’s business - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - provided such use is in accordance with the certificate of occupancy for the building, if any, and for no other purpose.

 

 

 

Alterations:

 

3. Tenant shall make no changes in or to the demised premises of any nature without Owner’s prior written consent. Subject to the prior written consent of Owner, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and to the provisions of this article, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements which are nonstructural and which do not affect utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the demised premises, using contractors or mechanics first approved in each instance by Owner. Tenant shall, at its expense, before making any alterations, additions, installations or improvements obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies and (upon completion) certificates of final approval thereof, and shall deliver promptly duplicates of all such permits, approvals and certificates to Owner. Tenant agrees to carry, and will cause Tenant’s contractors and sub-contractors to carry, such worker’s compensation, commercial general liability, personal and property damage insurance as Owner may require. If any mechanic’s lien is filed against the demised

 

 

 

premises, or the building of which the same forms a part, for work claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, Tenant, whether or not done pursuant to this article, the same shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty (30) days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by payment or filing a bond as permitted by law. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the demised premises at any time, either by Tenant or by Owner on Tenant’s behalf, shall, upon installation, become the property of Owner and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises unless Owner, by notice to Tenant no later than twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed as the termination of this lease, elects to relinquish Owner’s right thereto and to have them removed by Tenant, in which event the same shall be removed from the demised premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the lease, at Tenant’s expense. Nothing in this article shall be construed to give Owner title to, or to prevent Tenant’s removal of, trade fixtures, moveable office furniture and equipment, but upon removal of same from the demised premises, or upon removal of other installations as may be required by Owner, Tenant shall immediately, and at its expense, repair and restore the demised premises to the condition existing prior to any such installations, and repair any damage to the demised premises or the building due to such removal. All property permitted or required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the term remaining in the demised premises after Tenant’s removal shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Owner, either be retained as Owner’s property or removed from


 

1.




 

 

the demised premises by Owner, at Tenant’s expense.

 

 

 

Repairs:

 

4.  Owner shall maintain and repair the exterior of and the public portions of the building. Tenant shall, throughout the term of this lease, take good care of the demised premises including the bathrooms and lavatory facilities (if the demised premises encompass the entire floor of the building), the windows and window frames, and the fixtures and appurtenances therein, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense promptly make all repairs thereto and to the building, whether structural or non-structural in nature, caused by, or resulting from, the carelessness, omission, neglect or improper conduct of Tenant, Tenant’s servants, employees, invitees, or licensees, and whether or not arising from Tenant’s conduct or omission, when required by other provisions of this lease, including article 6. Tenant shall also repair all damage to the building and the demised premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture or equipment. All the aforesaid repairs shall be of quality or class equal to the original work or construction. If Tenant fails, after ten (10) days notice, to proceed with due diligence to make repairs required to be made by Tenant, the same may be made by Owner at the expense of Tenant, and the expenses thereof incurred by Owner shall be collectible, as additional rent, after rendition of a bill or statement therefore. If the demised premises be or become infested with vermin, Tenant shall, at its expense, cause the same to be exterminated. Tenant shall give Owner prompt notice of any defective condition in any plumbing, heating system or electrical lines located in the demised premises and following such notice, Owner shall remedy the condition with due diligence, but at the expense of Tenant, if repairs are necessitated by damage or injury attributable to Tenant, Tenant’s servants, agents, employees, invitees or licensees as aforesaid. Except as specifically provided in Article 9 or elsewhere in this lease, there shall be no allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner, Tenant or others making or failing to make any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the building or the demised premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff or reduction of rent by reason of any failure of Owner to comply with the covenants of this or any other article of this lease. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s sole remedy at law in such instance will be by way of an action for damages for breach of contract. The provisions of this Article 4 with respect to the making of repairs shall not apply in the case of fire or other casualty with regard to which Article 9 hereof shall apply.

 

 

 

Window
Cleaning:

 

5.  Tenant will not clean nor require, permit, suffer or allow any window in the demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the New York State Labor Law or any other applicable law, or of

 

 

 

the Rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other Board or body having or asserting jurisdiction.

 

 

 

Requirements of Law,
Fire Insurance, Floor Loads:

 

6.  Prior to the commencement of the lease term, if Tenant is then in possession, and at all times thereafter, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards and any direction of any public officer pursuant to law, and all orders, rules and regulations of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, Insurance Services Office, or any similar body which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Owner or Tenant with respect to the demised premises, whether or not arising out or Tenant’s use or manner of use thereof, or, with respect to the building, if arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use of the demised premises of the building (including the use permitted under the lease). Except as provided in Article 30 hereof, nothing herein shall require Tenant to make structural repairs or alterations unless Tenant has, by its manner of use of the demised premises or method of operation therein, violated any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements with respect thereto. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done in or to the demised premises which is contrary to law, or which will invalidate or be in conflict with public liability, fire or other policies of insurance at any time carried by or for the benefit of Owner, or which shall or might subject Owner to any liability or responsibility to any person, or for property damage. Tenant shall not keep anything in the demised premises except as now or hereafter permitted by the Fire Department, Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Insurance Rating Organization and other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such manner and such quantity so as not to increase the rate for fire insurance applicable to the building, nor use the demised premises in a manner which will increase the insurance rate for the building or any property located therein over that in effect prior to the commencement of Tenant’s occupancy. If by reason of failure to comply with the foregoing the fire insurance rate shall, at the beginning of this lease or at any time thereafter, be higher than it otherwise would be, then Tenant shall reimburse Owner, as additional rent hereunder, for that portion of all fire insurance premiums thereafter paid by Owner which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant. In any action or proceeding wherein Owner and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make-up” or rate for the building or demised premises issued by a body making fire insurance rates applicable to said premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rates then applicable to said premises. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Owner reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, business machines and mechanical


 

2.




 

 

equipment. Such installations shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient, in Owner’s judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.

 

 

 

Subordination:

 

7.  This lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which the demised premises are a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such underlying leases and mortgages. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument or subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any mortgagee, affecting any lease or the real property of which the demised premises are a part. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall from time to time execute promptly any certificate that Owner may request. [SEE ADDENDUM]

 

 

 

Tenant’s Liability Insurance Property
Loss,
Damage, Indemnity:

 

8.  Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the building, nor for loss of, or damage to, any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by, or due to, the negligence of Owner, its agents, servants or employees; Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about said building or caused by operations in connection of any private, public or quasi public work. If at any time any windows of the demised premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked up (or permanently closed, darkened or bricked up, if required by law) for any reason whatsoever including, but not limited to, Owner’s own acts, Owner shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefore nor abatement or diminution of rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder nor constitute an eviction. Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs and expenses for which Owner shall not be reimbursed by insurance, including reasonable attorney’s fees, paid, suffered or incurred as a result of any breach by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees, or licensees, of any covenant or condition of this lease, or the carelessness, negligence or improper conduct of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant’s liability under this lease extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, contractor, employee, invitee or licensee of any subtenant. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Owner by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon written notice from Owner, will, at Tenant’s expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved by Owner in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

Destruction, Fire, and
Other
Casualty:

 

9.  (a) If the demised premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Owner and this lease shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter set forth. (b) If the demised premises are partially damaged or rendered partially unusable by fire or other casualty, the damages thereto shall be repaired by, and at the expense of, Owner, and the rent and other items of additional rent, until such repair shall be substantially completed, shall be apportioned from the day following the casualty according to the part of the demised premises which is usable. (c) If the demised premises are totally damaged or rendered wholly unusable by fire or other casualty, then the rent and other items of additional rent as hereinafter expressly provided shall be proportionately paid up to the time of the casualty and thenceforth shall cease until the date when the demised premises shall have been repaired and restored by Owner (or sooner reoccupied in part by Tenant then rent shall be apportioned as provided in subsection (b) above), subject to Owner’s right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided. (d) If the demised premises are rendered wholly unusable or (whether or not the demised premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the building shall be so damaged that Owner shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it, then, in any of such events, Owner may elect to terminate this lease by written notice to Tenant, given within ninety (90) days after such fire or casualty, or thirty (30) days after adjustment of the insurance claim for such fire or casualty, whichever is sooner, specifying a date for the expiration of the lease, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date specified in such notice the term of this lease shall expire as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease, and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises without prejudice however, to Owner’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent owing shall be paid up to such date, and any payments of rent made by Tenant which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant. Unless Owner shall serve a termination notice as provided for herein, Owner shall make the repairs and restorations under the conditions of (b) and (c) hereof, with all reasonable expedition, subject to delays due to adjustment of insurance claims, labor troubles and causes beyond Owner’s control. After any such casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with Owner’s restoration by removing from the demised premises as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Tenant’s salvageable inventory and movable equipment, furniture, and other property. Tenant’s liability for rent shall resume five (5) days after written notice from Owner that the demised premises are substantially ready for Tenant’s occupancy. (e) Nothing contained hereinabove shall relieve Tenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in subdivisions (a) through (e) hereof,


 

3.




 

 

including Owner’s obligation to restore under subparagraph (b) above, each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty, and to the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible, and to the extent permitted by law, Owner and Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery with respect to subparagraphs (b), (d) and (e) above, against the other or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise. The release and waiver herein referred to shall be deemed to include any loss or damage to the demised premises and/or to any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, goods and merchandise located therein. The foregoing release and waiver shall be in force only if both releasors’ insurance policies contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shall not invalidate the insurance. lf, and to the extent, that such waiver can be obtained only by the payment of additional premiums, then the party benefiting from the waiver shall pay such premium within ten (10) days after written demand or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining insurance coverage shall be free of any further obligation under the provisions hereof with respect to waiver of subrogation. Tenant acknowledges that Owner will not carry insurance on Tenant’s furniture and/or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment, improvements, or appurtenances removable by Tenant, and agrees that Owner will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. (f) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the provisions of this article shall govern and control in lieu thereof.

 

 

 

Eminent Domain:

 

10.  If the whole or any part of’ the demised premises shall be acquired or condemned by Eminent Domain for any public or quasi public use or purpose, then and in that event, the term of this lease shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of said lease. Tenant shall have the right to make an independent claim to the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s moving expenses and personal property, trade fixtures and equipment, provided Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of the lease to remove such property, trade fixtures and equipment at the end of the term, and provided further such claim does not reduce Owner’s award.

 

 

 

Assignment, Mortgage,
Etc.:

 

11.  Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this agreement, nor underlet, or suffer or permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without the prior written consent of Owner in each instance. Transfer of the majority of the stock of a corporate Tenant or the majority interest in any partnership or other legal entity which is Tenant shall be deemed an assignment. If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises or any part thereof be

 

 

 

underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Owner may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, undertenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Owner to an assignment or underletting shall not in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Owner to any further assignment or underletting.

 

 

 

Electric Current:

 

12.  Rates and conditions in respect to submetering or rent inclusion, as the case may be, to be added in RIDER *  attached hereto. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the building or the risers or wiring installation, and Tenant may not use any electrical equipment which, in Owner’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other tenants of the building. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no way make Owner liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss, damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain.

 

 

 

Access to Premises:

 

13.  Owner or Owner’s agents shall have the right (but shall not be obligated) to enter the demised premises in any emergency at any time, and, at other reasonable times, to examine the same and to make such repairs, replacements and improvements as Owner may deem necessary and reasonably desirable to any portion of the building, or which Owner may elect to perform in the demised premises after Tenant’s failure to make repairs, or perform any work which Tenant is obligated to perform under this lease, or for the purpose of complying with laws, regulations and other directions of governmental authorities. Tenant shall permit Owner to use, maintain and replace pipes, ducts, and conduits in and through the demised premises, and to erect new pipes, ducts, and conduits therein provided, wherever possible, that they are within walls or otherwise concealed. Owner may, during the progress of any work in the demised premises, take all necessary materials and equipment into said premises without the same constituting an eviction, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement of rent while such work is in progress, nor to any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. Throughout the term hereof Owner shall have the right to enter the demised premises at reasonable hours for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the building, and during the last six (6) months of the term for the purpose of showing the same to prospective tenants, and may, during said six (6) months period, place upon the demised premises the usual notices “To Let”

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Rider to be added if necessary


 

4.




 

 

and “For Sale” which notices Tenant shall permit to remain thereon without molestation. If Tenant is not present to open and permit an entry into the demised premises, Owner or Owner’s agents may enter the same whenever such entry may be necessary or permissible by master key or forcibly, and provided reasonable care is exercised to safeguard Tenant’s property, such entry shall not render Owner or its agents liable therefore, nor in any event shall the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. If during the last month of the term Tenant shall have removed all or substantially all of Tenant’s property therefrom, Owner may immediately enter, alter, renovate or redecorate the demised premises without limitation or abatement of rent, or incurring liability to Tenant for any compensation, and such act shall have no effect on this lease or Tenant’s obligation hereunder.

 

 

 

Vault,
Vault Space, Area:

 

14.  No vaults, vault space or area, whether or not enclosed or covered, not within the property line of the building is leased hereunder, anything contained in or indicated on any sketch, blue print or plan, or anything contained elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding. Owner makes no representation as to the location of the property line of the building. All vaults and vault space and all such areas not within the property line of the building, which Tenant may be permitted to use and/or occupy, is to be used and/or occupied under a revocable license, and if any such license be revoked, or if the amount of such space or area be diminished or required by any federal, state or municipal authority or public utility, Owner shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or diminution or abatement of rent, nor shall such revocation, diminution or requisition be deemed constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of municipal authorities for such vault or area shall be paid by Tenant, if used by Tenant, whether or not specifically leased hereunder.

 

 

 

Occupancy:

 

15.  Tenant will not at any time use or occupy the demised premises in violation of the certificate of occupancy issued for the building of which the demised premises are a part. Tenant has inspected the demised premises and accepts them as is, subject to the riders annexed hereto with respect to Owner’s work, if any. In any event, Owner makes no representation as to the condition of the demised premises and Tenant agrees to accept the same subject to violations, whether or not of record. If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business, Tenant shall be responsible for, and shall procure and maintain, such license or permit.  [SEE ADDENDUM]

 

 

 

Bankruptcy:

 

16.  (a) Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, this lease may be cancelled by Owner by sending of a written notice to Tenant within a reasonable time after the happening of any one or more of the following events: (1) the commencement of a case in bankruptcy or under the laws of any state naming Tenant (or a guarantor of any of

 

 

 

Tenant’s obligations under this lease) as the debtor; or (2) the making by Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) of an assignment or any other arrangement for the benefit of creditors under any state statute. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant, or by reason of any statute or order of court, shall thereafter be entitled to possession of the premises demised, but shall forthwith quit and surrender the demised premises. If this lease shall be assigned in accordance with its terms, the provisions of this Article 16 shall be applicable only to the party then owning Tenant’s interest in this lease.

 

 

 

 

 

(b) It is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this lease pursuant to (a) hereof, Owner shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant, as and for liquidated damages, an amount equal to the difference between the rental reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term demised and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the same period. In the computation of such damages the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the period for which such installment was payable shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum. If the demised premises or any part thereof be relet by Owner for the unexpired term of said lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the demised premises so re-let during the term of the re-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Owner to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the difference referred to above.

 

 

 

Default:

 

17.  (1) If Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this lease other than the covenants for the payment of rent or additional rent; or if the demised premises becomes vacant or deserted, or if this lease be rejected under §365 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code (Bankruptcy Code); or if any execution or attachment shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property whereupon the demised premises shall be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant; or if Tenant shall be in default with respect to any other lease between Owner and Tenant; or if Tenant shall have failed, after five (5) days written notice, to redeposit with Owner any portion of the security deposited hereunder which Owner has applied to the payment of any rent and additional rent due and payable hereunder; or if Tenant fails to move into or take possession of the demised premises within thirty (30) days after the commencement of the


 

5.




 

 

term of this lease, of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge; then in any one or more of such events, upon Owner serving a written fifteen (15) days notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of said default, and upon the expiration of said fifteen (15) days, if Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the said default or omission complained of shall be of a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said fifteen (15) day period, and if Tenant shall not have diligently commenced during such default within such fifteen (15) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith, proceed to remedy or cure such default, then Owner may serve a written five (5) days notice of cancellation of this lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the expiration of such five (5) day period were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this lease and the term thereof, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the demised premises to Owner, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

 

 

(2) If the notice provided for in (1) hereof shall have been given, and the term shall expire as aforesaid; or if Tenant shall be in default in the payment of the rent reserved herein or any item of additional rent herein mentioned, or any part of either, or in making any other payment herein required; then, and in any of such events, Owner may without notice, re-enter the demised premises either by force or otherwise, and dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings or otherwise, and the legal representative of Tenant or other occupant of the demised premises, and remove their effects and hold the demised premises as if this lease had not been made, and Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end. If Tenant shall make default hereunder prior to the date fixed as the commencement of any renewal or extension of this lease, Owner may cancel and terminate such renewal or extension agreement by written notice.

 

 

 

Remedies of Owner and Waiver of Redemption:

 

18.  In case of any such default, re-entry, expiration and/or dispossess by summary proceedings or otherwise, (a) the rent, and additional rent, shall become due thereupon and be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossess and/or expiration, (b) Owner may re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Owner or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Owner’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease, and may grant concessions or free rent or charge a higher rental than that in this lease, (c) Tenant or the legal representatives of Tenant shall also pay to Owner as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the subsequent lease or leases of the demised premises for each month of the period which

 

 

 

would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease. The failure of Owner to re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages. In computing such liquidated damages there shall be added to the said deficiency such expenses as Owner may incur in connection with re-letting, such as legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage, advertising, and for keeping the demised premises in good order or for preparing the same for re-letting. Any such liquidated damages shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent day specified in this lease, and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Owner to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding. Owner, in putting the demised premises in good order or preparing the same for re-rental may, at Owner’s option, make such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations in the demised premises as Owner, in Owner’s sole judgment, considers advisable and necessary or the purpose of re-letting the demised premises, and the making of such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. Owner shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the devised premises, or in the event that the demised premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such re-letting, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess, if any, of such net rents collected over the sums payable by Tenant to Owner hereunder. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Owner shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided for. Mention in this lease of any particular remedy, shall not preclude Owner from any other remedy, in law or in equity. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws.

 

 

 

Fees and Expenses:

 

19.  If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed under, or by virtue of, any of the terms or provisions in any article of this lease, after notice if required, and upon expiration of the applicable grace period, if any, (except in an emergency), then, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this lease, Owner may immediately, or at any time thereafter, and without notice, perform the obligation of Tenant thereunder. If Owner, in connection with the foregoing, or in connection with any default by Tenant in the covenant to pay rent hereunder makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, and prevails in any such action or proceeding, then Tenant will reimburse Owner for such sums so paid or obligations incurred with interest and


 

6.




 

 

costs. The foregoing expenses incurred by reason of Tenant’s default shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Owner within ten (10) days of rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefore. If Tenant’s lease term shall have expired at the time of making of such expenditures or incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Owner as damages.

 

 

 

Building Alterations
and Management:

 

20.  Owner shall have the right, at any time, without the same constituting an eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefore, to change the arrangement and or location of public entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs toilets or other public parts of the building, and to change the name, number or designation by which the building may be known. There shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or other Tenant making any repairs in the building or any such alterations, additions and improvements. Furthermore, Tenant shall not have any claim against Owner by reason of Owner’s imposition of any controls of the manner of access to the building by Tenant’s social or business visitors, as Owner may deem necessary, for the security of the building and its occupants.  [SEE ADDENDUM]

 

 

 

No Repre-
sentations
by Owner:

 

21.  Neither Owner nor Owner’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the physical condition of the building, the land upon which it is erected, the demised premises, the rents, leases, expenses of operation, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the demised premises or the building, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this lease. Tenant has inspected the building and the demised premises and is thoroughly acquainted with their condition and agrees to take the same “as-is” on the date possession is tendered, and acknowledges that the taking of possession of the demised premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the said premises, and the building of which the same form a part, were in good and satisfactory condition at the time such possession was so taken, except as to latent defects. All understandings and agreements heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this contract, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Owner and Tenant, and any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of it in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

 

 

 

End of

 

22.  Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this lease, Tenant shall quit and

 

Term:

 

surrender to Owner the demised premises, “broom-clean”, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and damages which Tenant is not required to repair as provided elsewhere in this lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all its property from the demised premises. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. If the last day of the term of this lease, or any renewal thereof, falls on Sunday, this lease shall expire at noon on the preceding Saturday, unless it be a legal holiday, in which case it shall expire at noon on the preceding business day.

 

 

 

Quiet Enjoyment:

 

23.  Owner covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent and additional rent and observing and performing all the terms, covenants and conditions, on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this lease including, but not limited to, Article 34 hereof, and to the ground leases, underlying leases and mortgages hereinbefore mentioned.

 

 

 

Failure to
Give Possession:

 

24.  If Owner is unable to give possession of the demised premises on the date of the commencement of the term hereof because of the holding-over or retention of possession of any tenant, undertenant or occupants, or if the demised premises are located in a building being constructed, because such building has not been sufficiently completed to make the premises ready for occupancy or because of the fact that a certificate of occupancy has not been procured, or if Owner has not completed any work required to be performed by Owner, or for any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the validity of the lease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this lease, but the rent payable hereunder shall be abated (provided Tenant is not responsible for Owner’s inability to obtain possession or complete any work required) until after Owner shall have given Tenant notice that Owner is able to deliver possession in the condition required by this lease. If permission is given to Tenant to enter into possession of the demised premises, or to occupy premises other than the demised premises, prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such possession and/or occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this lease, except the obligation to pay the fixed annual rent set forth in page one of this lease. The provisions of this article are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.

 

 

 

No Waiver:

 

25.  The failure of Owner to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this lease, or of any of the Rules or Regulations, set forth or hereafter adopted by Owner, shall


 

7.


 


 

 

not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Owner of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no provision of this lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Owner unless such waiver be in writing signed by Owner. No payment by Tenant, or receipt by Owner, of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Owner may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Owner’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this lease provided. All checks tendered to Owner as and for the rent of the demised premises shall be deemed payments for the account of Tenant. Acceptance by Owner of rent from anyone other than Tenant shall not be deemed to operate as an attornment to Owner by the payor of such rent, or as a consent by Owner to an assignment or subletting by Tenant of the demised premises to such payor, or as a modification of the provisions of this lease. No act or thing done by Owner or Owner’s agents during the term hereby demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of said premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing signed by Owner. No employee of Owner or Owner’s agent shall have any power to accept the keys of said premises prior to the termination of the lease, and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee shall not operate as a termination of the lease or a surrender of the demised premises.

 

 

 

Waiver of
Trial by Jury:

 

26.  It is mutually agreed by and between Owner and Tenant that the respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant, Tenant’s use of or occupancy of demised premises, and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event Owner commences any proceeding or action for possession, including a summary proceeding for possession of the demised premises, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim, of whatever nature or description, in any such proceeding, including a counterclaim under Article 4, except for statutory mandatory counterclaims.

 

 

 

Inability to Perform:

 

27.  This lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Owner is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied, or is unable to make, or is delayed in

 

 

 

making, any repairs, additions, alterations or decorations, or is unable to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any equipment, fixtures or other materials, if Owner is prevented or delayed from doing so by reason of strike or labor troubles, or any cause whatsoever beyond Owner’s sole control including, but not limited to, government preemption or restrictions, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency, or by reason of the conditions which have been or are affected, either directly or indirectly, by war or other emergency.

 

 

 

Bills and Notices:

 

28.  Except as otherwise in this lease provided, any notice, statement, demand or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this lease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority, shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this lease) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made, if sent by registered or certified mail (express mail, if available), return receipt requested, or by courier guaranteeing overnight delivery and furnishing a receipt in evidence thereof, addressed to the other party at the address hereinabove set forth (except that after the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant’s address, unless Tenant shall give notice to the contrary, shall be the building), and shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made (a) on the date delivered, if delivered to Tenant personally, (b) on the date delivered, if delivered by overnight courier or (c) on the date which is two (2) days after being mailed. Either party may, by notice as aforesaid, designate a different address or addresses for notices, statements, demand or other communications intended for it. Notices given by Owner’s managing agent shall be deemed a valid notice if addressed and set in accordance with the provisions of this Article. At Owner’s option, notices and bills to Tenant may be sent by hand delivery.

 

 

 

Water
Charges:

 

29.  If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose in addition to ordinary lavatory purposes (of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge) Owner may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Owner for the cost of the meter and the cost of the installation. Throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy, Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s own cost and expense. In the event Tenant fails to maintain the meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair (of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge) Owner may cause such meter and equipment to be replaced or repaired, and collect the cost thereof from Tenant as additional rent. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter as and when bills are rendered, and in the event Tenant defaults in the making of such payment, Owner may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant as additional rent. Tenant covenants and agrees to pay, as additional rent,


 

8 .



 


 

 

the sewer rent, charge or any other tax, rent or levy which now or hereafter is assessed, imposed or a lien upon the demised premises, or the realty of which they are a part, pursuant to any law, order or regulation made or issued in connection with the use, consumption, maintenance or supply of water, the water system or sewage or sewage connection or system. If the building, the demised premises, or any part thereof, is supplied with water through a meter through which water is also supplied to other premises, Tenant shall pay to Owner, as additional rent, on the first day of each month * ,             % ($300.00) of the total meter charges as Tenant’s portion. Independently of, and in addition to, any of the remedies reserved to Owner hereinabove or elsewhere in this lease, Owner may sue for and collect any monies to be paid by Tenant, or paid by Owner, for any of the reasons or purposes hereinabove set forth.

 

 

 

Sprinklers:

 

30.  Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, if the New York Board of Fire Underwriters or the New York Fire Insurance Exchange or any bureau, department or official of the federal, state or city government recommend or installation of a sprinkler system, or that any changes, modifications, alterations, or additional sprinkler heads or other equipment be made or supplied in an existing sprinkler system by reason of Tenant’s business, the location partitions, trade fixtures, or other contents of the demised premises, or for any other reason, or if any such sprinkler system installations, modifications, alterations, additional sprinkler heads or other such equipment, become necessary to prevent the imposition of a penalty or charge against the full allowance for a sprinkler system in the fire insurance rate set by said Exchange or any other body making fire insurance rates, or by any fire insurance company, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, promptly make such sprinkler system installations, changes, modifications, alterations, and supply additional sprinkler heads or other equipment as required, whether the work involved shall be structural or non-structural in nature. Tenant shall pay to Owner as additional rent the sum of $300.00 * , on the first day of each month during the term of this lease, as Tenant’s portion of the contract price for sprinkler supervisory service.

 

 

 

Elevators, Heat, Cleaning:

 

31.  As long as Tenant is not in default under any the covenants of this lease, beyond the applicable grace period provided in this lease for the curing of such defaults, Owner shall: (a) provide necessary passenger elevator facilities on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m.; (b) if freight elevator service is provided, same shall be provided only on regular business days, Monday through Friday inclusive, and on those days only between the hours of 9 a.m. and 12 noon and between 1 p.m. and 5 p.m.; (c) furnish heat, water and other services supplied by Owner to the demised premises,

 

 

 

 

when and as required by law, on business days from 8 am. to 6 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m.; (d) clean the public halls and public portions of the building which are used in common by all tenants. Tenant shall, at tenant’s expense, keep the demised premises, including the windows, clean and in order, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, and for that purpose shall employ person or persons, or corporations approved by Owner. Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish from the building. Bills for the same shall be rendered by Owner to Tenant at such time as Owner may elect, and shall be due and payable hereunder, and the amount of such bills shall be deemed to be, and be paid as additional rent. Tenant shall, however, have the option of independently contracting for the removal of such rubbish and refuse in the event that Tenant does not wish to have same done by employees of Owner. Under such circumstances, however, the removal of such refuse and rubbish by others shall be subject to such rules and regulations as, in the judgment of Owner, are necessary for the proper operation of the building. Owner reserves the right to stop service of the heating, elevator, plumbing and electric systems, when necessary, by reason of accident or emergency, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements, which in the judgment of Owner are desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements shall have been completed. If the building of which the demised premises are a part supplies manually operated elevator service, Owner may proceed diligently with alterations necessary to substitute automatic control elevator service without in any way affecting the obligations of Tenant hereunder.  [SEE ARTICLE #59]

 

 

 

Security: *

 

32.  Tenant has deposited with Owner the sum of $1,200,000.00 as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease. It is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of rent and additional rent, Owner may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any rent and additional rent, or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, or for any sum which Owner may expend, or may be required to expend, by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease, including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the demised premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Owner. In the case of every such use, application or retention, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after demand, pay to Owner the sum so used, applied or retained which shall be added to the security deposit so that the same shall be replenished to its former amount. In the event that Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this lease, the security shall be returned to


*  Rider to be added if necessary

 

9 .



 


 

 

Tenant after the date fixed as the end of the lease, and after delivery of entire possession of the demised premises to Owner. In the event of a sale of the land and building or leasing of the building, of which the demised premises form a part, Owner shall have the right to transfer the security to the vendee or lessee, and Owner shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security; and Tenant agrees to look to the new Owner solely for the return of said security, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to a new Owner. Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber, or attempt to assign or encumber, the monies deposited herein as security, and that neither Owner nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.  [SEE ARTICLE #56]

 

 

 

Captions:

 

33.  The Captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this lease nor the intent of any provision thereof.

 

 

 

Definitions:

 

34.  The term “Owner” as used in this lease means only the owner of the fee or of the leasehold of the building, or the mortgagee in possession for the time being, of the land and building (or the owner of a lease of the building or of the land and building) of which the demised premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales or conveyance, assignment or transfer of said land and building or of said lease, or in the event of a lease of said building, or of the land and building, the said Owner shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, grantee, assignee or transferee at any such sale, or the said lessee of the building, or of the land and building, that the purchaser or the lessee of the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder. The words “re-enter” and ‘‘re-entry” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The term “rent” includes the annual rental rate whether so expressed or expressed in monthly installments, and “additional rent.” “Additional rent” means all sums which shall be due to Owner from Tenant under this lease, in addition to the annual rental rate. The term “business days” as used in this lease, shall exclude Saturdays, Sundays and all days observed by the State or Federal Government as legal holidays, and those designated as holidays by the applicable building service union employees service contract, or by the applicable Operating Engineers contract with respect to HVAC service. Wherever it is expressly provided in this lease that consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, such consent shall not be unreasonably delayed.

 

Adjacent Excavation-Shoring:

 

35.  If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the demised premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, a license to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or the building, of which demised premises form a part, from injury or damage, and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Owner, or diminution or abatement of rent.

 

 

 

Rules and Regulation:

 

36.  Tenant and Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, and licensees shall observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the Rules and Regulations annexed hereto and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Owner or Owner’s agents may from time to time adopt. Notice of any additional Rules or Regulations shall be given in such manner as Owner may elect. In case Tenant disputes the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations hereafter made or adopted by Owner or Owner’s agents, the parties hereto agree to submit the question of the reasonableness of such Rules or Regulations for decision to the New York office of the American Arbitration Association, whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations upon Tenant’s part shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by service of a notice, in writing, upon Owner, within fifteen (15) days after the giving of notice thereof. Nothing in this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Owner any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, as against any other tenant and Owner shall not be liable to Tenant far violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees.

 

 

 

Glass:

 

37.  Owner shall replace, at the expense of Tenant, any and all plate and other glass damaged or broken from any cause whatsoever in and about the demised premises. Owner may insure, and keep insured, at Tenant’s expense, all plate and other glass in the demised premises for and in the name of Owner. Bills for the premiums therefore shall be rendered by Owner to Tenant at such times as Owner may elect, and shall be due from, and payable by Tenant when rendered, and the amount thereof shall be deemed to be, and be paid as, additional rent.

 

 

 

Estoppel Certificate:

 

38.  Tenant, at any time, and from time to time, upon at least ten (10) days prior notice by Owner, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Owner, and/or to any other person, firm or corporation specified by Owner, a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), stating the dates to which the rent and additional rent have been paid, stating


 

10 .



 


 

 

whether or not there exists any default by Owner under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default and such other information as shall be required of Tenant.

 

 

 

Directory
Board Listing:

 

39.  If, at the request of, and as accommodation to, Tenant, Owner shall place upon the directory board in the lobby of the building, one or more names of persons or entities other than Tenant, such directory board listing shall not be construed as the consent by Owner to an assignment or subletting by Tenant to such persons or entities. [SEE ADDENDUM]

 

 

 

Successors
and Assigns:

 

40.  The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Owner and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors,

 

 

 

administrators, successors, and except as otherwise provided in this lease, their assigns, Tenant shall look only to Owner’s estate and interest in the land and building for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) against Owner in the event of any default by Owner hereunder, and no other property or assets of such Owner (or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed), shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under, or with respect to, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the demised premises.


 

In Witness Whereof , Owner and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Witness for Owner:

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

TWENTY THIRD R.P. ASSOCIATES

 

 

 

Witness for Owner:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Member

N/A

 

BY:  Adams & Company Real Estate, LLC, Agent

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY: /s/ Jason Glickman

 

 

 

/     /10

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

 

STATE OF NEW YORK,

ss.:

COUNTY OF

 

On the 19 th  day of July in the year 2010, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared Jason Glickman, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephanie E Gerst

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

 

 

 

 

Stephanie E Gerst

 

 

Notary Public – State of New York

 

 

NO. 01GE6192772

 

 

Qualified in New York County

 

 

My Commission Expires 9/2/12

 

11 .



 

IMPORTANT — PLEASE READ

 

 


RULES AND REGULATIONS ATTACHED TO AND
MADE A PART OF THIS LEASE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 36.

 

1.     The sidewalks, entrances, driveways, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress or egress from the demised premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Owner. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public hall of the building, either by Tenant or by jobbers or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and sideguards. If said premises are situated on the ground floor of the building, Tenant shall further, at Tenant’s expense, keep the sidewalk and curb in front of said premises clean and free from ice, snow, dirt and rubbish.

 

2.     The water and wash closest and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substance shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant, whether or not caused by Tenant, its clerks, agents, employees or visitors.

 

3.     No carpet, rug or other article shall be hung or shaken out of any window of the building; and Tenant shall not sweep or throw, or permit to be swept or thrown substances from the demised premises, any dirt or other substance into any of the corridors of halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the building, and Tenant shall not use, keep, or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in the demised premises, or permit or suffer the demised premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Owner or other occupants of the buildings by reason of noise, odors, and or vibrations, or interfere in any way, with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any bicycles, vehicles, animals, fish or birds be kept in or about the building. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the elevators of the building is prohibited.

 

4.     No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the building without the prior written consent of Owner.

 

5.     No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the demised premises or the building, or on the inside of the demised premises if the same is visible from the outside of the demised premises, without the prior written consent of Owner, except that the name of Tenant may appear on the entrance door of the demised premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Owner may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant. Interior signs on doors and directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted, or affixed for Tenant by Owner at the expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Owner.

 

6.     Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the demised premises or the building of which they form a part. No boring, cutting, or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Owner, and as

 

Owner may direct. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the demised premises, and, if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

 

7.     No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or mechanism thereof. Tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, restore to Owner all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys, so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost thereof.

 

8.     Freight, furniture, business equipment, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the demised premises only on the freight elevators and through the service entrances and corridors, and only during hours, and in a manner approved by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the building, and to exclude from the building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations of the lease, of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

 

9.     Tenant shall not obtain for use upon the demised premises ice, drinking water, towel and other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblacking services in the demised premises, except from persons authorized by Owner, and at hours and under regulations fixed by Owner. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

10.   Owner reserves the right to exclude from the building all persons who do not present a pass to the building signed by Owner. Owner will furnish passes to persons for whom any Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests such pass, and shall be liable to Owner for all acts of such persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner shall not be required to allow Tenant or any person to enter or remain in the building, except on business days from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Tenant shall not have a claim against Owner by reason of Owner excluding from the building any person who does not present such pass.

 

11.   Owner shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which in Owner’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a loft building, and upon written notice from Owner, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

12.   Tenant shall not bring, or permit to be brought or kept, in or on the demised premises, any inflammable, combustible, explosive, or hazardous fluid, material, chemical or substance, or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors, to permeate in, or emanate from, the demised premises.

 

13.   Tenant shall not use the demised premises in a manner which disturbs or interferes with other tenants in the beneficial use of their premises.


 



 


14.   Refuse and Trash. (1) Compliance by Tenant. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders, and regulations, of all state, federal, municipal, and local governments, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash. Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse and trash into such categories as provided by law. Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash shall be placed in separate receptacles reasonably approved by Owner. Tenant shall remove, or cause to be removed by a contractor acceptable to Owner, at Owner’s sole discretion, such items as Owner may expressly designate. (2) Owner’s Rights in Event of Noncompliance. Owner has the option to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant waste products, garbage, refuse or trash

(a) that is not separated and sorted as required by law or (b) which consists of such items as Owner may expressly designate for Tenant’s removal, and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Owner. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages that may be imposed on Owner or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Building Rule 14, and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnity, defend and hold Owner harmless including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from and against any actions, claims and suits arising from such noncompliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to Owner.


 

Address

53-7 WEST 23RD STREET thru to 34 WEST 24TH
STREET and 30-2 WEST 24TH STREET

 

Tenant’s Copy

Premises

ENTIRE 12TH FLOORS

 

 

 

 

 

Dated July 26,

in the year 2010

 

TO    TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rent Per Year

See Article #47

 

STANDARD FORM OF

 

 

 

 

Loft

 

Rent Per Month

See Article #47

 

Lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term

10 yrs. 6 mos.

 

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

Copyright 2004.  All rights Reserved.

Reproduction in whole or in part prohibited

 

From

11/1/10

 

 

To

4/30/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Drawn by

mc

 

 

 

 

Checked by

 

 

 

 

 

Entered by

 

 

 

 

 

Approved by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

ADAMS & COMPANY REAL ESTATE, LC

 

 

 

 S/N:

 

PCF5-03396

 

 

 

Provided by:

LEASING DEPARTMENT

 

 

 Printed using Software from Professional Computer Forms Co. v. 12/04

 

 

 

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ First Amendment ”), dated as of November 1, 2010, between TWENTY-THREE R.P. ASSOCIATES (“ Landlord ” or “ Owner ”), and TREMOR MEDIA, INC. (“ Tenant ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, by Agreement of Lease dated as of July 26, 2010 (“ Lease ”), Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises consisting of the entire twelfth (12 th ) floors (“ Demised Premises ”) of the buildings located at 53-7 West 23 rd  Street through to 34 West 24 th  Street, and 30-2 West 24 th  street, New York, New York (“ Building ”), which Demised Premises are more particularly described in the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify the commencement date and other provisions of the Lease on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

l.          All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this First Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

 

2.         The introductory paragraph to the Lease is hereby amended such that the commencement date of the lease of November 1, 2010, is hereby deleted and “December l, 2010” is hereby replaced in its stead, and the expiration date of the lease of April 30, 2021, is hereby deleted and “May 31, 2021” is hereby replaced in its stead.

 

3.         Section 47 of the Lease is hereby amended such that each reference therein to “November 1” shall be deleted and replaced with “December 1” in its stead, each reference to “October 31” shall be deleted and replaced with “November 30” in its stead, and “April 30, 2021” shall be deleted and replaced with “May 31, 2021” in its stead.

 

4.         Section 55 of the Lease is hereby amended such that “November 1, 2010” shall be deleted and “December 1, 2010” shall be replaced in its stead, and “April 30, 2011” shall be deleted and replaced with “May 31, 2011” in its stead.

 

5.         Section 56 of the Lease is hereby amended such that “April 30, 2013, April 30 2016 and October 31, 2018” shall be replaced with “May 31, 2013, May 31, 2016 and November 30, 2018” in its stead.

 

6.         Section 69 of the Lease is hereby amended such that “April 30, 2016” shall be deleted and “May 31, 2016” shall be replaced in its stead, and “April 1, 2015” shall be deleted and replaced with “May l, 2015” in its stead.

 



 

7.         Section 72 of the Lease is hereby amended such that ‘‘November l, 2010” is hereby deleted and “December 1, 2010” shall be replaced in its stead.

 

8.         Except as set forth in this First Amendment, the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect.  All references in the Lease to “Lease” shall be deemed to be references to the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment.

 

9.         This First Amendment constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter herein and supersedes any and all prior agreements, representations and negotiations, whether written or oral.

 

10.       This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11.       In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Lease and this First Amendment, the terms of this First Amendment shall control.

 

12.       Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has substantially completed the work set forth in the Work Order, dated July 26, 2010, attached to and forming a part of the Lease.

 

[Signatures appear on following page]

 

2 .



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

ADAMS & COMPANY RE LLC AS AGENT FOR

 

 

 

 

 

TWENTY-THREE R.P. ASSOCIATES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Levy

 

 

 

 

Name:

David Levy

 

 

 

Title:

Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Pinney

 

 

 

 

Name:

Mark Pinney

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED

 

1.         Purpose and Eligibility

 

The purpose of this 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Tremor Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is to provide stock options and other equity interests in the Company (each an “ Award ”) to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all of whom are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.  Any person to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan is called a “ Participant ”.  Additional definitions are contained in Section 8.

 

2.         Administration

 

a.         Administration by Board of Directors .  The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).  The Board, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to grant and amend Awards, to adopt, amend and repeal rules relating to the Plan and to interpret and correct the provisions of the Plan and any Award.  All decisions by the Board shall be final and binding on all interested persons. Neither the Company nor any member of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to the Plan.

 

b.         Delegation to Executive Officers .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more executive officers of the Company the power to grant Awards and exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the maximum number of Awards to be granted and the maximum number of shares issuable to any one Participant pursuant to Awards granted by such executive officers.

 

3.         Stock Available for Awards

 

a.         Number of Shares .  Subject to adjustment under Section 3(b), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 1,739,843 shares.  If any Award expires, or is terminated, surrendered or forfeited, in whole or in part, the unissued Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan.  If shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Plan are repurchased by, or are surrendered or forfeited to, the Company at no more than cost, such shares of Common Stock shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that the cumulative number of such shares that may be so issued and reissued under the Plan will not exceed 1,739,843.  Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

b.         Adjustment to Common Stock .  In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off, split-up, or other similar change in capitalization or

 



 

event, (i) the number and class of securities available for Awards under the Plan and the per-Participant share limit, (ii) the number and class of securities, vesting schedule and exercise price per share subject to each outstanding Option, (iii) the repurchase price per security subject to repurchase, and (iv) the terms of each other outstanding stock-based Award shall be adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made) to the extent the Board shall determine, in good faith, that such an adjustment (or substitution) is appropriate.  If Section 7(e)(i) applies for any event, this Section 3(b) shall not be applicable.

 

4.         Stock Options

 

a.         General .  The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “ Option ”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and the Common Stock issued upon the exercise of each Option, including vesting provisions, repurchase provisions and restrictions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, in a form substantially similar to the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, as it considers advisable.

 

b.         Incentive Stock Options .  An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) shall be granted only to employees of the Company and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.  The Board and the Company shall have no liability if an Option or any part thereof that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option does not qualify as such. An Option or any part thereof that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option is referred to herein as a “ Nonstatutory Stock Option .”

 

c.         Exercise Price .  The Board shall establish the exercise price (or determine the method by which the exercise price shall be determined) at the time each Option is granted and specify it in the applicable option agreement.

 

d.         Duration of Options .  Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement.

 

e.         Exercise of Option .  Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person together with payment in full as specified in Section 4(f) for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised.

 

f.          Payment Upon Exercise .  Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall be paid for by one or any combination of the following forms of payment:

 

(i)         by check payable to the order of the Company;

 

(ii)        except as otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable option agreement, and only if the Common Stock is then publicly traded, delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy

 



 

of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; or

 

(iii)       to the extent explicitly provided in the applicable option agreement, by (x) delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at fair market value (as determined by the Board or as determined pursuant to the applicable option agreement), (y) delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company (and delivery to the Company by the Participant of a check in an amount equal to the par value of the shares purchased), or (z) payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine.

 

5.         Restricted Stock

 

a.         Grants .  The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock, subject to (i) delivery to the Company by the Participant of cash or other lawful consideration in an amount at least equal to the par value of the shares purchased, and (ii) the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award (each, a “ Restricted Stock Award ”).

 

b.         Terms and Conditions . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Restricted Stock Award.  Any stock certificates issued in respect of a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee).  After the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or, if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated by a Participant, in a manner determined by the Board, to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death (the “ Designated Beneficiary ”).  In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, Designated Beneficiary shall mean the Participant’s estate.

 

6.         Other Stock-Based Awards

 

The Board shall have the right to grant other Awards based upon the Common Stock having such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, including, without limitation, the grant of shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into Common Stock and the grant of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards or stock units.

 

7.         General Provisions Applicable to Awards

 

a.         Transferability of Awards .  Except as the Board may otherwise determine or provide in an Award, Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant.  References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

 



 

b.         Documentation .  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written instrument in such form as the Board shall determine or as executed by an officer of the Company pursuant to authority delegated by the Board.  Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan provided that such terms and conditions do not contravene the provisions of the Plan.

 

c.         Board Discretion .  The terms of each type of Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

 

d.         Termination of Status .  The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

 

e.         Acquisition of the Company

 

(i)         Consequences of an Acquisition .  Upon the consummation of an Acquisition, the Board or the board of directors of the surviving or acquiring entity (as used in this Section 7(e)(i), also the “ Board ”), shall, as to outstanding Awards (on the same basis or on different bases as the Board shall specify), make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Awards by the Company or the assumption of such Awards by the surviving or acquiring entity and by substituting on an equitable basis for the shares then subject to such Awards either (a) the consideration payable with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock in connection with the Acquisition, (b) shares of stock of the surviving or acquiring corporation or (c) such other securities or other consideration as the Board deems appropriate, the fair market value of which (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) shall not materially differ from the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards immediately preceding the Acquisition. In addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, with respect to outstanding Options, the Board may, on the same basis or on different bases as the Board shall specify, upon written notice to the affected optionees, provide that one or more Options then outstanding must be exercised, in whole or in part, within a specified number of days of the date of such notice, at the end of which period such Options shall terminate, or provide that one or more Options then outstanding, in whole or in part, shall be terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the fair market value (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) for the shares subject to such Options over the exercise price thereof; provided, however, that before terminating any portion of an Option that is not vested or exercisable (other than in exchange for a cash payment), the Board must first accelerate in full the exercisability of the portion that is to be terminated.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board (on the same basis or on different bases as the Board shall specify), any repurchase rights or other rights of the Company that relate to an Option or other Award shall continue to apply to consideration, including cash, that has been substituted, assumed or amended for an Option or other Award pursuant to this paragraph. The Company may hold in escrow all or any portion of any such consideration in order to effectuate any continuing restrictions.

 



 

(ii)        Acquisition Defined .  An “ Acquisition ” shall mean: (x) the sale of the Company by merger in which the shareholders of the Company in their capacity as such no longer own a majority of the outstanding equity securities of the Company (or its successor); or (y) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Company (other than in a spin-off or similar transaction) or (z) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board.

 

(iii)       Assumption of Options Upon Certain Events .  In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock-based awards issued by such entity or an affiliate thereof.  The substitute Awards shall be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board considers appropriate in the circumstances.

 

f.          Withholding .  Each Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provisions satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with Awards to such Participant no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability.  The Board may allow Participants to satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by transferring shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their fair market value (as determined by the Board or as determined pursuant to the applicable option agreement).  The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant.

 

g.         Amendment of Awards .  The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award including, but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, provided that the Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant.

 

h.         Conditions on Delivery of Stock .  The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

 

i.          Acceleration .  The Board may at any time provide that any Options shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, that any Restricted Stock Awards shall be free of some or all restrictions, or that any other stock-based Awards may become exercisable in full or in part or free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be, despite the fact that the foregoing actions may (i) cause the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code if a change in control of the Company occurs, or (ii) disqualify all or part of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option. In the event of the acceleration of the

 



 

exercisability of one or more outstanding Options, including pursuant to paragraph (e)(i), the Board may provide, as a condition of full exercisability of any or all such Options, that the Common Stock or other substituted consideration, including cash, as to which exercisability has been accelerated shall be restricted and subject to forfeiture back to the Company at the option of the Company at the cost thereof upon termination of employment or other relationship, with the timing and other terms of the vesting of such restricted stock or other consideration being equivalent to the timing and other terms of the superseded exercise schedule of the related Option.

 

8.         Miscellaneous

 

a.  Definitions .

 

(i)         “ Company, ” for purposes of eligibility under the Plan, shall include any present or future subsidiary corporations of Tremor Media, Inc., as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code (a “ Subsidiary ”), and any present or future parent corporation of Tremor Media, Inc., as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.  For purposes of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the term “ Company ” shall include any other business venture in which the Company has a direct or indirect significant interest, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

(ii)        “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(iii)       “ employee ” for purposes of eligibility under the Plan (but not for purposes of Section 4(b)) shall include a person to whom an offer of employment has been extended by the Company.

 

b.         No Right To Employment or Other Status .  No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company.  The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan.

 

c.         No Rights As Stockholder .  Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder thereof.

 

d.         Effective Date and Term of Plan .  The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board.  No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of ten years from the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

 

e.         Amendment of Plan .  The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time.

 



 

f.          Governing Law .  The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Delaware, without regard to any applicable conflicts of law.

 

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on

 

September, 2006

 

 

 

Approved by the stockholders on

 

September, 2006

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT:  SUMMARY COVER PAGE

 

Tremor Media, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants the following stock option pursuant to its 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions set forth in the following pages.

 

Name of optionee (the “ Optionee ”):

 

 

 

 

 

Date of this option grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to this option (“ Shares ”):

 

 

 

 

 

Option exercise price per share:

 

$

 

 

 

Incentive Stock Option:

 

    Yes:  o                              No:  o

 

 

 

Number, if any, of Shares that may be purchased on or after the grant date:

 

 

 

 

 

Shares that are subject to vesting schedule:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

[One year anniversary of Vesting Start Date:

 

                    Shares

 

 

 

Each monthly anniversary of Vesting Start Date thereafter until 48 th  monthly anniversary:

 

                    Shares

 

 

 

48 th  monthly anniversary of Vesting Start Date:

 

                    Shares

 

 

 

Following an Acquisition and the termination of the Optionee’s Business Relationship by the Company without cause:

 

                                  ].

 

 

 

All vesting is dependent on the continuation of a Business Relationship with the Company, as provided herein.

 

 

 

 

Tremor Media, Inc.

 

 

 

Signature of Optionee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name of Officer:

Printed Name

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

1



 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT:  TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.                                     Grant Under Plan .  This option is granted pursuant to and is governed by the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan.

 

2.                                     Type of Stock Option .  This option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder (the “ Code ”) if so designated in the Summary Cover Page, above.

 

3.                                     Vesting of Option .

 

(a)                            Vesting if Business Relationship Continues . The Optionee may exercise this option on or after the date of this option grant for the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, set forth on the Summary Cover Page hereof.  If the Optionee has continuously maintained a Business Relationship (as defined below) with the Company through the dates listed on the vesting schedule set forth on the Summary Cover Page hereof, the Optionee may exercise this option for the additional number of shares of Common Stock set opposite the applicable vesting date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in its discretion, accelerate the date that any installment of this option becomes exercisable.  The foregoing rights are cumulative and may be exercised only before the date which is [ten] years from the date of this option grant.

 

(b)  Definitions . The following definitions shall apply:

 

Acquisition ” means (i) the sale of the Company by merger in which the shareholders of the Company in their capacity as such no longer own a majority of the outstanding equity securities of the Company (or its successor); or (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Company (other than in a spin-off or similar transaction) or (iii) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board.

 

Business Relationship ” means service to the Company or its successor in the capacity of an employee, officer, director or consultant.

 

Cause ” means: (i) gross negligence or willful malfeasance in the performance of the Optionee’s work or a breach of fiduciary duty or confidentiality obligations to the Company by the Optionee; (ii) failure to follow the proper directions of the Optionee’s direct or indirect supervisor after written notice of such failure; (iii) the commission by the Optionee of illegal conduct relating to the Company; (iv) disregard by the Optionee of the material rules or material policies of the Company which has not been cured within 15 days after notice thereof from the Company; (v) intentional acts on the part of the Optionee that have generated material adverse publicity toward or about the Company; or

 

2



 

(vi) unsatisfactory performance by the Optionee of his job with the Company, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion.

 

Good Reason ” means, with respect to an Optionee who is an employee: (i) the failure of the Company to pay any wages due to the Optionee within five days after written notice thereof from the Optionee, (ii)  a reduction in the Optionee’s salary from that on the date of this agreement, other than as part of a salary reduction program among multiple employees or (iii) a demotion of the Optionee to a non-executive position with the Company. “Good Reason” means, with respect to an Optionee who is not an employee, a breach by the Company of the terms of its relationship with the Optionee that continues for five days after notice.

 

Private Transaction ” means any Acquisition where the consideration received or retained by the holders of the then outstanding capital stock of the Company does not consist of (i) cash or cash equivalent consideration, (ii) securities which are registered under the Securities Act and/or (iii) securities for which the Company or any other issuer thereof has agreed, including pursuant to a demand, to file a registration statement within ninety (90) days of completion of the transaction for resale to the public pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

4.                                     Termination of Business Relationship .

 

(a)                                Termination .  If the Optionee’s Business Relationship with the Company ceases, voluntarily or involuntarily, with or without cause, no further installments of this option shall vest and this option shall expire (may no longer be exercised) after the passage of three months from the date of termination, but in no event later than the scheduled expiration date.  Any determination under this agreement as to the status of a Business Relationship or other matters referred to above shall be made in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)                               Employment Status . For purposes hereof, with respect to employees of the Company, employment shall not be considered as having terminated during any leave of absence if such leave of absence has been approved in writing by the Company and if such written approval contractually obligates the Company to continue the employment of the Optionee after the approved period of absence; in the event of such an approved leave of absence, vesting of this option shall be suspended (and the period of the leave of absence shall be added to all vesting dates) unless otherwise provided in the Company’s written approval of the leave of absence. For purposes hereof, a termination of employment followed by another Business Relationship shall be deemed a termination of the Business Relationship with all vesting to cease unless the Company enters into a written agreement related to such other Business Relationship in which it is specifically stated that there is no termination of the Business Relationship under this agreement. This option shall not be affected by any change of employment within or among the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as the Optionee continuously remains an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

3



 

(c)                                Termination for Cause .  If the Business Relationship of the Optionee is terminated for Cause (as defined above), this option may no longer be exercised from and after the Optionee’s receipt of written notice of such termination. In such event, the Repurchase Option described in Section 6 shall also be applicable.

 

5.                                     Death; Disability .

 

(a)                                Death .  Upon the death of the Optionee while the Optionee is maintaining a Business Relationship with the Company, this option may be exercised, to the extent otherwise exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s death, by the Optionee’s estate, personal representative or beneficiary to whom this option has been transferred pursuant to Section 10, only at any time within 180 days after the date of death, but not later than the scheduled expiration date.

 

(b)                               Disability .  If the Optionee ceases to maintain a Business Relationship with the Company by reason of his or her disability, this option may be exercised, to the extent otherwise exercisable on the date of cessation of the Business Relationship, only at any time within 180 days after such cessation of the Business Relationship, but not later than the scheduled expiration date.  For purposes hereof, “disability” means “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

6.                                     Partial Exercise .  This option may be exercised in part at any time and from time to time within the above limits, except that this option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

7.                                     Payment of Exercise Price .

 

(a)                                Payment Options .  The exercise price shall be paid by one or any combination of the following forms of payment that are applicable to this option, as indicated on the Summary Cover Page hereof:

 

(i)                                   by check payable to the order of the Company; or

 

(ii)                               delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or delivery by the Optionee to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; or

 

(iii)                           subject to Section 7(b) below, if the Common Stock is then traded on a national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq National Market (or successor trading system), by delivery of shares of  Common Stock having a fair market value equal as of the date of exercise to the option price.

 

4



 

In the case of (iii) above, fair market value as of the date of exercise shall be determined as of the last business day for which such prices or quotes are available prior to the date of exercise and shall mean (i) the last reported sale price (on that date) of the Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, if the Common Stock is then traded on a national securities exchange; or (ii) the last reported sale price (on that date) of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market (or successor trading system), if the Common Stock is not then traded on a national securities exchange.

 

(b)                               Limitations on Payment by Delivery of Common Stock .  If Section 7(a)(iii) is applicable, and if the Optionee delivers Common Stock held by the Optionee (“ Old Stock ”) to the Company in full or partial payment of the exercise price and the Old Stock so delivered is subject to restrictions or limitations imposed by agreement between the Optionee and the Company, an equivalent number of Shares shall be subject to all restrictions and limitations applicable to the Old Stock to the extent that the Optionee paid for the Shares by delivery of Old Stock, in addition to any restrictions or limitations imposed by this agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may not pay any part of the exercise price hereof by transferring Common Stock to the Company unless such Common Stock has been owned by the Optionee free of any substantial risk of forfeiture for at least six months.

 

8.                                     Securities Laws Restrictions on Resale . Until registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute (the “ Securities Act ”), the Shares will be illiquid and will be deemed to be “restricted securities” for purposes of the Securities Act.  Accordingly, such shares must be sold in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom and may need to be held indefinitely.  Unless the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act, each certificate evidencing any of the Shares shall bear a restrictive legend specified by the Company.

 

9.                                     Method of Exercising Option .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement, this option may be exercised by written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, or to such transfer agent as the Company shall designate.  Such notice shall state the election to exercise this option and the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising this option.  Such notice shall be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares, and the Company shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received.  Such certificate or certificates shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so exercising this option (or, if this option shall be exercised by the Optionee and if the Optionee shall so request in the notice exercising this option, shall be registered in the name of the Optionee and another person jointly, with right of survivorship). In the event this option shall be exercised, pursuant to Section 5 hereof, by any person or persons other than the Optionee, such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise this option.

 

5



 

10.                             Option Not Transferable .  This option is not transferable or assignable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  During the Optionee’s lifetime only the Optionee can exercise this option.

 

11.                             No Obligation to Exercise Option .  The grant and acceptance of this option imposes no obligation on the Optionee to exercise it.

 

12.                             No Obligation to Continue Business Relationship .  Neither the Plan, this agreement, nor the grant of this option imposes any obligation on the Company to continue the Optionee in employment or other Business Relationship.

 

13.                             Adjustments .  Except as is expressly provided in the Plan with respect to certain changes in the capitalization of the Company, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is prior to such date of exercise.

 

14.                             Withholding Taxes .  If the Company in its discretion determines that it is obligated to withhold any tax in connection with the exercise of this option, or in connection with the transfer of, or the lapse of restrictions on, any Common Stock or other property acquired pursuant to this option, the Optionee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from the Optionee’s wages or other remuneration the appropriate amount of tax. At the discretion of the Company, the amount required to be withheld may be withheld in cash from such wages or other remuneration or in kind from the Common Stock or other property otherwise deliverable to the Optionee on exercise of this option.  The Optionee further agrees that, if the Company does not withhold an amount from the Optionee’s wages or other remuneration sufficient to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company, the Optionee will make reimbursement on demand, in cash, for the amount underwithheld.

 

15.                             Restrictions on Transfer; Company’s Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)                                Exercise of Right . Shares may not be transferred without the Company’s written consent except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution or in accordance with the further provisions of this Section 15.  If the Optionee desires to transfer all or any part of the Shares to any person other than the Company (an “ Offeror ”), the Optionee shall:  (i) obtain in writing an irrevocable and unconditional bona fide offer (the “ Offer ”) for the purchase thereof from the Offeror; and (ii) give written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) to the Company setting forth the Optionee’s desire to transfer such shares, which Option Notice shall be accompanied by a photocopy of the Offer and shall set forth at least the name and address of the Offeror and the price and terms of the Offer.  Upon receipt of the Option Notice, the Company shall have an assignable option to purchase any or all of such Shares (the “ Offered Shares ”) specified in the Option Notice, such option to be exercisable by giving, within 15 days after receipt of the Option Notice, a written counter-notice to the Optionee.  If the Company elects to purchase all of such Offered Shares, it shall be obligated to purchase, and the Optionee shall be obligated to sell to the Company or its assignee, such Offered Shares at the price and terms indicated in the Offer within 30 days from the date of delivery by the Company of such counter-notice. To the extent that the consideration proposed to be paid by the Offeror for the

 

6



 

shares consists of property other than cash or a promissory note, the consideration required to be paid by the Company may consist of cash equal to the fair market value of such property, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)                               Sale of Shares to Offeror .  The Optionee may, for 60 days after the expiration of the 30-day option period as set forth in Section 15(a), sell to the Offeror, pursuant to the terms of the Offer, all of such Offered Shares not purchased or agreed to be purchased by the Company or its assignee; provided, however, that the Optionee shall not sell such Shares to such Offeror if such Offeror is a competitor of the Company and the Company gives written notice to the Optionee, within 30 days of its receipt of the Option Notice, stating that the Optionee shall not sell his or her Shares to such Offeror; and provided, further, that prior to the sale of such Shares to an Offeror, such Offeror shall execute an agreement with the Company pursuant to which such Offeror agrees to be subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 15.  If any or all of such Shares are not sold pursuant to an Offer within the time permitted above, the unsold Shares shall remain subject to the terms of this Section 15.

 

(c)                                Failure to Deliver Shares . If the Optionee (or his or her legal representative) who has become obligated to sell Shares hereunder shall fail to deliver such shares to the Company in accordance with the terms of this agreement, the Company may, at its option, in addition to all other remedies it may have, mail to the Optionee the purchase price for such shares as is herein specified.  Thereupon, the Company: (i) shall cancel on its books the certificate or certificates representing such Shares to be sold; and (ii) shall issue, in lieu thereof, a new certificate or certificates in the name of the Company representing such Shares (or cancel such Shares), and thereupon all of such Optionee’s rights in and to such Shares shall terminate.

 

(d)                              Expiration of Company’s Right of First Refusal and Transfer Restrictions .  The first refusal rights of the Company and the transfer restrictions set forth in this Section 15 shall expire as to Shares on the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of this agreement, (ii) immediately prior to the closing of a public offering of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or (iii) the occurrence of an Acquisition that is not a Private Transaction.  In addition, if the Company and the Optionee are parties to an agreement containing first refusal provisions similar to the foregoing, such other agreement shall control.

 

16.                             Early Disposition .  The Optionee agrees to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Optionee transfers any Shares, if such transfer occurs on or before the later of (a) the date that is two years after the date of this agreement or (b) the date that is one year after the date on which the Optionee acquired such Shares.  The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such transfer required by the Company for tax purposes.

 

17.                             Lock-up Agreement . The Optionee agrees that in the event that the Company effects an initial underwritten public offering of Common Stock registered under the Securities

 

7



 

Act, the Shares may not be sold, offered for sale or otherwise disposed of, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter(s) of the offering, for such period of time after the execution of an underwriting agreement in connection with such offering that all of the Company’s then directors and executive officers agree to be similarly bound.

 

18.                             Arbitration .  Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of, in connection with, or relating to the performance of this agreement or its termination shall be settled by arbitration in the State of New York, pursuant to the rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration Association. Any award shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the parties and a judgment rendered thereon may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

19.                             Provision of Documentation to Optionee .  By signing this agreement the Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of this agreement and a copy of the Plan.

 

20.                             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                Notices .  All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when sent by mail, if to the Optionee, to the address set forth below or at the address shown on the records of the Company, and if to the Company, to the Company’s principal executive offices, attention of the Corporate Secretary.

 

(b)                               Entire Agreement; Modification .  This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to the subject matter of this agreement. This agreement may be modified, amended or rescinded only by a written agreement executed by both parties.

 

(c)                                Fractional Shares . If this option becomes exercisable for a fraction of a share because of the adjustment provisions contained in the Plan, such fraction shall be rounded down.

 

(d)                              Issuances of Securities; Changes in Capital Structure . Except as expressly provided herein or in the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to this option.  No adjustments need be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of the Company. If there shall be any change in the Common Stock of the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, spin-off, split-up or other similar change in capitalization or event, the restrictions contained in this agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares, except as otherwise determined by the Board.

 

8



 

(e)                                Severability .  The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall in no way affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision.

 

(f)                                 Successors and Assigns .  This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10 hereof.

 

(g)                               Governing Law .  This agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of the conflicts of laws thereof.

 

9




Exhibit 10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

 

 

2008 STOCK PLAN, AS AMENDED

 

 

 

ADOPTED ON MAY 5, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1

SECTION 2.

ADMINISTRATION

1

(a)

Committees of the Board of Directors

1

(b)

Authority of the Board of Directors

1

SECTION 3.

ELIGIBILITY

1

(a)

General Rule

1

(b)

Ten-Percent Stockholders

1

SECTION 4.

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

1

(a)

Basic Limitation

1

(b)

Additional Shares

2

SECTION 5.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

2

(a)

Stock Purchase Agreement

2

(b)

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

2

(c)

Purchase Price

2

(d)

Withholding Taxes

2

(e)

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

2

SECTION 6.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

2

(a)

Stock Option Agreement

2

(b)

Number of Shares

3

(c)

Exercise Price

3

(d)

Exercisability

3

(e)

Basic Term

3

(f)

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

3

(g)

Leaves of Absence

4

(h)

Death of Optionee

4

(i)

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

4

(j)

Transferability of Options

4

(k)

Withholding Taxes

4

(l)

No Rights as a Stockholder

5

(m)

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

5

 

-i-



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

5

(a)

General Rule

5

(b)

Services Rendered

5

(c)

Promissory Note

5

(d)

Surrender of Stock

5

(e)

Exercise/Sale

5

(f)

Other Forms of Payment

5

SECTION 8.

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

6

(a)

General

6

(b)

Mergers and Consolidations

6

(c)

Reservation of Rights

7

SECTION 9.

SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS

7

SECTION 10.

NO RETENTION RIGHTS

7

SECTION 11.

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

7

(a)

Term of the Plan

7

(b)

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

8

(c)

Effect of Amendment or Termination

8

SECTION 12.

DEFINITIONS

8

(a)

“Board of Directors”

8

(b)

“Code”

8

(c)

“Committee”

8

(d)

“Company”

8

(e)

“Consultant”

8

(f)

“Disability”

8

(g)

“Employee”

8

(h)

“Exercise Price”

8

(i)

“Fair Market Value”

9

(j)

“Family Member”

9

(k)

“ISO”

9

(l)

“Nonstatutory Option”

9

 

-ii-



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

“Option”

9

(n)

“Optionee”

9

(o)

“Outside Director”

9

(p)

“Parent”

9

(q)

“Plan”

9

(r)

“Purchase Price”

9

(s)

“Purchaser”

9

(t)

“Service”

9

(u)

“Share”

9

(v)

“Stock”

10

(w)

“Stock Option Agreement”

10

(x)

“Stock Purchase Agreement”

10

(y)

“Subsidiary”

10

 

-iii-


 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC. 2008 STOCK PLAN, AS AMENDED

 

SECTION 1.  ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock.  The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares.  Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

 

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

 

SECTION 2.  ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)                               Committees of the Board of Directors.   The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees.  Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors.  Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it.  If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan.  Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

 

(b)                              Authority of the Board of Directors.   Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

 

SECTION 3.  ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)                               General Rule.   Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares.  Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

(b)                              Ten-Percent Stockholders.   A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.  For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

SECTION 4.  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

(a)                               Basic Limitation.   Not more than 9,821,617 Shares may be issued under the Plan (subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a)).  All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs.  The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for

 



 

issuance under the Plan.  The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

 

(b)                              Additional Shares.   In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.  In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

 

SECTION 5.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

 

(a)                               Stock Purchase Agreement.   Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company.  Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                              Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights.   Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company.  Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 

(c)                                Purchase Price.   The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion.  The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(d)                              Withholding Taxes.   As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

 

(e)                                Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.   Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

 

SECTION 6.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

 

(a)                               Stock Option Agreement.   Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.  The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors

 

2.



 

deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                              Number of Shares.   Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8.  The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

 

(c)                                Exercise Price.   Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price of any Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.  The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(d)                              Exercisability.   Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable.  No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement.  The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.  All of an Optionee’s Options shall become exercisable in full if Section 8(b)(iv) applies.

 

(e)                                Basic Term.   The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option.  The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and in the case of an ISO a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

(f)                                 Termination of Service (Except by Death).   If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)         The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

 

(ii)       The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

 

(iii)      The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionees Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the

 

3.



 

Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionees Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

(g)                               Leaves of Absence.   For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

(h)                              Death of Optionee.   If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)         The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

 

(ii)       The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

(i)                                   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.  Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

 

(j)                                  Transferability of Options.   An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence.  If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, a Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee.  An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

(k)                              Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise.  The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

 

4.



 

(l)                                   No Rights as a Stockholder.   An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

 

(m)                          Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options.   Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price.  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

SECTION 7.  PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

 

(a)                               General Rule.   The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

 

(b)                              Services Rendered.   At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

 

(c)                                Promissory Note.   At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note.  The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon.  The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

(d)                              Surrender of Stock.   At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

 

(e)                                Exercise/Sale.   To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

 

(f)                                 Other Forms of Payment.   To the extent that a Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Option Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

5.



 

SECTION 8.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

(a)                               General.   In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.  In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

(b)                              Mergers and Consolidations.   In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation.  Such agreement need not treat all Options in an identical manner, and it shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to each Option:

 

(i)                                   The continuation of the Option by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

(ii)                               The assumption of the Option by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

(iii)                           The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a new option for the Option in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

(iv)                           Full exercisability of the Option and full vesting of the Shares subject to the Option, followed by the cancellation of the Option.  The full exercisability of the Option and full vesting of the Shares subject to the Option may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation.  The Optionee shall be able to exercise the Option during a period of not less than five full business days preceding the closing date of such merger or consolidation, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of such merger or consolidation and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option.  Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation.

 

(v)                               The cancellation of the Option and a payment to the Optionee equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option (whether or not the Option is then exercisable or such Shares are then vested) as of the closing date of such merger or consolidation over (B) the Exercise Price of the Option.  Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent with a Fair

 

6.



 

Market Value equal to the required amount.  Subject to Section 409A of the Code, such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when the Option would have become exercisable or such Shares would have vested.  Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Optionee’s continuing Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Optionee than the schedule under which the Option would have become exercisable or such Shares would have vested.  If the Exercise Price of the Shares subject to the Option exceeds the Fair Market Value of such Shares, then the Option may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionee For purposes of this Paragraph (v), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security.

 

(c)                                Reservation of Rights.   Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.  Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option.  The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION 9.  SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

 

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

 

SECTION 10.  NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 11.  DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

 

(a)                               Term of the Plan.   The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.  If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan.  The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the

 

7.



 

Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                              Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan.   The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs.  Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan I f the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

 

(c)                                Effect of Amendment or Termination.   No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination.  The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.  DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                               Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(b)                              Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(c)                                Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

 

(d)                              Company ” shall mean Tremor Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(e)                                Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(f)                                 Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(g)                               Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(h)                              Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

 

8.



 

(i)                                   Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(j)                                  Family Member ” shall mean (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

(k)                              ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(l)                                   Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(m)                          Option ” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

(n)                              Optionee ” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

 

(o)                               Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(p)                              Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(q)                              Plan ” shall mean this Tremor Media, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan.

 

(r)                                Purchase Price ” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

(s)                                 Purchaser ” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

(t)                                  Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(u)                              Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

9.



 

(v)                               Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(w)                           Stock Option Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

(x)                               Stock Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

 

(y)                               Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

10.


 



Exhibit 10.7

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC. 2008 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT VESTING)

 

 

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Tremor Video, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

 

«Name»

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares:

 

«TotalShares»

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

«ISO»

Incentive Stock Option (ISO)

 

 

 

 

 

 

«NSO»

Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$«PricePerShare»

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

«DateGrant»

 

 

 

Date Exercisable:

 

« Vesting Schedule»

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

«VestComDate»

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

«ExpDate» .  This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

 

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2008 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC. 2008 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT VESTING)

 

 

SECTION 1.  GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)        Option .  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)        $100,000 Limitation .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)        Stock Plan and Defined Terms .  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

(d)       Execution of Stockholder Agreements .  If the Optionee is a 1% Stockholder or would become a 1% Stockholder as a result of exercising this option, then as a condition to the grant of this option, the Optionee shall become a party to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (the “Co-Sale Agreement”) and that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement (the “Voting Agreement”), each by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company party thereto and dated as of April 22, 2010, as may be amended from time to time, by executing the counterpart signature pages to each of the Co-Sale Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit A)   and the Voting Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit B ); the Optionee acknowledges having received and understood such agreements.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Co-Sale Agreement or the Voting Agreement, as applicable, the provisions of the Co-Sale Agreement or the Voting Agreement, as applicable, shall govern.

 



 

SECTION 2.  RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)        Exercisability .  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  In addition, this option shall become exercisable in full if Section 8(b)(iv) of the Plan applies.

 

(b)        Stockholder Approval .  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.  NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 4.  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)        Notice of Exercise .  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by (i) giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c) and (ii) if the Optionee is a 1% Stockholder or would become a 1% Stockholder as a result of exercising this option, by executing the counterpart signature pages to each of the Co-Sale and Voting Agreements.  The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment.  The person exercising this option shall sign the notice and, if applicable, the counterpart signature pages.  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.  In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)        Issuance of Shares .  After receiving a proper notice of exercise and, if applicable, executed counterpart signature pages, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

(c)        Withholding Taxes .  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements.  The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory

 

2



 

to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5.  PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)        Cash .  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)        Surrender of Stock .  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

(c)        Exercise/Sale .  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.  TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)        Basic Term .  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)        Termination of Service (Except by Death) .  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)         The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)        The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)       The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly

 

3



 

from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

(c)        Death of the Optionee .  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)         The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(ii)        The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

 

(d)       Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence .  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Optionee and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

(e)        Notice Concerning ISO Treatment .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)         More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

(ii)        More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

(iii)       More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

4



 

SECTION 7.  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)        Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)        Transfer of Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)        Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

5



 

(d)       Termination of Right of First Refusal .  Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)        Permitted Transfers .  This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)        Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)        Assignment of Right of First Refusal .  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8.  LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)        It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)        Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)        Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

6



 

SECTION 9.  NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 10.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)        Securities Law Restrictions .  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

 

(b)        Market Stand-Off .  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)        Investment Intent at Grant .  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

7



 

(d)       Investment Intent at Exercise .  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)        Legends .  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)        Removal of Legends .  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)        Administration .  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 11.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

8



 

SECTION 12.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)        Rights as a Stockholder .  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)        No Retention Rights .  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)        Notice .  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)       Entire Agreement .  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(e)        Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 13.  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

 

(a)        Tax Consequences .  The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities.  The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation.  In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.  Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

(b)        Electronic Delivery of Documents .  The Optionee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or this option (including,

 

9



 

without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.

 

SECTION 14.  DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)        “ 1% Stockholder ” shall mean any individual who owns 1% or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, calculated on a fully diluted basis as of the Date of Grant and on the date on which this option is exercised.  For this purpose, stock that an individual may purchase under outstanding options (whether or not vested or exercisable) shall be treated as stock owned by the individual.  In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

(b)        “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(c)        “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(d)       “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)        “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(f)        “ Company ” shall mean Tremor Video, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(g)        “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(h)        “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(i)         “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(j)         “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(k)        “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

10



 

(l)         “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(m)       “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(n)        “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(o)        “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(p)        “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(q)        “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(r)        “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(s)        “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(t)        “ Plan ” shall mean the Tremor Video, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(u)        “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(v)        “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

 

(w)       “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(x)        “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(y)        “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(z)        “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

11



 

(aa)      “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(bb)      “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(cc)      “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

12



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

Counterpart Signature Page to the
Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

 

Pursuant to Section 6.16 of the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated _____, 2011, as amended from time to time, (the “ First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement ”) by and among Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Investors and Key Holders set forth therein, the undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by and to observe all of the terms and conditions of the First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as a “ Key Holder ” thereunder and all of the benefits of the First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement shall inure to the undersigned as an “Key Holder” thereunder.  The undersigned hereby authorizes the Company to attach this counterpart signature page to the First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement and update Schedule B thereto.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.

 

Dated as of ________ __, 2011

 

 

KEY HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

If individual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If entity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13



 

EXHIBIT B

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

Counterpart Signature Page to the
Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

 

Pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated ______, 2011, as amended from time to time, (the “ Voting Agreement ”) by and among Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Investors and the Key Holders set forth therein, the undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by and to observe all of the terms and conditions of the Voting Agreement as a “ Key Holder ” thereunder and all of the benefits of the Voting Agreement shall inure to the undersigned as a “Key Holder” thereunder.  The undersigned hereby authorizes the Company to attach this counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement and update Schedule B thereto.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Voting Agreement.

 

Dated as of ________ __, 20__

 

 

KEY HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

If individual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If entity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Entity

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14




Exhibit 10.8

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

1.                                    PURPOSES OF THE PLAN .  The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.  Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2.                                     DEFINITIONS .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                               “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(b)                              “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

 

(c)                                “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                              “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                   Any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board, shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)                             The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

(iii)                           The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

1.



 

(e)                                “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(f)                                 “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(g)                               “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(h)                              “Company” means ScanScout, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(i)                                   “Consultant” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

 

(j)                                  “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)                              “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(l)                                   “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute employment by the Company.

 

(m)                          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(n)                              “Exchange Program” means a program under which (a) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced.  The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(o)                               “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                   If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)                               If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

 

2.



 

(iii)                           In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(p)                              “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(q)                              “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(r)                                “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(s)                                 “Option Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(t)                                  “Optioned Stock” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

 

(u)                              “Optionee” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

 

(v)                               “Parent” means a parent corporation ,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(w)                           “Plan” means this 2006 Stock Plan.

 

(x)                               “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option.

 

(y)                               “Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Stock Purchase Right.  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

 

(z)                                “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(aa)                       “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(bb)                     “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

 

(cc)                         “Stock Purchase Right” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

 

(dd)                     “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation ,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3.                                     STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .  Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock

 

3.



 

Purchase Rights and sold under the Plan is 1,625,000 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

4.                                     ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN .

 

(a)                               Administrator .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(b)                              Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

 

(i)                                   to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)                               to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                           to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                           to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                               to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

(vi)                           to institute an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)                   to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

 

4.



 

(viii)                   to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(ix)                           to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(c)                                Effect of Administrator’s Decision.      All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

5.                                     ELIGIBILITY .  Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.                                     LIMITATIONS .

 

(a)                               Incentive Stock Option Limit .  Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a) , Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b)                              At-Will Employment .  Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

7.                                     TERM OF PLAN .  Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 19 , the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 15 , it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

8.                                     TERM OF OPTION .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however , that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be four (4) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

5.



 

9.                                     OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION .

 

(a)                               Exercise Price .  The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)                                   In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)                           granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)                            granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)                               In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

(A)                           granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)                            granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(iii)                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

 

(b)                              Forms of Consideration .  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant).  Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

10.                             EXERCISE OF OPTION .

 

(a)                               Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such

 

6.



 

conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.  Except in the case of Options granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 25% per year over four (4) years from the date the Options are granted.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the, name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(b)                              Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)                                Disability of Optionee .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)                              Death of Optionee .  If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer

 

7.



 

period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(e)                                Leaves of Absence .

 

(i)                               Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to officers and Directors shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

 

(ii)                               A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (A) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (B) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

 

(iii)                           For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91 st  day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

11.                             STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS .

 

(a)                               Rights to Purchase .  Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.  After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer.  The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.  The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                              Repurchase Option .  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability).  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of

 

8.



 

any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company.  The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.  Except with respect to Shares purchased by officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 25% per year over four (4) years from the date of purchase.

 

(c)                                Other Provisions .  The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(d)                              Rights as a Stockholder .  Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

12.                             LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS .  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.  If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

13.                             ADJUSTMENTS; DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION; MERGER OR CHANGE IN CONTROL .

 

(a)                               Adjustments .  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, may (in its sole discretion) adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right; provided, however , that the Administrator shall make such adjustments to the extent required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

(b)                              Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

9.



 

(c)                                Merger or Change in Control .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable.  If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Administrator, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon expiration of such period.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

14.                             TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS .  The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

15.                             AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .

 

(a)                               Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)                              Stockholder Approval .  The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)                                Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect

 

10.



 

the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

16.                             CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES .

 

(a)                               Legal Compliance .  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)                              Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

17.                             INABILITY TO OBTAIN AUTHORITY .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

18.                             RESERVATION OF SHARES .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

19.                             STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL .  The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

20.                             INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES .  The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements.  The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

11.


 



Exhibit 10.9

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2006 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I                                           NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

Exercise Price per Share

 

Total Number of Shares Granted

 

Total Exercise Price

 

Type of Option:       ISO

 

Term/Expiration Date:

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

« Vesting Schedule»

 

Termination Period:

 

This Option shall be exercisable for ninety (90) days after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 



 

II                                     AGREEMENT

 

1                                         Grant of Option .  The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

 

2                                         Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

(b)                               Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3                                         Optionee’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

4                                         Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company

 



 

not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

 

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

 

5                                         Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

(a)                                cash or check;

 

(b)                               consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(c)                                surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

 

6                                         Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

7                                         Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

8                                         Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

 



 

9                                         Tax Obligations .

 

(a)                                Withholding Taxes .  Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                               Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

 

10                                 Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

11                                 No Guarantee of Continued Service .  OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 



 

OPTIONEE

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residence Address

 

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

ScanScout, Inc.
The Beebe Bldg.
129 South Street
Boston, MA 02111

 

Attention: President

 

Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today,               , 2009, the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase               shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of ScanScout, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated               (the “Option Agreement”).

 

Delivery of Payment .  Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

Rights as Shareholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 



 

Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company

 



 

for any tax advice.

 

Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise

 



 

Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise  Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

 

Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

 

OPTIONEE

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title: President

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

Address :

 

 

 

 

 

129 South Street, 3rd Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boston, MA 02111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:

 

COMPANY:                       ScanScout, Inc.

 

SECURITY:                         Common Stock

 

AMOUNT:

 

DATE:

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)                               Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

(c)                                Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain

 



 

of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                              Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Optionee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 10.10

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED

 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: MARCH 26, 2009

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:  MARCH 30, 2009

TERMINATION DATE: MARCH 25, 2019

 

 

1.                                     GENERAL.

 

(a)                               Eligible Stock Award Recipients.   The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

 

(b)                              Available Stock Awards.   The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and (v) Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(c)                                Purpose.   The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

 

2.                                     ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)                               Administration by Board.   The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

(b)                              Powers of Board.   The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)                                   To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 

(ii)                               To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan.  The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

 

1.



 

(iii)                           To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

 

(iv)                           To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

 

(v)                               To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

(vi)                           To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan.  Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

 

(vii)                       To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

 

(viii)                   To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

 

(ix)                           Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

 

2.



 

(x)                               To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

 

(xi)                           To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise price or strike price of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (D) cash and/or (E) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however , that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(c)                                Delegation to Committee.   The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees.  If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board.  The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

(d)                              Delegation to an Officer.   The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

 

(e)                                Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.                                     SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

(a)                               Share Reserve.   Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments and the provisions of this Section 3(a), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that

 

3.



 

may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed one million six hundred twenty-four thousand nine hundred eighty-eight (1,624,988) shares. 1   In addition to the foregoing number of shares, if, after the Effective Date, any shares reserved under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ 2006 Plan ”), revert to this Plan pursuant to Section 3 of the 2006 Plan, such shares shall be available for future issuance hereunder as Stock Awards.  The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may revert to this Plan from the 2006 Stock Plan under these provisions is three million three hundred fifteen thousand six hundred twenty six (3,315,626) shares.  The limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation solely in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan and is not a limitation on the  granting of Stock Awards (except as provided in Section 7(a)).

 

(b)                              Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.   If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

(c)                                Incentive Stock Option Limit.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3, but subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments and the shares limits established in Section 3(a), the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be six million eight hundred and twenty one thousand three hundred sixteen (6,821,316) shares.

 

(d)                              Source of Shares.   The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.                                     ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)                               Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).  Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

 

(b)                              Ten Percent Stockholders .  A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 


1  Such figure was amended by the Tremor Video, Inc. (“Tremor”) Board of Directors on December 7, 2012 to be 1,624,988 shares of Tremor Series II Common Stock so as to represent the securities into which the outstanding stock awards assumed by Tremor pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among Tremor Media, Inc., TMSS Acquisition, Inc., ScanScout, Inc., the SS Stockholder Representative (as defined therein) and the TM Stockholder Representative (as defined therein) dated as of November 8, 2010 (the “Merger Agreement”) and outstanding as of December 7, 2012 are exercisable, after multiplying the original number of shares underlying such stock awards by the exchange ratio set forth in the Merger Agreement.

4.



 

(c)                                Consultants.   A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“ Rule 701 ”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.                                     OPTION PROVISIONS.

 

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option.  If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a)                               Term.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

 

(b)                              Exercise Price.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

 

(c)                                Consideration.   The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below.  The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment.  The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

(i)                                   by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

(ii)                            pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in

 

5.



 

either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

(iii)                           by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

(iv)                           by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

 

(v)                               according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however , that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

 

(vi)                           in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

 

(d)                              Transferability of Options.   The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine.  In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

 

(i)                                   Restrictions on Transfer.   An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

 

(ii)                               Domestic Relations Orders.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(iii)                           Beneficiary Designation.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

 

6.



 

(e)                                Vesting of Options Generally.   The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal.  The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate.  The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary.  The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

 

(f)                                 Termination of Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

 

(g)                               Extension of Termination Date.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

(h)                              Disability of Optionholder.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

 

(i)                                   Death of Optionholder.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii)

 

7.



 

the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.  If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

 

(j)                                  Termination for Cause.   Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

(k)                              Non-Exempt Employees .  No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

(l)                                   Early Exercise.   The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option.  Any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.  The Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

 

(m)                          Right of Repurchase .  The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.

 

(n)                              Right of First Refusal .  The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option.  Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(n) or in the

 

8.



 

Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

6.                                     PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

 

(a)                               Restricted Stock Awards.   Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                   Consideration . A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                               Vesting .  Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

(iii)                           Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service .  In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                           Transferability .  Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(b)                              Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                   Consideration.   At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of

 

9.



 

each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.  The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                               Vesting.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(iii)                           Payment .  A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                           Additional Restrictions.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

(v)                               Dividend Equivalents.  Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.  At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board.  Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

(vi)                           Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

(c)                                Stock Appreciation Rights.  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards.  The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                   Term.   No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

 

(ii)                               Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.  T he strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted

 

10.



 

as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

 

(iii)                           Calculation of Appreciation.   The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board on the date of grant.

 

(iv)                           Vesting.  At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(v)                               Exercise.   To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(vi)                           Non-Exempt Employees .  No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

(vii)                       Payment .  The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(viii)                   Termination of Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

11.


 

 

(ix)                           Disability of Participant .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

(x)                               Death of Participant .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Stock Appreciation Right upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  If, after the Participant’s death, the Stock Appreciation Right is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

(xi)                           Termination for Cause.   Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

7.                                     COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

(a)                               Availability of Shares.   During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

 

(b)                              Securities Law Compliance.   The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to

 

12.



 

register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

(c)                                No Obligation to Notify.  The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award.  Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised.  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8.                                     MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)                               Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.  Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)                              Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards.   Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

 

(c)                                Stockholder Rights.   No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

(d)                              No Employment or Other Service Rights.   Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation.   To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any

 

13.



 

calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

(f)                                 Investment Assurances.   The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock.  The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

(g)                               Withholding Obligations.   Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii)  withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award ; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

(h)                              Electronic Delivery .  Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

 

(i)                                   Deferrals.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants.  Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an

 

14.



 

employee.  The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

(j)                                  Compliance with Section 409A.  To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Board may adopt such amendments to the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures, or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(k)                              Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f) .  If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 12h-1(f) ”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “ Permitted Transferees ”); provided, however , the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further , that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however , that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

 

15.



 

9.                                     ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

 

(a)                               Capitalization Adjustments .  In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(b), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards.  The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                              Dissolution or Liquidation .  Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

(c)                                Corporate Transaction.   The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.  Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

 

(i)                                   arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

(ii)                               arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

(iii)                           accelerate the vesting of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date on or prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (and contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction);

 

16.



 

(iv)                           arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

 

(v)                               cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; and

 

(vi)                           make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.  For purposes of clarity, this payment may be zero if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price.  Additionally, the amount and timing of this payment may be reduced or delayed in part or in full as a result of any holdbacks, escrows, earn outs or other contingencies applicable to the proceeds of the Corporate transaction payable to the Company’s stockholders or the Company.

 

The Board need not take the same action with respect to all Stock Awards (and may take different actions with respect to the portions of the same Stock Award, including with respect to vested and unvested portions of such Awards) or with respect to all Participants.

 

(d)                              Change in Control.   A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

10.                             TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

 

(a)                               Plan Term.   The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company.  No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

(b)                              No Impairment of Rights.   Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

11.                             EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

 

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12.                             CHOICE OF LAW.

 

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13.                             DEFINITIONS.   As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

17.



 

(a)                               Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(b)                              Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)                                Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

 

(d)                              Cause ” shall have the meaning of the term “Cause” (or any comparable term) contained in any then effective employment agreement or other letter between the Participant and the Company, or if no such agreement or letter exists, or if the term is not defined, shall mean with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv)  such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion.  Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

(e)                                Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                   any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or

 

18.



 

other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

 

(ii)                               there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power  of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(iii)                           the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; or

 

(iv)                           there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

 

(f)                                 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                               Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(h)                              Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(i)                                   Company ” means ScanScout, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

19.



 

(j)                                  Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services .  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(k)                              Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated.  A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate.  For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service.  To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

 

(l)                                   Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                   the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                               the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company;

 

(iii)                           the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)                           the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

(m)                          Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

20.



 

(n)                              Disability ” means permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

(o)                               Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

(p)                              Employee means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(q)                              Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

(r)                                Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(s)                                 Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

(t)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

 

(u)                              Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(v)                               Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(w)                           Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

 

(x)                               Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

21.


 

 

(y)                               Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant.  Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(z)                                Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

(aa)                       Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership   A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

(bb)                     Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

(cc)                         Plan ” means this ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(dd)                     Restricted Stock Award means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

 

(ee)                         Restricted Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ff)                           Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

 

(gg)                       Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(hh)                     Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(ii)                               Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

 

(jj)                             Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant.  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(kk)                     Stock Award means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

22.



 

(ll)                               Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant.  Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(mm)             Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .

 

(nn)                     Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

23.



 

APPENDIX A

 

TO THE SCANSCOUT, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(For California Residents Only)

 

This Appendix to the ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have application only to Participants who are residents of the State of California.  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided in this Appendix.  Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by applicable law, the following terms and conditions shall apply to all Stock Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Common Stock becomes a “listed security” under the Securities Act:

 

1.                                     Stock Awards shall have a term of not more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

2.                                   Stock Awards shall be nontransferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Company, in its discretion, may permit distribution of an Option to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

 

3.                                     Options shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date of grant, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment.  However, in the case of an option granted to officers, directors or consultants of the Company, the Stock Awards may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company.

 

4.                                     Unless employment or services are terminated for Cause, the right to exercise an Option in the event of a termination of Continuous Service, to the extent that the Participant is otherwise entitled to exercise an option on the date of such termination, shall be

 

a.  at least six (6) months from the date Continuous Service terminates if such the termination was caused by death or disability; and

 

b.  at lease thirty (30) days from the date Continuous Service terminates if such termination of employment was caused by a reason other than death or disability; but

 

c.  in event later than the date such Option expires.

 

5.                                     No Stock Award may be granted to a resident of California more than ten years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan and the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

 

24.



 

6.                                     The Company shall provide annual financial statements of the Company to each California resident holding an outstanding Stock Award under the Plan.  Such financial statements need not be audited and need not be issued to key employees whose duties at the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

 

7.                                     Any right of repurchase on behalf of the company in the event of a Participant’s termination of Continuous Service shall be (a) at a purchase price that is not less than Fair Market Value of the securities upon termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after the date of termination of Continuous Service, within 90-days after the date of exercise), and the right shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded; or (b) at the original purchase price, provided that the right to repurchase at the original purchase price lapses at the rate of at least 20% of the shares per year over five years from the date the Stock Award is granted (without respect to the date of the option or stock purchase right was exercised or became exercisable) and the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of indebtedness for the shares within 90-days after the termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after the date of termination of Continuous Service, within 90-days of the date of exercise).  In addition to the restrictions set forth in clauses (a) and (b), the securities held by an officer, director or consultant of the Company may be subject to additional or greater restrictions.

 

25.


 



Exhibit 10.11

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
(2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

SCANSCOUT, INC. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below.  This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

 

Date of Grant:

                   , 200   

Vesting Commencement Date:

                   , 200   

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

Expiration Date:

                   , 200   

 

Type of Grant:

 

x Incentive Stock Option 1

 

o Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Schedule :

 

x Same as Vesting Schedule

 

o Early Exercise Permitted

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

« Vesting Schedule»

 

Payment:

 

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

 

 

 

 

 

x

By cash or check

 

 

o

Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded

 

 

o

By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

 

 

o

By deferred payment

 

 

o

By net exercise

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:                Option Agreement, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 


1                If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 



 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

OPTIONHOLDER:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS :  Option Agreement, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

 

SCANSCOUT, INC.

 

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:  MARCH 26, 2009
APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:  MARCH 30, 2009
TERMINATION DATE:  MARCH 25, 2019

 

1.             GENERAL .

 

(a)            Eligible Stock Award Recipients .  The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

 

(b)            Available Stock Awards .  The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards:  (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and (v) Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(c)            Purpose .  The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

 

2.             ADMINISTRATION .

 

(a)            Administration by Board .  The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

(b)            Powers of Board .  The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)             To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 



 

(ii)           To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan.  The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

 

(iii)          To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

 

(iv)          To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

 

(v)            To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

(vi)          To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law.  However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan.  Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

 

(vii)         To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

 

(viii)        To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however , that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an

 



 

Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

 

(ix)          Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

 

(x)            To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

 

(xi)          To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise price or strike price of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (D) cash and/or (E) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided , however , that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(c)            Delegation to Committee .  The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees.  If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

(d)            Delegation to an Officer .  The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following:  (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided , however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

 



 

(e)            Effect of Board’s Decision . All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.             SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .

 

(a)            Share Reserve .  Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments and the provisions of this Section 3(a), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed three million five hundred and five thousand six hundred ninety (3,505,690) shares.  In addition to the foregoing number of shares, if, after the Effective Date, any shares reserved under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ 2006 Plan ”), revert to this Plan pursuant to Section 3 of the 2006 Plan, such shares shall be available for future issuance hereunder as Stock Awards.  The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may revert to this Plan from the 2006 Stock Plan under these provisions is three million three hundred fifteen thousand six hundred twenty six (3,315,626) shares.  The limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation solely in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan and is not a limitation on the granting of Stock Awards (except as provided in Section 7(a)).

 

(b)            Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve .  If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

(c)            Incentive Stock Option Limit .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3, but subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments and the shares limits established in Section 3(a), the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be six million eight hundred and twenty one thousand three hundred sixteen (6,821,316) shares.

 

(d)            Source of Shares .  The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.             ELIGIBILITY .

 

(a)            Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof

 



 

(as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).  Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

 

(b)            Ten Percent Stockholders .  A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

(c)            Consultants .  A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“ Rule 701 ”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.             OPTION PROVISIONS .

 

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option.  If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided , however , that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a)            Term .  Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

 

(b)            Exercise Price .  Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

 

(c)            Consideration .  The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below.  The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to

 



 

grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

(i)             by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

(ii)           pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

(iii)          by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

(iv)          by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided , however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

 

(v)            according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided , however , that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

 

(vi)          in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

 

(d)            Transferability of Options .  The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine.  In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

 

(i)             Restrictions on Transfer .  An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided , however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

 


 

(ii)            Domestic Relations Orders .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided , however , that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(iii)          Beneficiary Designation .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

 

(e)                                   Vesting of Options Generally .  The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal.  The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate.  The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary.  The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Continuous Service .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

 

(g)                                  Extension of Termination Date .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Disability of Optionholder .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but

 



 

only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

 

(i)                                     Death of Optionholder .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.  If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.  If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

 

(j)                                     Termination for Cause .  Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

(k)                                  Non-Exempt Employees .  No Option granted to an Employee that is a non- exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

(l)                                     Early Exercise .  The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option.  Any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.  The Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed

 



 

following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

 

(m)                              Right of Repurchase .  The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.

 

(n)                                  Right of First Refusal .  The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option.  Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(n) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

6.                                       PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS .

 

(a)                                  Restricted Stock Awards .  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided , however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)             Consideration .  A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)            Vesting .  Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

(iii)          Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service .  In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(iv)           Transferability .  Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 



 

(b)                                  Restricted Stock Unit Awards .  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided , however , that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)             Consideration .  At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.  The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)            Vesting .  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(iii)          Payment .  A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(iv)           Additional Restrictions .  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

(v)            Dividend Equivalents .  Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.  At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board.  Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

(vi)           Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

(c)                                   Stock Appreciation Rights .  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards.  The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change

 



 

from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided , however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)             Term .  No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

 

(ii)            Strike Price .  Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.  The strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

 

(iii)          Calculation of Appreciation .  The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board on the date of grant.

 

(iv)           Vesting .  At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(v)            Exercise .  To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(vi)           Non-Exempt Employees .  No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

(vii)         Payment .  The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(viii)        Termination of Continuous Service .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock

 



 

Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

(ix)           Disability of Participant .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

(x)            Death of Participant .  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Stock Appreciation Right upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  If, after the Participant’s death, the Stock Appreciation Right is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

(xi)           Termination for Cause .  Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

 



 

7.                                       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

(a)                                  Availability of Shares .  During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

 

(b)                                  Securities Law Compliance .  The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided , however , that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

(c)                                   No Obligation to Notify .  The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award.  Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised.  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8.                                       MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                                  Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock .  Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards .  Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

 

(c)                                   Stockholder Rights .  No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

(d)                                  No Employment or Other Service Rights .  Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an

 



 

Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation .  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

(f)                                    Investment Assurances .  The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock.  The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

(g)                                  Withholding Obligations .  Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means:  (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided , however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 


 

(h)                                  Electronic Delivery .  Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

 

(i)                                     Deferrals .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants.  Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee.  The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

(j)                                     Compliance with Section 409A .  To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Board may adopt such amendments to the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures, or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(k)                                  Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f) .  If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 12h-1(f) ”), except:  (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “ Permitted Transferees ”); provided , however , the following transfers are permitted:  (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further , that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position”

 



 

as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided , however , that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

 

9.                                       ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS .

 

(a)                                  Capitalization Adjustments .  In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust:  (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(b), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards.  The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided , however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

(c)                                   Corporate Transaction .  The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.  Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board shall take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

 

(i)                                     arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 



 

(ii)                                 arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

(iii)                             accelerate the vesting of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date on or prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (and contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction);

 

(iv)                              arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

 

(v)                                  cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; and

 

(vi)                              make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.  For purposes of clarity, this payment may be zero if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price.  Additionally, the amount and timing of this payment may be reduced or delayed in part or in full as a result of any holdbacks, escrows, earn outs or other contingencies applicable to the proceeds of the Corporate transaction payable to the Company’s stockholders or the Company.

 

The Board need not take the same action with respect to all Stock Awards (and may take different actions with respect to the portions of the same Stock Award, including with respect to vested and unvested portions of such Awards) or with respect to all Participants.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control .  A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

10.                                T ERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN .

 

(a)                                  Plan Term .  The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company.  No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

(b)                                  No Impairment of Rights .  Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 



 

11.                                EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN .

 

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12.                                CHOICE OF LAW .

 

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13.                                DEFINITIONS .  As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority- owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(b)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Cause ” shall have the meaning of the term “Cause” (or any comparable term) contained in any then effective employment agreement or other letter between the Participant and the Company, or if no such agreement or letter exists, or if the term is not defined, shall mean with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct.  The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion.  Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

(e)                                   Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 



 

(i)            any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

 

(ii)           there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(iii)          the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; or

 

(iv)          there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided , however , that if no definition of

 



 

Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

 

(f)                                    Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                  Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(h)                                  Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(i)                                     Company ” means ScanScout, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(j)                                     Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(k)                                  Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated.  A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided , however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate.  For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service.  To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

 

(l)                                     Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)             the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)            the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company;

 



 

(iii)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

(m)                              Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(n)                                  Disability ” means permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

(o)                                  Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

(p)                                  Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(q)                                  Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

(r)                                   Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(s)                                    Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

(t)                                     Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

 

(u)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 



 

(v)                                  Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(w)                                Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

 

(x)                                  Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(y)                                  Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant.  Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(z)                                   Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

(aa)                           Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership ”  A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

(bb)                           Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

(cc)                             Plan ” means this ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(dd)                           Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

 

(ee)                             Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ff)                               Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

 

(gg)                           Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(hh)                           Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(ii)                                 Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

 



 

(jj)                                 Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant.  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(kk)                           Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(ll)                                 Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant.  Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(mm)                   Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .

 

(nn)                           Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 


 

ATTACHMENT II

 

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(For California Residents Only)

 

This Appendix to the ScanScout, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have application only to Participants who are residents of the State of California.  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided in this Appendix.  Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by applicable law, the following terms and conditions shall apply to all Stock Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Common Stock becomes a “listed security” under the Securities Act:

 

1.                                       Stock Awards shall have a term of not more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

 

2.                                       Stock Awards shall be nontransferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Company, in its discretion, may permit distribution of an Option to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act.

 

3.                                       Options shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date of grant, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment.  However, in the case of an option granted to officers, directors or consultants of the Company, the Stock Awards may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company.

 

4.                                       Unless employment or services are terminated for Cause, the right to exercise an Option in the event of a termination of Continuous Service, to the extent that the Participant is otherwise entitled to exercise an option on the date of such termination, shall be

 

a.                                       at least six (6) months from the date Continuous Service terminates if such the termination was caused by death or disability; and

 

b.                                       at least thirty (30) days from the date Continuous Service terminates if such termination of employment was caused by a reason other than death or disability; but

 

c.                                        in event later than the date such Option expires.

 

5.                                       No Stock Award may be granted to a resident of California more than ten years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan and the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

 

6.                                       The Company shall provide annual financial statements of the Company to each California resident holding an outstanding Stock Award under the Plan.  Such financial statements need not be audited and need not be issued to key employees whose duties at the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

 



 

7.                                       Any right of repurchase on behalf of the company in the event of a Participant’s termination of Continuous Service shall be (a) at a purchase price that is not less than Fair Market Value of the securities upon termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after the date of termination of Continuous Service, within 90-days after the date of exercise), and the right shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded; or (b) at the original purchase price, provided that the right to repurchase at the original purchase price lapses at the rate of at least 20% of the shares per year over five years from the date the Stock Award is granted (without respect to the date of the option or stock purchase right was exercised or became exercisable) and the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of indebtedness for the shares within 90- days after the termination of Continuous Service (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after the date of termination of Continuous Service, within 90-days of the date of exercise).  In addition to the restrictions set forth in clauses (a) and (b), the securities held by an officer, director or consultant of the Company may be subject to additional or greater restrictions.

 



 

ATTACHMENT III

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

ScanScout, Inc.

129 South Street 3 rd  Floor

Boston, MA 02111

 

Date of Exercise:                               

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):

 

Incentive o

 

Nonstatutory o

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares as to which option is exercised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total exercise price:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payment delivered herewith:

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promissory note delivered herewith:

 

$

 

 

 

 

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “ Shares ”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

 



 

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.  I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days (90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e. , subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

 

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

 

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 10.18

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement, dated as of ________________ (this “ Agreement ”), is made by and between Tremor Video, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and ____________________________ (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.                                 The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

B.                                  Under Delaware law, a director or officer’s right to be reimbursed for the costs of defense of criminal actions, whether such claims are asserted under state or federal law, does not depend upon the merits of the claims asserted against the director or officer and is separate and distinct from any right to indemnification the director or officer may be able to establish, and indemnification of the director or officer against criminal fines and penalties is permitted if the director or officer satisfies the applicable standard of conduct.

 

C.                                  Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company is predicated, in substantial part, upon the Company’s willingness to indemnify him/her in accordance with the principles reflected above, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, and upon the other undertakings set forth in this Agreement.

 

D.                                 Therefore, in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s continued service as a director and/or officer of the Company and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability to serve the Company in an effective manner, and in order to provide such protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (collectively, the “ Constituent Documents ”), any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) or any change-in-control or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of Expenses (as defined in Section 1(e)) to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

E.                                   In light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the Company’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be construed liberally, subject to their express terms, to maximize the protections to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.

 

F.                                    [Add For Fund Representatives on the Board Only] Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [FUND] which Indemnitee and [FUND] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein.]

 



 

G .                                 This Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety any previous Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Company and the Indemnitee.

 

AGREEMENT :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                     Certain Definitions.   In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

 

(a)                                “Change in Control” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                   the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the acquisition of assets of another corporation, or other transaction (each, a “Business Combination” ), unless, in each case, immediately following such Business Combination A) all or substantially all of the beneficial owners of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination or

 

(ii)                               approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(b)                               “Incumbent Directors” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are Directors of the Company and any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination).

 

(c)                                Claim means (i) any threatened, asserted, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; and (ii) any inquiry or investigation, whether made, instituted or conducted by the Company or any other party, including without limitation any federal, state or other governmental entity, that Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding.

 

(d)                              Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                Expenses means attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs and expenses paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in (including on appeal), any Claim.

 

(f)                                 Indemnifiable Claim means any Claim based upon, arising out of or resulting from (i) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in his or her

 



 

capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent, (ii) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in respect of any business, transaction, communication, filing, disclosure or other activity of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence, or (iii) Indemnitee’s status as a current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a current or former director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence or any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in connection with any obligation or restriction imposed upon Indemnitee by reason of such status.

 

(g)                               Indemnifiable Losses” means any and all Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim.

 

(h)                               Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Indemnifiable Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(i)                                   Losses means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other) and amounts paid in settlement, including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

(j)                                   “Subsidiary” means an entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock.

 

(k)                               “Voting Stock” means securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or similar governing bodies).

 

2.                                     Indemnification Obligation.   Subject to Section 7, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted indemnification, against any and all Indemnifiable Claims and Indemnifiable Losses; provided , however , that, except as provided in Sections 5 and 20, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim.

 

3.                                     Advancement of Expenses.   Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Claim of any and all Expenses

 



 

relating to any Indemnifiable Claim paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee.  Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct.  Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within five business days after any request by Indemnitee, the Company shall, in accordance with such request, (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses; provided that Indemnitee shall repay, without interest, any amounts actually advanced to Indemnitee that, at the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim to which the advance related, were in excess of amounts paid or payable by Indemnitee in respect of Expenses relating to from such Indemnifiable Claim.  In connection with any such payment, advancement or reimbursement, Indemnitee shall execute and deliver to the Company an undertaking, which need not be secured and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay any Expenses to the extent that amounts paid, advanced or reimbursed by the Company following the final disposition of such Indemnifiable Claim.  Indemnitee shall have been determined, pursuant to Section 7, not to be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

4.                                     Indemnification for Additional Expenses.   The Company shall also indemnify against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such request, any Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines he or she is reasonably likely to pay or incur in connection with any Claim by Indemnitee for (a) indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Claims, and/or (b) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless in each case of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, reimbursement, advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided , however , that Indemnitee shall return, without interest, any such advance of Expenses (or portion thereof) which remains unspent at the final disposition of the Claim to which the advance related.

 

5.                                     Partial Indemnity.   If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Indemnifiable Loss but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6.                                     Procedure for Notification .  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in respect of an Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss.  If, at the time of the receipt of such request, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss is potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies.  The Company shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers, and copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.  The failure by

 



 

Indemnitee to timely notify the Company of any Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss shall not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss and such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage.

 

7.                                     Determination of Right to Indemnification.

 

(a)                                To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including without limitation dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Losses relating to such Indemnifiable Claim in accordance with Section 2 and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 7(b)) shall be required.

 

(b)                               To the extent that the provisions of Section 7(a) are inapplicable to an Indemnifiable Claim that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law that is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Indemnifiable Losses relating to such Indemnifiable Claim (a “ Standard of Conduct Determination ”) shall be made as follows:  (i) unless a Change in Control has occurred, or (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (B) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall has occurred by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such request, any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses) incurred by Indemnitee in cooperating with the person or persons making such Standard of Conduct Determination.

 

(c)                                The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 7(b) to be made as promptly as practicable.  If the person or persons determined under Section 7 to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall not have made a determination within 30 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Company of the final disposition of the applicable Indemnifiable Claim (the date of such receipt being the “ Notification Date ”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person or persons making such determination in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate information relating thereto.

 

(d)                              If (i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a), (ii) no determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, or (iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 7(b) or (c) to have satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law which is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within five business days after the later of (x) the Notification

 



 

Date regarding the Indemnifiable Claim giving rise to the Indemnifiable Losses and (y) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) is satisfied, an amount equal to such Indemnifiable Losses.

 

(e)                                If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b)(i), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b)(ii), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  In either case, Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, may, within five business days after receiving written notice of selection from the other, deliver to the other a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of “Independent Counsel” in Section 1(h), and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person or firm so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is properly and timely made and substantiated, (i) the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit and (ii) the non-objecting party may, at its option, select an alternative Independent Counsel and give written notice to the other party advising such other party of the identity of the alternative Independent Counsel so selected, in which case the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences and clause (i) of this sentence shall apply to such subsequent selection and notice.  If applicable, the provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to successive alternative selections.  If no Independent Counsel that is permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall have been selected within 30 days after the Company gives its initial notice pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 7(e) or Indemnitee gives its initial notice pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 7(e), as the case may be, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person or firm with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or firm so appointed will act as Independent Counsel.  In all events, the Company shall pay all of the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel incurred in connection with the Independent Counsel’s determination pursuant to Section 7(b).

 

8.                                     Presumption of Entitlement.

 

(a)                                In making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the person or persons making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct, and the Company may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.  Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.  No determination by the Company (including by its directors or any Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to any Claim by Indemnitee for indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of

 



 

Expenses by the Company hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.

 

9.                                     No Other Presumption.   For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable standard of conduct or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not permitted.

 

10.                             Non-Exclusivity.   The rights of Indemnitee hereunder will be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Constituent Documents, or the substantive laws of the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation, any other contract or otherwise (collectively, “ Other Indemnity Provisions ”); provided , however , that (a) to the extent that Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder and (b) to the extent that any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision which permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder.  The Company will not adopt any amendment to any of the Constituent Documents the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any Other Indemnity Provision.  [Add For Fund Representatives on the Board Only] [Without limitation of the foregoing, the Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [FUND].  The Company hereby agrees that it (i) is, relative to [FUND], the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement are primary and any duplicative, overlapping or corresponding obligations of [FUND] are secondary), (ii) shall be required to make all advances and other payments under this Agreement, and shall be fully liable therefor, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against [FUND], and (iii) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases [FUND] from any and all claims against [FUND] for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by [FUND] on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and [FUND] shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company.  The Company and Indemnitee agree that [FUND] is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 10.]

 

11.                             Liability Insurance and Funding.   For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible Indemnifiable Claim, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Company that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.  The Company shall provide Indemnitee with a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials, and shall provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the same.  Without limiting the generality or effect of the two immediately preceding sentences, the Company shall not discontinue or significantly reduce

 



 

the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next (i)  without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Incumbent Directors, even if less than a quorum, or (ii) if at the time that any such discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage is proposed there are no Incumbent Directors, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy.  The Company may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including without limitation a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.                             Subrogation.   [Except as provided in Section 10,] in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the related rights of recovery of Indemnitee against other persons or entities (other than Indemnitee’s successors), including any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(f).  Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required to evidence such rights (all of Indemnitee’s reasonable Expenses, including attorneys’ fees and charges, related thereto to be reimbursed by or, at the option of Indemnitee, advanced by the Company).

 

13.                             No Duplication of Payments.   [Except as provided in Section 10,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (net of Expenses incurred in connection therewith) under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents and Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise.

 

14.                             Defense of Claims.   The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if Indemnitee believes, after consultation with counsel selected by Indemnitee, that (a) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (b) the named parties in any such Indemnifiable Claim (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and Indemnitee and that there may be one or more legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, or (c) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Indemnifiable Claim) at the Company’s expense.  The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent.  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnifiable Claim.  Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement;

 



 

provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.

 

15.                             Successors and Binding Agreement.   (a)  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including without limitation any person acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor will thereafter be deemed the “ Company ” for purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable or delegatable by the Company.

 

(b)                               This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Indemnitee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, legatees and other successors.

 

(c)                                This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 15(a) and 15(b).  Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by the Indemnitee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 15(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

 

16.                             Notices.   For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications, including without limitation notices, consents, requests or approvals, required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand delivered or dispatched by electronic facsimile transmission (with receipt thereof orally confirmed), or five business days after having been mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or one business day after having been sent for next-day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company (to the attention of the Secretary of the Company) and to Indemnitee at the addresses shown on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address will be effective only upon receipt.

 

17.                             Governing Law.   The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.  The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.

 

18.                             Validity.   If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the

 



 

remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other person or circumstance shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make it enforceable, valid or legal.  In the event that any court or other adjudicative body shall decline to reform any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, the parties thereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to replace the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal with one or more alternative provisions that effectuate the purpose and intent of the original provisions of this Agreement as fully as possible without being invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal.

 

19.                             Miscellaneous.   No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Indemnitee and the Company.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.  References to Sections are to references to Sections of this Agreement.

 

20.                             Legal Fees and Expenses.   It is the intent of the Company that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees and or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.  Accordingly, without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, if it should appear to Indemnitee that the Company has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, the Company irrevocably authorizes the Indemnitee from time to time to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, at the expense of the Company as hereafter provided, to advise and represent Indemnitee in connection with any such interpretation, enforcement or defense, including without limitation the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Company, in any jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding any existing or prior attorney-client relationship between the Company and such counsel, the Company irrevocably consents to Indemnitee’s entering into an attorney-client relationship with such counsel, and in that connection the Company and Indemnitee agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between Indemnitee and such counsel.  Without respect to whether Indemnitee prevails, in whole or in part, in connection with any of the foregoing, the Company will pay and be solely financially responsible for any and all attorneys’ and related fees and expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

21.                             Certain Interpretive Matters.   No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in favor of, or against, either of the parties hereto by reason of the extent to which any

 



 

such party or its counsel participated in the drafting thereof or by reason of the extent to which any such provision is inconsistent with any prior draft hereof or thereof.

 

22.                             Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Indemnitee has executed and the Company has caused its duly authorized representative to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Indemnitee

 

 

 

 

 

Print or Type Name of Indemnitee

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

December 9, 2010

 

Bill Day

[Address]

 

Re:     Terms of Employment

 

Dear Bill:

 

Tremor Media Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you the position of Chief Executive Officer on the terms set forth in this letter contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s acquisition of ScanScout, Inc. (“ ScanScout ”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “ Merger Agreement ”) dated as of November 8, 2010, by and among the Company, TMSS Acquisition, Inc., ScanScout and the other parties thereto (the “ Merger ”).  If you accept this offer, it will apply effective from and after the closing of the Merger.  If the Merger is not consummated for any reason before the termination of the Merger Agreement, then this offer shall be null and void and have no force or effect.

 

Position and Responsibilities

 

In your employment position, you will report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).  In this capacity, you will serve and will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position or as may otherwise be determined by the Board.  Your specific duties and responsibilities may change from time to time as determined by the needs of the Company and the policies established by the Board.  While travel in the performance of your duties may be required, you will work principally at our offices in New York, NY.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location as it deems necessary.

 

Compensation and Benefits

 

You will be paid an initial base annual salary of $375,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings; provided, however , that the base annual salary shall be increased to $400,000 effective on the first day of any fiscal quarter of the Company immediately following the conclusion of any two fiscal quarter period during which the Company’s aggregate revenue exceeds $50.0 million.  You will be paid the base salary in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, and you will be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, paid time off, and holidays, according to standard Company policy as may be adopted by the Company from time to time.  In your position, you will be entitled to 20 PTO (Paid Time Off) days prorated, as is Company policy.  These days are to be used for sick leave, personal days, and/or vacation.  The Company does require that requests for vacation time be made in writing at least two weeks prior to the vacation dates requested.  The Company also offers an additional eight days of paid holiday time per calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may continue some of your existing ScanScout benefits until December 31, 2010, at which point you will be integrated into the Company’s benefit programs.  More information regarding this transition period will be provided to you once a final decision has been made.

 

1 .



 

In addition to your base salary, beginning in 2011, you will be eligible to receive performance-based bonuses based on achievement of individual and Company performance goals to be set by the Company’s Board of Directors.  Your target annual bonus will be $150,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing pursuant to a bonus plan or bonus agreement approved by the Board of Directors, bonus payments, if any, are not guaranteed and will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.  Except as provided under the beading “Severance Benefits” below, to be eligible for any performance bonus, you must maintain full time employment status at the time of the payment.  While the Company may change or replace the terms of this performance bonus plan at any time, any changes will be reflected in writing, effective prospectively and signed by a member of the Board.  For 2010, you shall remain eligible for any and all bonuses that you may be entitled to under your current employment agreement, the determination of the final amount of such bonus to be determined by a committee of ScanScout board of directors.

 

On or before December 31, 2010, the Company will adopt a Management Cash Incentive Plan, which plan shall be consistent with the terms outlined on Exhibit A (the “ Bonus Plan ”).  On the date the Bonus Plan is adopted, you will be granted a right to receive fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable under the Bonus Plan, subject to withholding and the terms of the Bonus Plan and your related bonus plan agreement.

 

Treatment of ScanScout Stock Options

 

Your outstanding options to purchase shares of ScanScout’s common stock (the “ ScanScout Options ”) will be assumed pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and, after giving effect to the Merger, will be exercisable for the Company’s Series II Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in accordance with the Merger Agreement.  To the extent the vesting of any ScanScout Options would accelerate as a result of the Merger, you hereby waive any right to such vesting acceleration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing waiver or anything to the contrary set forth in your current options agreements or other agreements with ScanScout:  (i) 100% of the unvested shares subject to your ScanScout Options shall vest upon any Change in Control (as defined below) following the closing of the Merger; (ii) 100% of the unvested shares subject to your ScanScout Options shall vest upon any Involuntary Termination (as defined on Exhibit B ) within twelve (12) months after the closing of the Merger or the closing of any Change in Control occurring after the Merger; and (iii) all such ScanScout Options shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 9 of the ScanScout 2009 Equity Incentive Plan or Section 13 of the ScanScout 2006 Stock Plan, as applicable, and in no event will your ScanScout Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such options.

 

New Tremor Media Stock Options

 

You will be granted, subject to the approval of the Board, an option (the “ New Option ”) to purchase such number of shares of Company’s Series I Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, that, when added to the shares of the Company Series II Common stock issuable upon the exercise of the ScanScout Options, represent an aggregate 3.75% of the fully-diluted capital stock of the Company (which shall be calculated to include the 5.5% option pool reserve

 

2 .



 

established by the Company in connection with the Merger and after giving effect to the Post-Merger Equity Transactions (as defined in the Merger Agreement), except the sale of Series E Preferred Stock).  The exercise price per share of the New Option will be determined by the Board when the New Option is granted.  The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement.  You will vest in 25% of the shares subject to the New Option after 12 months of continuous service with the Company or an affiliate of the Company, whether as an employee or consultant (“ Continuous Service ”) (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), and the balance will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of Continuous Service (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement; provided, however , that (i) if your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), or terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below), a number of shares equal to 25% of the total number of shares object to the New Option shall accelerate and become vested on the date of such termination (subject to the conditions applicable to the payment of your severance benefits below); (ii) if, during the term of your Continuous Service, a Change in Control is consummated, 25% of the remaining shares subject to vesting that are not otherwise vested on the date of such Change in Control shall become vested upon the effective date of the Change in Control; and (iii) if, during the term of your Continuous Service, a Change in Control is consummated and, following the consummation of the Change in Control your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or is terminated by you for Good Reason, 100% of the remaining shares subject to the New Option shall become vested pursuant to the foregoing schedule and that are not otherwise vested upon the effective date of the Change in Control.  With respect to any of the New Options that do not qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ” ), such New Option shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan, and in no event will your ScanScout Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such options.

 

Severance Benefits

 

If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below), or you resign from your employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below) (each such event, a “ Separation ”), then, subject to your compliance with the conditions set forth in the following paragraph and your continued compliance with the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ NDA ”), as well as your Prior Invention Agreement (as defined below) which will be executed on the same date as this agreement, you will be entitled to the following benefits (less all applicable withholding taxes); (i) severance payments at a rate equal to your base salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Separation for a period of 12 months, (ii) a payment equal to 100% of your target annual bonus opportunity for the year in which the Separation occurs and (iii) the Company will pay the monthly premium under COBRA for you and your eligible dependents until the earliest of (x) the close of the 12 month period following your Separation, (y) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (z) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.  The severance payments described in clause (i) will

 

3 .



 

be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, and, subject to your execution of the general release described below, will commence on the 30 th  day after your Separation (or, if such day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.  The payments described in clause (ii) will be paid in 12 equal monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, with such payments commencing on the same date as the payments described in clause (i) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.

 

You will not be entitled to any severance benefits described in this section unless you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed a general release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company.  You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “ Release Deadline ”), which will in no event be later than 30 days after your Separation unless a longer period is required by law.  If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the severance benefits described in this section.

 

Definitions

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause ” shall mean:  (i) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company; (ii) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iii) your material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iv) your conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (v) your gross negligence or willful misconduct; (vi) your continuing unwillingness to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Company’s Board of Directors and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; or (vii) your failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation.  It is understood that a termination of your employment resulting from your death or Disability shall not constitute termination for “Cause.”

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company (except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation at least a majority, by voting power, of the shares of the surviving or resulting corporation), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of

 

4 .



 

the outstanding voting power of the Company.  For avoidance of doubt, the Merger will not constitute a Change in Control.

 

Disability ” shall mean any physical incapacity or mental incompetence (i) as a result of which you are unable to perform the essential functions of your job for an aggregate of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any calendar year, and which cannot be reasonably accommodated by the Company without undue hardship.

 

Good Reason ” means that you resign after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent:  (i) a change in your position or title with the Company that materially reduces your level of authority or responsibility; provided, however , that a change in position or reporting structures solely by virtue of a Change in Control shall not constitute “Good Reason” if you maintain a substantially similar level of responsibility within the business unit that previously operated as the independent company, (ii) a reduction in the base salary; (iii) receipt of notice that your principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles that also increases your commute by at least 30 miles; (iv) the willful breach by the Company of a material provision of this Agreement or any other agreement with you; or (v) the taking of any action by the Company or its successor that would materially reduce your benefits or perquisites under the Company’s or any successor’s benefit plans (including equity benefits), except to the extent the benefits of all other executives of the Company or its successor are similar reduced.  A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless you give the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after the condition comes into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving your written notice and you resign within 30 days thereafter.

 

Section 409A

 

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each salary continuation payment and each installment of the bonus payments under the Section entitled “Severance Benefits” is hereby designated as a separate payment.  If you are a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) any payment or benefit that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be made or commence, as applicable, on the first business day following (A) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum at that time.

 

Company Rules and Policies

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations, and acknowledge in writing that you have read the Company’s Employee Handbook.

 

Normal working hours for your position are from 9am to 6pm, Monday through Friday however your working schedule shall be flexible, provided that you are working equivalent hours, at a minimum.  As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required from time to time by the nature of your work assignments.

 

5 .



 

Termination of Employment

 

Unless agreed to in writing between you and the Company during the term of your employment, your employment with the Company shall be “at will”.  You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to your right to receive severance and other benefits set forth herein upon certain termination events provided herein.  This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except by a written document signed by you and a member of the Board.

 

Additional Agreements

 

Your existing At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement with ScanScout (the “ Prior Invention Agreement ”) will remain in full force and effect with respect to the period prior to your execution of the attached NDA.

 

By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other obligation with any person, company or business enterprise (including any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant) which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, the Company as its employee; and (ii) you do not have, and shall not bring to Company premises, or use during the course of your employment with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services.

 

The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether verbal or written, including (without limitation) any offer letter you entered into with ScanScout (other than the agreements related to the ScanScout Options), and comprise the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein.  The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by New York law.  The offer described above is contingent upon, pursuant to federal law, your ability to provide, within three (3) business days of your first day of work, proof of your eligibility to work in the United States satisfactory to the Company.   Please sign and date this letter, and return it to HR via fax at 646-304-1764 if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.  If you have any questions, please call Angelo D’Agostino, VP, Human Resources at 646-723-5317

 

6 .



 

Very truly yours,

 

Tremor Media, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

 

Jason Glickman, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

I have read and accept this offer letter:

 

 

 

/s/ William Day

 

William Day

 

 

Dated:

12/6/10

 

 

7 .




Exhibit 10.20

 

November 14, 2011

 

 

Todd Sloan

[Address]

 

RE:     Terms of Employment

 

Dear Todd:

 

Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer on the terms set forth in this letter.  Your first day of employment with the Company shall not be later than December 1st, 2011.

 

Position and Responsibilities

 

In your employment position, you will report to Bill Day, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  In this capacity, you will serve and will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position or as may otherwise be reasonably determined by the Company.  Subject to the terms of this letter agreement, your specific duties and responsibilities may change from time to time as determined by the needs of the Company and the policies established by the Company.  While travel in the performance of your duties may be required, you will work principally at our offices New York, NY.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location as it deems necessary, subject to the terms of this letter agreement.

 

Compensation and Benefits

 

You will be paid an initial base annual salary of $275,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  You will be paid the base salary in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, and you will be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, paid time off, and holidays, according to standard Company policy as may be adopted by the Company from time to time.  In your position, you will be entitled to 20 PTO (Paid Time Off) days prorated based on your date of hire, as is Company policy.  These days are to be used for sick leave, personal days, and/or vacation.  The Company does require that requests for vacation time be made in writing at least two weeks prior to the vacation dates requested.  The Company also offers an additional eight days of paid holiday time per calendar year.

 

In addition to your base salary, beginning in 2012, you will be eligible to receive performance-based bonuses based on achievement of individual and Company performance goals to be set by the CEO and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).  Such bonus will be based 40% on the Company’s revenue targets, 40% on the Company’s EBITDA targets (such 80% equal to the “ Company Performance Metrics ”) and 20% based on individual goals to be determined by you and the Company’s CEO.  The target bonus for the Company Performance Metrics shall be paid at 100% if the budgeted revenue and EBITDA targets are met and, if the budget is exceeded or missed, your target bonus for the Company Performance Metrics shall be adjusted as reasonably determined by the Board for similarly situated executives of the

 

1.



 

Company.  Your target annual bonus will be $125,000 (with a maximum upside payout of $187,500), less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing pursuant to a bonus plan or bonus agreement approved by the CEO and/or Board, bonus payments, if any, are not guaranteed and will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board based on attainment of the performance goals described above.  Except as provided under the heading “ Severance Benefits ” below, to be eligible for a performance bonus, you must maintain full time employment status at the time of the payment and such payment will be made at the time performance bonuses are paid to similarly situated executives.  While the Company may change or replace the terms of this performance bonus plan at any time, any changes will be reflected in writing, effective prospectively and signed by you and the CEO.

 

Tremor Video Stock Options

 

You will be granted, subject to the approval of the Board, an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase 500,000 shares of Company’s Series I Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.  The exercise price per share of the Option will be determined by the Board when the Option is granted and will be the fair market value of the Common Stock (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code) on such date.  The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement.  You will vest in 25% of the shares subject to the Option after 12 months of continuous service with the Company or an affiliate of the Company (“ Continuous Service ”) (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), and the balance will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of Continuous Service (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement; provided, however , that if, during the term of your Continuous Service, a Change in Control (as defined below) is consummated and, following the consummation of the Change in Control your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or is terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below), 50% of the remaining shares subject to the Option that are not otherwise vested upon the effective date of the Change in Control pursuant to the foregoing schedule shall become vested.  With respect to any of the Options that did not qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, such Options shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan, and in no event will your Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such Options.

 

Severance Benefits

 

If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below), or you resign from your employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below) (each such event, a “ Separation ”), then, subject to your compliance with the conditions set forth in the following paragraph and your continued compliance with the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ CIAA ”), as well as your Prior Invention Agreement (as defined below) which will be executed prior to your first day of employment, you will be entitled to the following benefits (less all applicable withholding taxes):  (i) severance payments at a rate equal

 

2.



 

to your base salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Separation for a period equal to the Severance Period, (ii) a payment equal to your Pro-Rated Bonus and, if earned but not paid prior to your date of termination, your bonus for the year prior to the year in which the termination of your employment occurs, (iii) the Company will pay to you an amount equal to the monthly premium under COBRA for you and your eligible dependents until the earliest of (x) the close of the Severance Period following your Separation, (y) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (z) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.  The severance payments described in clause (i) will be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, and, subject to your execution of the general release described below, will commence on the 30 th  day after your Separation (or, if such day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.  The payments described in clause (ii) will be paid in equal monthly installments during the Severance Period in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, with such payments commencing on the same date as the payments described in clause (i) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.  In the event of a termination of your employment as a result of your death or Disability, you (or your heirs) will be entitled to the Pro Rata Bonus and the monthly COBRA premium described above for six months.

 

You will not be entitled to any severance benefits described in this section unless you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries (if applicable), to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed a general release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company.  You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “ Release Deadline ”), which will in no event be later than 30 days after your Separation unless a longer period is required by law.  If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the severance benefits described in this section.

 

Definitions

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause ” shall mean:  (i) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company; (ii) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iii) your material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iv) your conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (v) your gross negligence or willful misconduct; (vi) your continuing unwillingness to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; or (vii) your failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company

 

3.



 

has requested your cooperation.  It is understood that a termination of your employment resulting from your death or Disability shall not constitute termination for “Cause.”

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company (except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation at least a majority, by voting power, of the shares of the surviving or resulting corporation), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company.

 

Disability ” shall mean any physical incapacity or mental incompetence (i) as a result of which you are unable to perform the essential functions of your job for an aggregate of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any calendar year, and which cannot be reasonably accommodated by the Company without undue hardship.

 

Good Reason ” means that you resign after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent:  (i) a change in your position or title with the Company that materially reduces your level of authority or responsibility; provided, however , that a change in position or reporting structures solely by virtue of a Change in Control shall not constitute “Good Reason” if you maintain a substantially similar level of responsibility within the business unit that previously operated as the independent company, (ii) a reduction in the base salary; (iii) receipt of notice that your principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles that also increases your commute by at least 30 miles; (iv) the willful breach by the Company of a material provision of this Agreement or any other agreement with you; or (v) the taking of any action by the Company or its successor that would materially reduce your benefits or perquisites under the Company’s or any successor’s benefit plans (including equity benefits), except to the extent the benefits of all other executives of the Company or its successor are similar reduced.  A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless you give the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after the condition comes into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving your written notice and you resign within 30 days thereafter.

 

Pro Rated Bonus ” means the product of (A) the quotient of (x) the number of full calendar months you are employed by the Company during the Company’s fiscal year in which your Separation occurs divided by (y) twelve (12) months multiplied by (B) your target annual bonus opportunity for the year in which your Separation occurs.  For the purposes of calculating the number of months you are employed by the Company during a fiscal year, you shall be deemed to have been employed by the Company for the entire month during which your Separation occurs regardless of when your Separation occurs during such calendar month.

 

Severance Period ” means (i) with respect to a Separation occurring on or before one year from your start date with the Company, six months, (ii) with respect to a Separation occurring one year from your start date with the Company but before a Change in Control, three

 

4.



 

months and (iii) with respect to a Separation occurring after one year from your start date with the Company and after a Change in Control, six months.

 

Section 409A

 

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each salary continuation payment and each installment of the bonus payments under the Section entitled “Severance Benefits” is hereby designated as a separate payment.  If you are a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) any payment or benefit that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be made or commence, as applicable, on the first business day following (A) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum at that time.

 

Company Rules and Policies

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations, and acknowledge in writing that you have read the Company’s Employee Handbook.

 

Normal working hours for your position are from 9am to 6pm, Monday through Friday however your working schedule shall be flexible, provided that you are working equivalent hours, at a minimum.  As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required from time to time by the nature of your work assignments.

 

Termination of Employment

 

Unless agreed to in writing between you and the Company during the term of your employment, your employment with the Company shall be “at will”.  You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to your right to receive severance and other benefits set forth herein upon certain termination events provided herein.  This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except by a written document signed by you and a member of the Board.

 

Additional Agreements

 

By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other obligation with any person, company or business enterprise (including any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant) which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, the Company as its employee; and (ii) you do not have, and shall not bring to Company premises, or use during the course of your employment with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services.

 

The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether verbal or written, and comprise the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein.  The

 

5.



 

terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by New York law.  The offer described above is contingent upon, pursuant to federal law, your ability to provide, within three (3) business days of your first day of work, proof of your eligibility to work in the United States satisfactory to the Company.

 

Please sign and date this letter, and return it to Adam Lichstein via fax at 718-228-4983 or via PDF at alichstein@tremorvideo.com if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.  If you have any questions, please let me know.  If you have not accepted employment by 5pm on Wednesday, November 16, 2011, this offer of employment shall expire.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ William C. Day

 

 

William C. Day, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

I have read and accept this offer letter:

 

 

/s/ Todd Sloan

 

Todd Sloan

 

 

Dated:

November 14, 2011

 

 

6.



 

Exhibit A

 

CIAA

 



 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF GENERAL RELEASE

 

1.         Consideration.  I understand that my position with Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”) terminated effective [_______, 20__] (the “ Separation Date ”).  The Company has agreed that if I choose to sign this General Release Agreement (“ Release ”), the Company will pay me certain severance benefits and provide other consideration pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between myself and the Company, and any agreements incorporated therein by reference.  I understand that I am not entitled to such benefits or considerations unless I sign this Release, and that severance will be paid commencing on the first regular payday following the Effective Date as defined herein, while COBRA Premiums, if any, will be paid commencing upon my execution of this Release.

 

2.         General Release.  In exchange for the consideration provided to me under the Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its present and former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release.  This general release includes, but is not limited to:  (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York Executive Law, the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules, the New York Judiciary law, the New York Labor Law, the New York Civil Rights Law, the New York Administrative Code, the New York City Human Rights Law and all other laws and regulations related to employment.

 

3.         Exceptions.  I understand that I am not releasing any claim that cannot be waived under applicable state or federal law, nor am I releasing any rights I may have as an owner and/or holder of the Company’s common stock and stock options.  I am not releasing any rights that I have to be indemnified (including any right to reimbursement of expenses) arising under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or similar constituent documents of the Company), any indemnification agreement between me and the Company, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy of the Company.  Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, except that I hereby acknowledge and agree that I shall not recover any monetary benefits in connection with any such proceeding with regard to any claim released

 



 

in this Agreement.  Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from challenging the validity of the release in a legal or administrative proceeding.

 

4.         ADEA Waiver.  I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA (“ ADEA Waiver ”).  I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the ADEA Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled.  I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my ADEA Waiver does not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release; (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the ADEA Waiver; and (e) the ADEA Waiver will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“ Effective Date ”).  Nevertheless, my general release of claims, except for the ADEA Waiver, is effective immediately, and not revocable.

 

5.         Section 1542 Waiver.  In giving the general release herein, which includes claims which may be unknown to me at present, I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which reads as follows:

 

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

 

 

I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any other jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any unknown or unsuspected claims herein.

 

6.         Representations.   I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act or otherwise, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a claim.

 

Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

TODD SLOAN, an Individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

2.




Exhibit 10.21

 

December 9, 2010

 

Steven Lee

[Address]

 

RE:  Terms of Employment

 

Dear Steven:

 

Tremor Media Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you the position of Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President on the terms set forth in this letter contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s acquisition of ScanScout, Inc, (“ ScanScout ”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “ Merger Agreement ”) dated as of November 8, 2010, by and among the Company, TMSS Acquisition, Inc., ScanScout and the other parties thereto (the “ Merger ”).  If you accept this offer, it will apply effective from and after the closing of the Merger.  If the Merger is not consummated for any reason before the termination of the Merger Agreement, then this offer shall be null and void and have no force or effect.

 

Position and Responsibilities

 

In your employment position, you will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”).  In this capacity, you will serve and will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position or as may otherwise be determined by the CEO. Your specific duties and responsibilities may change from time to time as determined by the needs of the Company and the policies established by the Company.  While travel in the performance of your duties may be required, you will work principally at our offices in Boston, MA.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, arid work location as it deems necessary.

 

Compensation and Benefits

 

You will be paid an initial base annual salary of $225,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  You will be paid the base salary in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, and you will be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, paid time off, and holidays, according to standard Company policy as may be adopted by the Company from time to time.  In your position, you will be entitled to 20 PTO (Paid Time Off) days prorated, as is Company policy.  These days are to be used for sick leave, personal days, and/or vacation.  The Company does require that requests for vacation time be made in writing at least two weeks prior to the vacation dates requested.  The Company also offers an additional eight days of paid holiday time per calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may continue some of your existing ScanScout benefits until December 31, 2010, at which point you will be integrated into the Company’s benefit programs.  More information regarding this transition period will be provided to you once a final decision has been made.

 



 

In addition to your base salary, beginning in 2011, you will be eligible to receive performance-based bonuses based on achievement of individual and Company performance goals to be set by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).  Your target annual bonus will be $50,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing pursuant to a bonus plan or bonus agreement approved by the Chief Executive Officer and/or Board, bonus payments, if any, are not guaranteed and will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board.  Except as provided under the heading “Severance Benefits” below, to be eligible for a performance bonus, you must maintain full time employment status at the time of the payment.  While the Company may change or replace the terms of this performance bonus plan at any time, any changes will be reflected in writing, effective prospectively and signed by the CEO.  For 2010, you shall remain eligible for any and all bonuses that you may be entitled to under your current employment agreement, the determination of the final amount of such bonus to be determined by a committee of ScanScout board of directors.

 

On or before December 31, 2010, the Company will adopt a Management Cash Incentive Plan, which plan shall be consistent with the terms outlined on Exhibit A (the “ Bonus Plan ”).  On the date the Bonus Plan is adopted, you will be granted a right to receive ten percent (10%) of the total amount payable under the Bonus Plan, subject to withholding and the terms of the Bonus Plan and your related bonus plan agreement.

 

Treatment of ScanScout Stock Options

 

Your outstanding options to purchase shares of ScanScout’s common stock (the “ ScanScout Options ”) will be assumed pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and, after giving effect to the Merger, will be exercisable for the Company’s Series II Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in accordance with the Merger Agreement.  To the extent the vesting of any ScanScout Options would accelerate as a result of the Merger, you hereby waive any rights to such vesting acceleration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing waiver or anything to the contrary set forth in your current options agreements or other agreements with ScanScout: (i) 100% of the unvested shares subject to your ScanScout Options shall vest upon any Change in Control (as defined below) following the closing of the Merger; (ii) 100% of the unvested shares subject to your ScanScout Options shall vest upon any Involuntary Termination (as defined on Exhibit B ) within twelve (12) mouths after the closing of the Merger or the closing of any Change in Control occurring after the Merger; and (iii) all such ScanScout Options shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 9 of the ScanScout 2009 Equity Incentive Plan or Section 13 of the ScanScout 2006 Stock Plan, as applicable, and in no event, will your ScanScout Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such options.

 



 

New Tremor Media Stock Options

 

You will be granted, subject to the approval of the Board, an option (the “ New Option ”) to purchase such number of shares of Company’s Series I Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, that, when added to the shares of the Company Series II Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the ScanScout Options, represent an aggregate 2.05% of the fully-diluted capital stock of the Company (which shall be calculated to include the 5.5% option pool reserve established by the Company in connection with the Merger and after giving effect to the Post-Merger equity Transactions (as defined in the Merger Agreement), except the sale of Series E Preferred Stock).  The exercise price per share of the New Option will be determined by the Board when the New Option is granted.  The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement.  You will vest in 25% of the shares subject to the New Option after 12 months of continuous service with the Company or an affiliate of the Company, whether as an employee or consultant (“ Continuous Service ”) (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), and the balance will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of Continuous Service (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement; provided however , that if, during the term of your Continuous Service, a Change in Control (as defined below) is consummated and, following the consummation of the Change in Control your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or is terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below), 50% of the remaining shares subject to the New Option shall become vested pursuant to the foregoing schedule and that are not otherwise vested upon the effective date of the Change in Control.  With respect to any of the New Options that do not qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ”), such New Option shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan, and in no event will your ScanScout Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such options.

 

Severance Benefits

 

If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below), or you resign from your employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below) (each such event, a “ Separation ”), then, subject to your compliance with the conditions set forth in the following paragraph and your continued compliance with the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ NDA ”), as well as your Prior Invention Agreement (as defined below) which will be executed on the same date as this agreement, you will be entitled to the following benefits (less all applicable withholding taxes):  (i) severance payments at a rate equal to your base salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Separation for a period equal to the Severance Period, (ii) a payment equal to your Pro-Rated Bonus and (iii) the Company will pay the monthly premium under COBRA for you and your eligible dependents until the earliest of (x) the close of the Severance Period following your Separation, (y) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (z) the date when you become eligible for

 



 

substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.  The severance payments described in clause (i) will be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, and, subject to your execution of the general release described below, will commence on the 30 th  day after your Separation (or, if such day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.  The payments described in clause (ii) will be paid in equal monthly installments during the Severance Period in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, with such payments commencing on the same date as the payments described in clause (i) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.

 

You will not be entitled to any severance benefits described in this section unless you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries (if applicable), to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed a general release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company.  You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “ Release Deadline ”), which will in no event be later than 30 days after your Separation unless a longer period is required by law.  If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the severance benefits described in this section.

 

Definitions

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause ” shall mean: (i) your unauthorized, use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company; (ii) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iii) your material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iv) your conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (v) your gross negligence or willful misconduct; (vi) your continuing unwillingness to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; or (vii) your failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation.  It is understood that a termination of your employment resulting from your death or Disability shall not constitute termination for “Cause.”

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company (except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation at least a majority, by voting power, of the shares

 



 

of the surviving or resulting corporation), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company.  For avoidance of doubt, the Merger will not constitute a Change in Control.

 

Disability ” shall mean any physical incapacity or mental incompetence (i) as a result of which you are unable to perform the essential functions of your job for an aggregate of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any calendar year, and which cannot be reasonably accommodated by the Company without undue hardship.

 

Good Reason ” means that you resign after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent: (i) a change in your position or title with the Company that materially reduces your level of authority or responsibility; provided, however , that a change in position or reporting structures solely by virtue of a Change in Control shall not constitute “Good Reason” if you maintain a substantially similar level of responsibility within the business unit that previously operated as the independent company, (ii) a reduction in the base salary; (iii) receipt of notice that your principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles that also increases your commute by at least 30 miles; (iv) the willful breach by the Company of a material provision of this Agreement or any other agreement with you; or (v) the taking of any action by the Company or its successor that would materially reduce your benefits or perquisites under the Company’s or any successor’s benefit plans (including equity benefits), except to the extent the benefits of all other executives of the Company or its successor are similar reduced.  A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless you give the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after the condition comes into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving your written notice and you resign within 30 days thereafter.

 

Pro-Rated Bonus ” means the product of (A) the quotient of (x) the number of full calendar months you are employed by the Company during the Company’s fiscal year in which your Separation occurs divided by (y) twelve (12) months multiplied by (B) your target annual bonus opportunity for the year in which your Separation occurs.  For the purposes of calculating the number of months you are employed by the Company during a fiscal year, you shall be deemed to have been employed by the Company for the entire month during which your Separation occurs regardless of when your Separation occurs during such calendar month.

 

Severance Period ” means (i) with respect to a Separation occurring on or before December 9, 2011, six months, (ii) with respect to a Separation occurring after December 9, 2011 but before a Change in Control, three months and (iii) with respect to a Separation occurring after December 9, 2011 and after a Change in Control, four months.

 

Section 409A

 

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each salary continuation payment and each installment of the bonus payments under the Section entitled “Severance Benefits”

 



 

is hereby designated as a separate payment.  If you are a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) any payment or benefit that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be made or commence, as applicable, on the first business day following (A) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum at that time.

 

Company Rues and Policies

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations, and acknowledge in writing that you have read the Company’s Employee Handbook.

 

Normal working hours for your position are from 9am to 6pm, Monday through Friday however your working schedule shall be flexible, provided that you are working equivalent hours, at a minimum.  As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required from time to time by the nature of your work assignments.

 

Termination of Employment

 

Unless agreed to in writing between you and the Company during the term of your employment, your employment with the Company shall be “at will”.  You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to your right to receive severance and other benefits set forth herein upon certain termination events provided herein.  This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except by a written document signed by you and a member of the Board.

 

Additional Agreements

 

Your existing At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement with ScanScout (the “ Prior Invention Agreement ”) will remain in full force and effect with respect to the period prior to your execution of the attached NDA.

 

By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other obligation with any person, company or business enterprise (including any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant) which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, the Company as its employee; and (ii) you do not have, and shall not bring to Company premises, or use during the course of your employment with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services.

 

The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether verbal or written, including (without limitation) any

 



 

offer letter you entered into with ScanScout (other than the agreements related to the ScanScout Options), and comprise the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein.  The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by New York law.  The offer described above is contingent upon, pursuant to federal law, your ability to provide, within three (3) business days of your first day of work, proof of your eligibility to work in the United States satisfactory to the Company.  Please sign and date this letter, and return it to HR via fax at 646-304-1764 if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.  If you have any questions, please call Angelo D’Agostino, VP, Human Resources at 646-723-5317.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Tremor Media, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

 

 

 Jason Glickman, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

I have read and except this offer letter:

 

 

/s/ Steven Lee

 

 

 

Dated:

12/9/2010

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Bonus Plan

 



 

Exhibit B

 

Cause ” is defined as (i) an act of dishonesty by you in connection with your responsibilities as an employee, (ii) your conviction of, or please of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iii) your gross misconduct or (iv) your continued substantial violations of your employment duties after having received written demand for performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that you have not substantially performed your duties.

 

Involuntary Termination ” shall mean the termination of your employment by reason of: (a) your involuntary discharge by the Company for reasons other than Cause (as defined on this Exhibit B ; (b) your resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company Cure Period (as defined below) following the occurrence of one ore more of the following, without your Written consent: (i) the assignment to you of any employment duties, or the reduction of your employment duties, either of which results in a material diminution of your position or responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment, or the your removal from such position and responsibilities; (ii) a reduction by the Company in your base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) the relocation of your principal place of employment to a facility that is more than fifteen (15) miles from your current principal place of employment; or (iv) the taking of any action by the Company or its successor that would materially reduce your benefits or perquisites under the Company’s or any successor’s benefit plans (including equity benefits), except to the extent the benefits of all other executives of the Company or its successor are similarly reduced, However, in order your resignation to constitute an Involuntary Termination, you must provide written notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the event that you believe constitutes Involuntary Termination specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Involuntary Termination and provide the Company a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice (the “ Company Cure Period ”).

 



 

Exhibit C

 

NDA

 



 

Exhibit D

 

FORM OF GENERAL RELEASE

 

1.         Consideration.   I understand that my position with Tremor Media, Inc. (the “Company’) terminated effective _____________, 20__] (the “Separation Date”).  The Company has agreed that if I choose to sign this General Release Agreement (“Release”), the Company will pay me certain severance benefits and provide other consideration pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement (the “Agreement”) between myself and the Company, and any agreements incorporated therein by reference.  I understand that I am not entitled to such benefits or considerations unless I sign this Release, and that severance will be paid commencing on the first regular payday following the Effective Date as defined herein, while COBRA Premiums, if any, will be paid commencing upon my execution of this Release.

 

2.         General Release.   In exchange for the consideration provided to me under the Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its present and former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release.  This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York Executive Law, the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules, the New York Judiciary law, the New York Labor Law, the New York Civil Rights Law, the New York Administrative Code, the New York City Human Rights Law and all other laws and regulations related to employment.

 

3.         Exceptions.   I understand that I am not releasing any claim that cannot be waived under applicable state or federal law, nor am I releasing any rights I may have as an owner and/or holder of the Company’s common stock and stock options.  I am not releasing any rights that I have to be indemnified (including any right to reimbursement of expenses) arising under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or similar constituent documents of the Company), any indemnification agreement between me and the Company, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy of the Company.  Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from filing, cooperating with, or

 



 

participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, except that I hereby acknowledge and agree that I shall not recover any monetary benefits in connection with any such proceeding with regard to any claim released in this Agreement.  Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from challenging the validity of the release in a legal or administrative proceeding.

 

4.         ADEA Waiver.   I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA (“ADEA Waiver”).  I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the ADEA Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled.  I further acknowledge That I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my ADEA Waiver does not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release; (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date 1 sign this Release to revoke the ADEA Waiver; and (e) the ADEA Waiver will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”).  Nevertheless, my general release of claims, except for the ADEA Waiver, is effective immediately, and not revocable.

 

5.         Section 1542 Waiver.   In giving the general release herein, which includes claims which may be unknown to me at present, I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which reads as follows:

 

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

 

 

I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section sod any law of any other jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any unknown or unsuspected claims herein.

 



 

6.         Representations.  I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act or otherwise, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a claim.

 

Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

STEVEN LEE, an Individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 [Name]

 

 

 

 [Title]

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 




Exhibit 10.22

 

December 8, 2010

 

Adam Lichstein

[Address]

 

RE: Terms of Employment

 

Dear Adam:

 

Tremor Media Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President, Network and General Counsel on the terms set forth in this letter contingent upon the successful completion of the Company’s acquisition of ScanScout, Inc. (“ ScanScout ”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “ Merger Agreement ”) dated as of November 8, 2010, by and among the Company, TMSS Acquisition, Inc., ScanScout and the other parties thereto (the “ Merger ”).  If you accept this offer, it will apply effective from and after the closing of the Merger.  If the Merger is not consummated for any reason before the termination of the Merger Agreement, then this offer shall be null and void and have no force or effect.

 

Position and Responsibilities

 

In your employment position, you will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”).  In this capacity, you will serve and will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position or as may otherwise be determined by the CEO.  Your specific duties and responsibilities may change from time to time as determined by the needs of the Company and the policies established by the Company.  While travel in the performance of your duties may be required, you will work principally at our offices New York, NY.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location as it deems necessary.

 

Compensation and Benefits

 

You will be paid an initial base annual salary of $250,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  You will be paid the base salary in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, and you will be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, paid time off, and holidays, according to standard Company policy as may be adopted by the Company from time to time.  In your position, you will be entitled to 20 PTO (Paid Time Off) days prorated, as is Company policy.  These days are to be used for sick leave, personal days, and/or vacation.  The Company does require that

 



 

requests for vacation time be made in writing at least two weeks prior to the vacation dates requested.  The Company also offers an additional eight days of paid holiday time per calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may continue some of your existing ScanScout benefits until December 31, 2010, at which point you will be integrated into the Company’s benefit programs.  More information regarding this transition period will be provided to you once a final decision has been made.

 

In addition to your base salary, beginning in 2011, you will be eligible to receive performance-based bonuses based on achievement of individual and Company performance goals to be set by the CEO and/or the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).  Your target annual bonus will be $70,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing pursuant to a bonus plan or bonus agreement approved by the CEO and/or Board, bonus payments, if any, are not guaranteed and will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board.  Except as provided under the heading “Severance Benefits” below, to be eligible for a performance bonus, you must maintain full time employment status at the time of the payment.  While the Company may change or replace the terms of this performance bonus plan at any time, any changes will be reflected in writing, effective prospectively and signed by the CEO.  For 2010, you shall remain eligible for any and all bonuses that you may be entitled to under your current employment agreement, the determination of the final amount of such bonus to be determined by a committee of ScanScout board of directors.

 

On or before December 31, 2010, the Company will adopt a Management Cash Incentive Plan, which plan shall be consistent with the terms outlined on Exhibit A (the “ Bonus Plan ”).  On the date the Bonus Plan is adopted, you will be granted a right to receive ten percent (10%) of the total amount payable under the Bonus Plan, subject to withholding and the terms of the Bonus Plan and your related bonus plan agreement.

 

Treatment of ScanScout Stock Options

 

Your outstanding options to purchase shares of ScanScout’s common stock (the “ ScanScout Options ”) will be assumed pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement and, after giving effect to the Merger, will be exercisable for the Company’s Series II Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in accordance with the Merger Agreement.  To the extent the vesting of any ScanScout Options would accelerate as a result of the Merger, you hereby waive any rights to such vesting acceleration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing waiver or anything to the contrary set forth in your current options agreements or other agreements with ScanScout: (i) 50% of the unvested shares subject to your ScanScout Options shall vest upon any Change in Control (as defined below) following the closing of the Merger; and (ii) with respect to any ScanScout Options that do not qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 

 



 

422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ”), as amended, such  ScanScout Options shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 9 of the ScanScout 2009 Equity Incentive Plan or Section 13 of the ScanScout 2006 Stock Plan, as applicable, and in no event will your ScanScout Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such options.

 

New Tremor Media Stock Options

 

You will be granted, subject to the approval of the Board, an option (the “ New Option ”) to purchase such number of shares of Company’s Series I Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, that, when added to the shares of the Company Series II Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the ScanScout Options, represent an aggregate 0.50% of the fully-diluted capital stock of the Company (which shall be calculated to include the 5.5% option pool reserve established by the Company in connection with the Merger and after giving effect to the Post-Merger Equity Transactions (as defined in the Merger Agreement), except the sale of Series E Preferred Stock).  The exercise price per share of the New Option will be determined by the Board when the New Option is granted.  The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement.  You will vest in 25% of the shares subject to the New Option after 12 months of continuous service with the Company or an affiliate of the Company, whether as an employee or consultant (“ Continuous Service ”) (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), and the balance will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of Continuous Service (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement; provided, however , that if, during the term of your Continuous Service, a Change in Control (as defined below) is consummated and, following the consummation of the Change in Control your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or is terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below), 50% of the remaining shares subject to the New Option shall become vested pursuant to the foregoing schedule and that are not otherwise vested upon the effective date of the Change in Control.  With respect to any of the New Options that did not qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, such  New Option shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan, and in no event will your ScanScout Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such options.

 



 

Severance Benefits

 

If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below), or you resign from your employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below) (each such event, a “ Separation ”), then, subject to your compliance with the conditions set forth in the following paragraph and your continued compliance with the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ NDA ”), as well as your Prior Invention Agreement (as defined below) which will be executed on the same date as this agreement, you will be entitled to the following benefits (less all applicable withholding taxes): (i) severance payments at a rate equal to your base salary at the rate in effect at the time of the Separation for a period equal to the Severance Period, (ii) a payment equal to your Pro-Rated Bonus and (iii) the Company will pay the monthly premium under COBRA for you and your eligible dependents until the earliest of (x) the close of the Severance Period following your Separation, (y) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (z) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment.  The severance payments described in clause (i) will be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, and, subject to your execution of the general release described below, will commence on the 30 th  day after your Separation (or, if such day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.  The payments described in clause (ii) will be paid in equal monthly installments during the Severance Period in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, with such payments commencing on the same date as the payments described in clause (i)  and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.

 

You will not be entitled to any severance benefits described in this section unless you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries (if applicable), to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed a general release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company.  You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “ Release Deadline ”), which will in no event be later than 30 days after your Separation unless a longer period is required by law.  If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the severance benefits described in this section.

 



 

Definitions

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause ” shall mean: (i) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company; (ii) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iii) your material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iv) your conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (v) your gross negligence or willful misconduct; (vi) your continuing unwillingness to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; or (vii) your failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation.  It is understood that a termination of your employment resulting from your death or Disability shall not constitute termination for “Cause.”

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company (except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation at least a majority, by voting power, of the shares of the surviving or resulting corporation), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company. For avoidance of doubt, the Merger will not constitute a Change in Control.

 

“Disability” shall mean any physical incapacity or mental incompetence (i) as a result of which you are unable to perform the essential functions of your job for an aggregate of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any calendar year, and which cannot be reasonably accommodated by the Company without undue hardship.

 

Good Reason ” means that you resign after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent:  (i) a change in your position or title with the Company that materially reduces your level of authority or responsibility; provided, however , that a change in position or reporting structures solely by virtue of a Change in Control shall not constitute “Good Reason” if you maintain a substantially similar level of responsibility within the business unit that previously operated as the independent

 



 

company, (ii) a reduction in the base salary; (iii) receipt of notice that your principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles that also increases your commute by at least 30 miles; (iv) the willful breach by the Company of a material provision of this Agreement or any other agreement with you; or (v) the taking of any action by the Company or its successor that would materially reduce your benefits or perquisites under the Company’s or any successor’s benefit plans (including equity benefits), except to the extent the benefits of all other executives of the Company or its successor are similar reduced.  A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless you give the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after the condition comes into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving your written notice and you resign within 30 days thereafter.

 

Pro-Rated Bonus ” means the product of (A) the quotient of (x) the number of full calendar months you are employed by the Company during the Company’s fiscal year in which your Separation occurs divided by (y) twelve (12) months multiplied by (B) your target annual bonus opportunity for the year in which your Separation occurs.  For the purposes of calculating the number of months you are employed by the Company during a fiscal year, you shall be deemed to have been employed by the Company for the entire month during which your Separation occurs regardless of when your Separation occurs during such calendar month.

 

“Severance Period ” means (i) with respect to a Separation occurring on or before December 9, 2011, six months, (ii) with respect to a Separation occurring after December 9, 2011 but before a Change in Control, three months and (iii) with respect to a Separation occurring after December 9, 2011 and after a Change in Control, four months.

 

Section 409A

 

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each salary continuation payment and each installment of the bonus payments under the Section entitled “Severance Benefits” is hereby designated as a separate payment.  If you are a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) any payment or benefit that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be made or commence, as applicable, on the first business day following (A) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum at that time.

 



 

Company Rules and Policies

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations, and acknowledge in writing that you have read the Company’s Employee Handbook.

 

Normal working hours for your position are from 9am to 6pm, Monday through Friday however your working schedule shall be flexible, provided that you are working equivalent hours, at a minimum. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required from time to time by the nature of your work assignments.

 

Termination of Employment

 

Unless agreed to in writing between you and the Company during the term of your employment, your employment with the Company shall be “at will”. You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to your right to receive severance and other benefits set forth herein upon certain termination events provided herein. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except by a written document signed by you and a member of the Board.

 

Additional Agreements

 

Your existing At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement with ScanScout (the “ Prior Invention Agreement ”) will remain in full force and effect with respect to the period prior to your execution of the attached NDA.

 

By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other obligation with any person, company or business enterprise (including any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant) which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, the Company as its employee; and (ii) you do not have, and shall not bring to Company premises, or use during the course of your employment with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services.

 

The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether verbal or written, including (without limitation) any

 



 

offer letter you entered into with ScanScout (other than the agreements related to the ScanScout Options), and comprise the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by New York law. The offer described above is contingent upon, pursuant to federal law, your ability to provide, within three (3) business days of your first day of work, proof of your eligibility to work in the United States satisfactory to the Company.  Please sign and date this letter, and return it to HR via fax at 646-304-1764 if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship. If you have any questions, please call Angelo D’Agostino, VP, Human Resources at 646-723-5317.

 



 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Tremor Media, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

 

 

Jason Glickman, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

I have read and accept this offer letter:

 

 

/s/ Adam Lichstein

 

Adam Lichstein

 

 

Dated:

December 8, 2010

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Bonus Plan

 



 

Exhibit B

 

NDA

 



 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF GENERAL RELEASE

 

1.         Consideration.   I understand that my position with Tremor Media, Inc. (the “Company”) terminated effective [___________, 20__] (the “ Separation Date ”).  The Company has agreed that if I choose to sign this General Release Agreement (“ Release ”), the Company will pay me certain severance benefits and provide other consideration pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between myself and the Company, and any agreements incorporated therein by reference.  I understand that I am not entitled to such benefits or considerations unless I sign this Release, and that severance will be paid commencing on the first regular payday following the Effective Date as defined herein, while COBRA Premiums, if any, will be paid commencing upon my execution of this Release.

 

2.         General Release.   In exchange for the consideration provided to me under the Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its present and former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release.  This general release includes, but is not limited to:  (a)  all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b)  all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c)  all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d)  all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e)  all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York Executive Law, the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules, the New York Judiciary law, the New York Labor Law, the New York Civil Rights Law, the New York Administrative Code, the New York City Human Rights Law and all other laws and regulations related to employment.

 

3.         Exceptions.   I understand that I am not releasing any claim that cannot be waived under applicable state or federal law, nor am I releasing any rights I may have as

 



 

an owner and/or holder of the Company’s common stock and stock options.  I am not releasing any rights that I have to be indemnified (including any right to reimbursement of expenses) arising under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or similar constituent documents of the Company), any indemnification agreement between me and the Company, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy of the Company.  Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, except that I hereby acknowledge and agree that I shall not recover any monetary benefits in connection with any such proceeding with regard to any claim released in this Agreement.  Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from challenging the validity of the release in a legal or administrative proceeding.

 

4.         ADEA Waiver.   I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA (“ ADEA Waiver ”).  I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the ADEA Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled.  I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that:  (a) my ADEA Waiver does not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release; (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the ADEA Waiver; and (e) the ADEA Waiver will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“ Effective Date ”).  Nevertheless, my general release of claims, except for the ADEA Waiver, is effective immediately, and not revocable.

 

5.         Section 1542 Waiver.   In giving the general release herein, which includes claims which may be unknown to me at present, I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which reads as follows:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

 

I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any other jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any unknown or unsuspected claims herein.

 



 

6.         Representations .  I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act or otherwise, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a claim.

 

Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

ADAM LICHSTEIN, an Individual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

September 25, 2012

 

Lauren Wiener

[Address]

 

RE:      Terms of Employment

 

Dear Lauren:

 

Tremor Video, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you the position of President, Global Sales & Marketing on the terms set forth in this letter. Your first day of employment with the Company shall be October 22, 2012 unless otherwise agreed by you and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

Position and Responsibilities

 

In your employment position, you will report to Bill Day, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. In this capacity, you will serve and will be responsible for such duties as are normally associated with such position or as may otherwise be determined by the Company. Your specific duties and responsibilities may change from time to time as determined by the needs of the Company and the policies established by the Company. While travel in the performance of your duties may be required, you will work principally at our offices New York, NY. Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location as it deems necessary. For the avoidance of doubt, although the Company may change your position, duties, and work location as it deems necessary, certain changes may create a basis for you to terminate your employment with the Company for Good Reason as defined herein.

 

Compensation and Benefits

 

You will be paid an initial base annual salary of $475,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. You will be paid the base salary in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, and you will be eligible for standard benefits, such as medical insurance, paid time off, and holidays, according to standard Company policy as may be adopted by the Company from time to time. In your position, you will be entitled to 20 PTO (Paid Time Off) days prorated based on your date of hire, as is Company policy.  These days are to be used for sick leave, personal days, and/or vacation. The Company does require that requests for vacation time be made in writing at least two weeks prior to the vacation dates requested. The Company also offers an additional eight days of paid holiday time per calendar year.

 



 

In addition to your base salary, beginning in 2012, you will be eligible to receive performance-based bonuses based on achievement of Company performance goals to be set by the CEO and the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).  Your target annual bonus for 2013 will be $275,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. Unless otherwise agreed in writing pursuant to a bonus plan or bonus agreement approved by the CEO and/or Board, bonus payments, if any, are not guaranteed and will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Company’s Board. Except as provided under the heading “Severance Benefits” below, to be eligible for a performance bonus, you must maintain full time employment status at the time of the payment. While the Company may change or replace the terms of this performance bonus plan at any time, any changes will be reflected in writing, effective prospectively and signed by the CEO.

 

Subject to a final bonus plan approved by the CEO and the Company’s Board, (i) $175,000 of your 2013 target annual bonus shall be based on achieving the Company’s 2013 target financial goals, and (ii) $100,000 of your 2013 target annual bonus shall be based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative goals determined by the CEO and the Company’s Board and communicated to you in writing not later than March 31, 2013 and the end of the first calendar quarter each year thereafter. You shall have the ability to earn greater than 100% of the targets set forth herein based on extraordinary Company and personal performance. For 2012, you shall be eligible to receive a bonus equal to $40,000, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, subject to your remaining an employee in good standing at the time such bonus is paid. Your 2012 bonus shall be paid at the same time as the Company makes bonus payments to similarly situated executives but not later than March 31, 2013.

 

 

 

Tremor Video Stock Options

 

You will be granted, subject to the approval of the Board, an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase 500,000 shares of Company’s Series I Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The exercise price per share of the Option will be determined by the Board when the Option is granted.  The Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement. You will vest in 25% of the shares subject to the Option after 12 months of continuous service with the Company or an affiliate of the Company (“ Continuous Service ”) (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), and the balance will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of Continuous Service (excluding service solely as a member of the Board), as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement; provided, however , that if, during the term of your Continuous Service, a Change in Control (as defined below) is consummated and, following the consummation of the Change in Control your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or is terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below), 50% of the remaining shares subject to the Option that are not otherwise vested upon the effective date of the Change in Control pursuant to the foregoing schedule shall become vested.  With respect to any of the Options that did not qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of

 



 

 

Section 422 of the Code, such Options shall be exercisable until the date that is five (5) years after the termination of your employment with the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary), subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan, and in no event will your Options be exercisable beyond the original ten (10) year term applicable to such Options.

 

Severance Benefits

 

If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below), death or Disability (as defined below), or you resign from your employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below) (each such event, a “ Separation ”), then, subject to your compliance with the conditions set forth in the following paragraph and your continued compliance with the Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ CIAA ”), as well as your Prior Invention Agreement (as defined below) which will be executed prior to your first day of employment, you will be entitled to the following benefits (less all applicable withholding taxes): (i) severance payments at a rate equal to your base salary for a period equal to the Severance Period, (ii) a payment equal to your Pro-Rated Bonus plus any earned but unpaid Bonus amounts from prior periods, and (iii) the Company will pay to you an amount equal to the monthly premium under COBRA for you and your eligible dependents until the earliest of (x) the close of the Severance Period following your Separation, (y) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (z) the date when you become eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment. The severance payments described in clause (i) will be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, and, subject to your execution of the general release described below, will commence on the 30th day after your Separation (or, if such day is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation. The payments described in clause (ii) will be paid in equal monthly installments during the Severance Period in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures, with such payments commencing on the same date as the payments described in clause (i) and once they commence will be retroactive to the date of your Separation.

 

You will not be entitled to any severance benefits described in this section unless you (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries (if applicable), to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed a general release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company. You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “ Release Deadline ”), which will in no event be later than 30 days after your Separation unless a longer period is required by law. If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the severance benefits described in this section.

 



 

Definitions

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions will apply:

 

Cause ” shall mean: (i) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company; (ii) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iii) your material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules that remains uncured for thirty (30) days following written notice of such material breach; (iv) except with respect to driving violations, your conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (v) your gross negligence or willful misconduct; (vi) your continuing unwillingness to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; or (vii) your failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation. It is understood that a termination of your employment resulting from your death or Disability shall not constitute termination for “Cause.”

 

Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the merger or consolidation of the Company (except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation at least a majority, by voting power, of the shares of the surviving or resulting corporation), (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, or a group of related persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company.

 

Disability ” shall mean any physical incapacity or mental incompetence (i) as a result of which you are unable to perform the essential functions of your job for an aggregate of 180 days, whether or not consecutive, during any calendar year, and which cannot be reasonably accommodated by the Company without undue hardship.

 

Good Reason ” means that you resign after one of the following conditions has come into existence without your consent: (i) a change in your reporting directly to the Company’s CEO or a change in your position or title with the Company that materially reduces your level of authority or responsibility; provided, however , that a change in position or reporting structures solely by virtue of a Change in Control shall not constitute “Good Reason” if you maintain a substantially similar level of responsibility within the business unit that previously operated as the independent company, (ii) a reduction in the base salary; (iii) receipt of notice that your principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles that also increases your commute by at least 30 miles; (iv) the willful breach by the Company of a material provision of this Agreement or any other agreement with you; or (v) the taking of any action by the Company or its successor that would materially reduce your benefits or perquisites under the Company’s or any successor’s benefit plans (including equity benefits), except to the extent the benefits of

 



 

all other executives of the Company or its successor are similar reduced. A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless you give the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after the condition comes into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving your written notice and you resign within 30 days thereafter.

 

Pro-Rated Bonus ” means the product of (A) the quotient of (x) the number of full calendar months you are employed by the Company during the Company’s fiscal year in which your Separation occurs divided by (y) twelve (12) months multiplied by (B) your target annual bonus opportunity for the year in which your Separation occurs. For the purposes of calculating the number of months you are employed by the Company during a fiscal year, you shall be deemed to have been employed by the Company for the entire month during which your Separation occurs regardless of when your Separation occurs during such calendar month.

 

Severance Period ” means six (6) months.

 

Section 409A

 

For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each salary continuation payment and each installment of the bonus payments under the Section entitled “Severance Benefits” is hereby designated as a separate payment. If you arc a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then (i) any payment or benefit that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be made or commence, as applicable, on the first business day following (A) the expiration of the six-month period measured from your Separation or (B) the date of your death and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum at that time.

 

Company Rules and Policies

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and regulations, and acknowledge in writing that you have read the Company’s Employee Handbook.

 

Normal working hours for your position are from 9am to 6pm, Monday through Friday however your working schedule shall be flexible, provided that you are working equivalent hours, at a minimum. As an exempt salaried employee, you will be expected to work additional hours as required from time to time by the nature of your work assignments.

 

Termination of Employment

 

Unless agreed to in writing between you and the Company during the term of your employment, your employment with the Company shall be “at will”. You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance

 



 

notice, subject to your right to receive severance and other benefits set forth herein upon certain termination events provided herein. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except by a written document signed by you and a member of the Board.

 

Additional Agreements

 

By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other obligation with any person, company or business enterprise (including any non-competition or non-solicitation covenant) which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, the Company as its employee; and (ii) you do not have, and shall not bring to Company premises, or use during the course of your employment with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services.

 

The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether verbal or written, and comprise the final, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by New York law. The offer described above is based, pursuant to federal law, upon your previously delivered proof of your eligibility to work in the United States satisfactory to the Company.

 

Please sign and date this letter, and return it to me via PDF at bday@tremorvideo.com if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship. If you have any questions, please let me know. If you have not accepted employment by 5pm on Friday, September 28, 2012, this offer of employment shall expire.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Tremor Video, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Lichstein

 

 

 

Adam Lichstein, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

I have read and accept this offer letter:

 

 

/s/ Lauren Wiener

 

Lauren Wiener

 

 

 

Dated:

9/28/12

 

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

CIAA

 



 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF GENERAL RELEASE

 

1.         Consideration . I understand that my position with Tremor Video, Inc. (the “Company”) terminated effective [_______________, 20_] (the “Separation Date”).  The Company has agreed that if I choose to sign this General Release Agreement (“Release”), the Company will pay me certain severance benefits and provide other consideration pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement (the “Agreement”) between myself and the Company, and any agreements incorporated therein by reference. I understand that I am not entitled to such benefits or considerations unless I sign this Release, and that severance will be paid commencing on the first regular payday following the Effective Date as defined herein, while COBRA Premiums, if any, will be paid commencing upon my execution of this Release.

 

2.         General Release . In exchange for the consideration provided to me under the Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its present and former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York Executive Law, the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules, the New York Judiciary law, the New York Labor Law, the New York Civil Rights Law, the New York Administrative Code, the New York City Human Rights Law and all other laws and regulations related to employment.

 

3.         Exceptions . I understand that I am not releasing any claim that cannot be waived under applicable state or federal law, nor am I releasing any rights I may have as an owner and/or holder of the Company’s common stock and stock options. I am not releasing any rights that I have to be indemnified (including any right to reimbursement of expenses) arising under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or similar constituent documents of the Company), any indemnification agreement between me and the Company, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy of the Company. I am not releasing any future claims arising from the Company’s failure to

 



 

make the severance payments that are the consideration for this Release. Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, except that I hereby acknowledge and agree that I shall not recover any monetary benefits in connection with any such proceeding with regard to any claim released in this Agreement. Nothing in this Release shall prevent me from challenging the validity of the release in a legal or administrative proceeding.

 

4.         ADEA Waiver . I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA (“ADEA Waiver”). I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the ADEA Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my ADEA Waiver does not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release; (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the ADEA Waiver; and (e) the ADEA Waiver will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”). Nevertheless, my general release of claims, except for the ADEA Waiver, is effective immediately, and not revocable.

 

5.         Section 1542 Waiver .  In giving the general release herein, which includes claims which may be unknown to me at present, I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which reads as follows:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

 

I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any other jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any unknown or unsuspected claims herein.

 

6.         Representations .  I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, pursuant to the Family and Medical Leave Act or otherwise, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a claim.

 



 

Agreed:

 

TREMOR VIDEO, INC.

 

EMPLOYEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 [Name]

 

 

 

 [Title]

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

TREMOR MEDIA, INC.

 

122 West 26th Street, 8th Floor

 

New York, New York 10001

 

September 6, 2006

 

 

Randy Kilgore

[address]

 

 

 

Re:       Employment Offer

 

Dear Randy:

 

On behalf of Tremor Media, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to follow-up on our conversations with this employment offer:

 

1.         Position.  You will serve as a Chief Revenue Officer of the Company.

 

2.                                     Base Compensation.  You will be paid a base annual salary of $275,000 payable in bi-weekly installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

 

3.                                     Bonus Objectives.  You will be entitled to two $75,000 bonuses payable upon achievement of each of the following objectives (the “Objectives”):

 

(a)                               Advertising Sales Department.  Build-out the Company’s advertising sales department including, but not limited to, hiring a team of national advertising sales executives and supporting personnel, creation/implementation of effective incentive and compensation plans, creation of marketing collateral and such other and related activities associated with establishing a Company advertising sales infrastructure.

 

(b)                              Publisher/Business Development Department.  Build-out the Company’s business development department including, but not limited to, hiring a team of business development executives and supporting personnel, creation/implementation of effective incentive and compensation plans, creation of marketing collateral and such other and related activities associated with establishing a Company business development infrastructure.

 

4.                                     Commission Compensation.  You will be entitled to a $75,000 commission, payable in 4 quarterly installments of $18,750, conditioned upon the Company’s

 



 

Randy Kilgore

Employment Offer

Page 2

 

 

operating revenue goals for each of the following three-month achievement of the periods (each a “Period”):

 

 

Period

Revenue Goal

 

 

 

 

October 1, 2006 — December 31, 2006

$1,200,000

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2006 — March 31, 2007

$2,000,000

 

 

 

 

April 1, 2007 — June 30, 2007

$2,400,000

 

 

 

 

July 1, 2007 — September 30, 2007

$4,400,000

 

 

 

 

Total:

$10,000,000

 

(a)                               Commission Calculations, for Periods 1, 2 and 3.  The Company shall pay you a commission, calculated as described below, promptly after closing its accounts for each of Periods 1, 2 or 3.  If Company operating revenues during Period 1, 2 or 3 exactly equal the Revenue Goal for the Period, the Company shall pay you a commission of $18,750.  If Company operating revenues are between 100% to 125% of the Revenue Goal in Period 1, 2 or 3, the commission for that Period shall be increased by the same percent by which Company operating revenues exceeded the Revenue Goal.  For example:  if Company operating revenues in the 2nd Period equal $2,200,000 (ie, exceeding the Revenue Goal by 10%), the commission for that Period shall equal 110% of $18,750, or $20,625.  If Company operating revenues exceed the Revenue Goal in Period 1, 2 or 3 by 25% or more, the commission for that Period shall be increased by a factor equal to the percentage by which Company operating revenues exceeded the Revenue Goal, multiplied by 2.  For example:  if Company operating revenues in the 3rd Period equal $3,600,000 (ie, exceed the Revenue Goal by 50%), the commission for that Period shall equal $18,875, plus 50% times 2 times $18,750, or $37,500.  If Company operating revenues fall short of the Revenue Goal in Period 1, 2 or 3, the commission for that Period shall be decreased by the same percent by which Company operating revenues fell short of the Revenue Goal.  For example:  if Company operating revenues in the 2nd Period equal $1,800,000 (ie, fall short of the Revenue Goal by 10%), the commission for that Period shall equal 90% of $18,750, or $16,875.

 

(b)                              Commission Calculations for Bonus Year.  The Company shall pay you a commission, calculated as described below, promptly after closing its accounts for the 4 Periods taken together (the “Bonus Year”).  If Company operating revenues for the Bonus Year exactly equal $10,000,000, the Company shall pay you a commission of $75,000, less any commissions

 



 

Randy Kilgore

Employment Offer

Page 3

 

 

previously paid pursuant to paragraph (a), above.  If Company operating revenues are between 100% to 125% of the $10,000,000 Revenue Goal, the commission for the Bonus Year shall be increased by the same percent by which Company operating revenues exceeded the Revenue Goal.  For example:  if Company operating revenues for the Bonus Year equal $12,000,000 (ie, exceeding the Revenue Goal by 20%), the commission shall equal 120% of $75,000, or $90,000, less any commissions previously paid pursuant to paragraph (a), above.  If Company operating revenues exceed the $10,000,000 Revenue Goal by 25% or more, the commission for the Bonus Year shall be increased by a factor equal to the percentage by which Company operating revenues exceeded $10,000,000, multiplied by 2.  For example:  if Company operating revenues in the Bonus Year equal $16,000,000 (ie, exceed the Revenue Goal by 60%), the commission shall equal $75,000, plus 60% times 2 times $75,000, or $165,000, less any commissions previously paid pursuant to paragraph (a), above.  If Company operating revenues fall short of the $10,000,000 Revenue Goal, the commission for the Bonus Year shall be decreased by a factor equal to the percentage by which Company operating revenues fell short of $10,000,000.  For example:  if Company operating revenues for the Bonus Year equal $9,000,000, and the total of all commissions paid for the 1st, 2nd and 3rd Periods equal $60, 000, the commission payable shall be equal to 90% of $75, 000, minus $60, 000, or $7,500.

 

5.                                     Options.  The Company shall grant you a stock option for that number of common shares equal to 2.25% of the fully-diluted shares outstanding (including option pool) as of the date of initial employment (the “Employment Date”), which option shares (the “Option Shares”) shall vest:  (a) 25% on the 1st anniversary of the Employment Date, and (b) 2.083% on each one-month anniversary of the Employment Date, commencing with the 13th month anniversary of the Employment Date, until fully vested.  On such date as there has been:  (a) a change of control of the Company, and (b) your employment has been terminated by the Company without cause (a “Change of Control Termination”), you shall automatically vest, on the date of such Change of Control Termination, in 50% of any portion of your Options Shares remaining unvested as of that date; except that , if a Change of Control Termination occurs prior to the 1st anniversary of your Employment Date, your Options Shares shall be deemed to have vested:  (a) 1.5% as of each one month anniversary of your Employment Date that occurred prior to the Change of Control Termination, plus (b) 50% of any portion of your Options Shares remaining unvested as of that date.  The foregoing option shall be granted in accordance with, and pursuant to, the Company’s 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

6.                                     Benefits.  You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefits package for its full-time employees.  The Company currently offers health

 



 

Randy Kilgore

Employment Offer

Page 4

 

 

insurance coverage (currently through Oxford health Plans) that requires a 25% contribution from the employee.  You will be entitled to 15 business days vacation per year and to such personal days and sick leave as is Company policy.  Please be advised that all such benefits are subject to the specific terms of the applicable benefit plans and Company policies.  In addition, the Company reserves the right to change or discontinue at any time, any of its current benefits, plans, providers or policies, including those described above.

 

7.                                     Period of Employment.  Your employment with the Company will commence on or around September 18th, 2006 and will continue until such time as either you or the Company terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause.  Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

8.                                     No Conflicts.  By signing this letter agreement, you represent that:  (a) you are under no contractual commitments inconsistent with the obligations to the Company contemplated by this offer letter; (b) you have not taken or kept any documents or other property that you received in the course of your previous employment; and (c) you will not use or disclose in the course of your work for the Company any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer.

 

9.                                     Outside Activities; Key Employee Agreement.   Your position with the Company is a full-time position, and it is contemplated that you spend all of your business time and effort on behalf of the Company.  It is a condition of the position that you fully review and agree to the terms of the Company’s Key Employee Non-Competition, Confidentiality and Invention Assignment Agreement.

 

10.                             Withholding Taxes.  All forms of compensation referred to in this letter are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes.

 

11.                             Entire Agreement.  With the exception of the Objectives, which will be subject to further clarification during the period of your employment, this letter contains all the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, between you and the Company.

 

12.                             Legal Requirements; Amendments; Governing Law.  As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States.  This offer letter may not be amended or modified except by an express written agreement signed by you

 



 

Randy Kilgore

Employment Offer

Page 5

 

 

and a duly authorized officer of the Company.  The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes will be governed by New York law.

 

I hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable.  You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating this letter and returning it to me within the next several days.

 

If you have any questions, please call me at (646) 723-5309.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

Tremor Media, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jason Glickman

 

Jason Glickman, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

I have read and accept this offer letter:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Randy Kilgore

 

Randy Kilgore

 

 

 

Dated: 9/12/06

 

 




Exhibit 16.1

 

 

April 2, 2013

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Re:  Tremor Video, Inc.

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by Tremor Video, Inc. in this registration statement on Form S-1 pursuant to Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation S-K (copy attached).  We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form S-1.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, PricewaterhouseCoopers Center, 300 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017

T: (646) 471 3000, F: (813) 286 6000, www.pwc.com/us

 



 

Attachment

 

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

On April 2, 2012, our Board of Directors dismissed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm and approved the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm commencing with work to be performed in relation to our audit for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s reports on our financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 (not presented herein) did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim period through April 2, 2012, there were no disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, would have caused them to make reference to such disagreements in their reports on our financial statements for such years. In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim period through April 2, 2012, there were no reportable events of the type listed in paragraphs (A) through (D) of Item 304 (a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

We have provided PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure and have requested that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP agrees with the above statements and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of the letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

2 of 2




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Tremor Video, Inc.

 

 

Subsidary Name

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Tremor Video GmbH

Germany

Tremor Video Video Limited

England and Wales

TremorVideo Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)

Singapore

Tremor Video Canada, Inc.

Canada

ScanScout, Inc. 

Delaware, USA

Transpera, Inc.

Delaware, USA

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Change in Independent Registered Accounting Firm,”  “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 3, 2013, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Tremor Video, Inc. dated May 23, 2013.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

New York, NY

 

 

May 22, 2013